BUSHMAN FOLKLORE

BY
THE LATE W. H I BLEEK
.

AND
L.C.LLOYD
-r*-r..

E
'frt-

>i
V-

^f.

|iil''^li4iuninlri,i"IJr''l4

PH

D.

6^

BOUGHT WITH THE INCOME

FROM THE

SAGE

ENDOWMENT FUND
THE GIFT OF
1S91

A:%^MD'i

I.J.x"l.."TM

Cornell University Library

GR360.B9 B64
Specimens of Bushman

3
olin

folklore,

collected

1924 029 904 830

Cornell University
Library

The
tine

original of

tiiis

book

is in

Cornell University Library.

There are no known copyright

restrictions in

the United States on the use of the

text.

http://www.archive.org/details/cu31924029904830

Wipo;ai(U.

II

FlempelX Pyrev

'TiT^j-lj,-

SPECIMENS
OF

BUSHMAN FOLKLORE
COLLECTED BY

The late W. H.

BLEEK,

I.

Ph.D.

AND

L.

C.

LLOYD

EDITED BY THE LATTER

WITH AN INTBODUCTION BY

GEOEGE McCALL THEAL,

D.Lit., LL.D., etc.

TEANSLATION INTO ENGLISH^; ILLUSTRATIONS

AND APPENDIX.

LONDON
GEORGE ALLEN & COMPANY,
RusKiN House, 44

&

45
1911.

Ltd.

'

Rathbone Place, W.

HERTFORD: PRINTED BY
LTD.
STEPHEN AUSTIN AND SONS,

TO ALL FAITHFUL WORKERS.

PREFACE.
With

difficulties,

this

folk-lore is laid

from the
of

many and great

volume of specimens of Bushman
before the public.
As will be seen

shortcomings, after

all its

given in Dr. Bleek's "Brief Account

Folk-lore and other Texts", Cape

lists

Bushman

Town, 1875, and

my

"Short Account of Further

Material collected", London, 1889, the
selections which have been made for it form but
a very small portion of the Bushman native literature
collected.
"Whether future days will see the
remainder of the manuscripts, as well as the fine
in

Bushman

collection of

copies of

the late Mr. G.

W.

Bushman

made by

pictures

Stow, also published

is

a question

that only time can answer.

In the spelling

of the native text in the

volume

now completed,

various irregularities will be observed.

These have their source chiefly ia two causes. One
of these was the endeavour always to write down,
as nearly as possible, the sounds heard at the time;
the other, that Dr. Bleek's orthography was of a more
scientific kind than that of the other collector, whose
ear had been mainly accustomed to English sounds.
In a few instances, the "new lines" in the native
text and translation do not correspond; as the
Bushman and English proofs had often to be sent

over separately to

Germany

for correction.

The corresponding marginal numbers, by the side

of the native texts and the translation (which refer
to the pages in

the

original manuscripts),

will,

it

is

hoped, be of material assistance to those wishing

to

study the

Bushman language from

this volume.

PREFACE.

Till

With regard to the extra signs used in printing

the Bushman texts, it should be explained that
Dr. Bleek,

order to avoid

in.

further confusion

still

in the signs used to represent

adopted the

clicks,

marks for these which had already been

employed by some of the missionaries in printing
Hottentot.
He added a horizontal line at the top
of the mark
used for the dental click, for the

four

I,

sake of additional clearness in writing

of

438

on page

signs

of

when

The sequence of the

has also somewhat
substituted the mark ^ instead
in 1874.

used

he

I
1

II

O
X
y
^

^
=

for the

This

the time

come and it no longer appears

signs he prepared for the printer

for printing should

table,

the table

Appendix).

the

addition he intended to discontinue

in the table of

(see

clicks,

in this last

altered

of

and

has

the previously

" gentle croaking sound in the throat ".

indicates the dental click.

,,

,,

cerebral click.

,,

,,

lateral click.

,,

,,

palatal click.

,,

labial click.

,,

an aspirated guttural, like German ch.

a strong croaking sound in the throat.
a gentle croaking sound in the throat.

,,

the nasal pronunciation of a syllable.

,,

under vowels, indicates a rough,

deep

pro-

nunciation of them.
indicates the raised tone.*

indicates

that

the

syllable

under

which

it

stands has a musical intonation.

'

indicates

an arrest of breath

(as in tfnara).

* The tone is occasionally the only distinguishing

feature in
words spelt otherwise alike, but having a different meaning.

PREFACE.

placed under a

letter,

pronunciation of

IX

indicates a very short

it.

- xmder a vowel, indicates a more or

pronunciation of it.

less

open

indicates a ringing pronunciation of tlie n, as

in " song " in English.,

n indicates that the pronunciation

between that of the two consonants.
There is also occasionally a consonantal
sound met with in Bushman between
r, n, and 1.

r placed over
is

description of

in this

list,

how

to

make

the

first

four clicks,

follows; taken from Dr. Bleek's

Grammar

"Com-

South African Languages",

Part I, Phonology, pp. 12 and 13.
The dental click is sounded by pressing the "tip
" of the tongue against the front teeth of the upper
" jaw, and then suddenly and forcibly withdrawing
"it". (Tindall.) It resembles our interjection of
annoyance.
parative

of

The

cerebral

click

is

"sounded by curling up

" the tip of the tongue against the roof of the

" palate, and withdrawing it suddenly and forcibly".
(Tindall.)

The
"

lateral click

Nama

II

is,

" according

to

Hottentot generally articulated

Tindall,

in

by covering

" with the tongue the whole of the palate, and

" producing the sound as far back as possible,
" either at what Lepsius calls the faucal or the
" guttural point of the palate.
European learners,
" however, imitate the sound by placing the tongue

" against the side teeth and then withdrawing it."

*
*
*
similar sound is often made use of
" in urging forward a horse."

"A

PREFACE.

The palatal click + is "soiinded by pressing the

" tip of the tongue with as flat a surface as possible
" against the termination of the palate at the gums,
" and removing it in the same manner as during the
" articulation of the other clicks ".

The

labial click,

marked by Dr. Bleek O, sounds

like a kiss.

In the arrangement
folk-lore,

Dr.

of these

Bleek's

specimens of

division

has

Bushman

been followed.

The figures at the head of each piece refer to its

number in one or other of the two Bushman Eeports
mentioned above. The letter B. or L. has been added,
to show in which report it was originally included.
" The Eesurrection of the Ostrich," and the
parsing of a portion of
for

the printer

when

it,

were not

finally

Dr. Bleek died; and

prepared
it

was,

here and there, very

difficult to be sure of what had

been his exact intention, especially in the parsing;
but the papers were too important to be omitted.

The givers of the native literature in the

"Specimens" are as follows:
\a\Imnta (who contributes two pieces) was a youth
who came from a part of the country in or near
the Strontbergen (lat. 30 S., long. 22 E.).
He was
with Dr. Bleek at Mowbray from August 29th, 1870,
to

October 15th, 1873.

WMbho or "Dream" (who furnishes fifteen pieces)

was from the same neighbourhood as Mkunta. He
was an excellent narrator, and patiently watched
until a sentence had been written down, before
proceeding with what he was telling.
He much
enjoyed the thought that the Bushman stories would
become known by means of books. He was with
Dr. Bleek from February 16th, 1871, to October 15th,

PREFACE,

1873.

He

Mowbray,

XI

intended to return,
but, died before

\han^kass'6

or

" Klein

later,

Jantje "

help us at

to

be could do

so.

(son-in-law

to

Mdbbo) contributes thirty-four pieces to this volume.

He also was an excellent narrator; and remained
with us from January 10th, 1878, to December, 1879.
Dla.\kwmn gives fifteen pieces, which are in the
Katkop dialect, which Dr. Bleek found to vary
slightly from that spoken by Wkdbho and \a\kunta.
He came from the Katkop Mountains, north of
Calvinia (about 200 miles to the west of the homes
of \a\kuhta and Wkdhbo).
He was at Mowbray from
before

Christmas,

1873,

March

to

18th,

1874,

returning on June 13th, 1874, and remaining until

March

7th,

1876.

\kweiten ta Wken (a sister of Did\kwain'' s) contributes

She
three pieces, also in the Katkop dialect.
remained at Mowbray from June 13th, 1874, to
January 13th, 1875.
\j(dken-an, an old Bushman woman (fifth in a group
of Bushman men and women, taken, at Salt River, in
She was with
1884), contributes one short fragment.
us, for a little while, in

1884;

but, could not

make

She longed to return

might be buried
she
to her own country, so that
with her forefathers.

herself

happy

To the
Wkdbbo,

at

Mowbray.

native

of

pieces

no giver's

name

literature

has

been

dictated
prefixed.

by
To

those supplied by the other native informants, their

respective names have been added.
Portraits of Wkdbbo, Did\kwmn, his sister, \kweiten ta
Wken, Ihanfkass^o,

the illustrations;
oversight, that of

and \j(dken-aii, will be seen among

from which, by an unfortunate
\a\kuhta has been omitted.

XU

PEEFACE.

The few

texts in the language of the "

Bushmen ",

met with beyond Damaraland,

which are given in the Appendix, are accompanied
by as adequate an English translation as can at
present be supplied.
These texts were furnished by
two lads, whose portraits will also be found among
the illustrations.
The extract given below, from
the Bushman Eeport of 1889, sent in to the Cape
Government, will explain a little more about them.
The additional signs required for the printing of the
\kun texts are almost similar to those employed in
printing the Specimens of Bushman Folk-lore, but
fewer in number.
" It had been greatly desired by Dr. Bleek to
gaiu information regarding the language spoken by
the Bushmen met with beyond Damaraland; and,
through the most kind assistance of Mr. W. Coates
Palgrave (to whom this wish was known), two boys
of this race (called by itself !kun), from the country
to the north-east of Damaraland, were, on the
calling themselves \kun,

1st of September, 1879, placed with us, for a time,

at

Mowbray.

They were

finally,

according

promise, sent back to Damaraland, on their

to

way

their own country, under the kind care of

Mr. Eriksson, on the 28th of March, 1882. From

to

named respectively jnanni and Tamme,

valuable information was obtained.
They
while with us, joined, for a time, by

these lads,

much
were,

permission

of the authorities, on the 25th of

March, 1880, by two younger boys from the same
region, named luma and Da.
The latter was very
young at the time of his arrival and was believed
by the elder boys to belong to a different tribe of
jkun.
luma left us, for an employer found for him
;

PREFACE.

XUl

"

by Mr. George Stevens, on the 12th of December,

" 1881, and Da was replaced in Mr. Stevens' kind
" care on the 29th of March, 1884. The language
" spoken by these lads (the two elder of whom,
" coming from a distance of fifty miles or so apart,
" differed slightly, dialectically, from each other)
" proved unintelligible to UiaMkass'o, as was his to
" them.
They looked upon the Bushmen of the
" Cape Colony as being another kind of [kuii; and
" IhaMkass^o, before he left us, remarked upon the
" existence of a partial resemblance between the
''
language of the Grass Bushmen, and that spoken
" by the

jkuh.

As

as

far

could

observe,

the

" language spoken by these lads appears to contain

" four clicks only the labial click, in use among
" the Bushmen of the Cape Colony, etc., being the
;

" one absent ; and the lateral click being pronounced

" in a slightly different manner.[*]
The degree of
" relationship between the language spoken by the
" !kun and that of the Bushmen of the Cape Colony

" (in -which the main portion of our collections had

" been made) has still to be determined.
The two
" elder lads were fortunately also able to furnish

"some specimens

of their native traditionary lore;

" the chief figure in which appears to be a small

" personage, possessed of magic power, and able to
" assume almost any form who, although differently
" named, bears a good deal -of resemblance to the
The
" Mantis, in the mythology of the Bushmen.
;

the earlier[*] It will be observed that, in some instances, in

colleoted [kuh texts, given in the Appendix, the mark jl has been
used to denote the lateral click, in words where this differed
slightly in its pronunciation

from the ordinary lateral click, II.

these two sounds apart was

Later, this attempt to distinguish

discontinued.

PREFACE.

XIV

" power of imitating sounds, both familiar and

" unfamiliar to them, as well as the actions of
" animals, possessed by these boys, was astonishing.
" They also showed a certain power of representation,

by brush and pencil. The arrows made by them

" were differently feathered, and more elaborately
" so than those in common use among the Bushmen
" of the Cape Colony." *
"

As

the

suggestion has been advanced that the

painters and sculptors were from different divisions

of
of

following facts will be

Bushman race, the

interest.
One evening,

the

at

Mowbray,

in 1875,

he could make pictures.

looked
smiled
and
pleased; but what he
The latter
The following morning,
said has been forgotten.
early, as Dr. Bleek passed through the back porch
of his house on his way to Cape Town, he perceived
Dr. Bleek asked DidXkwain

if

a small drawing, representing a family of ostriches,

pinned to the porch wall, as DidXkwain's reply to
his question.

(See illustration thirty-three.)

same Bushman

also told me,

his father, yad-ttin,

The

on a later occasion, that

had himself chipped pictures of

gemsbok, quaggas, ostriches, etc., at a place named

\kami^ where these animals used to drink before
the coming of the Boers.
Some other drawings

made by Did\kwain^
and the

\Tiun

as well as a

few by

boys, will be found

lAan+^ass'o,

among the

In the arrangement of these,

illus-

has not
been easy to place them appropriately as regards
trations.

it

* Taken from "A Short Account of further Bushman Material

" collected. By L. C. Lloyd. Third Report concerning Bushman

" Eesearches, presented to both Houses of the Parliament of the

"Cape
1889.

of

Good Hope ".London

pp. 4

&

5.

David Nutt, 270, Strand.

Ostriches (male, females, and

Kw|-kkw^ra gwai.
Male.

young

one).

Kw|-kkw|ra
Otii afra, Lin.

laityi.

Female.
Dialkw^in, March, 187S.

PREFACE.
the text,

as

translation

XV

anything standing between text and

materially hinder the usefulness

-would

of the latter; and, for this reason, the

main portion

of the illustrations will be placed at the end of the

volume.

To show the

Bushman beliefs,
Some little
child, who slept in

living activity of

the following instances

may be

given.

time after Dr. Bleek's death, a

a small room by herself, had been startled by an
owl making a sound, like breathing, outside her

window

in

the

Did\kwmn, who
of

countenance,

would come
getting on

to

This was mentioned to

with a much-pleased expression

night.

said,

not

did

see

how

think

his

that

little

Dr.

children

Bleek
were

in the neighbourhood of the

home from
Camp Ground,

in order to ascertain its native name.

After several

Later, I brought a splendid red fungus

a

wood

days, fearing lest

it

should decay, I asked \haMkass''o^

who was then with

throw

us, to

it

away.

Shortly

afterwards, some unusually violent storms of wind

Something was said to him

and \han^kass'd asked me if
telling
him to throw the fungus
I did not remember
away. He said, he had not done so, but had "put
He explained that the fungus
it gently down".
was "a rain's thing"; and evidently ascribed the
very bad weather, we were then having, to my

and rain

occurred.

about the weather;

having told him

to

"throw

it

away".

To Dr. Theal, for his most kind interest in this

work, and for his untiring help with regard to its
publication, to Professor von Luschan, for his kind
efforts

to

Bushman

promote the publication

pictures

made by

of the

the late Mr. Q.

copies of

W.

Stow,

XVI
to

PREFACE.

Herrn Regierimgshaumeister a.d., H. Werdelmann,

Bushman implements that he was
good as to make for us, to my niece, Doris Bleek,

for the copies of

so

for

her invaluable help in copying

many

of

the

manuscripts and making the Index to this volume,

my niece,
assistance, my most
and

to

Edith

Bleek,

for

much kind

grateful thanks are due.

L. C.
Chaelottenbtjbg, Geemakt.
May, 1911.

LLOYD.

CONTENTS.

.......

List op Illustrations
InIEODTTCTION

PAGE

xxi

XXV

MYTHOLOGY, FABLES, LEGENDS, AND POETRY.

A.

The Mantis.

I.

The Mantis assumes the form

...

of a Hartebeest

\ga%tnu-tsaxdu (the son of the Mantis), the Baboons, and the

.16

Mantis

The Story

of the

Leopard Tortoise

36

Sun and Moon.

II.

The Children are sent to throw the sleeping Sun into the Sky
The Origin of Death preceded by a Prayer addressed to the
Toung Moon
The Moon is not to be looked at when Game has been shot

44

III.

Stars.

The Girl of the Early Pace, who made Stars

The Great Star, \gS^nu, which, singing, named

What

...
...

the Stars

the Stars say, and a Prayer to a Star

\h6-g\nuin-tdra, wife of the

Dawn's-Heart

of the

66

72
78

80
84

Other Myths.

Ilia.

The Son

Star, Jupiter

56

Wind

100

^kdgdra and \hmnii, who fought each other with Lightning

IV.

Animal

112

Fables.

The Hyena's Kevenge {First Version^

The Hyena's Revenge {Second Version)
The Lion jealous of the Voice of the Ostrich
The Resurrection of the Ostrich
Part of the preceding Tale parsed by Dr. Bleek
The Vultures, their elder Sister, and her Husband

....
.

....

122

124
126

136
144
154

Ddi-xirreten, the Lioness, and the Children

162

The Mason Wasp and

170

his

Wife

CONTENTS.

XVIU

V.

The Young Man

a Lion,

of the

when

Legends.

PAOE

who was

Ancient Kace,

carried off

by
174

asleep in the Field

192

A "Woman of the Early Eace and the Eain Bull

The Girl's Story the Frogs' Story
The Man who ordered his "Wife to cut off his Ears
.

198

The ^nkrru and her Husband

The Death of the Lizard
VI.

204
206
214

Poetry.

220
The Cat's Song
222
Fox
Caama
the
Song
of
The
224
The Songs of the Blue Crane
.228
The Old "Woman's Song {First Version)
A Song sung by the Star \gSunM, and especially by Bushman
230
"Women
.

Sirius and

230

Canopus

The Song of the Bustard

The Song of the Springbok Mothers
WTcabld's Song on the Loss of his Tobacco Pouch
The Broken String
The Song of \nic\num.ma-\Ictviien

232

234
.

234
236

......

238

HISTOEY (NATURAL AND PEESONAL).

B.

Animals and

VII.

their

Salits

Adventures

with them

and Hunting.

The Leopard and the Jackal

Doings of the Springbok

.244
244

Habits of the Bat and the Porcupine

246

The Saxicola Castor and the "Wild Cat

The Baboons and WxdhiitenWxdliiten

264

A Lion's

Story

....

264
258
260
270

The Man who found a Lion in a Cave

Certain Hunting Observances, called \n&nna-ssi
\nd,nna-ssS.

Second Part.

Further information

with regard to the Treatment

Tactics in Springbok

Hunting

of

Bones

particularly

274
284

CONTENTS.

XIX
PAGE

VIII.

Personal History.

\kd.Uo\ Capture and Journey to Cape

Wlablo's Capture and Journey to Cape

Town {First Account)

Town ( S^co?!*? Account)

....

Whalloh Journey in the Eailway Train

Wkabho^ Intended Eeturn Home

How

........

l^+^as'o's Pet Leveret

The Thunderstorm
IX.
Cutting

the

off

Top

and Nose
Cutting

the

off

was

killed

290

294
298
298

.316

320

Customs and Superstitions.

of the Little Finger,

and Piercing Ears

328

Top

.......
.......
....
.......
.......

of the Little Pinger {Second Account)

Bushman Presentiments
Doings and Prayers when Canopus and Sirius come out
The Making of Clay Pots
The Bushman Soup Spoon
The Shaped Eib Bone
The Bushman Drum and Dancing Battles
The use of the \ffo'ih\goin, followed by an Account
Bushman Dance

330
330
338
342
348
348

350

of a

352

Preparation of the Feather Brushes used in Springbok Hunting

358

The Marking of Arrows

The Adhesive Substance used by Bushmen

360

Mode

of getting rid of the evil Influence of

Two

Concerning

The

Making Arrows
Bad Dreams

in

Apparitions

364

....
....

Jackal's Heart not to be eaten

Whdra and

How

Ttd

Signs

TM

is

obtained

have gone

to

378

show in which

direction they

380
384

.....

Earth thrown into the

Death

372
374

made by Bushmen

362
364

air

388

Appendix

few \Jcun texts with translation

The Doings of \xue are many

Various Transformations of lx?e,

Further Changes

of

\j(U^ as

form

Ix^^ as a Wgui Tree and as a Fly

|Sxm

404
404
404
404
406

XX

CONTENTS.

\xy.e as

Water and

fire

........

as other things.

and dies

Prayer to the Young Moon

The Treatment of Thieves

The |x?i (Four pieces of Wood used
Beating the Ground with a stone
Certain animals,

when

In his own form he rubs

seen near graves, to be respected

Snake which announces Death

Dr. Bleek's

Report,

.....

for Divining Purposes)

etc.,

regarding

in 1873
to

Specimens

of

416
424
428

428
430

Photographs sent to

England by Government, December 23, 1871

Undated Fragment, found among Dr. Bleek's Papers,
apparently written between 1870 and 1873
Letter from Dr. Bleek to the Secretary for Native Affairs
Report concerning Bushman Researches, by W. H. I. Bleek,
Ph.D. Printed by order of the House of Assembly

Index

40fi

.414

Bushman Folklore

....

434
439
439

441

449

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS.
1.

Bushman Teacher
From a Painting hy W.
2.

....

Coloured Portrait of Ukabbo, Dr. Bleek's old

To precede page

Coloured Portrait of lhaii4:kass'5

From

....

W.

a Painting hy

DiajkwaJn

3.

Photograph

of

Photograph

of Ikweiten ta liken,

5.

Photograph

.....
.....

70

the group

98

120

Photograph

Bushman,

of a

the BreaJcwater.

Pencil Drawing hy \han^kass'd, showing the

and homes of the children

ravines

the

in

story

and

Lioness,

page 163.)
belongs

of

Ddixerreten,

the

Children.

{See

the

The

pencil sketch above

properly

to

the

made by the jkun boys

Photograph

and

From
9.

42

Diajkwpn
of Bushman Men and Women,
including Ixaken-an, who is fifth in

From

8.

To face page

sister to

Taken at Salt Eiver in 1884.

'

7.

Schroder.

4.

6.

Frontispiece.

Schroder.

of

3.d.

the

drawings
172

....

Three Bushmen,

l.d. 2.d.

172

Breakwater.

218

Photograph of a Grass Bushman

Taken at Cape Town in 1880.

10.

Photograph

of a

242

Bushman Family

Taken at Salt River in 1884.

1 1

Tactics in Springbok

Drawn

Hunting

288

hy \han^ha8S^d.

12.

Photograph of Bushman Children

Taken at Salt River in 1884.

13.

Photograph

of

.....

Bushman

Digging-stick

288

"Woman

Taken at Salt River in 1884.

with

326

xxu
14.

LIST OF ILLUSTE,A.TIONS.
Inanni,

Four jkuii Boys,

Tamme, luma, and Da

Photograph

of

15.

Group

of

Bushmen

To face pac/e 402

{See Appendix, page 437.)

a.

Photographed at the Breakwater Convict Station about 1871.

15.

Key

to

Group

a.

(1) Ihankum, "Marcus."

(2) Khauru, "Soopie."

(20) Kietfontein.
(26) Strontbergen.

"
(3) jherri-i,

(72)

Oud

Toontje."

(4) ixaitatin, "Lellerbay."

(5) Tshorru, " Cornells."
(6) Kusi, "

(22)

Koos Pleitje."

(8) Gautarru,

"Klaas."

" Coos Toontje."

(9) jgubbu,
(10)

ilioe,

"Adam

Fix."

]Sr."W. of

(52)

N.W.

Photograph
Taken at
jgoi'n-jgoin.

Breakwater, 1871.
{Side face.)

of llkabbo.
the

Strontbergen.

of Strontbergen.

(67) Haarfontein.

18.

the

Boers.

(28)

17.

Taken at

Among

(52) Witteklip.

Group of Bushman b.
Same men as the preceding,
Photograph of Ukabbo. {Full face.)

19.

of Strontbergen.

(28) Dr. Hahn.

(34) Strontbergen.

(7) Ixwariitten, "Jacob Nel."

16.

N.W.

Breakwater in 1871.

{See page ^5^.)

Brawn by Herr H. Werdelmann.

20 Bushman Dancing Eattles. {Half si%e. See page Z53.)
Brawn by JSerr H. Werdelmann.
21 (1) Plaything made by jkun.
(2) The Bushman Soup Spoon. {Nearly half si%e. See page
Brawn by Merr H. Werdelmann.
22. Instruments similar to jgdin-jgdin, made by the Ikun.
Brawn by Serr S. Werdelmann.
23.

shaped rib bone, used for eating certain food.

of actual

3i9.)

{Two-thirds

See page 349.)

site.

Brawn by Serr H. Werdelmann.

Arrow made by the jkun. {3alfsi%e.)
{One-sixth actual size.)
(2) Bushman Arrow.

24. (1)

{a) Section

showing red marks by which the

recognized by Bushmen.

Brawn

by Herr

H. Werdelmann.

25. Hartebeest, Steinbok,

Brawn

Gemsbok, and Springbok.

by \han^kass'6.

aiTows

are

XXUl

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS.

A Jackal supposed

and Mierkats.

26. Porcupines

to

be chasing the

latter.

Brawn

by [han^kass'o.

and

Anteater,

27. Porcupines,

Birds

+nerru.

called

{See

page 207.)

Brawn

hy \hah^lcass'6.

28. Footprints of Porcupine at one of the entrances to its hole,

28.

The Mountains into which the

genus Agama) was changed.
Brawn hy \hak^kass'6.

29. Blue Cranes

and Ostrich.

30.

31.

32.

Male and Female Gemsbok.

33.

Family

"Water-bull".

Brawn
Brawn

hy BialJcwam.

hy BicAJcwain.
{See Preface, page xiv.)

of Ostriches.

Brawn hy
33. Bustards

Brawn

B'laXIcwain.

Male and Female.

Brawn

{See page 233.)

hy BiaXkwmn.

34. Lizards of the

Genus ^yama.

{See page 215.)

by BidVkwain.

Male and Female Mantis.

Brawn
36. Ixue.

hy BidUcwain.

{Seepage 405.)

Brawn

hy \nanni.

37. Ixue as the plant Inaxane.

Brawn
Brawn

by day and himself by

hy \nanni.

Ixue as a llgui-tree.
Brawn hy \nahni.

40. Ixye as a Ikui-tree.

Brawn hy

\nanni.

41. Ix'ie as a jkan-a.

Brawn

hy \nanni.

42. Ixue as an Elephant.

Brawn

{See page 405.)

hy \nanni.

38. Ix'ie as a tree

39.

(a

{See page 225.)

Brawn hy \hah^kass'o.
Bushman Huts.
Brawn hy \han^hass' 6

35.

jkhaii

hy Tamme.

{See page iOT .)

lizard

{See page 215.)

night.

of the

XXIV
43.

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS.

The

llgue-tree,

with

collected.

Drawn
44.

little

hollow in

which rain-water has

(See pages 432 and 433.)

hy \nanni.

child asleep in the shade of a tree.

Brawn

hy \nanni.

45. jganjgahni or jganjgannishe.

Brawn
46.

hy \nanni.

Grave (the body

Brawn
47. Pieces

Wood

of

Divining.

Brawn

is

placed in a hole at the side).

hy \nanni.

hy Herr

shaped by

S. Werdelmann.

iTa. riresticks (used for rubbing

Brawn
48.

the

{Full she.)

fire).

hy \nanni.

Igonllna (an edible root).

Brawn
49. Ilhuru.

hy Tainme.

ground-plant.

Apparently drawn hy Tamme.

50. Beast of Prey, Fish,

Brawn

hy Tamme.

and Tree.

jkun, used

by them

for

mTRODUCTION.
The Bushmen were members
hiiman species that in
the

whole,

continent.
totally

all

probability once occupied

or

nearly the

whole,

It

would seem

that

exterminated

or

division of the

of a

of

the

African

they were either

exterminated and

partly

by more robust races pressing down

partly absorbed

from the north, except in a few secluded localities

where they could manage to hold their own, and
that as a distinct people they had disappeared from
nearly the whole of Northern and Central Africa
before white men made their first appearance theie.
Schweinfurth, Junker, Stanley, Von "Wissmann,*

and other explorers and residents

in the equatorial

* The following volumes ma}^ be referred to

Schweinfurth, Dr. Georg: The Heart of Africa, Tliree Years'
Travels and, Adventures in the Unexplored Regions of Central Africa,
from 1868 to 1871. Two crown octavo volumes, published in
:

London (date not given).

Junker, Dr. Wilhelm

Travels in Africa during the Tears

1886.

1875-

German by A. H. Keane, P.R.G.S.

volumes, published in London in 1890-2.

Translated from the

Three demy octavo

Stanley,

Henry M.

von Wissmann, Hermann

Africa from the Congo
Translated from the

the Quest, Rescue,

In Bwrhest Africa or

Retreat of Emin, Governor of Eqiiatoria.

published in London in 1 890.
:

the

to

Two demy octavo

My Second Journey
Zambesi in

German by Minna

the
J.

and

volumes,

through Equatorial

Years 1886 and 1887.

A Bergmann.
.

A demy

octavo volume, published in London in 1891.

Ten Years in Equatoria and the Return
Casati, Major Gaetano
:

with

Emin

Pasha.

Translated from the original Italian Manuscript

by the Hon. Mrs. J. Eandolph Clay assisted by Mr. I. Walter

Savage Landor. Two royal octavo volumes, published at London
and New York in 1891.
Burrows, Captain Guy The Land of the Pigmies. A demy octavo
:

volume, published in London in 1898.

XXVI

INTRODUCTION.

who have had

regions,
still

intercourse with the pygmies

existing in the depths of the dark forest west

given descriptions of
these people which show almost beyond a doubt
that they and the Bushmen of South Africa are
the Albert Nyauza, have

of

one in race.
same,

northern

and

gloom,

All the physical characteristics are the

full open eye of the

we allow for the

pygmy being due

if

sunken

the

Bushman

southern

his

to

his

to

living in forest

eye of the
being passed in the

half-closed
life

glare of an unclouded sun.

The average height

of adult

male Bushmen, as

given by Fritseh and other observers from careful

measurement, is 144'4 centimetres or 56*85 inches.

Yon Wissmann

gives the height of some pygmies

that he measured as from 140 to 145

centimetres,

or about the same.

Schweinfurth's description not only of the bodily

but

the

of

mental

characteristics

his

of

pygmy

would hold good

southern stock.

Junker's

been

for one of the

photographs might have

taken on
and no one acquainted with
Bushmen can read the charming account of the
imp Blasiyo, given by Mrs. E. B. Fisher in lier
book On the Borders of Pygmy Land, without
recognising the aborigine of South Africa. Whether
he is blowing a great horn and capering under the
dining-room window, or caning the big Bantu
men in the class wliich he is teaching to read in
the

Orange

river

the mission school at Kabarole, in order to make

them respect him, the portrait in words which
Mrs. Fisher has given of that exceedingly interesting

pygmy
this

is

true to the

volume

deals.

life of

one of those with

whom

INTRODUCTION.

But those

XXVll

remnants of a race that there

is every reason to believe was once widely spread
do not oflfer to ethnologists such an excellent subject
for study as might at first thought be supposed, for
it would appear from the observations of travellers
that they have lost their original language, though
isolated

not

altogether certain.
Savages, though
having the passions and the bodily strength of men,
are children in mind and children in the facility
with which they acquire other forms of speech than
those of their parents.
The rapidity with which
a Bushman learned to speak Dutch or English,
when he was brought into contact with white
people in South Africa, was regarded as almost
marvellous in the early days of the Cape Colony.
And so the Bushmen or pygmies of the north,
hemmed in by Bantu, although not on friendly
terms with them, learned to speak Bantu dialects
and may have lost their own ancient tongue. This
is to be gathered from what travellers have related,
but no one has yet lived long enough with them
to be able to say definitely that among themselves
they do not speak a distinct language, and use
a corrupt Bantu dialect when conversing with
strangers.
But whether this be so or not, they
must have lost much of their original lore, or it
must at least have changed its form.
South of the Zambesi and Kunene rivers, in
addition to the Bushmen, two races had penetrated
before our own.
One of those was composed of
the people termed by us Hottentots, who at a very
remote time probably had Bushmen as one of its
this

is

ancestral

stocks,

and certainly

had incorporated great numbers

in

of

recent

centuries

Bushman

girls.

INTRODUCTION.

XXVlll

But these people never went far from the coast,

though they continued their migrations along the
border of the ocean all the way round from the
Kunene to a little beyond the Umziravubu, where
their further progress was stopped by the Bantu
advancing on that side.
resided cannot be stated
strong reason

Where they
positively,

believing

for

now

they occupied the territory

The

references

and the

often described

tioned

is

one

as

belief.

different

of

the

number

there

is

times

Somaliland.

Egyptian

history,

of that country so

may

writers,

indications

and perhaps

but

ancient

called

in early

of the queen

by

Another,

the large

Punt

to

portrait

in

that

originally

be men-

leading

stronger,

to

this

indication

of drilled stones of the exact

and pattern of those used by the Hottentots

different in form from those
in South Africa
that have been found
manufactured by Bushmen
in Somaliland, an excellent collection of which can
size

be

seen

in

the

ethnological

museum
their own

The Hottentots, according to

came from some far distant country

in

in

Berlin.

traditions,

the north-

and they cannot have crossed the Kunene

many centuries before Europeans made their first

east,

appearance at the extremity of the continent.

This
is conclusively proved by the fact that the dialects

spoken by the tribes in Namaqualand and beyond

Algoa Bay on the south-eastern coast differed so
slightly

the

that

people

the
of

people

the

other

of

one

without

could

much

understand
difiiculty,

which would certainly not have been the case if

they had been many centuries separated. They
had no intercourse with each other, and yet towards
the close of the seventeenth century an interpreter

XXIX

INTRODUCTION.

belonging to a tribe in the neighbourbood

of the

Cape peninsula, when accompanying Dutch trading

parties, conversed with ease with them all.
In our present state of knowledge it is impossible
to say when the Bantu first crossed the Zambesi,
because it is altogether uncertain whether there
were, or were not, tribes of black men in the

now termed Ehodesia

territory

occupants

present

the

of

before the ancestors

moved

down from

the

but those at present in the country cannot

claim a possession of more than seven or eight
hundred years. When the Europeans formed their

north

settlements, the area occupied by the Bantu

was small compared with what it is to-day, and
a vast region inland from the Kathlamba mountains
nearly to the Atlantic shore was inhabited exclusively
by Bushmen. That region included the whole of
the present Cape province except the coast belt, the
whole of Basutoland and the Orange Free State,
first

the greater part,

province, and

if

much

and Hereroland.

not the whole, of the Transvaal

of

Betshuanaland, the Kalahari,

The paintings on rocks found

Southern Ehodesia at the present

of a

not very

that

territory,

the
as

big

in

day afford proof

remote occupation by Bushmen of

but they give evidence also that

dark-coloured

Bantu

were

akeady there

well.

By

the Hottentots and the Bantu the Bushmen

regarded simply as noxious animals, and

were
though young

girls

were usually spared and incor-

porated in the tribes of their captors to lead a life

of drudgery and shame, all others who could be

entrapped or hunted down were destroyed with as

mercy as if they had been hyenas. On the

little

INTRODUCTION.

^x-x

immediate

border

of

the

Hottentot

and

Bantu

with the

was thus
away from that frontier line the
Bushmen pursued their game and drank the waters
that their fathers had drunk from time immemorial,
without even the knowledge that men differing from
constant strife

settlements there

ancient race, but

themselves existed in the world.

This was the condition of things when in the

year 1652 the Dutch East India Company formed
a station for refreshing the crews of its fleets
on the shore of Table Bay, a station that has

South Africa, The

had established themselves at Sofala
a hundred and forty-seven years earlier, but they
had never penetrated the country beyond the Bantu
belt, and consequently never made the acquaintance
From 1652 onward there was an
of Bushmen,
opportunity for a thorough study of the mode of
living, the power of thought, the form of speech,
the religious ideas, and all else that can be known
of one of the most interesting savage races of the
earth, a race that there is good reason to believe
once extended not only over Africa, but over a

grown

into the present British

Portuguese

large

part

Europe,

of

over

South-Eastern Asia,

where many scientists maintain it is now represented by the Semang in the Malay peninsula, the
Andamanese, and some of the natives of the Philippine
islands,
and possibly over a much greater portion
of the world's surface, a race that had made little,
if any,
advance since the far distant days when

members

of

it

shot

their

flint-headed

arrows at

reindeer in France, and carved the figures of mammoths and other now extinct animals on tusks of
ivory

in

the

same

fair

land.

It

was truly

an

XXXI

INTRODUCTION.

ancient race, one of the most primitive that time

had left on the face of the earth.

But there were no ethnologists among the earlywhite settlers, whose sole object was to earn their
bread and make homes for themselves in the new
country where their lot was cast. They too soon
came to regard the wild Bushmen as the Hottentots
and the Bantu regarded them, as beings without
a right to the soil over which they roamed, as
untamable robbers whom it was not only their
interest but their duty to destroy.
They took
wherever they chose,
shot the game that the pygmies depended upon for
food, and when these retaliated by driving off
oxen and sheep, made open war upon the so-called
marauders.
It was impossible for pastoral white
men and savage Bushmen who neither cultivated
the ground nor owned domestic cattle of any kind
And so,
to live side by side in amity and peace.
slowly but surely, the Europeans, whether Dutch
or English, extended their possessions inland, the
Hottentots Koranas and Griquas,
abandoning the
coast, made their way also into the interior, and
the Bantu spread themselves ever farther and
farther, until to-day there is not an acre of land
Every
in all South Africa left to the ancient race.
man's hand was against them, and so they passed
out of sight, but perished fighting stubbornly,
disdaining compromise
the very
or quarter to
the
last.
globe for
There is no longer room on
palaeolithic man.
When I say every man's hand was against them,
I do not mean to imply that no efforts at all were
possession

of

the

fountains

ever

made by white men

to save

them from absolute

XXXU

INTRODUCTION.

extinction, or that no European cast an eye of pity

upon the unfortunate wanderers.
On more than

one occasion about the beginning of the nineteenth

century benevolent frontier farmers collected horned
ebeep, and goats, and endeavoured to induce

cattle,

Bushmen

adopt a pastoral life, but

They could not change
always without success.
their babits suddenly, and so the stock presented to
parties

of

to

them was soon consumed.

The London Missionary

Society stationed teachers at different points

among

them, but could not prevail upon them to remain

at any one place longer tban they were supplied
In tbe middle of tbe same century
with food.
the government of the Orange River Sovereignty

bands of them,
but by some blunder located a Korana clan between
them, and that effort failed. Then many frontier
farmers engaged families of Bushmen to tend their
flocks and herds, which they did as a rule with
the greatest fidelity until they became weary of
such a monotonous life, and then they wandered
away again. Other instances might be added, but
they all ended in the same manner. The advance
of the white man, as well as of the Hottentots and
the Bantu, was unavoidably accompanied with the
disappearance of the wild people.
On the farms where a number of Bushman
families lived white children often learned to speak
their language, with all its clicks, and smacking
of the lips, and guttural sounds, but this knowledge
was of no use to anyone but themselves, and it
died with them.
They were incompetent to reduce
it to writing,
and too ill-educated to realise the
set

apart

reserves

for

two

little

value of the information theyjpossessed.

Here and

INTRODUCTION.

XXXlll

there a traveller

of scientific attainments, such as

Dr. H. Lichtenstein, or a missionary of talent, such as

the reverend T. Arbousset, tried to form a vocabulary

of

Bushman

"words,

but as they did not understand

the language themselves, and there were no recognised

symbols

to represent the various sounds,

their lists

are almost worthless to philologists.

in
1857, when the late
Bleek (Ph.D.), who was born
at Berlin in 1827, and educated at the universities

So

Dr.

of

matters

stood

Wilhelm H.

Bonn and

I.

Berlin,

commenced

qualified

his

researches in

He was

connection with the Bushmen.

eminently

the task, as his natural bent was in

for

of philology, and his training had

been of the very best kind, in that he had learned
from it not to cease study upon obtaining his

the

direction

degree,

many

but

to

continue

educating

himself.

For

years after 1857, however, he did not devote

himself entirely, or

even mainly, to investigations

Bushmen, because of the difficulty

of obtaining material, and also because he was
intently engaged upon the work with which his
reputation as a philologist must ever be connected,
regarding the

Comparative Grammar of South African Languages.

In this book he deals with the Hottentot language
and with the Bantu, the last divided into a large

In 1862 the first part of his

valuable work appeared, in 1864 a small volume
followed entitled Reynard the Fox in South Africa,
or Hottentot Fables and Tales, and in 1869 the first

number

of

section

of

dialects.

the

Grammar was

second

published.

part

of

his

Comparative

That work, regarded by

and

everyone since its issue as of the highest value,

which must always remain the standard authority

XXXIV
on

its

INTRODUCTION.

subject,

was never completed, for

1870

in

Bushman

a favourable opportunity of studying the

which Dr. Bleek at once

availed himself, knowing that in the few wild people
left he had before him the fast dying remnant of
a primitive race, and that if any reliable record
of that race was to be preserved, not a day must
language occurred,

be

of

lost in securing

To abandon
which offered
tion,

and

it.

work

still

iu

which fame had been gained,

further celebrity in

to devote himself entirely to a

its

prosecu-

new

object,

simply because the one could be completed by somebody else at a future time, and the other, if neglected
then, could never be done at

all,

shows such utter

devotion to science, such entire forgetfulness of

self,

name of Dr. Bleek should be uttered not only

with the deepest respect, but with a feeliag akin to
that the

reverence.

How many men

in the world to-day

science

of

who would

are

there

follow so noble an

example ?

The task now before him was by no means a simple

or an easy one.
The few pure Bushmen that remained alive were scattered in the wildest and most
inaccessible parts of the country, and it would have
been useless to search for them there.
A traveller
indeed, who was prepared to live in a very rough
manner himself, might have found a few of them,
but his intercourse with them would necessarily
have been so short that he could not study them
thoroughly.
nately for

But, fortunately for

the

science, unfortu-

wretched creatures themselves, the

majesty of Eiiropean law had brought several of
them within reach. That law, by a proclamation of
the earl of Caledon, governor of the Cape Colony,

liN

JL

ItUJJ U

(J

XlUiN

November 1809, had confounded

them with the Hottentots, and made all of them

issued on the 1st of

within the recognised boundaries British subjects,

but had placed them under certain restraints, which

were intended to prevent them from roaming about
at will.
It had very little effect upon the wild
people, however, who were almost as difficult to
arrest on the thinly occupied border as if they had
been baboons. Then, in April 1812, by a proclamation
of Governor Sir John Cradock, their children, when
eight years of age, if they had lived on a farm since
their birth, were apprenticed by the local magistrate
for ten years longer.
In this proclamation also they
were confounded with Hottentots, and it really had
a considerable effect upon them, because it was no

uncommon

circumstance for

Bushman

their infant children on farms

service,

By

parents to leave

where they had been in

and not return perhaps

for a couple of years.

a colonial ordinance of the 17th of July 1828

of every kind were removed from these

and they had thereafter exactly the same
amount of freedom and of political rights as Europeans.
It seems absurd to speak of Bushmen having political
rights, for their ideas of government were so crude
that their chiefs were merely leaders in war and the
chase, and had no judicial powers, each individual
but so
liaving the right to avenge his own wrongs
the law determined.
It determined also that the
ground upon which their ancestors for ages had
hunted should be parcelled out ih farms and allotted
to European settlers, and that if they went there
afterwards and killed or drove away an ox or a score
of sheep, they could be sentenced to penal servitude
for several years.
It seems hard on the face of it,

all restraints

people,

INTRODUCTION.

XXXvi

other
but progress is remorseless, and there was no
way of extending civilisation inland. The pygmy
not
hunter with his bow and poisoned arrows could

be permitted to block the way.

But he, though he could not argue the matter,
and regarded it as the most natural thing in the
world for the strong to despoil the weak, being the

He was
feeble one himself resented this treatment.
susteof
means
the
hungry too, terribly hungry, for
nance in the arid wastes where he was making his
last stand were of the scantiest, and he longed for
meat, such meat as his fathers had eaten before the
Hottentots and the big black men and the white
farmers came into the country and slaughtered all
And so he
the game and nearly all of his kin.

and crept stealthily to

observations without
make
could
he
a hill-top, where
anyone noticing him, and when night fell he stole
down to the farmer's fold and before day dawned
again he and his companions were gorged with flesh.

tightened his hunger belt,

When

the farmer arose and discovered his loss there

hunt as a matter of course. Man and

horse and dog were pressed into the chase, and yet
so wily was the little imp, so expert in taking cover,
and it must be added so feared were his poisoned
ari'ows, that it was a rare thing for him to be captured.
Once in a while, however, he was made a prisonei',
and then if it could be proved that he had killed
a shepherd he was hanged, but if he could be convicted of nothing more than slaughtering other men's
oxen and sheep he was sent to a convict station for
a few years.
So it came about that Dr. Bleek found at the

was

a big

convict station close to

Capetown

several of the

men

INTRODUCTION.

XXXVll

he wanted.
There were two in particular, whose
terms of imprisonment had nearly expired, and who
were physically unfit for hard labour. The govern-

ment permitted him

to take these

residence, on condition of locking

men

to his

them up

own

at night

until the remainder of their sentences expired.

After
they had returned to the place of their birth, two

Bushmen were

obtained, who ere long were

induced to proceed to their old haunts and prevail

other

upon some

of their relatives to accompany them

back again, so that at one time a whole family could
be seen on Dr. Bleek's grounds.
The material was thus obtained to work with, but
first the language of the primitive people had to be
learned, a language containing so many clicks and
other strange sounds that at first it seemed almost
impossible for an adult European tongue to master it.
To this task Dr. Bleek and his sister-in-law^ Miss

Lucy

C. Lloyd,

who had

boundless patience, untiring

and a particularly acute ear, devoted themselves,

and persevered until their efforts were crowned with
success.
Symbols were adopted to represent the
different sounds that are foreign to the European
ear, and then it became possible to take down the
exact words used by the Bushman narrators and to
have the manuscript checked by repetition.
Before the results of such prolonged labour were
ready for publication, but not until a very large
quantity of valuable matter had been collected, to the
great loss of students of man everywhere Dr. Bleek
died, 17th of August 1875.
Miss Lloyd then continued during some years to collect further material
from various individuals of the Bushman race, and
after adding greatly to the stock on hand at her
zeal,

INTRODUCTION.

XXXVlll

proceeded to
Europe with a view to arranging it properly and
publishing it.
Tor nine years she endeavoured, but
in vain, to carry out this design, the subject not
brother-in-law's

1887 she

in

death,

being considered by publishers one that would attract

readers in sufficient number to repay the cost of

owing

would necessarily be large,

In 1896
of the Bushman text.

that cost

printing, as

to the style

Messrs.

Swan SouDenschein &

Co. undertook to get

out a volume, but then, unfortunately. Miss Lloyd

fell ill, and her impaired strength has since that
It has
time delayed the completion of the work.
only been at long intervals and by dint of much

what is here presented to the reader,

with much more that may perhaps follow, has been
This is a brief account of the manner
got ready.
in which the material was collected, and of the
causes which have delayed its publication for so
many years.
It would be quite impossible to
exertion that

gather such information now.

As

to

contents

but

stated,

here,
of

this

recitals

such

is

made

purposes

scientific

cannot be
book speaks

Bushmen
as

for

volume,

it

as the

the

value

the
of

a great

deal

necessary
for
as

itself.

clear

can

subject

remembered that the minds

of

to

the

of

might be

much

say

The

religion

from their own

be,

when

it

like those of little children in all matters not

nected with their immediate

views concerning the

utterly

absurd, but

is

the narrators were

bodily wants.

moon, and
European child

sun,

stars
five

con-

Their

seem
or

six
not informed, would probably give
explanation.
Their faith too, that is,

years of age,

if

no better
their unreasoning

belief in

many

things that to an

XXXIX

lINTKUiJUUTlOJN.

adult European seem ridiculous,

is

seen to be that

Every reader of this book has

mere infants.
gone through the same stage of thought and mental
power him or herself, and our own far remote
ancestors must have had beliefs similar to those
The civilised European at different
of Bushmen.

of

stages

of

existence

his

whole human species in

the lowest

ignorant

savagery.

pygmy,

a representative

is

We

may

we

but

the

pity the

therefore

not

are

of

upward from

progress

its

justified

in

despising him.

On many
thrown in

of

this

their

customs a flood of light

is

volume, but I shall only refer to

In the early Dutch records of the Cape

Colony there is an account of some Bushmen eating
almost the whole of an animal, the intestines
included, rejecting only two little pieces of flesh

one here.

sinews

containing

the

questioned

concerning

of
this,

the

thighs.

When

they

merely

replied

was their custom not to eat those parts,

beyond which no information is given. Who could
have imagined the cause of such a custom ? They
had devoured parts tougher to masticate, so it
That is all
certainly was not to spare their teeth.
that could be said of it, but here in this volume
the reason is given, and how well it fits in with
the belief of the wild people that certain men and
animals could exchange their forms, that some
animals in former times were men, and some men
in former times were animals.
Probably, however, the value of this volume

that

it

will be greatest to the philologist,

Bushman

text,

general reader,

as

the

which will be unintelligible

is

printed

side

by

side

original
to

the

with the

Xl

INTRODUCTION,

Englisli

translation.

Students

of

the

growth,

of

language have thus the means of ascertaining how

were expressed by a race of people so low

ideas
in

culture

the Bushmen.

as

Their vocabulary,

it

"What
be seen, was ample for their needs.
is
that, though they had no word
for a numeral higher than three, and though the
plurals of many of their nouns were formed in
will
is

surprising

such a simple

manner

as

by

reduplication,

their

verbs were almost, if not quite, as complete and

expressive as our own. The myths indicate a people
in the condition of early childhood, but from the
language it is evident that in the great chain of
human life on this earth the pygmy savages represented a link

end than

name

of

much

closer to the

modern European
worthy of the

to that of the first beings

men.

GEO. McCALL THEAL.

London, 1911.

\li

anA-kas's'o

Finm

a painting by

W. Schroder.

A.

MYTHOLOGY, FABLES, LEGENDS,

AND
1.

POETRY.

The Mantis.

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLOEE.

I. 13.

IKAGGEN DI jK'WA.
iMggen

(2281)

Iku a lk<5rruwa

Iki

) se

llkeillkgfyan

ha, au

Ini

au jkaukaken yauki

llkiirru,

i, sita

jk'wa

ta,

si

han jgoujgduwa

se

tta ha, au

+kakka hi

.Ikaukaken

u.

"Ik'wa kail Ike

"

au han ka,

Igwatten.

Ikauka Ine

(2283)

ha au

la

lla

jk'wa,

ddauddau

Ikiiken

au Ikaukaken Iwkwa

luhitin Ikauken,

(2282) Ikauken

Han

a Ikuka.

hail llkeillkei jk'wa

han di

Ikauken,

Ikagen

ha Ikuka."

Ikaukaken Ikwe-i

ha a

Hiti Ikw^lkw^ hho

.Ik^rri."

(2284) llkiittenllkutten,*hin!>'aolkaggen. Ikaggen(

Ikdrrokenlkdrroken

siitten

au

hi

I'hiti

)ttiiwaii

Ikauken

Hin +kakka hi Ikagen: " jkann

li:!kali^ka.

ha

llwiyaki

au jk'wa ttu."
Inon

(2285)

Ha
Iki

llkap^aiten

ttwi

ha Ikuken,
(

<'

jkVa

ttu

kan

ii."

yauki

(2286)

[kwakogen +kakken

) Iki

Ha

!,

Ta

au

+kakken
je

l;^a

"He

ha

jk'wa llkwaii

ti,

hi tan

e,

jk'wa

ta jk'wa llkhoa 11^,

lliiwa,

jk'wagen yduki

l;^aixaga ttwi."
llka;^aiten llgda

hhd jk'wa

llgai,

* Hin Ikwe au Ikaukko.

han

llkd

Ha hi.

THE MANTIS IN FORM OF A HAETEBEEST.

L 13.
B,

THE MANTIS ASSUMES THE

FORM OF

A HAETEBEEST.
The Mantis is one who cheated the children, by (2281)
becoming a hartebeest, by resembling a dead harte-

He

beest.

when

feigning death lay in front of the children,

the children went to seek gambroo {\kui, a

sort of

cucumber) ; because he thought (wished) that

the children

should cut him up with a stone knife, (2282)

as these children did not possess metal knives.

The

children perceived him,

when he had

laid

himself stretched out, while his horns were turned

backwards. The children then said to each ( ) other (2283)
:

"It is a hartebeest that yonder lies; it is dead."

" Our harteThe children jumped for joy (saying)
beest
we shall eat great meat." They broke oflf
stone knives by striking (one stone against another),*
they skinned the Mantis. ( ) The skin of the Mantis (2284)
:

snatched

They say

itself

to

quickly out of the children's hands.

each other:

"Hold thou

strongly fast

"

Another child said

me the hartebeest skin
" The hartebeest skin pulled at me."
Her elder sister said: "It does seem that the (2285)
( )
hartebeest has not a wound from the people who shot
it; for, the hartebeest appears to have died of itself.
Although the hartebeest is fat, (yet) the hartebeest
has ( ) no shooting wound."
(2286)

for

Her
beest,

elder sister cut oE a shoulder of the harte-

and put

shoulder arose
* They break

down (on a
by itself, it

it

off,

by

The hartebeest's
down nicely (on the

bush).
sat

striking with one stone against another.

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

Ik'wa llgliten

(2287) (ku akken

hi

lla

hih

fii,

ui,

lim ss'9en akken, au

bin.

han

llko

Ikaii lilid

jkVa

hin Ikonn akken

tte, (

llgdiko,

ban

ss'oiii

Oho a

tt'ain

au hih

M au Ohd.

Ilk6

Han
Hih

au Ohd.

llkau llko hi

jkVa

Ikau hho

(2288)

Han

hi.

hin

lie, liiii

Ohd

tatti,

llken-1 hi.

Ha

tkakken,

ti

ken*: he yoa

Hih

(2289)

" Ik'wa a
e,

ha

a,

jk'wa

dda

en-6ii

Hin

tteko.

Ine ddarra-

hi +kd-i, i."

Ikdmmeh

di

Ikam

Ika^

llkap^aikogen

jkiikogen

+kakka

jkiiko

" Ikao Ikvra Ik'wa jkhdu, llj^aOua se Ikdmmeh jk'wa

Ina

(2290) ha a jkuila
ta

i Ikii

sah

la

* Ikauken ddoa

^2288')

ha se p^waia

td, llkap^ai Ike ssho,

Ta

jk^rri.

i Ikii

hho Ik'wa a
i

+x^i

ti

ss'e

jk'wa llwkde,

tti

Ikdmmeh

IJa eji-6n

a.

jj^wdffi;

ddarraken

" Ik'waka en Ine ddarraken."

'

Ik'waka dnyan Ine Ijkejlkeya Ik'wa yauki e;

Ik'waka 6n |ne

ta,

||k6||keya jkuita en, hin dd|rrakn.

r

jkuita an ||Dau !kuk5 1;^! ha, jgaokaken |^

Ikau !kwa haka

(2289')

fi,

an hin Ikau Ihin ui !ga6ken-ka ttwi

^^^ "^"^ "^ Ikuita &; hin ssho-ko ddarraken,

dd|rraken |eta ha en-6n,

Hin

e,

Ine

Au

!kuitn

tatti,

hi |ku lauwa.

ti

'S^'^-

hin

|kf-ssho,

ttu,

a Iku ddarraken, au an tatti

e,

(2290')**^^

he, ha

dddrraken leta ttwi

hin

e,

^^

ha kkiin

Ti

^^^

ha en-en

ha en-6n,

e,

au Sn
e,

1, he,

t^tti-

^^

y^'

Ine Ikdkgn,

i.

16 Jkaii

tatti e, a tta

a l.anwa; he

ha jkuken kwokwon-a,
) Jia

!6ten

ttu.

au S-ka ttikdkgn

ha en-en- ta-)iugen

li,

jeten Ine

1,

tta

hin

e,
If,

g,

!kwa

If.

ha

hi.

H6

ti

if,

i.

tta

au hin

tatti,

ha en-^i

en-6n-yan |ne jkwa.

|n6

H6

THE MANTIS IN PORM OF A HAETEBEEST.

other side of the bush), while

She (then) cut

put

down

it

it

placed

itself nicely.

off a thigh of the hartebeest,

(on a bush)

placed

it

and (2287)
on

itself nicely

She cut off another shoulder of the harteand put it upon (another) bush. It arose, and
sat upon a soft (portion of the) bush ; as it felt that
the bush (upon which the child had laid it) ( ) (2288)

the bush.
beest,

pricked

it.

Another elder

sister cut off the other tliigh of the

They spoke thus " This hartebeest's

does move * that must be why it shrinks

hartebeest.
flesh

away."

They arrange
other

their burdens; one ( ) says to the (2289)

" Cut and break off the hartebeest's neck, so

that (thy) younger sister

may

carry the hartebeest's

head, for, (thy) yonder sitting elder

carry the hartebeest's back, she

sister,

who

is

she shall

a big girl.

) For, we must carrying return (home); for, we (2290)

came (and) cut up this hartebeest. Its flesh moves

* The children truly thought that the hartebeest's flesh moved. (2288')
hartebeest's flesh seemed as if it was not hartebeest for, the
hartebeest's flesh was like a man's flesh, it moved.
(As regards) a man's flesh, when another man shoots him, the

The

The people

poison enters the body.

cutting break

away

his flesh,

while they cutting take away the mouth of the poisonous wound.
The people set aside the man's flesh; it remains quivering, while

moves (quivers) in his body, that (2289')

( )
which he sits in (literally " which he possesses sitting "),
This it is which moves ia
that which the people cutting broke.
the (cut out) wound's mouth, while the flesh feels that the flesh
is warm.
Therefore, the flesh moves, as (while) the flesh (feels
that the flesh) is alive
hence it is warm. As (while) the man
(feels that he) warms himself at the fire, all bis flesh is warm, while
it (feels that it) lives.
The thing (reason) on account of which he
While it feels that it is
really dies is that his flesh feels cool.
This is the reason why his (2290')
cold, ( ) his flesh becomes very cold.
the other part of the flesh
(flesh)

flesh dies.

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

M au

haka aka Ikarroken ssutten I'Mn

hi Ine

lie,

Hin

(2291)

\kwk

jkwan ^hwain jk'wa

hi."

(2292) "

hlid Ikaggen-ka

Ikammen

" Ikammeiiya jk'wa

hhui n

Ikarin

ddd

tai Ikii

(2293) Ikdggen InAn

jk'wa

lnd.n

lla,

jge,

Ikdm

hhd

llkd;^ukaken jkann

Hin

latta

IWka.

hin Ikann akki."

)

"

4n

hin +kakka

6a sse Ma

ina,

han lke ha

Ina,

IkVa

llka;^uken

Ha

Ina Vauki ywi."

ha.
llkoe,

au

jkwdn hhdn

hi,

hin Ikuiten.

IkVa. Indn

hi jkhe

jau.

\hm. au jk'wa ts'^du.

lii

hu

Ilka Ihda

jk'wa Indn

kw^itenkw^iten,
han +kdkken
kw^itenkwdita
Ikwa:
"
o
o
o
o
'

(2294')"*^^'^"^^'^' +hali kan +dun +khe

da-ki

(2294)

+hau

(2295) ^^^^ ta

ha
:

" Tai

(2296)

i tfi-

ss'du jktiss'a;

" Ik'wa

llka;^aiten

li^ke

jkwdn +kdkka ha

/noq i

>

\
-'

ha

a,

llkd;^ai

jkVagen

jauii

jkhe

jkh^ !hafi-a n ta'ax^u."

Ikd,m

"

llkd;^aiten

Ikuiten."

Ikuss'a;
Ina ? "

au jk'wa

jkVa kan
n Ikdm

li

ts'unn

n au

jh^ au ha

common Bushman thus

ts'axau.

jkwdn

kan d6a +kdkken."

) ss'a

sin kA,

* Mantis speech, translated into

wwe! !h^ kan

Ina

Ha

" llkhweillkhwdita

ha:

A-^au dddindddinya

jkVa ts'a^du

ts'iinn jkwa.

ddditen ha.

llkdp^aiten

Ikwah kkui

Ha

ts'a^du.

+hau kan +khe +hdn-a n ts'a^du." *

Ikwdn ddditen; Ikdkkaken

Ikdrfuii,

Ik|m 6a-ki IhSu

" jkhwS-

!h^ kan

infi

ju.A.i>xio

ux

xAjusa.

ujc

a.

cLa.niJir>i!iJ!ioi.

snatches itself out of our hand,

its flesh

\dtta

it

of itself places itself nicely."

They

up the flesh of the Mantis they say (2291)

" Carry the hartebeest's head, that

take

to the child

may put

father

it

The

to roast for you."

child slung

on the hartebeest's head, she called to her sisters

" Taking hold help me up f this
hartebeest's (2292)
( )
head is not light." Her sisters taking hold of her
help her up.
They go away, they return (home). The hartebeest's head slips downwards, because the Mantis's
head wishes to stand on the ground. ( ) The child (2293)
;

lifts

it

up (with her

the

shoulders),

hartebeest's

removes the thong from

The hartebeest's head was
the hartebeest's eye.
"
whispering, it whispering said to the child

head (by turning a

little)

child

the thong

Take away

my

me

for

eye."

standing in front of

is

the thong

The

child

Mantis winked at the

child.

the thong

"Come(

eye.

shutting

looked behind her;

The

child

the (2294)

whimpered

Her

her elder sister looked back at her.

called to her

is

my

forward quickly

elder sister
;

we

return (2295)

(home)."

The

This hartebeest's head is

elder sister scolded her: " Lying

child exclaimed

able to speak."

Her

*'

Art thou not ( ) coming (2296)

"
deceiving (us) about the hartebeest's head ?

come forward; we

go.

" The hartebeest

at me with the hartebeest's eye ; the
hartebeest desired that I should take away the thong

The child
has winked

* This seems
yet
f

known
The

said to her elder sister

to be an exclamation, the

meaning

of

which

to the editor.

child lay

upon her back npon the

hartebeest's head.

is

not

(2297)

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

ts'aj^du.

H^

llnunta

y6a

jk'wa taa llkognllkogiiya

e,

ts'e^u."

Ikwdn ddditen jk'wa

(2298) +kdkka ha llkd^ai

Ina,

" [k'wa Ina

jkwan

Ik'wagen dddbba-i.
)

kan yda d6a jduwa

td hi Iku Ine dddbba-i."

jkwan
(2299) jkVa

Ikakkaken lke jkwa, han

Ina.

Han lke

jh^; jkwan jku

kuerre

ttaittdiya-tti

!kwa: "

lilt

Inaj

ha

) lilin

* Inn +kuiOuawwe,t

ti

Ina.

lala-ki

au n InaL"

Ha
(2300) ka

llkajfukaken jkulkuti Ikaggen en-en.

)

enyan +hau+hau

Ikdggen

(2301) Ikdggen Ikhdu.

jkh^ Ikdggen

Ikhd Ikdggen

Ikdggen tten +hdu

Ikdggen liakde.

au hin bbai, hin

(2303) llwkde ka tikko.

(2299')

Ha

viss'a,

hin

ttekogen

j^a

!ka;^u.

) liss'a,

Ikdggen

hin kkiii tudkussln Ikdggen

jku f llMi au ha Inl

Ssw4-ka
Sswif-ka-!kni

|nti

!k]Uii0ua-ww^."

llii^jkaoJIiikaS.

lywainya jkuko, hin

e,

hah ka " |keh "

t Ikaggen tteh

ha ka " |n6

!k])l"

au jkuko Ike. Han ||nau ha kkoka jkuko,

han ka " ||kan-o," au hi kk6ka hi Ikdgen.

(llkellkeya Inussa !e)

(2301')

Ha

Ikdggen !ka;;fuken !ku;^e

t Mantis's pronunciation of "

Au

Tis8'a,t

tudkussln Ikdggen

kkiii

hin kkiii +udkussfn Ikdggen

llgaiyaken jkup^e

jkhdugen kkiii tudku

Ikdggen !;^dn kkui +udku

\j(a,.

lliikde.

(2302) kkiii tuakussfn

Ikilp^e liss'a

hin kkiii +ua+ua au

Ikaggen Indh kkui +udku !aun jkhe

Ikaggen ll^kde.

jdnn

llke,

Ikaggen-

+hu

uss'a llkellkeya jgd.

THE

MAMTliS

IJS

i'UKM. OJ?

ilAKTiilJJKJiST.

from his eye. Thus it was that ( ) the hartebeest's (2297)

head lay looking behind my back."
The child looked back at the hartebeest's head, the
The child said
hartebeest opened and shut its eyes.
" The hartebeest's head
must (2298J
to her elder sister
( )
and
shutting
its
eyes."
be alive, for it is opening
The child, walking on, unloosened the thong the
The Mantis
child let fall the hartebeest's head.
scolded the child, he ( ) complained about his head. (2299)
He scolded the child " Oh oh my head * Oh bad
:

person

little

Her

f hurting

me

in

my

head."

Mantis. The
together,
it quickly (2300)
sprang
(
to the lower part of the Mantis's back.

sisters let fall the flesh of the

flesh of the

joined itself

The head

Mantis

upon
The neck of the
upon the upper part (2301)

of the Mantis quickly joined (itself)

the top of the neck of the Mantis.

Mantis

quickly joined

of the Mantis's spine.

(itself)

The upper

part of the Mantis's

The thigh

spine joined itself to the Mantis's back.

of the Mantis sprang forward,J

(

back.

it

joined itself to the

His other thigh ran forward, (2302)

Mantis's back.

racing

it

joined itself to the other side of the Mantis's

The chest

of the Mantis ran

forward,

it

(2303)

joined itself to the front side of the upper part of the

Mantis's spine. The shoulder blade of the Mantis ran
forward,

it

joined itself on to the ribs of the Mantis.

He was merely complaining about his head.

pronunciation of \nA \kuiQua wwi. The cursing of
Mantis
f
the Flat Bushmen. When a Flat Bushman is angry with another,
it is that he is wont to say lfl \hui, resembling \nAs8a \e
name
(the
by which the Flat Bushmen call the Grass Bushmen),

then

for the other one's name.

wont

to say

'

mate

'

he

is

When
wont

he loves another person he is

brother when they love

to say

'

'

each other.
X

The Mantis's thigh sprang forward

like a frog.

2299')

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLOEE.

10

(2304)

Ikdggen llgaikogen

lino fiitu.

tdtti e,

Ikdggen jaunlaun Iku koa +ud+ud, au hin bbai.

[y&tten

+urru,

au ha

Ikdnn au

Han
Han
llan

(2308)

H^

) \ka.i.

jkulkii,

!khe,

iian

au han Iku

hin

ha Iku

e,

jkauken Iku jk^i

km

)ll^a;^u e l;^arra

llkiittenlikiitten

Ha
;

han jkuiten

Ikdukaken tkdkken,
Ikiika.

Han

ti

jk'wa,

Igwdi au

!h<5

"Si tdn

Ohdken
sse

a,

si

la

ddAuko kwditenkw^iten.

(2311) Ikdmmenya

hi,

!ku(i)rri.

han

dda

Ini tte

ha au

Ik'wa-ka ehydn
Idkaiakd.

sf

Ikdnnlkdnn dkken

au jkVagen

e aken;

han

ss'a llnein.

llan

hdka eh dddrraken.

hih

Mi,

!ku(i)rri;

Iku Ikdrrokenlkarroken ssiitten I'hfn hi au

(2310) Hin Iku

llgai.

jkuiten I'hin llneih

jko

hah

tatti,

Ine Ikdnn-

lln^in

lla

jkammilkammi kk^rre jkhe

ttin.

Iku Ine

x^ au ha

ine biitten

han biittenbutten

kkan jkhwain

(2309) jk'wa a

ti

jydtten-

han

Inan Ine kuorrekudrre, au

lliiikoen, ti e,

wwi

m, au han bbai jkauken,au han

(2306) ha iku Ine e

hm

\k^x^ uss'a, au

Ikdukaken jndunko iku^e Na; han Iku

(2305)

(2307)

llko

hi au

tdtti e, jk'-wa Ina

y6a

Au

hah

Ikwa a

ssho,

hih +kd,kken+kdkka llnuh jkhe

ikwa ts'in^u."

jkwah +kd,kka ha da:

ka,

(2312)

Ik'wa Ina

tdtti e, (

yAu

"Ibbo-wwe!

Iku +kdkka-ke?

hi yds. Iku Ine llkoSn Ikl

Au
h

kah

ss'd

jk'wa InAn

llkdrru,

au h

THE MANTIS IN FORM OF A HAKTEBEBST.

The

while

other shoulder bladaof the Mantis ran forward, (2304)

it

felt

that the ribs of the Mantis

themselves on,

when they

had joined

raced.

The children still ran on he (the Mantis, arose

from the ground and) ( ) ran, while he chased the (2305)
children,
he being whole, his head being round,
while he felt that he was ( ) a man.* Therefore, he (2306)
was stepping along with (his) shoes, while he jogged
;

with his shoulder blade, f

He

saw that the children had reached home

he

quickly turned about, he, jogging with his shoulder (2307)

( )
He went along the
blade, descended to the river.
river bed,

making

a noise as he stepped in the soft

he yonder went quickly out of the river "bed.

He returned, coming out at ( ) a different side of the (2308)
house (i.e. his own house) he returned, passing in
sand

front of the house.

The

children said

" "We have been (and) seen

a hartebeest which was

dead.

That hartebeest,

it

was the one which we cut up ( ) with stone knives (2309)

The hartebeest's flesh quickly
its flesh quivered.
It by itself was ( ) (2310)
snatched itseK out of our hands.
placing itself nicely upon bushes which were comfort;

while the hartebeest felt that the hartebeest's

head would go along whispering. While the child
who sits (there) carried it, ( ) it talking stood behind (2311)
able

the child's back."

"0

papa! Dost
thou seem to think that the hartebeest's head did not
Eor the hartebeest's head felt that ( ) (2312)
talk to me ?
it would be looking at my hole above the nape of the

The

He

child said

to

her father:

became a man while he was putting himself together

again,

With

his left shoulder blade,

he being a left-handed man.

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

12

t4i lla;

!li^ au

(2313)

tta lia ts'a^du."

\hm \Mu

Ta,

Iku

sin ss'e

"TJ-bba,

daken +kakka-lii:

hho Ikom Ikaggen, an ban Ikuken ddauddafu

la

lla,

n Ik^m 6a ha

Ina Ine +kdkka-ke,

jkVa

ts'a^du.

lia

Ha

e,

.luMttaii?"

ikaukaken +kakken

(2314)

(2315) y^a

sse

!ku;^e

Iki

Inwa-ka ttwi

au siten ka

si,

Ik'wa

e,

au jk'wagen

H^

+kakken.

tan tatti

ti

bin

tatti e, jk'wa

jk'wa Ine ssan

e,

Ik'wa en-

llko-u Ik'wa en-dn.

(2316) dnyan Iku Ine +bau+bau-i, au bin +bau+bau

se Igui Iguilkann

W^e, bi se Igui, hi

llvam
Ik'wa llk(5eten
O
Am

ll^kde.

"

(2317)

Hd

ti

en-enyan
(Ikuken

e,

kkui ywan
"

(2318)

He

ti

bin

e,

Ine

jkiya,

ba

bin

llkda

llkd'i-d,

(2320)

ba

la

au ban

uss'a,

Ine

Iki

au ba

Ikuken

Ine jkatten jhwi

au

lla,

se iinun

Ikllki

Ine

wwf

au ba

lloin

Han

jkb^.

Ine

bhd
)

Ikdo Iketa,

lublssbo

Ikei

ba

+kdkka Ikduken

jkoin llkdndoro.

Han

Iku Ine

[kattenlkatten

Ine

au ban Ikattenjkatten bbaya

Ikwdrra I'bin ss'a

(2321)

au jk'wa

ll!:^e

Ine lliikogn ti e, si Iku Ine

Ikujkii,

\h.6

Ha okenguken
Han

ba

ban Iku

jkb^

!n(5a!n6an^u,

e,

Ikwdrrelkwdrre
(

jkdnn

jkui.

jkdiss'a lln^in,

(2319)

au ban yauki
i),

lk(5tten.

jk'wa Iku Ine !ku;^e

sin Iki tta

llkei-

jk'wagen

llkuan Iki Ikuki.

[kVagen

IlkS llkudii Una,

a yauki

"Si(

ba

!ku(i)rri

tsl."

"TJkaiilkue,

a sin Ikwa-

ti i e."

jkdukaken +kdkka bi
kk(5koa, bari l^i-a.

Han

dkengu

"

Ha

llkwan sin

Ikw^iten >'wan, ba se Ine

THE MANTIS IN FORM OF A HARTEBEEST.

neck, as I went along

me

hartebeest's head told

him the thong from

for

and then

it

13

waa that the

away

that I should take

For, the thong lay

his eye.

in front of his eye."

(

Her father said

up the old man,

to

them

"

Have you been and (2313)

the Mantis, while he lay pretending to be dead in front of you ? "

cut

We ( ) thought that the (2314)

were there, the hartebeest had hair.
The hartebeest was one which had not an arrow's
The

children

said

"

hartebeest's horns

wound
)

while the hartebeest

would

when we had put down

chased us,
flesh.
it

felt that the

The

springing

hartebeest's flesh
(

hartebeest

Therefore, the hartebeest came and (2315)

talk.

gathered

might mend, that

it

the hartebeest's

jumped

(itself)

together, while

together, that

it

(2316)

might mending hold together to

The hartebeest's back also

the hartebeest's back.

joined on.

" Therefore, the hartebeest ran ) forward, while his

(
body was red, when he had no hair (that coat of hair
in which he had been lying down), as he ran, swinging
his arm like a man.
"And when ( ) he saw that we reached the house,
he whisked round, He ran, kicking up his heels
(showing the white soles of his shoes), while he
running ( ) went before the wind, while the sun shone
upon his feet's face (soles), while he ran with all his
might into the little river (bed), that he might pass
behind the back of the hill lying yonder."
" You are
Their parents
) said to the children
:

those

who went and

Owner.'

cut

up the

He, there behind,

came
The children

old

man

(2317)

(2318)

(2319)

(2320)

Tinderbox-

'

was one who gently

out from the place there behind."

said to their ( ) fathers

"

He

has (2321)

SPECIMENS OE BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

14

e, si

(2323) +kdkka-ha

"

Au

ha en-^nyan
hin Iku

han Iku

Ikwe

e, si

(2326)

au han ka,
(2327)

ti

ss'a, (

hin

au

si

ha Iku

Ikwe

Ine

Ine tta ss'o

Au

Han Ikuken luhften

(2329) +na jhda.

d4bba-i

han

Han
han

au jkux

ssi

Ika,

au

ll'u

(2331)

Iku jkuxe

ssi.

He

a,

ti

hin

ha jkuxeya

si

au

!kii(i)rri,

lliikoka jk^i I'hin

au han

ha

ttette,

au han ka,

si

kan

llkoen

ha

au han

se tta-a

Ina,

ll'u

Ha

a,

han llwkoen

Ikuka;

han

+kakken+kakka-ta.
;

ha

tatti e,

Ine

Han

ha Inan +kakken, au

Inan +kakka jkei ss'a ha

hin ss'an Iguann !(k)aun jkhd, hin jkotten.

li-ss'a

au siten

) latta,

se ikwe

"^^^ ^^

tatti, jditakii Ine

ss'a

llkeillkdiya,

Ine

" Haix jkuxe

ssho,

han

Ikammenya ha

sin

(2330) han Igui ha en-^n.

;

e,

Han

Ine kkiii jgwai

+kakken, au han Igui ha en-^n

llwkoe

llk(5

han

(2328) ha, au siten sin Ikanunen

a,

hin

se Igeijg^iten k^rrf jkh^ !kTi(i)rri.

Ine jkhwilkhwlsiten.

au jkwa a

Ig^ijg^iten.

ha
ha

e,

ti (

siten iku Ine +gd,mmi-

ikajka.

Igiii kiiii

Ika, siten ll'ilwa i

ha Iku Ine i
" He ti hin e, (

He

dauko

Ina

Ine Ikulkd;^ l^^'^^

Ine jgeilg^iten

ha,

He

) ti

se jkuxe-ss'i likdkkenllkakken.

InTiitaiiii, si

ilk<5e,

li-ss'a,

a,

!kVa

a,

Ine +kdkka-8i.

Iku Ine jkulku te jk'wa eh-6h

ha
(2325)

ha doa

a,

ha

lie e,

+gdnimi te
(2324)

Iku Ine Ik^ tau jk^i ss'a llnein.

<*Au Od^aiOpud

si

au han llkoSn

I'hin ss'd Ika^ka tf Iketa;

(2322) jkhdi

sin

la

han
Iki

Ike, ss'an

ha

au

Ikhwijkh-wisiten
llkiittenllkiitten.

ha Iku Han Ikuken ddauddau

Ikl, si

Iku^e.

juhltin-ssi, si

THE MANTIS IN FOEM OF A HARTEBEEST.

gone round, he ran

would come over

sees

whom

we

that

While

*'

always seems as

are just reaching home.

(2322)

she was the one to

the hartebeest's head, going along, talked

beest's flesh

if lie

when he

lying yonder

this little daughter,

There(

then she told us.

that
"

He

fast.

th.e little hill

15

we

)fore,

we

laid our karosses

we might run very

let fall

and

the harte- (2323)

on our shoulders,

fast.

running came together on its (2324)

mending itself. He arose and ran
forward, he, quickly moying his arms, ( ) chased us. (2325)
Therefore, we did thus, we became tired from it, on
account of the running with which he had chased us,
while he did verily move his arms fast.
(

back,

While

its flesh

finished

it

"Then(

he descended into the small river, while (2326)

he thought that he would, moving his arms fast, run
Then he thus did, he, picking
along the small river.
)

up wood, came out;

while

we

sat,

feeling the (2327)

While he
because he had been deceiving.
that all the people saw him, when we came

fatigue
felt

when he went to die

while he wished that we should

carrying his thighs,

front of us

lying in (2328)
feel this

fatigue, while this child here, it carried his head,

he looked up with fixed eyes. He was as if he ( ) (2329)

was dead he was (afterwards) opening and shutting
his eyes he afar lay talking (while the children were
running off). He talked while he mended his body
( ) His (2330)
his head talked, while he mended his body.
head talking reached his back; it came to join upon
;

the top (of his neck).

"He

ran forward;

(at home), while

knives (splinters).
lie

we

he yonder will

\a-Ua

in front of us, that

sit

deceiving

him up with ( ) stone (2331)

he went feigning death to

did cut
!

we might

do

so,

we

run.

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMA.N FOLKLORE.

16

"He
(2332)

1.

bin Iku

ll'u,

He

ti

llkdaken Una

hin

e, si ta-1

he, si lili ssosoken,

yauki san lkua

si

e,

hi

ta, si

Iku

llneiii."

I. 5.
IHUiHU,

!GAIJNU-TSA;^AIJ,
{Related,, in 1878,

he

ly Ihan+kass'o, who heard

IKAGGEN.

it from his

mother,

Ixabbi-an.)

jgaunu-tsa^au* llkuan ha

(6978)

Ikhwalten

ha 6a sse llkharro-a

au hin ha-a

ll;^i

H^

(6980)

He

i.

e,

luhfluM

tlken

e,

ban

ha ha

Hd

jk'e e

tken

jkaiijkau luhljuhf jkhd

e,

tuinma jku a a."

ha ha

He

ha-a,

a, !ga1iiiu-tsa-(;aii Ine

k !kliwa!k]iwm.ten

(5a

lla

Ine tiitu jgaunu-tsa^ati,

!gaunu-tsa;^au Iku-g Ine tkakka ha

sse llkharro-a

(6981)

lla.

ha ddoa +^amma ha

Ikiiken.

Ik'd e Ikalilkau

h(5a, hail e ll^^ttea llua,

!k^ ssa ha.

+j(^arnma ha 6a a jkhwa-

Han ha Ine +^anima ( )

H^ tfken e, Ihiilhii a, kan

(6979) !khe Ikukenjkiiken.

hi,

(5a

Ine kiiit

"Hal,

a,

tf

ha da

jk&enIne ssd

jkiikko ha Ine kiii:

" jhamm Heten-lleten

^Kafi ttumm,
!kii a ki
Ihamm lleten-iletgn
Kan ttumm,
!kli

(6978')
(6981')

* Ikaggen Opuon
t

'^

Ihillhu

kk"

||kuaii e jgaunu-tsaxSu.

^^ ^^^ tkakken

n-ii

ka 4=kakken4=kakkeD, au kaken

ka +kakkeu+kakken. ^auki ^wi.

t^tti e,

THE SON OF THE MANTIS.

17

" This fatigue, it is that which we are feeling; and

our hearts burnt on account of it. ( ) Therefore, we (2332)
shall not hunt (for food), for we shall altogether
remain at home."

I. 5.
L.

\GAUNJI-TSAXAtj{TR-R SON OF

THE MANTIS),

THE BABOONS, AND THE MANTIS.

* formerly went to fetch for his (6978)
father sticks, that his father might take aim at the
people who sit upon (their) heels.
Fetching, he ( ) (6979)
went up to them (the baboons) as they were going
Therefore, a baboon who feeding
along feeding.
him,
went past
he who was an older baboon, he
was the one to whom \gaunu-tsaj(au came. Then he
\ga'unu-tsaj(au

questioned
told

him about

that he must

it,

sticks, that his father

who

sit

And

Iffounu-tsaj^au.

upon

\gaunu-tsaj(au (6980)

fetch for his father

might take aim at the people

Therefore, he (the baboon)

(their) heels.

exclaimed f " Hie Come

And the other one said
:

(6981)

to listen to this child."

" First going

I

listen,

To the

child yonder.

First going

listen,

To the

child yonder."

* !^^MM-#x< 'W^as a son of the Mantis.

f "I must (the narrator here explained) speak in
language,

not easy."

hecause

feel

that

the

(6978')

my ^''^n/ggg^n

speech of the baboons

'

is ^

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLOEE.

18

Han ha Ine kui " jkhu

He, ha ha Ine jkhe ssa i.
"'
jkhwa
ha Ine kiii " F kan
?
te'da
He
(6982) i ha &
( )
ddoa +^amma ibo k jkhwalkhwaiten, Ibo sse llkhdrro-a
:

Ik'l,

H^

luhijuhi Ikh^ Ikukenlkiiken."

Ikaujkau

(6983) tfken e linilhd ha ine kui: ( ) " Ine l^kdya Ikoih, Ikd
He tlken e Ihiilhii ha
ke, ha Ine ssa ttd jkhwa a."
" HS, Ine ssa ttu Iku a a," H^ tiken e
Ine kui
:

jkukko ha

Ine kiii

" jharam lleten-lleten

"

Kail ttumm,

\\hw& a ke."

(6984)

He, ha h| Ine jkhe sea, haii ha Ine kui: " jkhwa

He jkilkko ha Ine kiii " jkhwa a, ha
a ;Ca te da ? "
kan ka, hari Ivi/ke, ha jkatta ha da a jkhwajkhwaiten,
)

(6985) ha

(5a

sse llkharro-a jke e jkaujkdu

Ikdkenlkiiken."

He Ihiilhii a a, ha Ine kiii:

juhiluhl jldie

"Inelwkeya

ha Ine ssa ttu jkhwa a." H^ tfken e,

" jku-wwd juhd, Ine ssa
ha Ine kui
(6986) ttumm-a jkhwi S." H^ tiken e, jkiiko ( ) ha Ine kiii
jkoiii Ike
Ihiilhii

ke,
a,

" Ihamm Heten-lleten *

Kan ttumm,
jkhwa a ke."

ha ha Ine Ikhe ssa. Han hd Ine kiii: " Ikhwa

ha ;^a te da ? " f He jkiikko ha Ine kui jkhwa
(6987) a kan ka haii Iwke, ha jkdtta ha da ( ) a jkhwaIkhwaiten, ha 6a sse Ikharro-a Ik'd e Ikdulkdu luhlluhi
Hd tiken e, Ihiilhii a, ha Ine
jkhd, jkiikenjkilken. %

He
a,

(6986')

* According to the narrator, the above should be, in Baboons'

manner

of speaking, as follows

" jihamm jleten-jleten

'Kan ttumm,
!lkhfil,k^."
t

"jlkhttahixat^da?""

\ " jlkhu a, ha kan. ka, ban jike, ha jlkatta ha 6a a MkhwaIjkhwalten, ha 6a sae Ilkbarro-S jlkg e jlkaullkau lluhillijhi Ilkh6,

ilkdkenllkuken."

"

THE SON OF THE MANTIS.

And he

And

child say ?
for

my

He

readied them.
)

said

"

the child said

father sticks (bushes

who

take aim at the people

19

What
:

?),

that

sit

upon

does this
" I must fetch (6982)

my

father

may

(their) heels."

Then the bahoon said: ( ) '< Tell the old man (6983)
yonder that he must come to hear this child." Then
the baboon called out: "Hie! Come to hear this
child."
Then the other one said
" First going
I

listen,

To
(

And he came up

tte child yonder."

(to

them)

he exclaimed

"

What (6984)

does this child say ? " And the other one answered
" This child, he wishes, he says, to fetch sticks for his
:

father, that his father

who

upon

may

take aim at the people

And

baboon (6985)
come
Then this (other) baboon called
to hear this child."
out: "O person passing across in front! come to
said

sit

(their) heels."

man yonder

" Tell the old

listen to this child."

this

that he must

Therefore, the other one

)(6986)

said:
" First going
I listen,

To the

child yonder."

"What does
one answered
" This child wants, he says, to fetch
* for his (6987)
) sticks
(
father, that his father may take aim at the people
And he came up
this

child

who

sit

say

upon

"

(to them).

And

the

(their) heels."

He

said:

other

Therefore, this baboon

* In a paper entitled " A GUmpse into the Mythology of the

Maluti Bushmen," which appeared in the Cape Monthly Maga%im
for July, 1874, written hy Mr. J. M. Orpen (at that time Chief
Magistrate, St. John's Territory), we find, on p. 8, that the
Mantis sent one of his sons to cut sticks to make bows, and that
he was caught and kUled by the baboons.

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

20

a a,

"I-i llkuan e; dken llkuan sse lkeya !kdm Ik^

ese ssa tumm jkliwa S." '( ) He tlken e, llnilM
"
Iku-g Ine kii'i
w^ Ine ssa ttumm-a jkliwa a."

H^

tfken

kd'i:

(6988)

kfe,

ha

e, Ikiikko hi, Ine kiii

" jhamm lleten-lleten

'Kan ttumm,
jkhwa a k^."

(6989)
.

Han

\ki

lla

jk'e

kkditen,

Han ha

i.

Ine kiii

" jkhwa a ha j^a t^ da ? " He jkiikko a hd Ine

" jkhwa a, ha kan ka, han Iwke, ha jkdtta * ha

kiii:
(5a

it

Ikhwajkhwaiten, ha (5a sse llkharro-a jk'e e jkdujkau

(6990) iuhijuhi jkhd ( ) !kuken!kuken.'\ H^ tfken e Ihdlhu
a

ha

a,

Ine

kdi

amiko IWk^ya
(6991)

He

"0 h6,t

jkoin Ike ke,

Ikdkko ha' Ine

tumm-a Ikhwa

kiii:

He

S.".

llkuan

"

wwg+

jkfi

Ikiikko

" Ihamm

L Aken llkuan sse

ha sse ssa, tumma jkhwa a."
i

hi

juha, Ine ssa

Ine kd'i:

lleten-lleten S

Kan ttumm,
Ikhwd a ke."

(6992) He, ha ha Ine jkg lla jk'e kkditen, han h| Ine ( )

kiii: '' jkhwa a ;;^a te da?"
He jkiikko ha Ine kdi:
" jkhwa a, ha kan ka, han Iwke, ha jkdtta ha 6a a,
jkhwSjkhwaiten, ha (5a sse llkharro-a jk'e e jkaujkau,
juhfjuhi jkhe hi jkukenjkuken."

(6993)
(6989')

Opuon

(6991')

+i,

lla

e,

ha Ihdihd,ha

tatti e,

ha ha a Ihdihd

ha Opyon, ha Opuon sse lla, ddd ha & tchuen.

jkhwajkhw^ten llku|n 6. Ha llka|.n ka ha
dd^ ha & hi, ha sse ssa thha hf, ha see dda Ihulhti Id.

* -^^ ^^9^

N llkuan
(6990')

tiken
\^^t8L

ti

e,

1 1? Baboons' language as follows : " Oho, ^ jlkuan L Akfn

|lku|n sse arruko jlkeya jlkdin ||k6 k^, ha sse ssa, ttumm jlkhi a a."
J "

i'kfl

ww^,

iluhd, line ssa

ttumm-l llkhu

% " llhaihm Il6ten-||eten

Kan

tturiim,

llkhii

U."

L"

THE SON OF THE MANTIS.

21

" It is ourselves
exclaimed
Thou shalt tell the
old man yonder that he shall come to listen to this
!

child."

Ho

come

"

Therefore, this other baboon called out

to listen to this child."

Then the

(6988)

other

one said
" First going
I listen,

To

the child yonder."

He came up to ( ) the other people on account of (6989)

He said: "What does this child say?" And
it.
the other one answered: "This child, he wants, he
says, to fetch* sticks for his father, that his father

may

take aim at the people

who

sit

upon

(their)

(6990)

Therefore, this baboon exclaimed (with a

" Oho
sneering kind of laugh)
It is ourselves

heels."

Thou

man

shalt quickly go to tell the old

that he

may come

to listen to this child."

other one caUed out:

ia front

yonder,

And

the

"0

person passing across (6991)

(
And the
come to listen to this child."
)

other said
" First going
I listen,

To the

child yonder."

And he went up
"What does this

to the other people

child

say?"

And

the other one

answered: "This

child,

he wants, he

says, to fetch

sticks for his father, that his father

may

he

said

(6992)

take aim at

who sit upon their heels."

Then that baboon,he felt that he was an

the people
(

old (6993)

* Note by the narrator. He had sent his son, that his son
should go to construct things for him. I think that they -were
sticks (bushes ?).
He -wished his son to go (and) make them for
him, that he might come (and) work them, in order that he might

make war upon the

baboons.

(6989')

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLOEE.

22

au jkdkkdken ka lia
kku: *< Ikhwa a kan ka, han lke, lia jkdtta ha <5a a,
(6994) jkhwSlkhwditen," ( ) h6 tlken e, !ktikk& hd Ine kiii:
Ik^rri,li6 tfken

"Tsa

ra, i-1

e,

ba ha

Ihamin e;

Ine kiii,

llkuan

liken

g.

llkuaiv sse

Igwda jkhwa."

H^

tlken

(6995) Ine !gwd

ssi,

hi hd Ine Igwa'i !gaunu-tsa;;^au, i ; hi

He jkukko Ine jgwa
jnajndka Ina.
( )

e,

kiii Ikfiiyu Ihin Igatmu-tsa^afii

h|l,

Ine Ikuei

lid,
:

he jkhwa tsa;^aii

hin Ikdbbuken lia. H^ tlken e, Ihii"

ka Ikhumm! n ka ( ) jkhumm!

IM a, ha Ine kiii
N
H4 tfken e, hi hd Iku-g

(6996)

tsapj^sTri

Ine llkhd

Ikhumm,* au jkhwan

Iku-g Ine Ikuka, jkhwan Iku-g Ine

Hin ha

ta.

Iku-g

Ine kiii

"He n +kabwa hi,

(6997)

jk'6

Deken ta Ikhumm e.
He n +ka5wa hi,
Ddeken ta jkhumm e.
He n +kabwa hi."

kkuitaken Ine ta

"

Ilk6n ta

Ikhumm

He n +kabwa

N
hd,

Ikdkkaken ha Iku |ka

ha

/ggggn
^

Ine tt^n,

i,

"

Iki

H4

|,

tsa^ati.

Hd

jkhwa.

au llkuanna.

* llkuan jkhuiim-i:

"

jkhumm

He n +ka6wa hi,"
( )
jkhumma Una, au jkhwa

(6998)

au hi

lltJken ta

g,

hi,

tiken

"Nka

jlkhuomm,^

N ka

jlkhuomm

He u

jlkabwa hi.

jlken ta

He h

tiken

S,

jlkhuomm

jlkabwa hi,
'N jlken ta jlkhuorum,
He n jlkabwa h|."

S,

e,

e,

Ikdggen

Ikaggen ha

THE SON OF THE MANTIS.

baboon,

^therefore,

"This

said,

his father,"

he

when

said,

23

the other one had

child wanted, he said, to fetch sticks for

therefore the other one (the old baboon) (6994)

exclaimed: "What? it is we ourselves; ourselves it

is

Te

shall strike the child

with your

fists."

Therefore, they were striking \gaUnu-tsqj(au

their fists on account of it

breaking (his) head.

And

his

fist,

child's

Then
ball

they hit with their

with
fists,

another struck with (6995)

knocking out \ga'unu-tsaj(m' s eye; and the

eye in this manner sprang (or rolled) away.

baboon exclaimed: "My ball! my ( ) (6996)

Therefore, they began to play a game at

this

"

baU,* while the child died

the child lay

still.

They

said (sang)
"

The other people

And

My
)

And I want it,

Whose ball is it?
And I want it."

(6997)

said

"My

And I want it,

"Whose ball is it?

And

companion's ball
I want

it is,

it,

companion's ball

it is,

I want it,"

while they were playing

(6998)

at

ball

there with the

child's eye.

The Mantis was waiting for the child. Therefore,

down at noon. Therefore, the Mantis

the Mantis lay

* (They) were playing at ball.

" My baU,

My

(6996')

And

baU it is.
I want it.

My

companion's ball

And

My

I want

it.

companion's baU,

Aiid I

want

it."

it is,

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

24

(6999) Ine llkhabbo-i

jkhwa,

tiken

(7000) Ine ho

ha Iku-g

hail
11^,

au han

!khe

(7001)

han

llnd,

au

Hd
He

(7002) !khwa.
tsa^aU.

(7003) He, ha

(7004)

hd

Ihiilhii

ti e,

ha

llwei,

jkhwdten

ha

sse

jkei

tiken

e,

li'i

han

Ikhai Ihin ssa,

Ikhumma

ha ha

ha ttu

tin

e,

I.

Ine luinm
haii

t8a;^jditen;

ha tsa^aiten

jkhumma, hi

ild,

han

llnd,

)Va,

Ine

au jkhwdten; au

ssa,

bin Ikhd

au jkhwa

) llni,

jkhweta Una ha

Ini

Ihifi ssa,

lloii,

Ihiilhiiken

tsa;{;aiten

>Vda

jkhai

llndkka

Ikaggen ha Ine

e,

yda

hf, llnau,

antau Ikam

ssan yauki

y&a, ssin

tiken

ha

ha

Iku-g

au Ihiilhuken Ikhumma

e,

Hd

han

llnau,

llkuan

ka jk'^, au

Ine

Ha

tsajijau.

ha hA ka

ya,

e,

tsa;f;au.

dkken

kiii

ka

hi Ikhurhma

tiken

Ini Ihiilhii

au jkhwa

Hd

Ihiilhii

tiken

'^e

Han ha

i.

lii,

ssih

ha hd

e,

tsa;J^ah.

ti e,

^^

Ine juhdi jho ilkhwal;

Iku Ini Ihiilhti ka jk'^,

au !kh"wa

yyra,, i,

han

tiken

e lkli4 jkhwa

llndkka Ikhe IIS,* llndkka jkhe

ha hd ka

tdtti e,

iMlM

tsa;caii;

Ine

han Iku-g

Ine kiii

Hd

lie.

ha Iku-g

e, lia

llkhwdi,

ti e,

jkliwumma Una, au jkhwa

iMlliu, au Ihullniken

H^

Ikhunim au jkhwa

ddf

hi Ine

lid

Ihiilhu,

au ha

Ine jk'dtten, jk^ ssa

Ihiilhii,

tsa;^dita ya'uki Iki jkhwdten.

Hd

tiken

e,

ha ha Iku-g

(7006) au Ihiilhiiken Ine

Hd
(7000')

tiken

e,

S,

jnwa

Hin

>'aiiki

au bin

Ihiilhiiken

kku

tdtti,
ssiii,

hi

ja a.t

hi

lii

e l^ta llkhwrfi; hin Iku lln|kken,

ddfrraken llkhoeta.

+khillS; In^kka tkhl

(7006')

ha;

ha hd llnM,

* jnwd llkuan
tatti e, hi

lu

He

tfkgn

e,

ha

In6 ta

au hia
" Indkka

llg."

|kw6iten Ine

Ini

ha; he

ti hiii e,

hi lu ha,

ha,

i.

THE SON OP THE MANTIS.

was dreaming about

were those who had

made a
baboons,

25

the cHld, that the baboons (6999)

that they had
;

killed the child

ball of the child's eye; that

while the baboons

played

he went to the
at

ball

there

with the child's eye.

he took up ( ) the quiver, he (7000)

he said, " Rattling along,*
;
rattling along," while he felt that he used formerly
to do so, he used to say, " Rattling along."
Then,
when he came into sight, ( ) he perceived the baboons' (7001)
dust, while the baboons were playing at ball there
with the child's eye.
Then the Mantis cried on
account of it, because the baboons appeared really
to have killed the child.
Therefore, they were
playing at ball ( ) there with the child's eye. (7002)
Therefore, when he came into sight, he perceived
the baboons' dust, while the baboons were playing
Therefore he
at ball there with the child's eye.
cried about it.
And he ( ) quickly shut his mouth; (7003)
he thoroughly dried the tears from his eyes, while he
desired that the baboons should not perceive tears in
his eyes; that he appeared to have ( ) come crying, (7004)
hence tears were in his eyes so that he might go to
play at ball with the baboons, while his eyes had no
Therefore, he arose

slung on the quiver

tears in them.

Then

he, running,

came up

to the baboons, while

him, ( ) because they were (7005)

Then, while the baboons were still
startled at him.f
staring at him, he came running to a place where he
the baboons

stared

at

* The arrows they were, the arrows which were in the quiver (7000')
they made a rattling noise, because they stirred inside (it). Therefore, he said, "Battling along, rattling along."
therefore they (7005*)
t They were not in the habit of seeing him
stared at him.
;

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

26
hail

ha Iku

(7006) han Iku

an

Ik'atten SBk

Iki lliin

jkann, llnop

han

Inpin,

ban

e,

ti

Iku

jnabbe, a ha, ssin

lh.in

Iku tt llkhwai;

hah

llkho jnuiii,

ha,

le !li<5a

au

Iku

Ilh6,

Ikuttdrokenttdroken !nabbe,hanha Iku llkhudrriten

han
Ikhumm.
(7007)

a,

Han h&

iku lk^ Ihdihd, tsa a

au Ihiilhdken yadki

sse jk'aita

He

ha

tiken

llkhu^rriten

IhTilhii Id

Ikhumm,

ha

Ihiilhii

a.

e, Ihulhii

h|

ine jkwelkwella hi Ikdgen,

au

bin tdtti, hi llkiya, tsa a, ha Ikueida a. Hd tiken e,

(7008) ha bd ka Ikii Ikea jkhutnm, au jkhuinm ( ) wa Iku
i

llkhbdwa Ihdihu kko, au Ibulhd

jkdkko Ikhumm.
Ikbwa tsa^adken
(7009)

H^

tdtti e,

H^

Ine Ikilkfya ttdn hi.

Ikii

(7010)

e,

a Ine Ikei hi

ban

Ikaggen ha Iku-g

ttin

tiken

Ine

IhdIbu a Ikwai, ha

e,

ssdken

tsajj;au.

llhudbbaken jkhwa

e, ha ha
Ikbwa tsa^adken h|

13.6

tiken

(7012) hA Ine Iku

ja

tfken

Ikdkkaken

tiken

tsa;[;a:ti,

tsa^M au ha

e,

i;

Ine

Ikdggen

hah

Ine

liiiJkaral^kdra-ttu.

jkhwa tsajj;^,
jkhwa t8a;^adken
jgwd^u; ( ) Ihdibdken ha

Ine |k'^ta Ibulhd

Ine Iku llkaiten,

ydwa k

ttin

Iku-g Ine lli^kodnya ki

ydwa

Ibifi ti e,

H^

Iku-g Ine ttdrokenttdroken jkhwa

(7011)

H^

Ikdkkaken ha iku-g

tsa;j;aAi,

kui I^abbu Ikam |khwa

jk'^ta

Ihdibdken hi Iku-g

Ine Ik'aita Ikiikko hi.

Iku-g Ine Ikei jkhwa

ha Iku

e,

ydwa

bin h^ Iku-g Ine

a,

|khwa tsa^au hd lln^,

hi kdi +ka, au ha 6a Iv^kwai,

tiken

ttin jgwd;^^.

ja

ttin hi,

He

au

jkhwa

biii

hk Iku-g

Ine

tsa;(;au h|, Ine Iku

llan kan jgw^ jkh4 llkhwai

bin Ine Iku llkhoa hi
(7013) ikbdbbuken ( ) jkhai Ibih llkhwai, au bin ife jkbi^,
;

llkbwiu ta Ilh6.*
*

(7013')
ha

Ha
InS

llkuan
S,

llhin, \k

llkh-wai ta

Ilkh6a Ilhb-0pu4, au lllthwE;

Mho

au han

tdtti e,

lie

llho-Qpua a

tfken

e,

llhin !4

THE SON OF THE MANTIS.

laid

down the quiver he took of

down the kaross,
;

skin cloak), he put

27

(his) kaross

he,

{i.e.

grasping, (7006)

drew out the feather brush which he had put into

the bag, he shook out the brush, he played with (?)

He

why was it
were staring at him, while the
baboons did not ( ) play with (?) the ball, that the (7007)
baboons might throw it to him.
Then the baboons looked at one another, because
they suspected why he spoke thus. Then he caught
the

ball.

called out to the baboons,

that the baboons

hold of the

ball,

when the ball ( ) had merely flown (7008)

when this (the first) baboon had
to the other.
Then the child's eye,

to another baboon,

thrown the ball

because the child's eye felt that
on account of his father's scent,
about ; the baboons trying to
one baboon, he was the one

was startled (?),

it went playing (7009)
( )
get it, missed it. Then
it

who caught hold

of

it,

he threw it towards another. Then the Mantis ( )(7010)

merely sprang out from this place, the Mantis caught
hold of the child's eye, the Mantis, snatching, took
the child's eye.
Then the Mantis whirled around
the child's eye; he
(the perspiration

of)

anointed the child's eye with (7011)

his armpits.

Then he threw

the child's eye towards the baboons, the child's eye

ascended, the child's eye went about in the sky
(

the baboons beheld

it

above, as

it

played about (7012)

above in the sky. And the child's eye went to stand

yonder opposite to the quiver it appeared as if it
sprang ( ) over the quiver, while it stood inside the (7013)
quiver's bag.*
;

* He

tied,

placing a

little

bag at the

side of the quiver; there-

bag
the bow upon

fore it is the quiver's bag; -while it feels that it is a little

which

is

tied at the side of the quiver

he had laid

(7013')

SPECIMENS OE BTJSHMAN FOLKLORE,

28

B.6 tlken

e, Ihiilhii

ha

Ine

H^

tfken

Ikhwa
Ikhuinm." *
llgdue

laua ke

(7065) yh,

Ilh6

"Ine

Ine

kui

"Ine

Hail hd ka

tken

Ihulhu

e,

hill e, Ikiikko

Ikhumm " au
;

haii

H4

tiken

Iki

Ikhumm," au

Hd

tiken

Ikdggen

e,

Ine

yu, jkhuinm

yu " au
;

yii,

ha

Ine

kui

ha

Ine

kui

haii

"Ine jgwa jkoiii."

" Ine laua ii liy^n

"N

kii,

ha Iku-g

Ikhwi,

Igwai

hi.

H4

Ikakkaken ha

ssiii

tiken
Ine

lla,

Ine llx^raken ta |hou 5;

llkhoa ha, au llkhwai.

Ina.

Ine llkdaken Igwai

llkhoa au llkhww, ha e; ha

Ina.

yauki ddda

kaii

ha kui |nupp, au Ihulhu

llhin \k

h|

Ine lli^koen yu,

Auuuuu Ikwa ka |kduken-gg6 u koa

(7014') ta Ine
tsaxM

haii

ha kui |nupp, au Ikaggen

hi ta

ta

ikdggen ha

Ikh^ Ilh6."

a,

Ikakkaken ha

lkd,kkaken

(7070) "

l4

Ikdggen ha Ine kui:

e,

;;t^tten

tsa^ati, haii ;^iitten, |kdro Ihoa

" Ine IliJkoen

He

llii/koen

Ine llwkoen

^auki ddda

kaii

ihtilhu & ka
ke jkhumm."

Ikdggen

Ilh6.

yu, Ine

llh6.
(

lalia

kui,

\kht

le

llvi/koen

|kh4

le

ss'o

" Ine

Ihiilhiiken

Ikhumm."

ll^^n
:

Ikhumm

ta,

Ikhumm

(7069)

Ikhuinm."

iki

lalla

(7067) jken-na, au |khwa

(7068)

han hd ka
Ihulhti ha Ine

e,

kail yaiiki

H^
H^ ti

Ihulhti a

tflten e,

Ilh6.

h| Iku-g Ine ( ) llkdaken

Hin ha ka " Ine IMa n liy^n
ka jkhumm e, han ha ka " Ine
Ikdkkaken hd ka " Ine ilii^ko^n

jkhumm." f
^auki ddda

Ikhumm

H^

t8a;^iti.

Ine llgdue hi.

kti,

kail

hd ka:
(7066)

ka

Ihiilhu

e,

iMkkaken

llgdue hi.

au Ihulhiiken

Ine ll;tam ki llgdue hi,

(7014)

llafi,

Ha

llhb,

han

Ine 1^ Ikhi ya.

Ha llho, han A, ha Ine tnabbe ta
* " Mne llsniwa n |len jlkhwumm."
t " Mne llsiuwa kg llkhvumm."

a,

e,

kiii:

|kdu-

han

a,

jkhwa

IhbTi, a.

"

THE SON OF THE MANTIS.

29

Then the baboons went

to seek for it.

The Mantis
while the baboons sought for it.
the baboons were ( ) altogether seeking for
(7014)

sought for

also

Then

all

it,

the child's eye.

They said '' Give my companion
the ball." * The baboon whose ball it was, he said
:

" Give me the ball." f The Mantis said "Behold

ye I have not got the ball." ( ) The baboons said
" Give my companion the ball." The baboon whose
" Give me the ball." Then
ball it was, he said
the baboons J said that ( ) the Mantis must shake
the bag, for the ball seemed to be inside the bag.
And the Mantis exclaimed *' Behold ye Behold
ye the ball is not inside the bag. Behold ye
whUe he grasped the child's ( ) eye, he shook,
turning the bag inside out. He said " Behold ye
Behold ye the ball cannot be inside the bag."
Then this baboon exclaimed: "Hit the old man
with (your) fists."
Then the other one ( ) exclaimed: "Give my companion the ball!" while he
struck the head of the Mantis.
Then the Mantis
exclaimed: "I have not got the ball," while he
struck the baboon's head.
Therefore, ( ) they were
all striking the Mantis with their fists; the Mantis
was striking them with his fist.
Then the Mantis
got the worst of it; the Mantis exclaimed: " Ow
:

(7065)

(7066)

(7067)

(7068)

(7069)

Hartebeest's Children

ye must go

\Mu

vy^rri-

(7070)

was the one that he tied, ( ) placing it by the side of the (7014)
That bag, it was the one that the child's eye was in.
That bag, it was the one that he laid the bow upon.
* " Give my companion the ball."
it

it

quiver.

"

Give me the baU."

t
j It is uncertain whether this should be singular or plural here.
" Hartebeest's Children," here, may refer to a bag made from
the skin of young hartebeests, which the Mantis had with him.

SPECIMENS OP BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

30

u koa

lyferri-ggti!

ki llkaiten ha

au

haii

i;

Ikhwditenlkhwditen, jkuf hd

ha

Ine ttdi Ihin

(7072) Ine

han ha
Ike

au

Ine

Ika,

lla,

0/

au

n.

* "^^

Ikoin,

ssuen

ddoa

Ine ssuen.

Iki le

Ine

hho

ha

llkhwai,

Ikuei

Ine
lla

kiii

hho

Ha

likug,n ka,

jkhwa

han

e,

hah

lineih.
'*

Iktiru

00

koa Ikuei
(

Ikdggen ha Ine kui:

Ikha OpuaOpudiddi, jgaunu-

ddoa Iku

"^l'^ e llkau

jkhwa

He

Inuin,

Iki,

lla,

au

hiii

jkhe jkhod |na

jkhumma

tssi;

sse !k'6u,

ha

Una,

hine, Ixai^ka

jk'e ta |kaniiun-a-ss, 1.

(7073')

Ine ttai,

a ssin Ikue, i." f

jkiiiten, jkg

e,

Iku jkhweten ssin Ihin,

he, ha

tiken

ha

han

tsa^afli;

haii Ine Nan

han

" au ha

e,

Ikaggen, ha Ikaggen likhoa au

Hd

llkuaii

','^??i^

A koa

lnl-0pua
ha Ine
J.03

Ihiilhii llkuaii

tsa;^au

(7072')

e,

a?"

tuituften

"

te hi;

au han Ine

tfken

"

likho, ti e,

luhaf Iho llkhwai

Ikuiten

(7075)

tt^n

\k4,

han

ydp-pu

tlken

Ine

jkhwa

Ine Iki Ihiii

Ine ttdi ui,

+ganimi

Ine

H^

han ha

Oh wwi ho

ku

ha ha

e,

"

Ikhoa.

Iku ddi

a sse

tiken

Hd

Ika!"

"I

kdi:

Ine

au han Ikan-na hi

u'i,

ha Ine kui

tsapj^au

(7074) han

Ine ttai

au han

Ine kiii,

Ikhoa ka Ikannuii-a-ss^,* han ha

lla

Han
(7073)

han

jkaii le iih6;

ha ha

e,

au Ikhoa

lla

Ine llko^nya,

Ine llkhcTii llkaiten,

au han h|

ha

H^ tlken

Ine llkhouwa jkhoa.

(7071) ssin Ikhoa,

au iMlhuken ha

lla,"

sse Ik'ou ju^ sse.

THE SON OF THE MANTIS,

31

ggu * ye must go " while the baboons watched him

ascend as he flew up, as he flew to the water. Then
he popped into the water on account of it;
( )(7071)
while he exclaimed: "I Ik^, tt^n jkhwaitenjkhwaiten,
!kuf hd i Ika " t Then he walked out of the water
he sat down; he felt inside (his) bag; he took out
the child's eye; ( ) he walked on as he held it; he (7072)
walked, coming up to the grass at the top of the
water's bank J; he sat down.
He exclaimed: "Oh
wwi ho " as he put the child's eye into the water.
" Thou must grow out, that thou may est become
)
(
(7073)
like that which thou hast been."
Then he walked
on he went to take up (his) kaross, he threw it over
his shoulder; he took up the quiver, he
slung on (7074)
( )
the quiver and, in this manner, he returning went,
while he returning arrived at home.
!

||

Then the young Ichneumon exclaimed " Who

can have done thus to my grandfather, the Mantis,
that the Mantis is covered with ( ) wounds ? "
Then (7075)
" The baboons were those who
the Mantis replied
:

killed grandson,

\gaunu-isqj(m; I went [the Mantis

speaks very sadly and

slowly here], as they were

* The meaning of \hau \yerri-ggii, is at present unknown to the

but the Mantis is still addressing some of his possessions,
and ordering them to leave the scene of his defeat.
f Of these words of the Mantis (which frequently appear in
stories concerning him) the narrators were not able to furnish

translator,

a sufficiently clear explanation, so the original text

% It

bank

is

grass

it is

is

given.

the grass which stands upon the top of the water's

that which the

At the same

Bushmen

time, putting the

call

first finger of his

CjMOi^
^

[kaMuh-a-ssL
right

'

hand

mouth, against his left cheek, and drawing it forcibly out

the eye being meanwhile in the palm of his right hand, shut down
into his

by

his other fingers.

II

He

return.

desired that the child should live; that

it

should living ("7073')

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN POLKLOBE.

32

(7076) au OpuaOpuaiddi tsa;^*^;

jkliumma hi hi. H^ tlken
Iku-g Ine llgwl-ssiii,

(7077) a

hi

Iki

H^

he,

tfken

Ikuamman-a ha

e,

l;;^drra?''

koa ka,

H^

^a

tlken

e,

h^

Ine Ikuei \ki,

a +kakka jkoin, tssa ra

(7078)

tlken

Ihiilhuken Ine ddii ii;

ddili hi,

IhulM

ti

hin

Ine

kui

llelle

tiken

e,

H^

Ikhoa.

ha ha Iku

tiken

llwko^n, ti

(7080) He, ha ha

kah

h
)

ka,

le lie jk'd

"A

Ihulhii a ? "

le lla

ti e,

ha

ssd,

Ine ywe-i,

ha ha

Ine

ssiii Iki

le

kkamma,

Hd

au han >auki

Ine Una,

lla,

jkhwa

lii,

i,

jkhoa.

au hah

i.

au han ka, ha ssih

he jkhwa Iku-g Ine sstiken

le

tsa;{^au,

Ine

kka^M ssa.
au hah ^auki kamm ssa au

tlken

Ine ttiii ha,

au hah

i,

Ine

liyobbi-ttu

kiii

Iku

ha ha

jkhwa ha

(7081) llkhwfeten

e,

ha

e,

Ine llkho

ya'uki ikoroka ssa.

He

Ine

Ikaggen ha Ine kui:

e,

llkain yati llkuan Ikii e, a

H^

ha

lid,

Ikhwa tsa^au au jkhoa.

Iki le
(

e,

"

an ha ^auki +kdkka Ikuamman-a ggu,

(7079)

Ine ta,

Ine llkhou ssa."

Ikoiin ta

a,

Han,

puaOpudiddi tsa^au

e,

H^

1.

Ine

Hkiiaii

llkdin.

e,

H^ tlken e,
He ha ha Ine

han

Ine

Ikdggen ha
Iku Ikiiiten,

llk(5aken jkuiten.

Hd

tlken

jkhwa ha Iku-g

e,

Ine kki, i;

hah Iku-g

(7082) Ine ddl ( ) kiii llkho, ti e, ha ssiii Ikue, i. Hd tlken

e, Ikaggen ha Ine ssa, i ; au hah ssa lliikoen ; he, ha

ha
(7083)

Ine Ikuei Iki,

tau lli/kodnya

ttai

jkhwah
ha, au
Ine

(7084)

hah

le

.Ikhe,

ttdi ssa.

ssa,

Ine Ikara ss'o.

hah j^oroka
I

H^
;

He, ha ha

jkhoa.

hah

ssa

hah

Hah ha

Ine loiiwi

tfken

jkhwah

e,

Ine

llnau,

jkhwa, au

jkhwa ha

+hou

Ine Iku lliiko^n,

Ine Iku jx^ohni.

Hah ha

au hah

ui,

Ine ttdi

jkhwah

Ikhe, Ikhe,

Ine Iku lla;

THE SON or THE MANTIS.

33

playing at ball there

went

-witli grandson's eye; I ( )(7076)

play at ball with. them. Then grandson's

to

eye vanished. Therefore, the baboons said (that) I was

the one who had it ; the baboons were fighting me

was

therefore, I

fighting

them

and I thus

did,

(7077)

I flying came."

Then \Jcuammah-a
grandfather,

Why

said
is

it

go among strangers

"I

desire thee to say to

grandfather continues

that

people who are

" Thou (7078)
Then
the
Mantis
answered
( )
dost appear to think that yearning was not that on
account of which I went among the baboons " while

to

[literally,

diflerent] ? "

he did not tell \kuammah-a and the others that he

came (and) put the chUd's eye into the water.
Then he remained there [i.e. at home), while he (7079)
( )
did not go to the water.
Then he went there, while
he went to look at the place where he had put in the
And he approached gently, ( ) while he (7080)
child's eye.
wished that he might not make a rustling noise.
And the child heard
Therefore, he gently came.
him, because he had not come gently when afar ofE;
and the child jumped up, it ( ) splashed into the (7081)
water.
Then the Mantis was laughing about it,
And he
while his heart yearned (for the child).
returned

altogether returned.

Then the child grew; it became ( ) like that (7082)

which it had (formerly) been. Then the Mantis
came while he came to look and he in this manner
walking came. While he came walking and looking,
he espied ( ) the child, as the child was sitting in the (7083)
sun.
Then the child heard him, as he came rustling
;

(along)

water.

the child sprang up, the child entered the

And

he looking stood, he

He went; he went

to

make

went back. (7084)

for the child a front

SPECIMENS OP BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

34

(7085)

ddd \khwa.

han

Ine

Han

Ine Iku Ikii tcliueii

Iku llan

tlken

li6

hin k6a llkoroko

llkho lluhi,

le

lluhi, hia.

llkoroko.

ha ha Iku-g

Ine

ha Iku-g

e,

hari

k6a

ine

han Iku-g Ine Ikuei Iki, han ssa

He, ha ha llnau, han
hail Iku-g Ine llkho kam-ma.
kkamm ssa, han louwi jkhwan Ikara ta, au jkhwan
Ikuei

haiv

Iki,

lla

H^
He

(7086) Ine tan Ikdra !gw^ ta !kh9a.

Ine kkafiMQ, jke ssa jkhwa.

tlken

ha

e,

jkhwan

ha

Iku-g Ine

He Ikaggen ha
au ha <5aken
llnau, au jkhwah ka jkhwa sse u, Ikakkaken ha +hau
(7087) !k'u ssa, han kiii llnipp, au jkhwa. ( ) He, ha ha
han ha
Ine lluhobbaken Ikilkl Ikhwa, au ha Iwkw'ai
ttiii

kkamm

ha,

ssa.

Ine lluhobbaken jkhwa, han hd ka

a-g Ine Ihammi

n ddpa a
!gaunu-tsa)^au n e

(7088) Ikaggen,

He

e n-n."
Ihin lluhi,

(7089) jkhwa; han

Ikhwa.

Hd

Ine ssuen,

he,

hin

e,

ha ha

ha ha

Han

Ine Iki Ihin llkdroko.

tfken

^a

a,

n a

Ine llkorokoa

Ine Ikuei Iki,

da kan ddda e n

n Opuon ddoa e a, dken e ( )

lkd,ggen, n a Opuon e a
a oaken

jkhwa ha

han

a ?

" Tsa ra

Ine lluhiya

jkhwa; han

Ine Ikhau Iho

jkiiiten lla;

Ine Iki

Ine lluhiya

Ikhwa

hin Ine jkuiten

hin

jke

lla

llnein.

Hd
(7090)

ti

hi

hin

e,

lni-0pua ha Ine kdi

Ikaggen

? "

He Ikuamman-a ha

" Tsara a jhamm ssin

lla

(7091) au
i

Ihiilhu,
ti e,

jkoin

ya

jke ssa

Ine ta, haii

tiii,

ti e,

kui

Ine

jkoin ssin ta,

ha hA

au hiii jkhuiii-ma Una, au Ikhwa tsa;j;au?

llkua

ha Opuon llkuan

jkiiiten,

" jkuru koaa, ssd

lirJke

Ike ssa, hi

llneiii,
:

ddoa Iku ^'uwa

Hd

i.

" Tsara

ii

ha "

jgwe

He, hi ha

tiken

e,

ttiii

Ine

Ini-Opua ha

jkoin Ikaggen ssin

jhamm

;;

THE SON OP THE MANTIS.

35

He

kaross (or apron), that and a Wkoroko*

things aside

put the

then he put the front kaross (into

a bag), that and the Wkoroko

he

manner came

manner (7085)

this

in

he approached
went ; he in this
gently.
And, as he approached gently, he espied
;

the child lying in the sun, as the child lay yonder,

in the sun, opposite the water.

Therefore, he

And the
came. And

gently came up to the child.

child heard

him, as his father gently

the Mantis,

when

(7086)

the child intended to get up, the Mantis sprang

forward, he caught hold of the child.

And he (7087)

anointed the child with his scent; he anointed the

"
I
art thou afraid of me ?
child ; he said

Why

am

thy father

my

who am

the Mantis, I

am

here

thou art ( ) \gmi,nu-tsaj(mi I am (7088)

thou art
the Mantis, I whose son thou art; thy father is
And the child sat down, on account of it
myself."
and he took out the front kaross, he took out the
son,

He put the front kaross on to the child

Wkoroko.
he put the Wkoroko on to ( ) the child he put the (7089)
Then he took the child
front kaross on to the child.
with him ; they, in this manner, returning went ; they
;

returning arrived at home.

Then the young Ichneumon exclaimed: "What

he who comes ( ) with the Mantis ? " (7090)
And \kuammah-a replied: "Hast thou not just(?)
heard that grandfather said he had gone to the
baboons, while they were playing at ball there with
the child's eye? while grandfather must have been
his son comes yonder with (7091)
playing ( ) before us
And they returned, reaching the house.
him "
Then the young Ichneumon spoke he said " Why

person can

it

did

my

grandfather, the Mantis,

* Another

first

article for the child to

say that the

wear.

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

36

(7092) ka, han lke,

Mn

lliiko^nya, haii

tatti e,

au n ka, n

Hah
ywK
^auki
ha
Ilk9^n, ti

e,

e,

ha

ya'uki

ha

Ilka Iho

e, ti

n 6a ssan

Iku Ihin jkhoA

+kamOpua,

ssih

e,

ssin llkodii, ti

h^ tfken

jkhoa.

n 6a ssan

^wa

Inaiiln^a,

^^ !^^9^
Inu ^auki sse kkii
J

ha tsa^au, au

hin

e,

tiken

e,

ti

Hd

a liakoen,

h
ya

IlkuaAfiinllkuaiiiiii Ikilki

>a'uki sse

\6

^^

tsa;;^^)

Ilka [ho

h^

Inaul.naua.

Inti

jkhwa

ti e,

Ikaggen ha In^ **

koa yau Ihamm

ti

au

Ikha jkhwa,

H^

i-ya kg

(7094)

Iku-g Ine a ? "

au han
(7093)

Ihulhii e

kku ka

Iku ka,

sse

llilli."

I. 7.
s.

KA XUMM*

IIGO
{Dictated, in 1875, in the

heard

!k'e

(4055)

llnein

ttal

ha ttan

ha ssih
z>

he

ttah.

jkui

Ikauwa

ha

Ine llkoaken
Il^a,
(

kii-kkui,

He

jkui a

i.

ha

a,'
a,

i.

l!:::!kaliika

"Ine
ssih

oaf

llkuallkuann

He, ha

Ikii-g

i.

jkui kko, a jhahn ssa.

hah lke

he ha lauwi

jkui lkal!::ika Iku-g

j^v^kken +nu6bboken,

ha lauwi

jhari-na ttih.

z>

Ine llkdaken jkanh llwei 6 jkui,

(4057)

ly Ikweiten ta ||keu; wh)

kkui Ikui
oDamm Ikauwa ha

Ha
ta,

ha

dialect,

from her mother, +kamme-an.)

Ihannjhann f

jkui a jke Ma

(4056)

it

Katkop

amm

He

ha

llxam,

Ikauwa kki."

j^wakken +nu6bboka

leta

* The above story was considered by Dr. Bleek to be a variation

myth (L II. 5. 566-624, 8. 811-882) describing how the
Mantis is tricked by the Great Tortoise.
jThe a here to be pronounced as the u in bun in English.
of a

'

'

IHE LEOPARD TORTOISE.

37

baboons were those who ( ) killed the child, while (7092)

the child is here ? "
Then the Mantis said ''Hast
thou not seen (that) he is not strong ? while he feels
:

came

that I

to

put his eye into the water ( ) while (7093)

might see whether the thing would,
;

I wished that I

not accomplish itself for

me;

water;

therefore,

therefore, I

He came

put his eye into the water.

came

to

out of the

thou seest (that) he is not ( )(7094)

I wished that I might wait,

Therefore,

strong.

taking care of him

that

may

see

whether he

become strong."

will not

I. 7.

THE STOEY OF THE LEOPAED TOETOISE.*

The people had gone hunting: she was ill; and (4055)
she perceived a man f who came up to her hut he
;

had been hunting around.

She asked the man to rub her neck a little with
fat for her ; for, it ached.
The man rubbed it with
fat

for her.

firmly with

away

in

it.

it.

And

she altogether held the

The man's hands

Again, she espied another man,

And
a

man (4056)

altogether decayed

she also

spoke, she said

who came hunting.

" Rub me with fat (4057)

little."

And

the

man whose hands had decayed away

in

* Testudo pardalis.
t The narrator explains that this misfortune happened to
of the Early Kace.
J

By drawing

The

nails,

men

in her neck.
decayed away and came ofE, as well as the skin and
leaving, the narrator says, merely the bones.
flesh

SPECIMENS OP BUSHMAN FOLKLOEE.

38

(4058)

ha

llkuallkuann, liah j^ei lia l^kalwka, jkuko ^a, see

Ini

he, ti

"in

Ika'u

llkuan

Ikau

lywakken

e, lie

wwe,

la,

amm

+iiii6bboka,

Ikau

Han

i llka^ai, a."

ta,

i llkaj^ai;

llka^aiten !kou tta.

l^ei

He ha

i.

kkui:

jkajkarro

ss'e-g Ine ll^ani

ha IWkalka, jkuko ^a

sse Ini he.

(4059)

" Ikaulkau

\n6 ka:

Ilgo

He, ha Ikau

Iki le

ha liikalwkaken

llkuann

Iki Ilgo.

jkukoken
ktii:

" Tta

ti

e,

He,
Iki

6 ha llkuallkuann;

Ina,

Ilgo Ikii

Ihiiiya

llkdaken Id-ttin Ilgo llkuallkuann.

ui,

hail

jkiijku jho

Ikiiki

llneiii,

He

sat,

ha

He

i.

Ilgo; o haii

kui, jkukd ll^am tta ti e

*

llkua-

ban

+i,

liwi, a.

liikalvi/ka,

he jkukdken

i;

jkuiten

ka,

jkann

ha

'ii8

Iku

han

ha

he ha

ll^am tta he; " he ha llneya

ssiii

ha \^M\^k^,

Ikiiko

(4061)

Ine

Ikii-g

ha

llkuallkuann."

Ilgo llkuallkuann;

jho Ilgo, i; 6

llko

llko-llkoaken le-ttin

Ikii

he ha jkuiku

(4060) ha sse jku

le,

ha l^kal^ka, o

he llgogen kkui ttchotto

6

Iki

Ine

li^kaliika

He

jkuko

jkuiten

ha

Ikii

ikii-g

Ine

lla;

he ha

Ti ttwaiten

ssiii tta he.

putting his hands behind him,

Iku-g

when

the other

man

came, taking them out from the Leopard Tortoise's neck.

\

lay

The moon
ill,

'

died

',

and another moon came, while she still

" "Whilst in the preceding myths

the narrator explains.

of the Mantis, the

Moon, according to

leather (a shoe of the Mantis),

its origin, is

man who

Moon

is

looked upon as a

Sun, and

is

consequently pierced by the knife

the

latter.

This process

is

only a piece

of

in Bushman astrological mythology

incurs the wrath of the
{i.e.

rays) of the

repeated until almost the whole of the

Moon

THE LEOPARD TOETOISE.

39

her neck, he was hiding his hands,* so that the other

man should not perceive them, namely, that they had
decayed away in it. And he said: "Yes;
my

mate

rub our elder sister a little with fat for,

the moon has been cut,t while our elder sister lies
Thou shalt also rub our elder sister with fat."
;

was hiding

(4058)

ill.

He

his hands, so that the other one should

not perceive them.

The Leopard Tortoise

put (thy hands) into

my

" Rubbing with fat,

neck." ( ) And he, rubbing (4059)
said

with fat, put in his hands upon the Leopard Tortoise's

neck
and the Leopard Tortoise drew in her head
upon her neck while his hands were altogether in
her neck and he dashed the Leopard Tortoise upon
the ground, on account of it while he desired, he
thought, that he should, by dashing (it) upon the
ground, break the Leopard Tortoise.
And the (4060)
)
(
Leopard Tortoise held him fast.
The other one had taken out his hands (from
;

and he exclaimed " Feel (thou)

that which I did also feel " and he showed the other
one his hands and the other one's hands were altoAnd (4061)
gether inside the Leopard Tortoise's neck.
( )
one
was
other
he arose, he returned home. And the
dashing the Leopard Tortoise upon the ground
while he returning went and he said that the other
A pleasant thing ( ) (4062)
one also felt what he had felt.

behind his back)

is

cut

away, and only one

piteously implores the

Sun

(As mentioned above, the

being.)

From

little

piece

left;

wliich.

the

Moon

to spare for his (the Moon's) children.

Moon

Bushman mythology a male

Moon gradually grows again

is in

this little piece, the

becomes a full moon, when the Sun's stabbing and cutting

recommence." ("A Brief Account of Bushman Folk-lore
and other Texts." By W. H. I. Bleek, Ph.D. Cape Town, 1875.

until

it

processes

P. 9, 16.)

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLOEE.

40

(4062)

jkd

^auki
lla

!k'e

e,

ha

ssin le-ta he.

Ike,

han Ikuiten

lla
;

llnein,

kkui: " Tirre ka, a ssin Una he?"

kii-kkuiten Ibke,

1 1

go ddoa a ha

He ha

liikaliika ssin

le-tS

(4063) ha ilkuallkuann ; ( ) tiken e, ha ^a ka Jkiiiten, i.

"
jk'e kktii
ka e Igebbi? ;^6aken-ggu j(a ^a'uki a
llkhou a ?
Ilgo kail ka Ikweiten yhwon ha sse Ikuki,
:

o ha ddau-ddau

i."

THE LEOPARD TORTOISE.

(it)

was

not,

in

returning went

he had been

whicli

41

He

yonder

(he) arrived at home.

The people exclaimed

"

Where

hast thou been

"

And he, answering, said that the Leopard Tortoise

had been the one in whose neck his hands had been
that was why he had not returned home.
The (4063)
( )
"
people said
Art thou a fool ? Did not (thy)
parents instruct thee ?
The Leopard Tortoise always
seems as if she would die; while she is deceiving us."
;

Ufalkwam.

II.

Sun and Moon.

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN TOLKLORE.

44

IL 15.
THE CHILDEEN AKE SENT TO THROW
THE SLEEPING SUN INTO THE SKY.
Ikaukaken

(487)

tatti e,

Ikaukaken

Ine

ti e, llkdin

ta hi,

ha

Opuoin ta

llkoiii

he

hi.
ti

Ikukoken Ine +kakka jkuko ka jkauken,*

i.

koken a +kakka

koken +kakka jkuko,

l^uerri

hd

ku

au

W^e

llkoiii

Ine ttai !gwa;i^u

ku

(489') tatti
a,

he
e,

ti
(

hin

e,

we

Opuoin, ten,

ta, i

hail

ti

hin

Ikauken;
a, Iki

ta,

ha yauki

hin

+kakka
Iki

sse

||a

Ine

Ikiiko,

+kakken

ttumOpua

sse Ikea hi,

au

ii

sse

l^uerri

ka ku,

sse hdrruki llkaiten

ha

jkdko sse +kakka Ikuk5 ka

jkauken ka ttuken Opuonni

ha jkom.

au haii

i;

llkoiii, llkoiii

Ikauken ka ttuken Opuionni e llkuakka, te

akken, au hT |ne

+^i

ssi

tatti e, Inutarra

jkukoken

e,

dd6a yko.

a,

lla

+^iya tikentiken ka

Ine

kuaii ssaii Ikeike

ku, liken \km hoa ha;

* Inutarra kogen

Inutarra

llkoin

+x^ya jkau ka ku,

ho ha, au ha Opuoin, tta

u ka

e, (

yaii tatti e, llkoiii Ine ttai, haii

haii Ine

he

hin

sse hefruki llkaiten

llkdwa hi,

ssi

ka ku,

a,

(kuko ka jkauken sse

6,

jkauken Ine e datta ha

+kakka jkuko

" Ikauken

jkiiko, a

llkoinlwkatten-ttu, hi

llkoinlwkdtten-ttu,

l^oe ta

ti

ti hin. e,

yaii +;^iya, au

hh

Inutarra

(488)

(488')

au

llkoin, i;

lla

tta.

a +kakka

xpa,

au

Ilk6mlkatten-ttu,

w^ken Opuoin

Ilk6mlkatten-ttu

jkaukaken

h&a

l^tierri

e, sse

ta,

!k6ko

llkuakken

THE SUN AND THE CHILDREN.

45

IL 15.
B.

THE CHILDEEN AKE SENT TO THROW

THE SLEEPING SUN INTO THE SKY.
Tlie
to lift

cMldren were those who approaclied gently (487)

up the Sun-armpit, while the Sun-armpit

lay-

sleeping.

The children felt that their mother was the one

who spoke therefore, the children went to the Sun
whUe the Sun shone, at the place where the Sun lay,
;

sleeping lay.

Another old

woman was

other ahout it; therefore,

the one
)

to the other one's children.*

who

talked to the

the other one spoke (488)

The other old woman

said to the other, that, the other one's children should

approach gently to

up the Sun-armpit, that they

lift

should throw up the Sun-armpit, that the

Bushman

might become dry for them, that the Sun might

make bright the whole place while the Sun felt that
the Sun went (along), it went over the whole sky,
it made all places bright; therefore, it made aU the

rice

ground bright; while it felt that ( ) the children (489')

were those who had coaxed (?) him because an old
woman was the one who spoke to the other about it,
"0 children ye must
therefore, the other one said
;

to sleep,
wait for the Sun, that the Sun may
for, we are cold.
Ye shall gently approach to lift
lie

* Another old woman was the one who said

down

to the other, that

the other should tell the other one's children; for, she (herself)
had no young male children for, the other was the one who had
;

young male children who were clever, those who would understand
nicely, when they went to that old man.

(488')

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

46

Hiii Ikueda, bin +kakkeii, Imitarraken

au \gwax^."

ban tkakka jkuko; he

Ikueda,

jkiikoken +kakka ha:

han +kakka ha ka jkauken.

"

Kumman

a a, ha

Ikukoken

e,

ha, haii llxam Ine Ikueda,

+kakka

Ikueda, ikdkoken

hiii

ti

h +kakka h&

u koa

ha,

ssan jkejke

llkoin."

Ikaukakeu Ine

ken tkakken
(490') ha,

ti

" U kkuan ssan

ha

e,

ha " he

jkaukaken
llkaiten

au han

hin

ti

Hd

hin

ti

au u ll^koenya

ssan

+kakka

h^, ti

ha

e,

iku-g Ine ttai Iku

llkdaken e

ilkoiii,

(491') au hail Ine tta

tta

li,

au

li,

hail Ine

mSma,

hi

+1.

Imitarra-

U kua

kua3

ssaii
3

lie,

au haii
li;

jka jhda

he

tatti e,

ha Iku-g

Ine

ti hiii e, ll;^e Ine llko,

ha au !gwa;^u;

i,

haii Ine

jkhe jgwa^u."
;

au

haii tatti e

ha

jkaukaken ttumm-i ha, hin ttumm-i hi ta

jj^oa

Ikueda, haii

Mil

lla, li
7

hi.

ilk6aken sse di llkoin, ha sse

imitarraken a +kakka jkauken &

Ina jkuita

jho

ja

Ikii

a tta

ja

we

hdrruki llkaiten ha."

li

Ine Iki

a +kakka

iniitarra

ken +kdkka Ikauken: " Ikauken we Ma

o

han

tten,

Imitarraken
+kakka Ikauken: " Ikauken
o
o

ssan +kakka ha, au

au u

ssuiii,

Man ssuin, au

Ine

Ine

la; Iniitarra-

jkauken Ine herru

tatti,

li^^kattenttdken Ine l^i jk^m,

e,

ha au Igwa^ii, au hin

ttai

ssuin,

jkauken

e,

ha

jkotten-ttu,

tta.

la

ha; han

Ine jkejke

ha

u kua

li^koen, ta,

Ikejke

Ikaukaken

ttai ssa,

He

ha ^oaken

+kakken,
ti

hiii

i.

e,

Ine

+kakka

He
hi Ine

ti hiii

Haii

hi a, ti
e,

e, Iniitarra

hi Ine Ikueda,

ssueii,

i.

jkhwa

THE SUN AND THE CHILDREN.

him up, while he

47

ye shall take hold of

him, all together, all together ye lift him up, that ye
may throw him up into the sky." They, in this
manner, spoke; the old woman, in this manner, she
spoke to the

manner spoke

other;

which I

therefore,

the

other

to her, she also, in this

to her children.

story

lies asleep;

The other

tell thee,

in

this

manner, spoke
" This (is the)

said to her
ye must wait for the Sun."
:

The children came, the

children went away; the

woman said: "Ye must go to sit down, when

ye have looked at him, ( ) (to see) whether he lies (490')
looking; ye must go to sit down, while ye wait for
him." Therefore, the children went to sit down,
while the children waited for him; he lay down, he
old

lifted

as

he

up

upon the ground,

him up into
that the old woman had

his elbow, his armpit shone

lay.

Therefore, the children threw

the sky, while they felt

spoken to them. The old woman said to the children

"
children going yonder ye must speak to him,
when ye throw him up." The old woman said to the
children: "0 children going yonder! ye must tell
him, that, he must altogether become the Sun, that he
may go forward, while he feels that he is altogether
!

the Sun, which

is

hot; therefore, the

Bushman

rice

becomes dry, while he is hot, passing along in the

sky; ( ) he is hot, while he stands above in the sky." (491')
The old woman was the one who told the children
about it, while she felt that her head was white the
children were listening to her, they were listening to
their mamma, their mother
their mother told them
;

about
said.-

fore,

woman

in this

manner

Therefore, they thought in this manner.

There-

it,

that which the old

they went to

sit

down. An older child spoke

went to sit down, while

to another, therefore, they

SPECIMENS OE BTJSHMAN POLKLOEE.

48

M Ine Man
t

Ik^rri-Opua Ine +kakka jkiiko, he

Mn

(492') ssueii, au

Ine ttai

jkelke lia

Ine llaA ssuen.

liakoen ha, hin Ine ttai lk Ma

ha, hih Ine

hih

ti

e,

ha, hi

Ikg'i

koa llkoaken
au a tta li."

koa

ikh^, a

liyi

tta

au hah ta

li

ttai

hah

likhoa

ll>I

ja

a koa

lla,

jkhe.

ha

ssih

Opuoiuya

ha

llkaita

koken

Hdrruki

au jkoih
!
'

jkoih, i;

hih

ll>I jkhe,

herruki

Hih

i-da, hih

Ha

Ihah Ine

liyi

tta,

jd,

jkhe,

hah

ha

jkeita,

jkauken herruki

e,

'

He

" ikeh a

i:

ti

ha

!
'

hih

.Ikauken

Ikea ha,

Ikei ha,

llka-

a a, ha IlkaOpua

Ine +kd,kken:

h +kakken; h

Hd ti hih e,

e,

hah

a,

Ine Ikueda,

i.

He

h Ilka-Opuaken Ine
Hxam Ikei ha Ikeh

llkaitau

likaiten ha,

jkdih

Ine

llvaih Ikei ha.

llwei a.'

ti

jkiiiten ssa.

+kdkken

ha

Ikei

Opua koken

'

Ine

Ine ssah

ll;^aiQ

he

li

i."

jkaukaken
(493')

ha; ha ssih

llkaita

tta

we

likhoa

+kakken, hih Ikueda, hih +kakken.

+kakken: " Ilk6ilkatten-ttu kah Ike
Ikauken herruki

au hah

i,

lla

H^

li.

" llkoih

kah

Imitarraken Ine +kakken, hi

ha,

Hin

Ikeya

Ine Ikei ha,

hih Ine herruki likaiten ha,

hih Ine +kakka ha, au hah

llkaita

hih Ine lyuorri jke

ta kugen

Ine !kai-ki likaiten ha,

ho ha, hih

e,

hin Ine lyuorri ha, hin Ine jkhe, hih Ine

la,

hm

Mn

ti

'TJ

kuah Ikahn

Ine

+kakken:

jkauken Ine h^rriiki

jkanh llwei yu,

JN" +kakka jkaiiken:
N +kakka jkauken Herruki llkai-tau
'

hih

ti

ha jkoih

e,

'

jkauken Ine herrdki

llkoih;

au hih

tatti e,

llkaita

Inutarra a

+kakka."

jkhwa jk^rri-Opuaken
e,

ha a ^arro

Ine

+kakken, au han

tdtti

jkukoken il^am e ya'uddoro, hih

THE SUN AND THE CHILDREN.

49

they waited for him (the Sun), they went to sit down.
They arose, going on, they stealthily approached (492')
)
(
him, they stood still, they looked at him, they went

forward

they stealthily reached him, they took hold

of him, they aU took hold of him together, lifted him
;

up, they raised him, while he felt hot.

threw him up, while he

while he felt hot

"0

felt

hot

Sun

Then, they

they spoke to him,

thou must altogether
;

stand fast, thou must go along, thou must stand

fast,

while thou art hot."

The old woman said (that) they seemed to have

thrown him up, he seemed to be standing fast ahove.
They thus spoke, they in this manner spoke. Her
(apparently the mother's) husband said:

armpit

is

"The Sun-

whom

standing fast above yonder, he

the

thrown up; he lay, he intended to

therefore, the children have thrown him up."

children have
sleep

The children returned.

came (and) said

Then, the children ( ) (493')

" (Our) companion who is here, he

took hold of him, I also was taking hold of

him

my

younger brother was taking hold of him, my other

younger brother was also taking hold of him (our)
companion who is here, his other younger brother was
;

also

taking hold of him.

him firmly.'
I, in
Throw ye him up
'

'

this

I said

manner,

'

Te must

spoke

grasp
said

Then, the children threw him

Grasp ye the old man

firmly
Throw ye up the
I said to the children
old man
Then, the children threw up the old
man that old man, the Sim while they felt that the
old woman was the one who spoke."
An older child spoke, while he felt that he was
a youth; the other also was a youth, they were

up.

I said to the children

!

'

'

'

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

50

yauyarroken ka Ikaolkao, bin Man herruki llkalten

(494') llkuilkatten-ttu. Hii ssan +kakken, ( ) yaoddoroken
tkakken, yaoddoroken +kakka ha {kdite: "N Ikd'ite
e

we
ti

tan herruki

8S1

sse llkoaken di llkoin, a tta

ha

e,

tkakken: 'N jkoin

Ssi'ten Ine

A-g

llnallna ti;

ssi

a sse +^i jkau ka

e,

a ssin

ku

li;

ho Ma

llga,

ku

sse di

sse llkoaken di kii tta

llk(5aken +^i,

we!

sse IlkowS

ll;it^e

ku

jkau ka

He

li.

a ssia

i;

ha,

ta ssi ^ao.

li;

llkuilkatten-ttu

a di llkoin a tta

au Ilkuonna; a

+kakka

llkaita ha, ssi'ten Ine

tta
ti

li,

hih

ttai ssa,

ilgagen ttai Ha.'

yan

llkoin
ttai

ttI

yah

llkoih

ssa,

llgdgen ttai

ssa,

Ilgagen

le,

jkarroken ttai ssa au llga

yah

Ihih

ssa,

Ilgagen ttai

ttai

(494) ho

lla

llkoih

yah
yah
he

llga

yah

ban

ttai

Ihih ssa, llkoih

ssa.

Ilgagen

lla,

han

+;^iya llga,

yah l^hai

hih

e,

+kakken

He

ti

hih

+;^i

hah

ti lla llga,

le.

llkoih

Ikaujkarro, Ikaujkarroken Ine jkhe, llkoih

lla

Ine

hah
:

e,

(495) llkoih yah Ine

l^wakken,

Ine

hah

" llkoih
llkoih
i,

i.

w^
ine

He

hih

ti

e,

hah

luhiya jkauken Ikudrri."

jkauken

luhiya
ti

He

i.

jkhe;

hih

e,

Ikudrri, i;

llkoih Ine+kakken,

llkoih sse luhiya jkauken Ikuerri, au llkoih yah

Ihurhm ha
ti

ttai

+j^i llga,

llkeinya ha, au llkoih ta jgwarra, au

ti

ti e,

yah

llkoih

jkaujkarroken Ihih ssa; jkaulkan-oken

lla;

Iki

jkau-

ssa,

jgaueten khwai,* llkoih

lla,

jkaulkarroken Ihih ssa, Ikaujkarroken

ttai

yah

llkoin

lla,

hih

jkiiiten,

e,

llkoih

yah

Ine luhiya

jkauken Ikuerri; he

Ikaujkdrroken Ine diirru

au hah

Ine diirru lla;

he

lii,

ti

hah

hih

* The narrator explained here that the word

either with or without the cerebral click (!).

e,

khtoai

Ine diirru
llkoih Ine

may

be used

"

THE SUN ANB THE CHILDREN.

51

young men(?), they went to throw up the SuuThey came to speak, ( ) the youth spoke,
armpit.

"0 my
youth talked to his grandmother
grandmother! we threw him up, we told him, that,
he should altogether become the Sun, which is hot

the

(494')

for,

we

are

cold.

Eemain

Sun-armpit!
the

We

Sun which

said

my

'

is h.ot;

grandfather,

become thou

(at that) place;

Bushman

that the

may

rice

dry for us; that thou mayst make the whole earth
light; that the whole earth may become warm in the.

summer;

that

Therefore, thou

the

darkness

make

heat.

shine, taking

away

thou mayst altogether

must altogether

thou must come,

the

darkness

go

away.'

The Sun comes, the darkness goes away, the Sun

Sun sets, the darkness comes, the moon
comes at night. The day breaks, the Sun comes out,
the darkness goes away, the Sun comes.
The moon
comes, the

comes out, the moon brightens the darkness, the

the moon comes out, the moon

darkness departs;

away the darkness ( ) it goes along, (494)

made bright the darkness, it sets. The Sun
comes out, the Sun follows (drives away ?) the
darkness, the Sun takes away the moon, the moon
stands, the Sun pierces it, with the Sun's knife, as it
stands; therefore, it decays away on account of it.

shines, taking
it

has

Therefore,

"0

it

the backbone

says:
Sun! leave for the children
"
Therefore, the Sun leaves the back-

bone for the children

the Sun does

so.

Therefore, (495)

Sun says that the Sun will leave the backbone for
Sun assents to him; the Sun
therefore, the
leaves the backbone for the children
moon painfully goes away, he painfully returns home,
while he painfully goes along; therefore, the Sun
the

the children, while the

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN POLKLOEE.

52

au han

luhi,

au

jhumm

llkoin Ine

(496) au Ikuerri;

ha; he

(-

ddurru

ll^a,

llk|ii

au han

jkdrro a +urru
ttai ssa,

llkoiii

ti

au han

yan

he
a,

au tiken +ka,

ka

jkauii

hiii

ll^amki llwkoen whai,

Ine tai

+ka

llkoiii

hih ll^am juhatten

whai ;

l;^;uofri

j^au,

llj^ain

ttoi,

eii,

au

hiii

+;iciya,

llkoiii

au

yah

Ini

tatti,

a,

jke

Ohoken,

e hi hi hi;

juhatten whai,

au

jkhwai

hiii tatti

ku

hiii

+x^ya,

hiii

hih

ll;^ain

+;^iya; hiii

hiii tatti e, llkoiii

yah +^iya

han

llga,

au llkuonna

tatti ti ta

ine

llga.

hiii tatti, llkoiii

hiii llj^am \j(noin.

llj^am ;^;ahnugii hi Ikagen,

jkauii

jkdten

\\j(&mkl juhatten ttoi,

whai au llkuonna, au

Ine llwkoen

han

au han

llkoiii

hiii ll;^amki

hiii

llga,

au

la

Iku ttai au

au llkuoima;
+x^ya

Ikwiya

kuiten; hih lliikoen

lliikoen jke

Ikii

haii ll^de jho Ikda

kii +x^ya,
(

ha

e,

Ine di Ikaulkarro

Ine

au

ttai

tatti

tatti e, haii Ine e jkau-

Han

ti hiii e, haii

jkaii

hiii e, haii

hiii

l;^ai

(499)

he

lii,

haii ll^a, haii jkauwih, haii

au han

au han jkau-wa.

.Iktiken Ikii e

ttai

jhumm

haii Ine Mail di

ll;^a,

ti hiii e, haii

ha e Ikaujkarro a

tatti,

(498)

tatti e, haii ll^a,

hail Ine llkhou !kwi

e, llkoin Ine luhi

Ine luM, 1; haii Ine diirru

haii Ine jkauwih,

He

Ikuerri,

tdtti, llkoin Ine

jkiiiten; haii Ine

Ikiiken dau-dau.

(497)

yan

llkoiii

bin

ti

lie

hag +xirru

Ikaujkarro ko,
Ine

au

lia

ti hiii e, llkoiii

tail Ine

luMya jkauken a

tdtti e, llkoin

jkharra.

+x^ya,

Hin

;;

THE SUN AND THE CHILDREN.

while he feels that the Sun has

desists,

children the backhone, while the

therefore, the

Sun
Sun

53

Sun

feels that the

Sun

leaves the backbone

Sun

assents to

him

the

left for

assents to

him

while the (496)

(
therefore, the
)

on account of it he (the moon) painfully

goes away, he painfully returns home; he again, he
goes to become another moon, which is whole; he
again, he lives he again, he lives, while he feels that
he had seemed to die. Therefore, he becomes a new
moon while he feels that he has again ( ) put on (497)
a stomach ; he becomes large while he feels that he
therefore, he is large he
is a moon which is whole
He goes along at night,
comes, while he is alive.
he feels that he is the moon which goes by night,
while he feels that he is a shoe * ; therefore, he walks
desists

in the night.

The Sun

is

here, all the earth

here, the people

is

bright

walk while the place

is

the Sun
light,

is

the

the people perceive the bushes, (498)

they see the other people; they see the meat, which

earth

is

light

they also see the springbok, they

they also head
also head the springbok, in summer
the ostrich, while they feel that the Sun shines ; they

they are eating;

head the ostrich in summer; they are shooting

the springbok in summer, while they feel that the
Sun shines, they see the springbok; they also steal
up to the gemsbok; they also ( ) steal up to the (499)
kudu, while they feel that the whole place is bright
also

they also visit each other, while they feel that the
Sun shines, the earth also is bright, the Sun shines

upon the path.

They

also travel in

summer; they

* The Maatis formerly, when inconvenienced by darkness, took

one of his shoes and threw it into the sky, ordering it to become

off

the Moon.

SPECIMENS OP BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

54

Ilj^am

jkwa au llkuonna

au llkuonna

.llmnn,

whai

Ine juhatten

llkoita llkditen

hin

au llkuonua,

l;^ai

whai, au llkuoima

Ini

hin Ine jga tin

hin l^erriya

au whalten

Ine tten,/

Mil

hin

llkiiiten

hiri

hiii

tdtti e, hi

ka

l.kau,

hin

ttai ssa.
33

FURTHER REMARKS.
The second version
is

of the preceding

myth, which

unfortunately too long to be conveniently included

present volume, contains a few interesting

the

in

notes, furnished by the narrator, WMbbo ("Dream"),

"which are
that the

given below.

Sun was

He

country.

a space around his

further

explained

but, not one of the early

who preceded

race of people
their

Wkdbbo

man

the Flat

Bushmen

in

only gave forth brightness for

own

dwelling.

Before the children

threw him up, he had not been in the sky, but, had
As his shining had
lived at his own house, on earth.

NOTES FROM THE SECOND VERSION OF

THE PRECEDING STORY.
(3150')

!;^w^-lna-ssho jke

H^
Hd

ti

hin

ti

hin

tkakken
hin

ti

e,
e,
e,

Ikii

e,

ssin mmaii, hin Una jkaii.

hi ta jkauken
jke e Ine

e Ine tabba llkoin.

Una, hi-hi ta Ix'^e, hin e Ine

jkauken e ttabba kl

tatti e, hi ;^(5aken-ggu e

hherruki

Ikii

llkalta hi llkoin

llkaita

Iwkabbeya,

llkoin,

ti e,

au

hi sse

llkoin sse Ikarraka hi Ik'aii

hi ssg ttaa llkoin ta Ikdrrakenlkarraken, hi sse dd(5a-g

Ine Ikarra-lkarra

ssiii.

; ;

THE SUN ANB THE CHILDREN.

summer

shooting in

are

they espy the springbok in

56

they hunt in summer

summer; they go round

head the springbok they lie down they feel that

lie in a little house of bushes
they scratch up
the earth ra the little house of bushes, they lie down,
while the springbok come.

to

they

been confined to a certain space at, and round his own

dweUing, the rest of the country seemed as if the sky
were very cloudy
as it looks now, when the Sun
is behind thick clouds.
The sky was black (dark ?).
The shining came from one of the Sun's armpits,
as he lay with one arm lifted up. When he put down
his arm, darkness fell everywhere
when he lifted it
up again, it was as if day came. In the day, the
Sun's light used to be white but, at night, it was
red, like a fire.
When the Sun was thrown up into
the sky it became round, and never was a man
;

afterwards.

TEANSLATION OF NOTES.
Bushmen * were

who

inhabited (3150')
the earth.
Therefore, their children were those who
worked with the Sun. Therefore, the people who

The

First

those

first

inhabited their country, are those who say

that the children worked, making the Sun to ascend,
[later]

while

they

felt

that

their

mothers

together that they should throw

Sun

that the

Sun might warm the earth

feel the Sun's

might
might be able to sit in the Sun.

that they

had

* The

men

agreed

up, for them, the

for

them

warmth, that they

of the early race.

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

66

llneillnei

hi

ta

llj^all;^a

lii

ta

!ke

!;^w^-lna-8slio

(3151')

8sw^-ka-!keten

llgwiya,

H^

fk'ik.

Mil

ti

au

jkauken,

e,

Ine

Sswa-ka-jke Ine

l^we-lna-ssho

jke

ta

kokommi.
(3155')

yan

llkoiii

han +kdkkeii;

ssiA e jkui,

He

+kakkeii, hin jkukko jkaulkarro.

Una

ssiri

yauki

[k'Sfi

au

tatti

hiii

+kakken, au hi

Ine

Ine

kugen

hi ta
ti

hin

hi +kdkken.

e,

hi

e,

Hih

Una Igwlx^i-

II. 22.
L.

THE ORIGIN OF DEATH; PEECEDED BY

A PRATEE ADDEESSED TO THE YOUNG
MOON.
Katkop

{Dictated, in 1875, in the

jkukko Iwkeya hi Ikajkaiiru, iten Ine jkwe

llnau,
ti e,

iten

(5161)

jkukko Iwkeya hi jkajkauru,

ka

jkwe

llnau,

Ike
(

ha

Ika

ix

sse

akke a

;ifu, e,

sse

ttiii

tteii sse

ii

Ikou ttlh

sse,

a, ti e,

^u

sse

(5164) jkwaiten ddda

o

iten

e,

^u, Ike a

ii

sse Ika

(5163) jkou

(5165) ha

Ini

Ine

jkunh jhan

l^kalwka, iten Ine kkui

Ike a

a
i

ka

He

ll^^ffi,

^auki

a ssiiikwari

sse

Ikii

ka

Inaii

is

Ikii ll;^a,

ll^a a,

Ikii

Ikii

Ike,

llj^a

ddoa +kakka

Ikwei Ikwelkwe.

* The meaning of \kdihl-&

Ike a

Ta, jkei

hd, a

ini a,

llkelike a-a.

ssiii Ini

" jkabbi-a

akke a ^u

a Ikuka, a

llnau,

^auki tta +haiinuwa.

yauki ssih

Iki ha, Ike a,

i

Ine llnau,

iten Ine Ini jkajkauru, he, i-g Ine

he,

i,

lla,

lie,

ka

tsaj^aiten,

(6162)

ly DiajkwaiE.)

I kkaii llnau, jkajkauru Ikaityi jkou ttih-ssa, ften

(5159)

(5160)

dialect,

not yet clear.

Aken

THE ORIGIN OP DEATH.

When
Flat

the

57

Bushmen had passed away, the

Bushmen inhabited their ground. Therefore,
Flat Bushmen taught their children about the
the

first

(3151')

Bushmen.
The Sun had been a man, he talked; they all (3155')
talked, also the other one, the Moon.
Therefore,
they used to live upon the earth while they felt that
they spoke. They do not talk, now that they live
stories of the First

ia the sky.

II. 22.
L.

THE ORIGIN OF DEATH; PEECEDED BY

A PRATER ADDRESSED TO THE YOUNG
MOON.
We, when the Moon has newly returned alive, (5159)
when another person has shown us the Moon, we look
towards the place at which ( ) the other has shown (5160)
us the Moon, and, when we look thither, we perceive
the Moon, and when we perceive it, we
shut oui-(5161)
( )
eyes with our hands,

Take

my

yonder!

face yonder
)

Thou

we exclaim
!

Thou

shalt take

" \kdbhi-a yonder

my

me

thy face
face yonder! That (5162)

shalt give

Thou shalt give me

when thou hast died,
thou dost again, living return, ( ) when we did not (5163)
that
perceive thee, thou dost again lying down come,
I may also resemble thee.
For, the joy yonder,
which does not feel pleasant.
thy face, (with) which thou,

thou dost always possess

thou art wont again

that

we

did not perceive thee

about

it,

that

thou

yonder,

it

to

that

return alive,

is,

(5164)

when

while the hare told thee

shouldst

do

thus.

Thou (5165)

58

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

Ilkuan o +kakka,

jkum

sse,

ti e, ssf

jnau Ilkuan ddpa

(5166)

sse

kwan,

jk'au

ll;^^am ll^a ssi

Ikuka."

ssl

Ikwei

a,

Ha

kkoa.

ku-kku,

ha Iwke, lia yauki ka lia sse +gou, ta, ha j^da ^auki

(5167) ka ha sse ll^a ha jkau jkum sse ; ta, ( ) ha j^oa
llkoaken Ikuken.
He tfken e, ha sse ^wa llwei, o
ha ^oa.
jkalkauruken ku-kuiten Ikeya !nau

(5168)

ywa

a, (

jnaii

^u

ha ^oa yauki llkoaken Ikiiken. Ta, ha

^da Ikuka, ha sse ll^a ha jkou jkum sse. jnaun Ine

ttii

ta,

(5168i) ku-kiiiteu

l!:!ke,

!kum

sse.

He

(5169)

kkui,

(5170)

" jkui

(5171)

Ikalkaiiru IWkwain,

a,

he ha

ha ttu

Ikammainya
ha

ii,

(5172)

+gou

sse

yauki ka ha sse

;^oa

ta,

ha

ha jkou

ll;^;a

Ta, ha llkdaken Ikuken.

sse

jhumm

ha

kwan

hd

Iki

jnaii

ssin llkoaken Ikwei

han ka ha
;

jgwa

Inaii ttii, haii kkiii:

ssiii

llkdaken

ha sse kwan. Iku ssiiken

kwaii Iku |kdujkdii-a jkhe

sse kwaii Ikii llkhauka

ha, he sse

He ha

ha.

ttu

jnau kwaii Ikwei

ti e,

ha ttu kke

e jnaii;

ttwi, o

han jgwa

llnau,

e a,

ha kki-ssa

u, o

ha

o hail >'au

ttu, i

ha ^auki ka ha

Ikii +en.-iia, ti e,

sse

( )

jkuiiijkuiii

lid.

kwaii

he Ika-a

llnaii,

Iku jkanh tt^ett;^eta,*

ha

sse

Ikii

llkdaken Ikiiken.

(5173)

"He

e, jk'e,

sse

6 he Ikuka.f

ttal,

l^keya ha
(5172')
(5173')

he

* Or,

tBsi,

jk'e ssS

kwSfi

llkdaken

Ikuken

Ta, ha yauki ka ha jhurnm ii,o-g

a, ti e,

ha yauki

ttxue-ttxueten

kwan

Ikii

llnau,

sse

ywa, 6 ha

xpa.

ta,

M.

he Ikuka, he

sse llkoaken

Ikuken

ttai

-I"

he yauki

|lxi,

hg !kou jkum

ha 4:kakkn; ha

jkum

ssS.

l^^ke, ti e,

sse.

Ta, Inafi Ijku^

ha xoS yauki ka ha

a,

Ikwli kku,

sse |lxS

ha jkou

THE ORIGIN OF DEATH.

we

didst formerly say, that

alive,

when we

59

should also again return

died."

The hare was the one who thus ( ) did. He spoke, (5166)
he said, that he would not be silent, for, his mother
would not again living return for ( ) his mother was (5167)
Therefore, he would cry greatly for
altogether dead.
;

his mother.

The Moon

replying, said to the hare ahout

it

(6168)

mother
For, his mother meant that

that the hare should leave off crying

for, his

was not altogether dead.

The hare replying,
she would again living return.
said ( ) that he was not willing to be silent; for, he(5168i)
knew that his mother would not again return alive.
For, she was altogether dead.
And the Moon became angry about it, that the (5169)
( )
hare* spoke thus, while he did not assent to him
(the Moon). And he hit with his fist, cleaving the
hare's mouth; ( ) and while he hit the hare's mouth (5170)
with his fist, he explaimed " This person, his mouth
which is here, his mouth shall altogether be like this,
even when he is a hare;t be shall ( ) always bear (5171)
a scar on his mouth
he shall spring away, he shall
doubling (?) come back.
The dogs shall chase him;
they shall, ( ) when they have caught him, they shall (5172)
graspiug tear him to pieces,^ he shall altogether die.
"And they who are men, they shall altogether ( ) (5173)
dying go away, when they die. For, he was not
:

* It was a yoTing male hare, the narrator explained.

(5169 ')
the Moon cursed him, /5]^70')
t The hare had also been a person; but,
ordering that he should altogether become a hare.

him to pieces.
(5172')
The people shall, when they die, they shall altogether dying (5173')
For the hare
go away; while they do not again living return.
was the one who thus spoke he said that his mother would not
X Or, bite, tearing

again living return.

60

(6174)

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

ka ha

lia ;^6a

ke,

He

ha

ti e,

He

sse.

(5175)

e,

sse

(5176) ha Ik'au jkum

he kie

n ka
(5177) Ine

sse.

jkum

sse llkdaken ddi

jnaii.

llkdaken Ikuken.

^auki ka ha

;^oa

llkuan

+kakka ha

gguken

e,

mama-ggu +kdkka

ke, ti

(5180)

e,

kail liikeya ke, ti

llkatten-ttii

ka

he tlken

ha

e, ssl

e,

\niu

ka

ka

e !kui ta a, ssi Ij^ugen, ;^u ttu

ha

ssi

ssl sse

ha ka a yauki

ha

a,

jnau,

6a e !kui

a,

hA ka a

e,

He

tlken

(5181) 6 hin tta

a

Ikii e.

e,
)

he-g

Han

e, [d&vl

ha 6a

Ika.lkaiiru

jngu.

Mama-

Iki jkui ta a, 6

Ikha

) llnau, ssi

Inau, sslten

a, ti e,

ha Ikwei koa, i, hin e,

ll^kauwa ha, i, ha sse llkdaken ddi
ti

Ta,

sse ll^a

tiken

(5178) e !kuf;

(5179)

+kakka

Ine

jk'au

sse

Ikii

ha

Hkellke n-n
ti e, n ka ddf he
ka Ikuka, n ll^a n jk'au jkum sse.
+nwai n, o kah kah +kakka ha a."

ti

Wxa^

sse

llnau,

He

kwaii

sse

+kakka,

a,

han
ll;i^a ha

Ik'au

ha ka ha

e,

he

) jk'e,

ha

^auki ka ha

;^oa

tfken

ha llkuan

ll^a

Iki Ihin

ha

Iniiu,

Ikwaii Ike,

o ssiten tta Ilka

e.

Ta,

lli/ke a,

ti

ha

e.

mdma-ggu yauki ka
Ilka ti e,

a,

jnau

ssi hi,

Ikii

Mdma-ggiiken kan Iwkeya

ha a-Opua

6 e jkui
ssi a,

a,

ha ka

ssi-g

Ino

* The meaning of WMtten-tiii is not yet clear; and the endeavours

might be exactly ascertained from the
Bushmen which piece of meat was meant, were unsuccessful. The tta,
at the end of the word shows that some sort of hollow of the human
body is indicated.
Since these sheets were sent to press. Dr. J. N. W. Loubser, to
whom I had applied for information regarding this particular piece

to obtain a hare, so that it

was so good as to send me the following lines, accompanied

by a diagram, which unfortunately it was already too late for me to
include in the illustrations for the volume
" As regards the biltong flesh ', I have often watched my mother
cutting bUtong, and know that each leg of beef contains really only
of meat,

'

THE ORIGIN OF DEATH.

willing to agree witli me,

when

61

I told

that he should not cry for his mother

him about

it,

mother
would ( ) again live; he said to me, that, his mother (5174)
would not again living return. Therefore, he shall
And ( ) the people, they (5176)
altogether become a hare.
For, he was the one who said
shall altogether die.
that his mother would not again living return. I ( ) (5176)
said to him about it, that they (the people) should
that which I do ; that I, when I am
also be like me
He ( ) contradicted me, (5177)
dead, I again living return.
when I had told him about it."
Therefore, our mothers said to me, that the hare
was formerly a man; when he had acted in this
manaer, then it was that ( ) the Moon cursed him, (5178)
Our
that he should altogether become a hare.
mothers told me, that, the hare has hiunan flesh at
therefore, we, ( ) when we have (5179)
his Wkdtten-ttu*
;

for, his

intend to eat the hare, we

"
" t yonder, which is human
out
the
biltong
flesh
take

killed a hare,

flesh,

we

when we

leave it;

the hare, his flesh

the time

while
it is

we

feel that

he who

is

(5180)

For, flesh (belonging to)

not.

when he formerly was

a man,

it is.

Therefore, our mothers were not willing for us to

meat; while they felt ( ) that (5181)

it is this piece of meat with which the hare was
formerly a man.
Our mothers said to us about it,
did we not feel that our stomachs were uneasy if we
eat that small piece of

one real biltong,

i.e.

the piece of flesh need not he cut into the

In other words, it is

usual oblong shape, but has this a priori.

a muscle of this form.

Prom my

anatomical knowledge I can

only-

man. It
rather high up the thigh (B of

find it to correspond to the musculus biceps femoris of the

wiU

therefore be a muscle sitting

Figure)."
t

The narrator explained

meat that can be cut into

to be "biltong flesh" {i.e., lean

and sun-dried, making " biltong").

\T<,'wq&.

strips

"

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

62

(5182) >au ttfi, ti e, ssi ka kkauruken, o ssl hS ( ) ha

a-0pua, o ssften tta Ilka ti e, jkui ta a Iku e he
;

yauki e jnau ka
(5183) hail tta

Ilka ti e, jniii

jnaunkko Una
e,

ta a a taauiikko Una taau, h4 e

jnaii,

6a e

(5184) ikuken.

Ta,

kwan

ssih sse

ssih sse

Se

ti'ken e,

ha

o jnau ka ddi-dditen llkuan

Ikajkaiiru llvT/kauwa

jkul.

kwan

kwau

sse

llnau, i Ikuka, iten

!kum

ll^a i Ik'au

Ilkdaken

Iku.

sse

jnauh llkuan

ddda a, yauki Ihum-ma Ikalkaiiru, o Ikalkauruken

(5185) ka ha +kakka ( ) ha a; han Ine +nwai Ikajkauru.

He
(5186) e

tiken

u koo

jk'e,

ti e,

ll^a

Ikuka,

Ta,

Iku llnau,

h ka

llnau,

ue

ka ddi he

(5 J 88) ddi tlken

ttai.

ll^a

ssih

jk'e, ii
;

ii

kwah

Ikuka,

he-g

Ik'au

ll;i^am

e,

Iku

ssih

kwah

ii

Iktiken.

jkum

llkellkeya

h yauki

e Ik'eten, llkuah

" TJ

llkuan

yauki llkdaken

'07037

OD3

ii

o ka Ikuka, h

llkuan ssih ka,

Ikuken

ssih.

llnau,

u k"wah
u kkoah Ihih,

+kakken,

Ta,

kwan

sse

Ikuken tchu-ru

ilkoaken

(5187) Iku

jkajkauru Ine ku-kkui, ban Iwke

e,

sse.

h-h

ta llkdaken

dda ha ddi

he
7
;

h llkuah ssih +i, ti e, h a hii jkei. jnauh Iku

6 kah llkuah tta
(5189) llnau, o kah kah ( ) +kdkka ha a,
Ilka ti e, h llkuah +eh-na, ti e, jnaii ^oa yauki likdaken
tfken

e,

Ikiiken, ta,

ha

ha

ti

(5191)

ssih ka, jnaii

He

Ikuken.

Opuoih,

+kakka

jnaiih Ine a,

ke,

yauki Opuoih; ta ha ^oa llkdaken

j^Sa

(5190)

e,

Ikii

tfken llkuah
Ikii

kkii:

'I,

e,

h jwkwain,

mama kah

llkuah

kah
Ikii

Ikii
(

Opuoiti.'

Ta, h^

kwah

ti,

Ikii

(5192) kah llkuah

kkdah

he

e,

ha

Ine

jwkwain

jnaii, i;

Ikwei kkiii, o jnaiih yau kkiii:

Ikii

Ihih."

"i,

jnSii

mama

hah ka ha sse ( ) Ikaltyi

wa oa jhumma jkajkauru, hih

Opuoih
jnaii

ti e,

tta

"

THE OEIGIN OF DEATH.

ate

that little piece of meat, while

63

we

felt that it

(5182)

was human flesh; it is not hare's flesh; for, flesh

which is still in the hare it is while it feels that the
hare was formerly a man.
( ) Therefore, it is still (5183)
while the hare's doings are those on
in the hare
account of which the Moon cursed us that we should
;

we

we

For,

altogether die.

should,

when we

should have again living returned

died,

(5184)

the hare was

who did not assent to the Moon, when the

Moon was willing to talk to ( ) him about it; he (5185)

the one

Moon.

contradicted the

Moon spoke, he said: " Ye who are

ye shall, when ye die, ( ) altogether dying (5186)
away. For, I said, that, ye should, when ye

Therefore, the
people,

vanish
died,
)

ye should again
For,

die.

return.

had

I,

am

intended, that,

should also resemble

(

ye should not altogether

arise,

when

I again living (5187)

ye who are men, ye

dead,

me (and) do the

things that I do

that I do not altogether dying go away.

Ye,

who (5188)

those who did this deed; therefore,

had thought that I (would) give you joy. The
hare, when I intended ( ) to tell him about it,
while (5189)
I felt that I knew that the hare's mother had not
really died, for, she slept,
the hare was the one who
said to me, that his ( ) mother did not sleep
for, his (5190)
mother had altogether died. These were the things
that I became angry about; while I had thought
that the hare would say: 'Yes; my mother is ( )(5191)

are men, are

I

asleep.'

For, on account of these things, he (the Moon)

became angry with the hare; that the hare should
have spoken iu this manner, while the hare did
not say: "Yes, my mother lies sleeping; she will
(

presently arise."

If the hare

had assented

to the

(5192)

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

64

e !k'e,

e, i

(5193)

(5194)

ssin ssin

ta, jkajkaiiru llkuan

see

kwan

e,

Ikajkaiiru

Ikuken, i; 6

ha oa

kkumm

Ihumma

jkalkaiiru

i,

he

ti e, i

ka ddi-dditen
i

ta

jnau llkuan

a,

llkuan a,

o Inau ka ddi-ddi

Ikwei-dda,

Inati

llwkau

Ine

Iku llkdilkeya jkajkauru;

Ikuken,
llkdaken
o
o

Ha kumm, han
(5195)

kwan

Ine

^auM
llkuan
O D

llkdaken

tkakka

a,

ka llkdaken Ikuken

ha llkuan

lie

yauki

a,

M.
ttai
(

6 jkajkaiiruken ka ha +kakka ha

a; han Ine +nwai Ikajkaiiru, o Ikajkauruken k^ ha

Iwkeya ha

a.

jkajkaiiru Ine ( ) ku-kuiten

(5196)

+ka

!uhi!uhi-ttin
ti

e,

ha

ta,

(6197)

e,

e,

Ikii

Iku

e,

tssi-i

ssin

ha, 6

ssin llannllann ssin

juhi-ta

juhijuhl

+ka; o ha
-

ttin +ka.

hd

Inajnabbi-ten

tta-ttdtten

o ha laa, e jkoe-ttau lihinya he; o han

tta Ilka ti

tiken

kwan

ssin

ha ka ha

Inau ka llnau, ha ssuken ui, ha ttauko

toajnabhi-ten
jkoe-ttau,

(5198)

ha yauki

Ha kwan

yauki ta 0h6.
tiken

wa

jkde-ttau

ha tten-tten he

(5196^) Ohoken;

He

lke,

ha

tta-ttat-ta

Ikde-ttau Ine ilhin Ikaun-a a Ina.

e,

ha

a.

Inajnabbiten,

He

jkde-ttau kkuiten sse

THE ORIGIN OP DEATH.

65

Moon, then, we who are people, we should have

resembled the Moon; for, the Moon had formerly ( ) (5193)

we

said, that

should not altogether

die.

The

hare's

doings were those on account of which the Moon

cursed us, and we die altogether; on account of ( )(5194)

which the hare was the one who told

That story is the one on account of which we
on account of the
altogether die (and) go away
hare's doings; when he was the one who did not

the

story

him.

Moon; when

assent to the

to tell

him about

it;

the

Moon

intended (5195)

he contradicted the Moon, when

Moon intended to tell him about it.

The Moon ( ) spoke, saying that he

the

should

lie

who were

upon a bare place

(the hare) (5196)

yermiti should be those

biting him, at the place where he

was

he should not inhabit the bushes; for, he

should lie upon a bare place; while he did not (5196^)
( )
He should be lying upon a bare
lie under a tree.
hare is used, when he springs
Therefore,
the
place.
up, he goes along shaking his head; while he ( )(5197)
shakes out, making to fall the vermin from his head,
in which the vermin had been hanging; while he
feels that the vermin hung abundantly in his head.

lying;

Therefore, he

vermin

may

(This,

fall

shakes his head, so that the other (5198)

out for him.

among the

Hare story called "

different versions of the

Moon and

The Origin of Death ", has been

on account of the prayer to the young Moon
with which it begins.)

selected

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

66

II. 24.
L.

THE MOON

NOT TO BE LOOKED AT
WHEN GAME HAS BEEN SHOT.

{^Dictated,

IS

in

1875,

in

heard

it

Kathop

the

Ssiten ^auki sse liakoen Ikajkauru, 6 ssi \j^ pual;

(5643)

ta, ssi Ikii llwkoen,

(5644) jkwejkwe

ka

mama-ggu

e llein jkui, o

hg

Ta,

(5645)

!h.(5a

) !gwa;^;u;

Hiii

+j^i.

+kakka

Iki

llnau,

ssi Ina;

jk'o

llkho,

!a

jkalkauru

ssi

a,

ta,

Jkiika,

Ta,

lli^koen

jkajkauru

mama-ggu

o ssiten jliuniim

ti

e,

(5647) ta llkho

ll^koen ha,

jkajkauru.
(

he Opuai

+kdkka
*

llki.

ywSii,

(5649)

ha

He

Hd, ha
e,

l^keya

llwkoenya ha,

a,

Hiii

e,

ssi

llnau,

ti

e,

Opuai

jkajkauru

e,

Oho, h^

Opuai

jgauoken

kkoaii

Ihiii,

;^a

Iko ss'o

e, i

l;^a

Hin

Opuai, i;

haii Iku-g ine

ikii-g Ine jk'auwi,

a,

ha

jk'aui Opuai.

llkaii - ssiii

mdma-ggu ^auki ka

sse ll^koen, tchueii

(5660) kail

Iki

ttai,

llkuaii ssin

jkajkauru llkhd kaii

sse Ikiiken.

tiken

ssi

Opuai,

l^a

jgauoken; 6 haii ki

ine ddi

ttwaita.

o he llkau-ssinya Opuai.

Ihiii,

Ikii-g Ine

6 hail yauki

jkajkauru ^auki

Opuaiten

llkhu kaii e

Ine Iki sserriten-ssdrriten

(5648)

Ta,

Opuai ya Ikuken

ka ll^koen he, he

jkhoii

Opuaiten kkoaii

he.

ll^koen ha.

Iki

llkhiigen Ike, ssi

o ssiten yauki

.Ihummi

ssi

e,

llkheten-llkh^tan ssan hi Opuai, 5

(5646)

by Dia!kw|in, who

dialect,

from Ms mother, ^:kamme-an.)

Ikii e, Iki

i.

ssi jgoa-i, ssi j(i

Una jgwa^ii; o mama-gguken

)

a,

ti

ssi

e,
l;^a

jkajkauru

llnau,

ssi

ha, haii Wx^Wl ttai

MOON NOT TO BE LOOKED

67

AT.

II.24.
L.

THE MOON

NOT TO BE LOOKED AT
WHEN GAME HAS BEEN SHOT.

We
shot

may

we

for,

look, lowering oui- head, while

not look up, towards

the sky

are afraid of the Moon's shining.

we

while

It is that

Moon

that the

if

is

we (5644)

which

For, our mothers used to tell us about

fear.

For,

when we have (5643)

not look at the Moon,

game;

we do

IS

it,

if we look at him.
when we have shot (5645)
eat the game, when

not a good person,

we

look at him,

game, the beasts of prey will

game lies dying, if we look at the Moon. When

game does not die, the Moon's ( ) water is that (5646)
which causes the game to live. For, our mothers

the

the

used to

us about

tell

yonder, (that)
(

we

liquid honey.

see,

the Moon's water

on a bush, it resembles
that which falls upon the (5647)

it,

which

It is

that,

is

game; the game arises, when it has fallen upon the

game. It makes cool the poison with which we shot
the game ( ) and the game arises, it goes on, while (5648)
it does not show signs of poison *
even if it had
appeared as if it would die. The Moon's water is
that which ( ) cures it. And it lives, on account of it. (5649)
;

our mothers did not wish us to

Therefore,

looking about,

we

are in the sky;

about
the
the

it,

be

should not look at the things which

while our mothers used to

that the

Moon,

if

we had

tell

us

looked at him, (5650)

game which we had shot, would also go along like

Moon. Our mothers said to us about it, did we
* Literally, " make," or "become poison."

SPECIMENS OP BrSHMAN FOLKLORE.

68

ywah

kui
(5651)

e,

ssi-g Ino

^au

yauki Ikelkem
jkhwai, o

(5652) o

ssi

ll^koen,

M ttauko

ya

ttauko

ttai

Ihurhmi ha,

(5653)

(5654) Ssi kdo Ine

Iki

Ikum

Ikum
lid

Iku

Hi

lie

Iki li^^keya ssi a, ti e,

ssi,

ti e,

ha

ya,
sse

llk^llke

tfken

e,

ssi

ti e,

Opuai ka ha

jkhwa ^auki Una

Iktiken, 6 llk'oin, o

lla ssi,

llj(;am i

llwkoen .Ikajkauru; o ssften tta Ilka

ssi

mdma-ggu

sse Ine Iki

) lia

jgaue ta Iku

ta,

jgaueten

Ikajkauru, a ssf ssin W^ikoenja, ha.

ti e,

ttai?

Opuaiten ssin

ttaj.

.Ikajkauru.

Opuai

liikeya ssi a, ti

Ikajkauru ka

Opwurru-e,

ti

lla,

ll^koenya

.Ikhwai,

Mama-gguken

Ikajkauru.

ha ddui-ddui-sse

jkhwa ^auki Una he.

he.
(

MOON NOT TO BE LOOKED

69

AT.

not see the Moon's manner of going?

) lie

was not (5651)

in the habit of going to a place near at hand, for,

the day was used to break, while he was

still

going

The game would also do the same, if we had

looked at the Moon. The day ( ) would break, while (5652)
tbe game was still going along; while it resembled
Therefore, we
the Moon, at which we had looked.
along.

feared to look at the

our mothers used to

would

Moon
tell

desire to take us

We

while

us about

away

we
it,

felt that (

that the

to a place

(5653)

game

where no

water was.
could (?) go to die of thirst, while it,
leading us astray, ( ) took us away to a place where (5654)

no water was.

Ikweiten ta llkenj

III.

Stars.

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

72

Ill 23. B.

WHO

THE GIRL OF THE EARLY RACE,

MADE

(2505)

leya

!ki
Ikiii

(2506)

x^k a +kakka

lkali:;ka

sse llkda-ken

jkditen

!a

Mi

au jkogen

sse

(2508)

(2509)

Ik'au, i

jkogen

kkwaii

lae

Ikhd

ssiii

lulii

e ikiii."

tatti e, jko tteii llnwarriten

lla

h^

Ikogen llnau

hi Ikualkuatten.

llnwarriten hi Ikua-

ssiii Ine

au Ikualkuatten jgw^e-ten
lla

au

e a,

jkiii

Ikualkuatten

Ine e jko,

"

ssiii

Hiii llkdaken ddi jko. jko

(2507) Ikuatten

ikiii

ban

llkau ki llkaiten

Hi

jko.

Igwa^u,

tta

Ikuila kkoiin Ihin

e,

au jkui; hail

au jkowaken

jko,

ti

Han +kakka

au Igwa^u.

kkwan

ttiii

ha

ke,

STARS.*

ti hiii e,

Ikd kkaii Ikhe

ti e,

llkuaii llnwarriten (

jko tteii-a

juha, au Ikogen

ka, jko sse llkhau Ikhejkhe,

au jkogen

tatti e,

Ikua-

Ikuatten Ine kkaii j^uonni;

au Ikualkuattaken

tdtti,

llkdifi

!;^drra

a j^uonniya
;

haii Ine

Ikualkuattaken

+kanuna

jgaiie

Ine tten

akken.
O

Ine

juhi

j^uonni

ssiii

au

ha-ha ka
Ine

hiii

hi sse-g Ine tten akken, au jkd

wa-g

yam

Ikhe

ODO30

Ikualkuatten sse-e
O Ine

* This story was related

to \\kdhho

by

liis

11

/Lo

mother, Ikwi-dh.

THE GIEL WHO MADE

STARS.

73

III. 23.
B.

THE GIEL OF THE EARLY EAOE,

MADE
My motlier was
arose;

WHO

STARS.*
who

the one

told

me

that the girl (2505)

wood ashes; she

she put her hands into the

threw up the wood ashes into the sky. She said to

wood ashes " The wood ashes which are here,

the

they must altogether become the Milky Way. ( ) They (2506)

must white lie along in the sky, that the stars may

Way,

stand outside of the Milky

the Milky

Way,

while the Milky

Way

used to be wood ashes."

They (the ashes) altogether become the Milky Way.

is

The Milky

while

Way must
Way (

while the Milky

it

go round with the stars;

feels that, the Milky Way (2507)

going round; while the stars sail along; therefore, the Milky Way, lying, goes along with the Stars.
lies

The Milky Way, when the Milky

Way
Way means

the earth, the Milky

while the Milky

Milky

Way

turns

feels that the

turn back;
that they
nicely.

* This

across in front, (2508)

Stars are turning back;

is

the one

who

upon

his path; the Stars (2509)

(
while they go to fetch the daybreak;

may

The

stands upon

to wait(?), while the

while the Stars feel that the Sun

has turned back; he

Way

lie nicely,

Stars shall

is

while the Milky

also

Way

lies

stand nicely around.

have been one of the people of the early ("2505')

and the 'first' girl; and to have acted
These \j(wi-\naill.
She was finally shot hy her husband.
8shd-Wi are said to have been stupid, and not to have understood
race

girl is said to

{\'xwi-\na-s8h6-\h''e)

things well.

74

SPECIMENS OE BUSHMAN EOLKLOEE.

(2510) ttin akken.

hin

tatti,

sse-g Ine jgwee-ten juhi ssin hi

hi iku e Ikualkuatten, e Iko.

jkogen Ine tten-ssa, jko jkhwaiten, he

(2511) ki

llkaita Ikiii,

Ine ttenya

Ha

lla,

i,

ha sse-g

au ha

ken

Ikii

ssin

lele

(2513) jgweten

ttal

e,

!gwa;i^uken

lla

hi ssin

au hin

ll;^a,

llkoin Ihih ssa.

hin

yan

Ilkoin

tta; Ikualkuatta-

llkhau

+ka ttin; hi sse-g

Ine

Ine

llkhaii

Hiii Ine tatti,

(2516) +j(ija.
jkoeya
hi

(2516)

Au

ttamOpua

jkoeya,

ssiii

jkiii-ten, (

au

//

Ikdeya, au Iko ^auki

Ikuildken
o
o

+i,J

jkiii

ti

e,J

tatti,

llga-g

jkogen ttamOpua

llkuaii e.

Hiii

ssaii

hi Ine .Ikhe

hiii tdtti e, jk'au

jkdeya jke

WnL

au hin

Ikualkuatten ttafaOpua

ttss'umma.

ha

au

Aii hiii tatti

i.

kkwon

llga

jk'au.

hiii tatti e,

aii

+kakka, jko

jkagen

hiii tatti,

Una

llgagen

jki

Igweten; au hin

Ine

jke Ine

+ka+k^ka.

llkoin.
/

hiii

au

jkui-ta.

e,

'

'

Hin

au

jkiii-ten,

hin jkhe +a ttin

le,

3D*

llgagen Ine Ihin ssa

Ine e.

Hi

hi ssin jgweten-

llnwam-ten Ikunssho

(2514) ssin jhamm

luhi
oo

Ikii

tatti e,7 hi ssin

tatti e,/ Iknao 3

tdtti e, hi jgweten.

Hin

'

ssin

llnwarri-ten
3

hi Ihinlhiii ssa

Ikei hi jnwd.

ha

juhitta Igwa^ii.

Ikii

Hin

llnwdrri-ten,

jgwaj^u.

llkau

jkui'la

dkken

au han

lla,

30

Ikuatten
llvam
030/L.O
(

Ine Iko

ha

tatti e,

ssin Ine tten,7 llnwarrita

3

(2512) hh<5a

Au

hi Ikwaiten jgwetenjgweten Ikei hi.

he,

Inw^,

Hi

H^
e,

ti hiii e,

jkulld

a, jke sse

jkagen

Ta, jk'au ^auki

ssiii

kda Ikualkuatten.
03030

llkhaii

ki llkaiten
Ihuiii
o
o

THE GIRL WHO MADE

(

They

shall sail along

upon

75

STARS.

their footprints,

they, always sailing along, are following.

which (2510)

While they

they are the Stars which descend.

The Milky Way lying comes to its place, to which the

feel that,

threw up the wood ashes, ( ) that it may descend (2511)

nicely; it had lying gone along, while it felt that
girl

it

lay upon the sky.

It

had lying gone round, while

They turning
The sky lies (still) (2512)

that the Stars also turned round.

it felt

round passed over

the sky.

the Stars are those which go along; while they feel

that they

They had been

sail.

coming out

again, heen

they had, saibng along, been

They become white, when

The Sun sets, they stand (2513)

following their footprints.

(

Sun comes

the

around above

setting; they had,

out.

while they feel that they did turning

follow the Sun.

The darkness comes out they (the Stars) wax

while they had at first been white. They feel

that

may

sail

they stand brightly around

along; while they feel that

people go by night
is

made

little.

wood

Therefore,

ashes.

Way

girl

night.

(2514)

Then, the

that the Stars shine

)

gently glows; while

feels that the

Milky

that they

is

while they feel that the ground

While they feel

Darkness is upon (

light.

Way

Milky

it

red,

it

the
it

gently glows.

was the one who

should give a

ground.

The (2515)

feels that it is

While

said that

little light for

it

the

the people,

might return home by night, ( ) in the (2516)

middle of the night. For, the earth would not have
been a little light, had not the Milky Way been there.
that they

It

and the

The

girl

Stars.

thought that she would throw up (into the

air) roots of the \hum, in order that the \huih roots

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

76

(2517) gi-gij \hmh eh-eh sse ddi Ikualku4tten

Mil

Ikualkuatten jklya,

e,

en-en Iku

(2518)

+kamOpua

ha I'dkwa.mja ha

ha Ihuih en-en

Iku

Una

e Iwkwaiya,

Han

llneih.

(2519) ssin Ine

ilii,

Ikf Ikf-ssa

hi,

( )

Iku leta ha

Ha

^oa-ken

+i, ti e,

+i,7

ti

e,7

sserriten.

hi

Ha

llneih.

ha ha.

Ikii

Ha

hi.

ssih Iku

Ine hi

ta,

ha

td,

ha

ssin Ine

ha

llkah-a

^oa-kengguken Iku

Ikilki-ssa

hi

ka llneih-0pua,

Ihuih;
he,

ha

Ikii Igii

hi
;i^oa

jkhe

He, ha

llkeh.

;i^6a-ken Iku a, (
leta

yauki

Ikii

Ikilki-ssa

llneih-Opua

au ha

ha ^auki hi yauyaurrii-ken jkhwai.

ha 6a a

Iniiyo,

yaiiyaurrii-ken
o

Hd

llwei

ka llkha-ken

haha

au han

;^6a

han a lkua; ha

llei,

ha ^auki jnaunkko

tatti e,

(2521) jnauhkko Una

(2522) Ta, ha

ha

sse

Ha

Hih

l^kua.

e,

Hah

ttdbba jhoa ha a

au hih

ha

ha-ha k hi; ha ssin

Hd

e, ttai.

e,

^auki

tta, llneih.

ha

j^oa, ti

ha kkom-ma ha Ihuih

au hah jkhauken
(2520) ssih

au jgwa^u,

llkau jka tte jkui,

Ine Ikati llkau ki llkaiten Ihuiix eii-en

sse

tatti e,
( )

hm

au

ti

Ituin

e,

e.

Hail jliamm

ha

h^

tatti

e,

Inwa

ha jkhwai.

l^kalwka
Ine

ssah
ddi
3

ddi kui

jgwdrra a jkauh ssho, hah Ine yap

ta

Au

hah

kku

ta

ssefri-ten.

au Igwdrra-ken

* She threw up a scented root (eaten by some Bushmen) called

the red (or old) \hum making red stars,
This root is,
the white (or young) \huin making white stars.
Ukahbo says, eaten by baboons and also by the porcupine.
The same girl also made locusts, by throwing up into the sky the
peel of the \M'iss1 [an edible root] which she was eating.
(2521')
t ^^^Mo here explained that, when a girl has 'grown', she
is put into a tiny hut, made by her mother, with a very small
aperture for the door which her mother closes upon her.
"When
she goes out, she looks down upon the ground
and when she

(2517')

\hum, -which became stars

THE GIRL "WHO MADE STARS,

should become Stars;

77

tterefore, tlie Stars are red; (2517)

while they feel that (they) are \huih roots.*
(

gently threw up wood ashes into the sky,

might
presently throw up \huih roots while
that she
she felt that ( ) she was angry with her mother, (2518)
because her mother had not given her many \huin
for, she was in
roots, that she might eat abundantly
She did not herself go out to seek food;
the hut.
that she might get (?) \huih for herself ( ) that she (2519)
might be bringing it (home) for herself; that she
might eat for, she was hungry while she lay ill in
the hut. Her mothers were those who went out.
They were those who sought for food. They were
bringing home \huih, that they might eat.
( ) She (2520)
made
her
little
hut,
her
mother
had
in
which
lay

She

first

for her.

Her

stick stood there

because she did not

And, she was still in the hut. Her

the
one
who ( ) was bringing her food. (2521)
mother was
That she might be eating, lying in the little hut f

yet dig out food.

while her mother thought that she (the girl) did not
eat the young men's game {i.e. game kiUed by them).

game of her father, who was an

While
she thought that the hands of (2522)
( )
Then, the arrow
the young men would become cool.
would become cool. The arrow head which is at the

For,

she ate the

old man.

would be cold ; while the arrow head felt that

the bow was cold ( ) while the bow felt that his (2523)

top,

it

retm-ns to the hut, she

sits

and looks down.

She does not go

When presently she becomes

far, or walk ahout at this time.
a big girl ', she is allowed to look about, and to look afar again
being, on the first occasion, allowed to look afar over her mother's
hand.
She leaves the small hut, when allowed to look about and
'

around again; and she then walks about like the other women.
During the time she ie in retreat, she must not look at the springbok,
lest they should become wild.

(2522

'

SPECIMENS OP BUSHMAN FOLKLOEE.

78

(2523)

tdtti

Ihouken

e,

Au

Ikalk4 e ^ao.
3 3

e
(2524)

hi,

au whai

iikai-e Ine

He

+L

Ha

^ao

Ine

eh-eii

au Ihouken

+i ha
Ikufla-ken
a
o

ha

llki-ten

hih

ti

(5a-keu a,

ha

kkan

le

ha hA ki

Ihou, Ihou

ddi kkui ta ssefri-ten; hah Ikue-da,

e,

hah

ha jkwai

Au

au ha-ha.

hi,

hah

ha Ihammi yauyaurrii-ken Ikhwai,

ha 6a liikalwk^
ha ssih ttabha
3
lla,

llki,'

ha

tatti e,

i.

tatti e,

ki hih
ha ssih ttabba
3

llki.

III. 28.
L.

THE GEEAT STAR,

SINGING,

NAMED THE

Igaunu, hah ha 5a e Ikuatten jkdrri

Ike e

Igauuu, i;

hah

tta

(5577) jkwitenlkwitya Ikualkuatten

Ilka ti e,

ha

Ikf e

Ilka

He

ikferri.

Ikuatten
Iki

Iki

he

Ikeilkei, i

Ikualkuatten e tenhttau

hd ka
(5576')

* "

inailnain,

hih

e,

hih

Hah
e,

Iki

o hah
e,

He

i.

6 hih tta

jkwi Ikualkuatten Ikeilkei.

ha

e,

tfken

Hah

a jkwiya he Ikeilkei.

ti

h^ tiken

Ikeilkei,

Ikwiten Ikualkudtten Ikeilkei,

(5578)

STAES.

Diajkw|in.)*

{Related, in 1875, Jy

(5576)

WHICH,

jGAIJNU,

e,

ha

ha

a,

tta

ha jkwiten-

tiken e Ikua-

Ilka ti e, jgaunti

ha

jkutten, o

ha

ka: " ll^whai," o

ha dda he a ll^whai

e ll^whai.

!k6m Ixuggnddfken a 6a tkakka ke Ikuatten ka kkumm."

THE GREAT STAR, JGAUNU.

79

young man's) hands were cold. While the girl

thought of her saliva, which, eating, she had put into
the springbok meat; this saliva would go into the
bow, the inside of the bow would become cool she,
in this manner, ( ) thought.
Therefore, she feared (2524)
the young men's game. Her father was the one from
(the

whom

she alone ate (game).

had worked

(i.e.

While she

felt that

treated) her father's hands

she

she had

worked, taking away her saliva (from them).

III. 28.
L.

THE GREAT
SINGING,
\gdunu,* he

STAE, \GAUNU, WHICH,

NAMED THE STAES.

was formerly a great Star

therefore, his (5576)

name is \ffaunu; while he feels that he was the one

who formerly spoke (lit. "called") the Stars' names;
feels that he is a great one.
Therefore, (5577)
( )
he called the Stars' names.
Therefore, the Stars
possess their names while they feel that \gaunu was
the one who called their names.
He ( ) formerly (5578)
sang, while he uttered the Stars' names.
He said
" \\j(whm " t to (some) Stars which are very small
they are those of which he made \\j(whai ; their small,

while he

fine ones are those

me

"My (paternal)

which are

\\)(whi.

grandfather, \xi,ffm-ddi,

was the one who

told

star's stories."

f The stars Wxtvhai \aiti and Uxwhai-Qpua were identified as

"Altair"or "Alpha Aquilae", and "Gamma Aquilae", respectively,
by the late Mr. George Maclear and Mr. Finlay of the Royal
Observatory, on October 10, 1873, at Mowbray.
Wxtvhai gwm
was behind a tree and too low to be distinguished.

("5576')

;:

SPECIMENS or BUSHMAN rOLKLOEE.

80

H^

(5579)

tfken

llgmi^u

) e,

he Ikualkuatta

llnaii,

ssuen !;^uoriniya, lian ^aiiki ta ha sse

(5580)

ha

ta,

jjfTionniya.

Han

Ikualkudtten

i,

Igaue

+efi-na, ti e,

Ikuiten

Ikii

hm

Ik5a-sse he

ha

e,

ha

ta,

Ikaa^u

llnallna

ya

o ll^whai

e,

tten

he

lliikoeh,

Iki

han

ssueii-

tta Ilka ti

+efi-na, ti e, jgaue ta Ikualkuatten e.

ha

III. 27.
L.

WHAT THE

STAES SAY, AND

TO A STAE.

A PEAYER

May, 1879, hy iMn+kass'o.)

{Related, in

Hi

llkuan ka, hi ssin Hj^amki Iniini

t&en

hi In^ ta, Ikuatten sse Ikea hi

(8447)

e,

(8448) yauki ttamOpua

Ikuatten

ttan,

Ikuatten

li,

li,

Ikuatten

H^

ha.

iki

(8449) Ikuatten

ti'ken

) li,

hi

ikualkuatten

e hi

()

Ikuattaken llkhoa ha

llkua ^auki ttaA,

llkuaii

ka ka

" Tsau

Ikualkudtta ka

hi

hi In^ ta, ikuatten sse a hi &

e,

ssiii

tsa^aiten

sse

<'

" h^

lli^kao

^ hi

Tsau

tiken e l-^am-ka-lk'd ta ka, Ikualkuatta

(8450) wai

lli:;kua

e Ikuatten ddi jj^ougen-ddi',*

Ta, Ikuatten yauki tsfce

i.

H^

tchuen.
li,

Tsau " hi
!

ta:

'<Tsau! Tsau!"

if-ii

ssiii

ttumm-i

de Inu e Ikueida.
(8451) ikualkuatten ( )
" Tsau " au hi
!

tiken
O

(8447')

e,J

llnau,'

jkoin

e,

Ine ki,'

'xoTij

yan

Ikueida.

ll!::!kao

ii

N tiitu

hi.

jk'e
ii

Ine

Ine

Ikoin, ti e, tss'e

+kakka

ke, ti

e,

Ikualkuatten e ta

wai

tsaj^aiten.

ttumm-i

'rich'; pi. Ixouken.

hi.

H^
Ikua3

WHAT THE

STARS SAY,

81

when these Stars have, (5579)

he will not remain on the
hunting ground for, he knows that it is dawn, when
Wjfwhai has, ( ) lying, turned back.
He returns (5580)
home for, he is used to look at these Stars they
are those which he watches
while he feels that he
knows that the dawn's Stars they are.
Therefore,

the porcupine,

turned

sitting,

hack,

III. 27.

WHAT THE
They

(the

STAES SAY, AND A PRATER

TO A STAR.
Bushmen) wish,

shall take their heart,

hunger
heart,

the

the

that they

may

also

(8447)

Therefore, they say that the Star

perceive things.*

Star

with which they do not a

heart,

Star's

little

them the Star's (8448)

with which the Star sits
give

shall

For the Star is not small the Star seems

had food. Therefore, they say, that the Star
give them of the Star's ( ) heart, that they may (8449)

ia plenty.

as if it
shall

not hunger.

The

Stars are

fore the

wont

Bushmen

to call,

are

wont

" Tsau

Tsau " there!

to say, that the Stars

them the spriughoks' ( ) eyes the Stars (8450)

" Tsaii " they say, " Ts^ Tsgui " I am one
who was listening to them. I questioned my grandfather (Tsqtsi), what things it could be that spoke
curse for

say,

thus.

My

grandfather said to

me

that the Stars

(8451)

were those who spoke thus. The Stars were those

who said, " Tsau " while they cursed for the people
!

i.e.

things -which their dogs

may

kill.

(8447')

SPECIMENS OP BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

82

(8452) Ikuatta Ine ta

lkd

(8453)

llkuaii tatti,

au ha ku^rre

Ikoin,

Ikdin llkuah

dkke

wa

ll!:ik(5agu

ka

he

a.

(8456) ll;^amki

llkan.

Ik^

sse

akke a

hih

e,

Ihih

Aken

Ta,

llkii.

Ikii

ha

llkii,

llkuah Iku

hah ssueh

In^ ta,

tsaj[;aiten.*

"A

koa

li,

sse

li

ll^amki Ikauith,

A sse dkke

llkah-a.

sse Ikea

llj{;amki

akke a

llkii,

Ta,

n ddda

ttan-i.

i.

llnau,

llku e a,

jkautu, a sse

ri

a sse

ttan-i, i."

ka, jnwa ssin jkhejkhdya ha wdi;

ha

ttdh-i,

Ine

Ikam

au han

Ikudtten

a,

llkii,

au Ikuatta

i.

lii

tatti,

ha
ha

(
Ikii

ttii,

ka,

llkuai +1,

ti e,

wai ta

kii

Mkuaii |ku

hah Iku

ha

ko Ikoh jnwa.
(8453')

e,

Ta, a llkhoa jkauenya

i.

wai

a sse Ika

N ssin
n

Ta,

ya'uki Ikhi,

llkuah

Han

In^ ta:

i,

i.

ha ka Ikuatten a ha

Ine Ikei

Ha

llkii

Ha

ha

ilkan-a.

a yaiiki tsdrre.

tiken

ss'6,

+kdkken, au Ilk6agu, au

Ikati Ihin

n ddda

Ta,

He

lliikao & jk'e

ssin

jkautu, e a jkauenya,

(8458)

llkuarinan a hi

M n Ikoin, n a Ine

e a ddf !^6ugen-ddi

li,

hiii e,

(8457)

juhi ss'o.

Ilwkua ya'uki ta jkhejkhe,

(8455) hi

au tchudn e Ikuefda.

Ine tutti ha,

N
(

iku ten-ten

Ikualkuatten e Ikueida

(8454)

Tsa^ "

a.

N
hi

" Tsmi

i.

sse ssd

WHAT THE
the springboks' eyes.

STARS SAT.

Therefore,

Tsau "

Summer

is

(the time)

Because I used to sleep with

the one

who

my

with

sat

when

my

when they

when he

who

(8452)

spoke thus

sat in

questioned (8453)

He

him, about the things which spoke thus.

the Stars were those

sound.

grandfather, I was

grandfather,

Therefore, I

the coolness outside.

grew up,

Stars said, " Tsa^i

The

I was listening to them.

83

said,

they cursed for

the people the springboks' eyes.*

My

Canopus had newly come out

give

me

am

Uke
be

my

heart,

thee.

satisfied

am

my

heart,

sit

also

Thou

hungry.

also

shalt give

me

Thou

satisfied.

I miss

me thy

my

be

full,

thy stomach,

shalt take
(

my

Give (8456)

my arm, with
my aim. Thou

thy arm, thou shalt take

which I do not kiU.

shalt give

which

For, thou seemest to (8455)

For, I hunger.

stomach, that thou mayst also himger.

me

(8454)

(with food); hence thou art not small.

with which thou art

thou

in plenty,

with

That I might

desperately hungry.

For, I

he said

" Thou shalt

thy heart, with which thou dost

thou shalt take

I

when

grandfather used to speak to Canopus,

For, I miss

arm.

aim with

For,

it."

my arm
)

He

which

is

here,

desired that the (8457)

arrow might hit the springbok for him

hence, he

wished the Star .to give him the Star's arm, while the
Star took his arm, with

He
down

shut his
;

while he

which he missed

his aim.

mouth, he moved away, he

felt that

he wished to

sit

sat

(8458)

and sharpen

an arrow.
* I think that

it

was

all

tte springbok.

(8453')

84

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

III. 30.
L.

WIFE OF THE DAWN'S-

jKO-GjNUIlsf-TARA,

HEART

STAE, JTJPITER.

{Related in April and May,

from

Hi

(8393)

llkuaii

Hin ha

au

He

gwai

j-

Ine

ati

llk^n-f jliaken.

hi

llkdn-'i

jhaken ka ssufenssuen

llnau,

hin Ine Ikannjkann

ssufenesTien,

hm

au jhaken

lue ll;i^aiya tin,

lli:;ke,

hin Ine

(8396)

kail

ha

ha
Ikii

jhaken ka

llj^ai

Ine

hoho ha Iwkarralwkarra-ttii ka

Ine llkhde te hi

au jhaken.

hi X Iku Ine a jko-glnijih-tara a jhagen.

"A

yan ka

jhaken.

!kou;^u.

(8395) +iianna, han ha

jnuin-tara

it

and her mother, +kannni.)

jliaken,*

\^\v3.

(8394) He, hi ha Ine

le,

1879, by |han+kass'o, who heard

his mother, Ixabbi-an,

Ine

kili,

Ikiiki

jkd-g-

han +kakka ha ll;^a-Opua

sse ta jhaken e;

Ta, a a ssan

He

He,

jkhwa.

ii

ssiii

Ikii

Ta, jhaken

e,

a ha hi.
hi liikuai

ya'uki ta +haiiniiwa."

He

* jhakakfn

r6790')

llxe.

ha

(8394')
(8395')
(8396')

tiken

e,

jkd-gjnuin-tara hd, Iku llnau, ha

llkellkeya "

jbakaken Iku

M ta

ssuerissuen

yai

Ine llkhoa

h| ka tohueii;

e,

hin koro-ggu, hin |k'o-ggu, llhoe-ggd.

han.

yauki aken

ss'o

Ilka ha,

au

jhaken llkan.

t jgwai

laiti.

X jgW'S-g'^ llkuan
jko-gjnuin-tara
laiti

w "

ha

ka jkh-wS llkuan

a Ikhwa, au jhuin.

e.

|gaue-|in a jkuken jhoa

THE WIFE OP THE DA.WN's-HEART STAB.

85

III. 30.
L.

\K6-a\NUIN-TARA, WIFE OF THE DAWN'S-

HEAKT
They

STAE, JUPITEE.
were digging out (8393)

souglit for \haken,* they

\haken.
Tkey went about, sifting \haken, while they
were digging out \hdken. And, when the larvse of
the \hdken ( ) were intending to go in (to the earth (8394)
which was underneath the little hillock), they collected

together, they sifted the larvae of the \hdken on the

huntiag ground.
And the hyena f took the blackened perspiration of
her armpits, she put it into ( ) the \hdken. And (8395)
they J gave to \k6-g\nuih-tdra of the \hdgen. And
\k6-g\nuih-tdra exclaimed, she said to her younger
"

Thou shalt leave this \hdken alone I will

be the one who eats it. ( ) For, thou art the one (8396)
who shalt take care of the child. For, this \hdken,
its smeU is not nice."
sister

Therefore, as \k6-g\nuin-tdra
* \haken resembles "rice"
are like (those of)

there
t

is

"Bushman

nothing as nice as
hyena.

it is,

{i.e.

sat,

eating the \hdken,

"Bushman

rice",

when

\hdhen

it is

rice");
is

its larvae

fresh.

A female

X The hyenas

(it)

(6790')

a thing to eat;

was, with the jackals, the blue cranes (and)

(8394')
(8395')

the black crows.

It
>

was

\k6-g\nuih-tara's child.

The Dawa's-Heart was the (8396')

buried the child away from his wife, under the Viuin
(a plant with a handsome green top, and little bulbous roots at the
end of fibres in the ground. The roots are eaten by the Bushmen

one who

raw, and also roasted and made into meal, which

\Mn^lass'd thinks that the flower is red
excellent.
seen the plant since he was a child).

is said to
;

be

but has not

S6

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMiN FOLKLORE.

(8397) au iMken, jkmijkammin * ha Iku

Hi liiri (

llhfinu.t

yan Nxamki kuerre, tauii yan Hxamki ssuen.

Ikudbba dken llxamki kkuerre Ihin, jkuabba aken
.Inuin

Iku ssudn.

(8398) ha h4

han

Iku-g Ine

Ik'dtten

(8399) Iku-g

Ine

!kalii

Ha

Ilk.

jkun

llk^rriya

H^

Ikujkiiken llj^amki kuerre.

Iku-g

Han ha Iku-g Ine

Hah ha Iku-g
( )

Inwa.

le

hd

ll^a-Opudken

leta ha.

Nan

tfken

e,

ui, % haii Iku-g Ine Ikuei Iki,

Ine

han

Ine

Han

lid

IlkhoesBin tawa.

Ha
a

llj(;a-0puaken

^a yauki

(8400) ha hd
sse

hd

Ine

jhamm

sse

"A

Ine kui:

kkwaken, n

kii'i

" Ikd-gjnuiii-tara

jkhwa kkwaken?"

llkuah

ssin llkdaken

sse

+kdkka

Hd

llkhougen jnaunko Ikhejkh^ya."

(8401)

hah +kakka ha

\n4 ta,

ardko

Ha

ll^a-0pua:

e,

"A

ha ha

kod

ssih

ll^a-Qpuaken Ine jkhiten, hih kda Igwai, au

(

jgaue- li-guken

jkaulkainmi, hih Ine Ikuiten, au

Iku Una jhahn.

||

jgaue- lih Iku-g Ine

jkuiten ssa, au

jkhwah Iku ^wa Una, au ha jkouki-

Opuaken

Iki

Ikii

Hah hd

jkd-gjnuih-tdra

mi

(Pl-

t lltnari
J

(8402')

tfken

jkhwa au jgaue."

(8402) Igwain jkuotta

(8397')
(8396')
(8398')

ha

au n likhou-

jkhwa, au h Inaunko +ehna, he, a ssah

Ikilki ssa

Iki sse

(8403)

He,

ha,

sse

Iki

ha,

we

II

ti &,

Ha
Au

jkhwa.

Ine ssa,

hah hd

^au ddoa

Ine kiii:

" Tssa ra d

au jkhwa, au jkhwa

Ikoi

Ik^lkammi).

iMulMn,

hiii

Iku ssuenssuen jk'au.

llkuan tatti, ha Iku-g Ine ddnikkllkhe.

han kaha [kdxe Ikea ha

1^ ilkuan +1, ti e,

ha

koro lhouk|n-ggu llkuan

!k'6ulk6-ggu, hii toi-ggu.

llkaxai.

llkuaii ||na !k'e kkuiten.

ss'o

6a e

1^ llkuan +i,

hi tau ||iikhwf-ggfi, hi tau

THE WIFE OF THE DAWN's-HEART

87

STAR.

the ornaments * (i.e., earrings, bracelets, leglets, anklets)

of themselyes

came

off.

also unloosened (itself),

The

The kaross

skin petticoat also unloosened

The shoes

petticoat sat down.

selves).

manner

Therefore, she

followed her.
into the reeds.

Her younger

up,:j:

(\k6-ff\num-tdra)

sit

exclaimed

"

she in this (8398)

sister,

She went to

down.

the skin

also unloosened (them-

sprang

She
sister

sat

(itself),

Her younger

trotted away.

(skin cloak) (8397)

the kaross also

shrieking,

went; she went

in the reeds.

(8399)

\k6-ff\num-tdra

allow the child to suck ? " And

she (the elder sister) said: " Thou ( ) shalt bring it, (8400)

wilt thou not

that

it

may

my

while

first

suck; I would altogether talk to thee,

thinking-strings

she spoke, she said to her

still

stand."

younger

Therefore,
" Thou (8401)

sister

must be quickly bringing the child, while I am still

conscious and thou shalt bring the child to-morrow
;

morning."
Her younger

returned home, also the hyena,

the ornaments ; they (8402)
( )
while the Dawn's-Heart and the

sister

when the hyena had put on

returned home,

were (stUl) out hunting. The Dawn's-Heart

rest
returned home, as the child cried there, while his
younger sister-in-law was the one who had the child.
II

He

came, he exclaimed:

"Why

is it,

\k6-ff\num-tdra is not attendiag to the child,

the child cries there?"

The hyena did not speak.

* Bracelet, anklet, leglet.

down upon the ground.
t (They) came off, they sat
J

She

felt

that(8^03)
while

that she became a beast of prey.

(8397')
(8396')
(8398')

Because she wanted to run to catch hold of her elder sister.

/q i r^n >\
I think that he was with other people. I think that they (8402 )
seem to have been the jackals' husbands, and the quaggas, and the
wildebeests with the ostriches.

II

88

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

ddoa ywa, Una

"

(8404) y&ejhken ha dddtten

ha

Ine Ikaih Ha

Ha

ha

llka;^ai

He, ha

(8406) Ine Ikei ha, ha Ine

Ikhwa
(8407) ai'6ko

tan

ha

lika;i^ai

au han

h tan n

Wxk, ha

jkxiii

Ha

hA

Ine

koa ssan
td, (

He, ha llj^a-0pua
au ha llka^ai

Ine

ha

tktti,

"A

lla

ha

llka^ai a ssih Ikuei koa,

ha

ha

(8410) ink jkhwa

jnwa

ha

Ine Ikei

kkwaken.

ha

Ine kiii

ssiii

Ind ta

lla

Ha

au

Ikam

Iki sse jldiwa,

au ka

tdtti, (

hd

llka;ifai,

llka;^ai

Ine

Ha hd

"A
u,

ha

ha

kod ardko
ii

n
lla

Ine

wwe

Ine sstiken

He,

Il;^a-0pu4.

Ine

Iki

ha hd

ll^a-0pud hd ka

Iku a."

+i-lkaih-u

Ine

" Ikd-elnuih-tara

Ine jkii;^e jkhe

Ha hd

u,

ha

lla

Ha

kkwaken."

h kan

ll;i(;a-Opua

Ine

ha ll^a-0pua.

Ikii a, (

tail

\\j(k,

Ha

Ikhe ssa.

au

ssin +i-lkam-u,

jkiii

koa ssan ardko

jkhwa au

jnwa

]khwa.

"A

jkhwa

ha llka^ai ha

llka;^ai

\n6 ta

Ine jkuiten;

He, ha

(8411) kah

ssa

He, ha

ya'uki Ine teiina."

ha

Ink

) llka;^ai

Ha hA

ha

llnau

a; ha llka^ai ta:

Ihih

Ha
jnwa.

lla

Ine ssiiken ihih

llkhoullkhdugen sse Ik'u.lk'u."

He, ha ha

t&,

ha

jnwa.

lla \h

(8409)

k ha

jkhwa, au h jnaunko +enna ;

Iki sse

Ine jk'ou jkhwa,

(8408)

wwe

!kTi;^e

Iku a."

kkwaken.

Ine

ha

Iki,

llkdo,

"N kan

lue ta:

ha

llkaj^ai

Ikuei

Ine

llka;^ai

ha

Ine Ikk

Ine ttai, jkhe

ha ha

" jkd-gjnum-Ura

Ine kui:

kkwaken."

ha

Han

jkhwa.

Iki

|han Ine Ihann, he, ha Ine jk'ou jkhwa.

llka;^ai

(8405)

I^e-dde-

Igwain ha ya'uki tkakken.

"

k jkhwa Ine
sse sse, td,

koa ^auki

kkfet-tau

;;

THE WIFE OF THE DAWN S-HEART STAR,

89

\j(e-dd6-y6e* was soothing the child. She

waited (8404)
( )
her elder sister's husband went to hunt and she took
the child upon her back.
She went to her elder
sister;
she walked, arriving at the reeds.
She
"
exclaimed
\k6-g\nuin-tdra
let the child (8405)
(
)
;

And

suck."

her elder

sprang out of the reeds

her elder sister, in this manner, came running her
elder sister caught hold of her, she tm-ning (her bodysister

on one side) gave her

said

am

" I

here

She (8406)

elder sister the child.

And

"

her elder sister allo^'ed

She said: "Thou must quickly

bring the child (again), while I am still conscious
the child to suck.

for,

I feel as

And

down."

if

my

thinking-strings would

fall

(8407)

her younger sister took the child upon

her back, she returned home; while her elder sister

went into the reeds.

And, near sunset, she
while she

felt that

her

went

her elder sister ; (8408)

to

was the one who

eldei' sister

had thus spoken to her about it; her elder sister

" Thou must quickly bring the child, for, I feel
said
:

as

if

I should forget you, while I feel that

I do (8409)

not know." And, her younger sister took the child

near sunset, she went to her elder sister, she stood.
She exclaimed: "0 \k6-g]nui'h-tdra let the child ( )(8410)
\

Her

suck."

elder sister sprang out of the reeds

ran up to her younger

her younger

of

"I

sister.

sister.

And

she

she caught hold

Her younger

said:

sister

"

She allowed the child (8411)

am here ( ) I am here
She said: "^Thou must quickly come
to suck.
(again) for, I feel as if I should forget you, (as if)
!

I should not any longer think of

you."

Her (8412)

* The name of the younger sisterof!*(5-^!MW-^ara was \xe-ddi-yde. (6547')

She was a

\j(wi-\\na-ss'6-\kui (one of the early race).

:!

90

(8412)

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLOKE.

lla,

Ife

Ha

llj^d-Opua

ha

llka;^ai

Ihiii

ha hd

Ine kiii:

He

Ine

Ikam

hd

hd

Ilka;i(;ai

ha

lla

Ine jkhe

" jkd-gjnuin-tara

ha

Ha

ha ll^a-Opua.

wwe

Ha

tfken

ll;^a-0pua

ha hd

e,

Ine jkuiten,

He, hi

Ine

n;

Ine sse sse

td,

Man \h6 jku,*

Ine llgwften

Hin

i,

hi

hi,

yaiiki

hd

Ine llgwiten.

jk'e

au Ikakaken e

Ine

(8417) kui, jkammi-ssi.

* Hi

llkuaii

e,

ka

tiken

e,

Han ha

u Ihouken-ggu, jgwai
tfken

tiken

au

jk'e ta

jgaue-li

e,

ha !kouki-0pua, han

lla

Hd

a !ko'uki-0pua.

Hd

Hd

e Ine jkoeta hi.

Ine jgabba, jkhe

He, ha ll;^a-0pua

jkoeten, au jk'e ta tiikaken e Ine jgabba,

!ku, llgwiten

a."

Ikix

i,

ta tiikaken

(8416) Ikakaken

ha +kdkka ha ll^a-0pua

Ind ka,

koa yajaki kkettau

ha

llkoo,

"N kaA

hd ka:

ssuken

Ine

ll^a-0pua ha Ine

(8415) kkfettau Ine tan n +eiina."

(841 5')

Ine

\nwa, ha hd, Ine jkuj^e jkhe ssa ha llj^a-0pua,

(8414) ha Ikhwa.

"A

ha

Ine llnau, jgaiie,

jkhwa kkwaken."

Ine Ikei

Hd

au ha

llj^a-0pud Ine Iktiiten,

Ine ttdi, ssa, ssa, ssa, ssa,

He, ha ha

ssa.

Ink

jnwa.

Ha
(8413)

Ine +i ii."

Ine llkei-llkho

ha jkoiiki-Opua hd

Ine (

) kiii

hd

Ine

" Ine ikouki

Id-tdra-ggu f Ine sse jkdeta hti."

!gaii6-li

ha Iku-g

sin |ku 4:kakkeii,

hi xoaken-ggiL

wi

ti e,

Ine

jku^e jkhe

hi uken-ggu

wa ha

|ne e jkoeten, jkoeta

tuken

lla

jne jho
;

tuka

Ine jgabba.

(8417')

Han

Ikii

!gwai le-tara

ka Igwai
a.

le-tdra,

au

iyuaiii

jyuain yai

a,

ha ka

THE WIFE OF THE DAWN's-HEAET

91

STAR,

yoTinger sister returned home, wliile she went into

the reeds.

Her younger

sister, on the morrow, she went

her elder sister ; she walked, coming, coming,
coming, coming, she stood. And she ( ) exclaimed: (8413)
"
let the child suck."
And her
\kd-ff\nuin-tdra

to

elder sister sprang out of the reeds, she ran

up

to her

younger sister, she caught hold of her younger sister.

Her younger sister, springing aside, gave her the
child.
Her younger sister ( ) said: "I am here! "(8414)
Therefore, she (the elder sister) spoke, she said to her

younger

sister:

"Thou must

not continue to come

me for, I do not any longer feel that I know."

And her younger sister ( ) returned home.
And they went to make a \ku * there (at the house).

to

(8415)

The men played with them, while the

They played.

women were those who clapped their hands, while

the men were those who nodded their heads, while
the women ( ) were those who clapped their hands (8416)
nodding his
yoimger sister-in-law, he laid
his hand on his younger sister-in-law (on her
shoulder).
Then his younger sister-in-law swerved
aside.
She ( ) exclaimed: "Leave me alone! your (8417)
wives, the old she-hyenas, t may clap their hands
for

them.

head, went

Then, the Dawn's-Heart,

up

to his

for you."

Then the Dawn's-Heart ran

to the

hyena

he took

* This is a dance or game of the Bushmen, which lAdre+tos'o

has not himself seen, but has heard of from Tuai-ah and ^Icqmmi,
two of Tsdtsi's wives. They used to eay that their fathers made
a

\krl

(and) played.

Their mothers were those

hands, clapped their hands for the

men

the

who clapped
men nodded

(8415')

their

their

heads.

She said [gwai \i-tdra from anger; anger was that on account (8417')
which she said [gwai \e-tdra.

j-

of

92

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN- FOLKLORE.

(8418) jgwai

han Iku-g

llk^n,

ti

Igwai

e,

han
(8419) au

ssiiken Ihin

ha

e,

ti

He
(8420)

Inii a,

hi

^au

jkui a

hah

han ddda Ix^ja

li,

llwkoen,

dd^a jkhejkhe

ha;

a,

Ikue,

!k:'6a

ta,

||kh6

i.

arrdko

u h^

tss'etss'd

Han ddda

Ikhelkhe ssin ha.

hd ddda

tss'etss'^

ha jko'uki-Opua dd6a
e laiti ss'o

[koiiki-Opudken hd ka:

+ka

ha ssin

ti

ddda

ssin ya.

la'itiken ssin

In^ ta,

tss'dra

au jgwai

ti e, laiti

jkhe jho ha, au

Iki

Ikk, tf sse

a ss'd ka,

llkuah sse

Iha kkettau likhda

au

I sse

lie

llneiii,

au Ihammi.

Iha,

"A

dd(5a

llk'oih

ya

Iha,"

114.

t -^* llkuan llkhoe-ss'o

He

tiken

e,

|ki|ki Ihin ui

jkaulkammi au ha lixuoHxuorieten, au han

ssin Iku-g Ine

kw&

Ha

llkuan
Iki,

lla

i,

au

au hin

lla,

ssin ine

Iki ha,

hah ddda Iku a

Ha

* llkuan

Ine

Ine ss'6,

ha jko'uki-Opua,

Ine li/ke

He, hah hd

(8422) sse antau

(8417')
(8418')

ha Iku

^a'uki

l;^ara,

llnd hi.

au

he ha ssin ddda

ss'o hi,

Iku-g Ine ssiiken Ihin

ha ddda

e,

ha.:|:

ti e,

ddda

ha jkouki-Opua ^auki ddoa

tss'etss'^ ssin

ssin

Ine Ik'oa, Ilka llkho,

ss'o.

!gaue-li

ssin ha,

(8421)

au jgwain Iku-g

hi,

au Ikaulkammin Iku-g

ssin

Han

+kdkka ha a
ti

lla

jkgtta hi.

Iku-g Ine

ss'd

ssiii

han Iku-g

sstiken Ihii,

+k^n,* hah Iku-g Ine

loe tte ssa

||ki, ti e,

au

ss'o;
!k'e

hail tatti,

au

han. tatti,

ha |ku

Ine

Iku-g jne jho jku, he ti'ken

^^
e,

ha

Ine

ka,

ha

ui tchuen.

ha ya'uki

|ne

ha ddoa |ku Ikainmainya Iko-glnuin-tara

ka tchuen.

(8421')

Au

hail tatti,

e jko-gjnuiii-tara

(8422')

Au han

ha

ssin Ihaiiss'o jgwai,

e.

tatti, llgii

Iku

au han

tatti,

ha +i,

ti

THE WIFE OF THE DAWN'S-HEAET

93

STAR.

aim (with, his assegai),* he ( ) pierced the place (8418)

where the hyena had been sitting,! while the hyena
sprang out, she trod, burning herself in the fire, while
while the ornaments remained at
she sprang away
;

the place where she

had been sitting, and where (8419)

She sprang away, while

she had been wearing them.

they remained.

And
in-law,

the Dawn's-Heart scolded his younger sister-

why was

it

that his younger sister-in-law had

quickly told him about it she had concealed (8420)

( )
from him about the hyena as if this was not why he
had seea that the woman had been sitting with her
back towards him, she had not been sitting with
her face towards him. She had been sitting with
her back towards ( ) him; the {i.e. his) wife had (8421)

not

been sitting with her face towards him. A different

person, she must be the one who was here, she had
And he said that
sat with her back towards him.J
his younger sister-in-law should quickly explain to
him about the place where the (his) wife seemed
" Thou (8422)
His younger sister-in-law said
) to be.
(
:

shalt wait, that the place

may become

light

for,

thou dost seem to think that (thy) wife is still like

will go to (thy)
that which she used to be.

We

wife,

when

the sun has come out."

* (He) brought himself to a stand (in order to take aim).

t She sat in the house, being afraid. Therefore, she took

(8417
off

(8418')

the bracelets from her wrists, while she desired that she might sit
She suspected
quietly; while she felt that she left the things.

that the people were making a IM (on her account), therefore she
did -not go to the Uii, while she felt that she had been wearing
\Ji6-g\nuin-tdra'' s things.

married the hyena, because he thought that

X Because he had
\h6-g\wiih-tdra.

it

(8421 ')

was

Because

it

was

night.

(8422')

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

94

H^

(8423)

tfken

e,

) lia

hd

ha jko'uki-Opua ddda

kiii,

tlken

(8424) ssuai Ikam

of

biirri, i sse Iki

03

e,

ti

bdrri,

lid

hi

ssudi

hd

Ine

ha

kd'i,

koa

jk'e kiiiten

au ha

Iha

llka;^ai

hah Iku-g
(8427) Ine

llnau,

hd

Ine

H^

Ikei bdrri

(8428) !kei(

(8429)

Ink

Ine sstiken Ihin jnwa,

ll^d-Opui., (

han

au

lla,

Igaue-li Ine Ikei

biirri.

laiti,

jk'e ta

kugen Iku-g

sse

au

Hah

laitiken

Ine llkdaken IkeV ha.

lla,

lla.

Ine Ini

au ha jkoiiki-Opud, l;^d-dd^->'6eten ll^amki

) laiti.

au

Haii hd

ssa.

Iktijj^e

Iku Ikoulkou Iki Ihih

)

Ine

jkhwa kkwaken."

bdrri; hih illkaueten

tssi;

ha ha

e,

!k'e kliitaken Ikelkei

ha ha3

(8424')
(8429')

han

Iki,

han

Ine llkhou llkua Ikhe

biirri.

lla

llk^;^ai Ihi, tssi,

tfken

han jkii^eya ha

Ike'i

ha

Ine jkhd, llnim ta

Ikuei

jkhe ha

llnirn

ha llk^^ai hd Iku-g

Ine

hah

biirri,

e,

Ine ssuai
03

llkaj^ai Iha,

sse

Ine a, Ik'a Ikhe burri.

tfken

H^

'

)kui: " Ikd-gjnuin-tara wvre

He

i.*
jho burri,
Ine ssuai
n
3

Hi

i.

sse

hi Ine lid jkhe

l^e-ddd-ydeten hd Ine lke ha

(8425)

(8426)

biirri,
I
II

biirri;

lla

f,

ti

He, hi

au Inwa.

biirri

bdrri au Iha."

lie

Ine ssuai Ikam

haD'

tfken

ddda

''I

Ine kiii:

ine

Hd

sse arrdko a hi ttdi.

ha !kouki-0pua hd

e,

Ine llnau Igaiie, lian

hih

+^umm

'

hah

Ine ssueh,
'

hah hd3

turuturu Ikauh Iho Ikdken au

* Hi llkuan lk4, burri
t Ikukgn e

ha

hih

jkd-gjnuih-tdra

He

Hih jkann +nohu Ikuken.f

Ine llnau,

b]irri,

Ine

kdi

tfken

e,

" XJ koa
O 3

h Inulnuhtu lelemmi

sse

Ikhe.

ssin ddi |ku-g!nuin,

i.

THE "WIFE OF THE DAWN'S-HEAET STAR.

95

Therefore, ( ) on the morrow, he said that his (8423)

younger sister-in-law must quickly allow them to go.
Then his younger sister-in-law said: "We ought to
drive, taking goats, that

wife."

we may take

goats to (thy)

Therefore, they drove, taking goats.

They (8424)

drove along goats, drove along goats ; they took the

goats to the reeds.
And they drove the goats to
a stand.*
\j(e-dde-yde'\ directed her ( ) elder sister's husband, (8425)
sister's husband should stand
behind her back, the other people must stand behind
her elder sister's husband's back, while she must
be the one to stand beside the goats. Then she
"
let the child (8426)
exclaimed
\Jc6-ff\num-tdra
( )

she said that her elder

suck."

Then her

elder sister sprang out of the reeds

in this mamier,. she running came.

had run

to

her younger

sister,

She,

she,

she

she perceived the (8427)

she turned aside to the goats.

goats,

when

She caught

hold of a goat. The Dawn's-Heart caught hold of

(his) wife, while the wife caught hold of the goat;
while his younger sister-in-law, \j(S-dd6-y6e, also took
All the people altogether caught (8428)
Other people were catching hold of the
hold of her.
goats; they cut the goats open, they took out the
contents of the stomach, they anointed \k6-g\huin-tdra
They, taking (8429)
stomachs.
) with the contents of the

hold of

the wife.

the hair { (from her skin). Therefore,

when she sat down, she said: " Te must, pulling,
leave the hair on the tips of my ears; for, in that
hold,

rubbed

* They left

ofE

might stand still. (8424')

"What the whole of \xi-ddi-y6e' s name

off (driving), in order that the goats

a young

girl.

t \}S
means, the narrator does not kno-w.
is

The

hair,

with which she had become a lynx.

(8429')

96

(8430)

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

t4,

hi e

He

tfken

au ha
(8431)

ii,*

td,

tiken

e,

jgaue-li

ha hd

M
(

ha ka

Ikaujkaun jkhd

ssiii

Ine

h4 Iku-g

ssa; hi

Iku-g Ine llkhda lltenliten.

jkiiiten

Ine Igattenjgktten,
Ik'e
;

ssa.

au ha
hd,

hd iku-g Ine llkhda lltenliten, au

K6ro-ggu ha Iku Ine Ihammiya, ki

au ha Ikuiten

Ha
ttai

Iku Ine

au hin td

tsa;^aita

ttdi ssa.

hi.

Iku ilnau, ha Ine

jhainmiya ki ssd ha, au ha tsa;^aiten

ha

Ikdken

hin e kg Ine

Ikiiken,

tsa;^a'ita

ssa tui."

iku-g Ine llkdn leya, ha ha Ilk^h

au Iguara, au ha

ttd,'iya,

yaiiki tan

ii

Ine turutiiru Ik'aun Iho

lelemmi,

a jnujnuntu lelemmi,

Hd

(8432)

hd

tiiken

e,

jnujiiuiitu

Ikui'ten ssa,t
ssi

ssa tui,

ti e,

hd, Ine

ssa ha,

ssa.

In order to throw more light upon that portion

the

of

story of

\k6-g\nuin-tdra

which

is

contained

in the version here given, the following extract is

supplied from page 11 of Dr. Bleek's " Second Eeport

Bushman Researches ",

concerning

Town,

in

printed at Cape

1875:

" Dawn's-Heart " (the star Jupiter) has a

daughter, who is identijied with some neighbouring
star preceding Jupiter (at the time when we asked, it

"The

was Eegulus or Alpha Leonis). Her name is the

^'Dawn's-Heart-child," and her relation to her father
He calls her "my heart,"
is somewhat mysterious.
he swallows her, then walks alone as the only
*

(8430')

^^^

l'^^

Inulnuntu.

(8431')

t
|i,

2^^

*% ^^ ya'uki ssa tiii, au Ikiiken ka ku wa jkojkoa a

t(kii e, gwai sse kwe Ikuken kuiten a jnulnuntu.

He

Ikweiten Iku ine lya, au jgwai-ggu e ddi jywainya ha

hin iiik6wa

iaiti.

THE WIFE OP THE DAWN's-HEART

manner
as

if

I shall

come

husband), pulling

off,

her

which

ears, that hair

ears,

to hear

should hear." *

for, I

Therefore,

left
is

97

STAR.

do not feel (8430)

the

man

(her

the hair on the tips of

thus

-f

on the

tips of

the

standing on the top of them.

Therefore, the Dawn's-Heart used,

(8431)

when he was

returning home, J to put an arrow on the bow, he

walked, sticking the end of his assegai into the
ground, as he returning came.
His eyes were ( ) (8432)
large, as he came walking along
they resembled fires.
;

The people were

afraid of

him

as

he came, on account

of his eyes; while they felt that his eyes resembled

he came walking along. The jackals were

afraid of him, as he returniag came.

fires,

as

Dawn's-Heart Star, and, when she is grown up,

he spits her out again. She then herself becomes
another (female) Dawn's-Heart, and spits out another
Dawn's-Heart-child, which follows the male and
female Dawn's-Heart.
The mother of the latter,
the first-mentioned Dawn's- Heart's wife, was the
Lynx, who was then a beautiful woman, with a
younger sister who carried her digging-stick after
her.
The Dawn's-Heart hid his child under the
leaves of an edible root (\Missi), where he thought
that his wife would come and find it.
Other animals
and birds arrived first, and each proposed herself
to the Dawn's-Heart-child as its mother; but they
* She said that she should not hear, if all the hair were ofi (8430')
Therefore, her husband should leave the other hair on

her ears.

her ears.

t Holding up two

fingers.

He

always (henceforth) did thus, because the hyenas had made

J
bis heart angry, they had poisoned (his) wife.

(8431

')

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

98

were

mocked

recognized

its

at

by the

own.

child,

mother.

imtil

Among

at

the

last

it

insulted

animals were the Jackal and the Hyena, who, to

revenge themselves, bewitched the mother (Lynx)
with some poisoned " Bushman rice " (so-called " ants'
eggs"), by which means she was transformed into
a lioness.
I a the dark, the Hyena tried to take her
(the Lynx's) place in the hut, on the return of the
Dawn's-Heart ; but the imposture was made known
to

him by

his sister-in-law.

to stab the

She
it

of

fled,

Hyena with

The Dawn's-Heart

tried

his assegai, but missed her.

putting her foot into the

fire,

and burning

The bewitched wife was enticed out

the reeds by her younger sister, and then caught

severely.

by her brothers, who pulled off the lion skin, so that

she became a fair woman again. But, in consequence
of having been bewitched by "Bushman rice," she
could no longer eat that, and was changed into a lynx
who ate meat. This myth, which contains many
minor, and some beautiful incidents, is partly given
in the form of a narrative, and partly in discourses
addressed by the Dawn's-Heart to his daughter, as
well as in speeches made by the Hyena and her
parents, after her flight home."

III'/.

Other Myihs.

"

SPECIMENS OP BUSHMAN FOLKLOBE.

100

Ilia. 34.
L.

THE SON OF THE WIND.

who heard

{Related, in April, 1878, hy lhan+kass'6,

from

it

his

mother, lxabbi-an.)

jkhwe tan hd 6a Iku +gou-wa.

(6687)

Han hd

Ina-ka-ti,

(6688) ho

He

"

ttau ho

(6689) ho

ti

Hd

"

ttau ho

!n|-ka-ti ( )

hin

ta

ha

jna-ka-ti

e,

Han hd

Ike,

jkwi Ikdn Ike;

au ka

(6691) ine llgebbita ha."

llkiiaii

llgebbita

jjkuan ssho 6a e;

(6688')

"

Ine kiii:

o jk'e kuiten.

He

Ilkuarriten Iku

tfken

wwe

Ik^ii

ta,

ssin
)

kwan

Hd

ha au

e,

l^o hi hi.

ta,

wwe

ttau

ti

llkuarrl.

e, ssi

Ine

Ine

n ^auki ddda

ha

Ike,

ha ;^da ha

Hkyaii

ddda

kwan

ssin

e,

e, ssi-g

I,

Ta,

Ine !kwi

hii

wwe

Ikdn ddda [kwi n

Iken Ike;

llkuarri ||kuan

tfkgn

Una

Ita'u

llgebbita ha.

ssften Ine ta, ssi ssin lxa H^^koeu

He

wwe

Nan ttuttu ha ^da au

ine

n ^auki ddda jkwl

jkwi Ikdn

"

" jna-ka-ti

Ikwiya ke, Iken a ke, ha Ike;

/ggg-n

" Iken

ttau

Ikiikko Ike.

wwe

ha ^aiiki +en-na ha

tatti,J

a jkhwe, haii a ka

H^'tiken

(6690) Ike;

kui

Ine

jna-ka-ti

e,

Ine llgebbita *

" Ina-ka-ti

ha

" au Ina-ka-tfken
O
3

Hd

Ike.

kui

lue

He,

^,

au ka-g
Ine kiii

ti e,

llkuarri

Ine llgebbiten-i,

o jkui a

au

i,

kd I^S ttwai-i

ta llgebbitgn-), au llkuarri.

ssi ta !x6e.

Hin. Iku Ihauwa,

Ssften yauki hi hi

ta,

ikii

!khe

ta.

Igaiiokgn Ike |ku

e.

THE SON OF THE WIND.

101

Ilia. 34.
L.

THE SON OF THE WIND.

The (son
he rolled *

"0

of the)
(a

ball)

Wind was
to

formerly

\m-ka-ti.

And

still.

He
And

(6687)

exclaimed

There it goes!"
{na-ka-ti
( )(6688)
comrade! There it goes!" because
\na-ka-ti felt that he did not know his (the other
"
one's) name. Therefore, \na-ka-ti said
comrade
There it goes " He who was the wind, he was the
one who said: "
\nq-ka-ti
There it goes "
(6689)
( )
Therefore, \na-ka-tt\ went to question his mother
"0 our
about the other one's name. He exclaimed
mother
Utter for me comrade who is yonder, his
name for, comrade utters my name ( ) I do not (6690)
utter comrade's name.
I would also utter comrade's
name, when I am rolling (the ball) to him. For,
I do not utter comrade's name I would also utter his
name, when I roll (the ball) to him." ( ) Therefore, (6691)
\na-ka-ti\

"0

exclaimed:

* Rolled (a ball
been WkuArri
(a

of) \\kudrr\ to

for,

Wkudrri

when we wish

ball),

man

is

him.

I think that

to aim, seeing ourselves,

aims better than the other people.

it

we

that with which

must hare ^6687')

are

rolling

whether ("6688')

Therefore,

we

are

rolling (a ball) with ttiudrri.

Wkudrri

is

found in our country.

Therefore, the porcupine eats them.

They stand

in

numbers around.

"We do not eat them

for they

are poison.

t The name \nd-ka-U IhaA^kass'o was unable to explain. He (6689')

it must have been given by the parents, as [nd-ka-ti

thinks that

was

still

a child.

He

further stated that the

word

\na is the

name

an insect which resembles the locust. It is large, and also

resembles the Aeridium, rufioorne. It is red. It affects the eyes of
Their eyes become closed and they writhe with
the Bushmen.
pain on account of the burning caused by this insect.
of

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLOEE.

102

"N

kan

(6692) sse +kampua

Ikwiya ha Ike

Ike,

jkwiya ha a Ike

Ike Ike, a

(6694) jkhwe

H^

sse Iku ssa

ha

ha ^6a, han

lla

au jkiikko

j^da,

He

ha

hd

y(5a

He

tlken

(6697) llgebbita
hail

e,

tiltti e,

) Ine

han
ha

tdtti e,

tiken

e,

han

ll;^a,

ha ha

Ine

ll;^a,

Ine llaA ttiittu

" i^rriten-lkuan-lkuan ke

+goTiwa

Ine

Han ha Ine

lla, i.

Han ka

Iku Han

) Ikl,

Ike ike.

koa Iku a

Ikd

han

e l^rriten-!kuan-!kuan."

o33
e,

hin Iku-g Ine

lla,

ha ^6a a ssin Ikueida ha.

Ikii

tiken

au a

koa

Ikhe, a

yii

au han ^auki jkwi jkiikko

33

H6

Ine

au ka jkwiya ha a

lue

koa
Ikwi
^^
OD yauki ssan Ihammaki,
(6698) ihariima

n a jkwiya

han e Idrriten-jkuan-jkuan

Ina-ka-ti

llnSlIni,

H^

i.

Ine kiii

e !gau-!gaubu-tl

e,.

Ike.

!g|xi-!gauhu-ti ki e,

(6696)

H^

le llnein

jkhwa ha Iku-g

e,

llan llgebbita llnellini,

(6695) hail

<5a

Iku ssan ttchu ki tt|i 4."

hin

ti

hi llnein,*

a ssd Ine ilnau, au ka

e,

) ssaii Ilnau,

sse

llnein.

koa ssan Iku ku, iuhunnin

Iku jku^e llnein

Ikii

a koa ssa Ine Ilnau, au

IkS,

ko|

Ike Ike, a

Hd

i.

llj^^ouwa

"wei

11;^^^

Ta, a

Ike Ike.

+kam0pua

+karii0pua; da sse

(6693) ha a

hk

yaiiki sse jkwiya

jkwi

"A

koa
03

Iki,

au

ssa
Ike.

7o3

a ssan Ilnau, au a Ikwiva Ike Ike, a koa

7

ssan Ikii-g Ine jkii^e llnein

au a

tatti e,

jkhwe Iku

ttchu ki ttdi
ssan
a."
3
3

(6699)

Hd

ti'ken

) e,

jnd-ka-ti

ha

Ine

lla, i

hiii Ine Ikii

Han llgebbita HnSlIni, au .Ikiikkoken Iku a jkwiya

(6691')

* Hi llku^n
sb'o

6a

|k^ ||k|

Ikl

ka

Hneiii,
llnein.

han

Ilnau, ti e,

HneiA 4:anni.

Hi

Ike.

||ku|ii

THE SON OF THE WIND.

mother exclaimed:

liis

"I

not

will

103

utter

to

thee

comrade's name.

may

first

first (

must,

And
And

strongly shelter the hut.f

utter for

when

For, thou shalt wait; that father

shelter for us the hut * that father may

comrade's name.

thee

then I will (6692)

thou shalt,

I have uttered for thee comrade's name, thou

when

am

the one

who has uttered for thee

when I have uttered (6693)
( )

comrade's name, thou must,

name, thou must scamper away,

thou must run home, that thou mayest come into
the hut, whilst thou dost feel that the wind ( ) would (6694)
blow thee away."
for thee comrade's

Therefore, the child went

went

they (the two children)

Therefore, he (\na-ka-ti)

to roll (the ball) there.

again, he

went

he went

to

question his mother about the other one's name.

And his mother exclaimed: " \4rriten-\kuan-\kmn

it

is

to his mother,

\gau-\gquhu-ti

He

it is.

\gm-\gaubu-ti, he

is

he

again,

Writen-\kuan-\kuah

(6695)

he

is \4rriten-\kuah-\kuan.''^

(6696)
on account of it. He
went to roll (the ball) there, while he did not utter
the other one's ( ) name, while he felt that his (6697)
mother was the one who had thus spoken to him.
She said: "Thou must not, at first, utter comrade's
name. Thou must, at first, be silent, even if comrade
be the one who ( ) is uttering thy name. Therefore, (6698)
thou shalt, when thou hast uttered comrade's name,
thou must run home, while thou dost feel that the
wind would blow thee away."
Therefore, ( ) \na-ka-ti went on account of it (6699)
they went to roll (the ball) there, while the other was
(

) is

Therefore, \na-ka-ti went

* They had a hut

a mat
t

the hut

was

small.

They probably had (fi691')

hu.t.

That

is,

make

a strong screen of bushes for the

mat hut.

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

104

Au
(6700) au

han

He,

llnein.

ssuen, h^

ha

ha

e,

tiken

ha 6a

ka,

ha ha

e,

(6702) juhuiinin

ban
Ine

Ik'ui,

jkhe,

"

H^

hih

ti

e,

(6704)

k6a

jk'e

lln^illnei,

H6

jk'au.

llnein

ta

H^

tiken

Ine

!ku;i(^e

he Ikiikko ha

ttchii

e,

Ha

ha Iku-g

Ine kui

ho

jgau-

Ine kxii,

llnein;

au

Ine ttktten

jkou.

lue iu,nna,

l^wai, hi ta 0h6ken,

ha ^6a ha

Ine lo'uwi,

Ine

Ihiii

ssa

hho ha

au

au
ha
Ine

Ha

jf6aken ha

Ine

kkwe

ttiii.

H^

e,

ilnau

Ikhwe hd
ha

e l;^am-ka-!k'e, ssi

llkuaii ta ta

llnein

tiken

au jkhwe ssin Ihamm

ka

au

He, ha ha

ti hiii e, ssf

" Ikhwe

(6704')

ttati

au Ik'^ten ha ^a'uki

Ikann Ikw'ai Iho ha.

(6706)

ha ha

e,

wwe

Iln6illnei,

Ike,

liakoen, tf e,

He, ha ha Iku-g

lla,

Ine

Ine jkann jkw'ai !h6 ha.

(6705) ddwaiiten, ha

ss'up,

* ha jj;6aken ha Ine ssan, jkann

^6aken ha

ha 6a

e,

Ine +nais8i ll;^enll;^en juhita

jkhw^ten ha iku-g Ine

hiii

Ine

han Iku-g

llgwi

llgwiya au llnSn.

au llnmn, hin

ttau ho

Han ha

i.

ha

llnau,

Ikiikkoken ha Ine tt'uara

(6703)

ll;j^6u

lljfdu

jkukko

Ine !kwi

I^rriten-!kuan-!kuan

wwe

!gaubu-ti

ti

lliikoen,

Ine

ha da

e,

+kamOpua

sse

<5a

Ine jhou,

Ine llj^ou llgwi

" Ttaii ho

ha

ha

Ine liakoen, tf

He

(6701)

ha

tatti e,

yan |ku

ta,

ha

!khe,

au

yaiiki

ta,

ine kiii,

Ik'aun

jk'tii.

tii-g Ind ta:

ttamOpua

lian tatti hi-hi e

ttchiii.

ikhwe.

THE SON OF THE WIND.

who

the one

uttered his (\nd-/ca-ti's) name.

"While he
he wished that his father should

(\na-ka-ti) felt that

making the

finish

first

(when)

105

for the hut.

shelter

he saw that his father

And

down, then he (6700)

(
would, afterwards, utter the other one's name, when
he heheld that his father had finished sheltering
)

sat

the hut.
Therefore,
finished

" There
goes

sheltering

goes

it

to

beheld that his father had (6701)

hut, then he exclaimed:

the

There it
There it goes " And he
while the other (6702)
) away, he ran home
lean over, and the other one fell down.
\ernten-\kua'h-\kuan

\gqu-\grqubu-ti

scampered
one began

He

when he

lay kicking violently

upon

There- (6703)
fore, the people's huts vanished away, the wind blew,
)

the vlei.*

breaking their (sheltering) bushes, together with the

huts, while the people could not see for ( ) the dust. (6704)
Therefore, his (the wind's) mother came out of the
hut t (i.e. of the wind's hut)
his mother came,
;

grasping (him), to raise him up

(him), set

him on

(and) wanted to

And

his feet.
lie

still.

his mother, grasping

hold (of him), set him on his

he was unwilling,
His mother, taking (6705)

Therefore, the

feet.

wind became still while the wind had, at first, while

he lay, caused the dust to rise.
Therefore, we who are Bushmen, we ( ) are wont (6706)
" The wind seems to be lying down, for,
to say
For,
it does not gently blow (i.e. it blows strongly).
;

when

it

stands

stands (upright), then

for,

it

it

seems to be lying

when
down, when

is

still,

it
it

* A depression in the ground, sometimes dry, sometimes covered

with coarse grass and rushes, and sometimes filled with water.
it felt that they themselves (6704')
f Her hut remained standing, while
were wind.

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

106

Ta, ha ka

hd
(6707)

(6708)

jkhe, hin

ha ta

jkhe; ta,

au ha ta;

Vdike,

ha

llnau,

au ha

ta,

ta,

ta,

ha ttchu-ttchu ttenya

ti

Ike kie,

i ssaii

dd<5a ssin

ki leya

\j(h

hi, i ssan ttai

ssan llkaiten

ssin

H^

tiken

jke

llko'in,

Inuan a

Ta,

au

Iki wa'i

XiM.

ila

au wai, au

e a.

ti

llnun jkhe.

Ike,

ddda tlamOpua i^aa wdi au

>'auki

Ha

Ikueita.

au

i,

llwkoen, Iwka Ike, llnun jkhd.

Ikhw^ten

wai ddda

e,

llk;6wa,

ha Inuan kwan lke.

ha ka

e,

Ta,

^; ta,

ti

dd<5a

e a."

ti

.Ikhwe.

ikhw^ten* hd da

(6709)

dda,

ha Iku-g

he,

ll^o'ui,

Iku-g Ine

ha ha da
(6711)

llgebhiten-i

hd

e,

ha Iku-g

Han

e jkui.

ll;J^ouwa tin,

he

e,

He

Ihinlhin

ta ixi a.

e,

ha |ku-g

Ine

e,

ha

tlken e,

ta,

lii

jk'e

han Iku-g

hi,
i.

He, ha

jko

Ihiii l:i;

Ijkuan. |ku e

yauki

tatti

hi

Henna jkdu ka

au Ikhw^-Qpuaken

tchtii,

Ta,

kau

Ine

Ine ssa,

ha

tatti

jtliwe.

:j:kakka

Ine

e,

Ine

ha

He

ke jkhwS

tlken

ddl llgdrriten-ti

+kakka ke jkhwe-Qpua.
Jthwe llkuan ha 6a e jkui han Iku-g Ine ddi
ta,

hi |ku

tiken

He

jkui.

Ine jkiiiten,

6a tchui

hi llkuan tchui.

xoaken-ggu;

(6695')

ss'o

H^

he ha Iku-g

Ine jkagen

* ilitwe-Opua llkuan
liken-ggu Ijkuan

au han ^auki

han llkuan l^ai; au han

Ine

hi

da

ddi

Ine

ha Iku-g

ta,

Una Ikou.

Iku-g Ine

He, ha Iku-g

tfken

Ine llxoui,

Opuoin hi; he, ha

(6709')

Ine

Iku-g

Ine ll^oui,

ttai

(5a

Han ha

ll;^6ui.

e,

jku.

(6712)

ha ha

e,

ti

Han

jkui.

He, ha Iku-g

llgerriten-ti.-t-

(67.10) ine

|ne ixaukgn |eta ixi-

Ha

ttu

||gerriten-ti.
e,

ssiten Ine

THE WIND.
does in this manner.

107

knee

which makes
knee does (6707)
(
sound.
I had wished that it might gently blow
for us, that we might go out, that we might ascend
the place yonder, that we might behold the river
bed yonder standing behind (the hill).
For, we
have driven away the springbok from this place.
Therefore ( ), the springbok have gone to yonder (6708)
(dry) river bed standing behind (the hill).
For,
we have not a little shot the springbok at this place
for, we have shot, letting the sun set,* at the springbok at this place."

when

a noise,

Its

lies

it

down;

is

that

for

) its

The Wind.
The Wind t {i-e. the Wind's son) was formerly
man. He became a bird. % And he was flying,
while he no longer walked, as he used to do
for,
he ( ) was flying, and he dwelt in the mountain
(that is, in a mountain hole).
Therefore, he was
flying.
He was formerly a man. Therefore, he
was formerly rolling (a ball); he was shooting;
while he felt that he was a person. He ( ) became
a bird
and he was flying, and he dwelt in a
mountain's hole. And he was coming out of it, he
And he came
flew about, and ( ) he returned to it.
to sleep in it
and, he early awaking goes out of it

(6709)

(6710)

(6711)

(6712)

* Literally, " having put in the sun."

f The young wind blew, while the young wind
fathers seemed formerly to have blown

Therefore, they blew.

the wind's parents

for,

/girOflM

they were the wind.

For the people did not

they merely talked to

for,

(6708 ')
felt that its

tell

me about

me

about the

young wind.
he became a bird. Therefore, /gggg^'j
J The Wind was formerly a person
he is tied up in stuff. His skin is that which we call stuff.
;

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

108

ll;^^ou

(6713)

ha

ttai, ll^a,

au han

Ikiiiten,

tatti

Ine ha, ttin, ttin,

He, ha

e,

Added ly

ha

Una,

He

ll;;^;a,

ha
ha

ha Ikuiten.

hi.

ka

6a +kakka ke Ikhwe, au

Ine e

Han

Jacob Kotz^.*

Ihti,

Ilkuan ka j^oe a, ha 6a Ina jkhwe

au l^amka ha Iken

\\j(&,

Ihan+kass'o.

lls;6o-ka-lkui ilkuan Iku a,

(6714) han Iku

ha Ine

ha ssa Opuoih

Ine ll^a,

Ine

ha llkuai lkua.

ttin,

ttin,

He, ha

ttai.

ll;^ou

a,

hd e Haarfontein f
;

+koa^a

au ha

Ike e, Ihu

e-g Ine jkwl hi, hin Ine e Haarfontein.

(6715)

llg6o-ka-!kui
Ikou.

H6

tiken

H6

tiken

e,

Ini

ha hd

e,

ka ikuerrelkuerre
(6716)

Ine

He

e.

jkhwe ha

Ikhw6ten Iku-g Ine Ikam

a Ikhwe.

jkhwe, au Haarfontein ta

Ine Ik'aiten-i Ikhwe,

Ikhwe ha Iku-g

^auki

Ik'au,

Ine

(6717) hA ka, ll^ou

jkhweten Man

u.

he Ikhwe ha Iku-e Ine Ikhwi

Ine Ikhwi,

i.

ttamOpua tchui;

au han

Ikhw6ten Iku-g Ine Ikam

au han

hd,

ka, Ik'aiten-

Ik'au,

au Ikhw6ten

le

Ikou ka

jkii,

Ikhweten ^auki

Ine

ttaihOpua tchui.

He, ha Iku-g
(6714')

Ine

* Jacob Kotzeten
f

Ihammi Ikam

e Ikuara.

Haarfontein ta jkauiikaken

llneiu;

han Iku-g

6a Una " Hartus Kloof

ha Ini 'khwe, i.

Han
e,

lla

".

THE WIND.

109

away, again, he flies away. And lie again

returns, while he feels ( ) that he has sought food, (6713)
And he eats, about, about, about, about, he again
returns.
And he, again, comes to sleep (in) it.
[That this curious belief, that the wind now wears
the form of a bird, was even lately in active existence

he

flies

among the Bushmen, the following

will

suffice to

show:
Smoke's Man* was the one who formerly spoke
to me about the wind, when he was still living
with his ( ) master, Jacob Kotze.f He said that (6714)
the place at which he had seen the wind was
Haarf ontein % while its Bushman name is ^Jcod^^d
while its name (by) which the Europeans call it, is
Haarf ontein.
Smoke's Man ( ) espied the wind at Haarfontein's(6715)
mountain.
Therefore, he was throwing a stone at
the wind, while he believed (it) to be a \kuerre\kuerre
And the wind burst on account
(a certain bird).
Therefore, the wind did ( ) not blow gently (6716)
of it.
the wind raised the dust, because he had thrown
;

stone at the

wind.

The wind raised the dust,

The wind went into
and the wind burst; the wind (6717)

while the wind flew away.

a mountain's hole,

did not gently blow.

And he (Smoke's Man), being afraid, went home;

he went to sit under the hut's bushes, while he
*
("

or " Witbooi Tooren",

\\ff6o-fca-\kui,

Oud

\hah^7cass'6

a Bastaard. He used to live at " Hartus Kloof ". ('6714'^

mountains in which he saw the Wind.
the bushes broken off and used to make a shelter for the /'6717^

t Jacob Kotze

is

J Haarfontein's
i.e.

how to hunt springbok;

when "Witbooi" was still a child.

used to teach "Witbooi"

being already grown up

was the son of IIMoJio /6713')

Jaatje Tooren ") and his wife, Ucudbba-an (" Oude Lies ").

mat hut.

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

110

(6718)

Ine Man, Ikuiten ssin llnein,

au han yaiiki

au !gS.

III,

jg^iten Iku-g Ine

IkMten

liaA Iku-g hie

(6719)

inl

au

!gei,

IkMten

han Iku-g
ll;^oull^ou,

(6720)

ys.b.

ha kkuh
ll;^arra,

(6721)

H^

He, ha

ss'o.

H^

le.

Iku a sse-g Ine Iki

H^

tfken

e,

;^6aken Iku-g Ine

'f^*^

hiii e,

tfken

e,

llkii|n

ila

ha

ka Iku

ha
Iki

Wa

f,

"na

ss'o

au han

Man
a,

hah

Ine

tatti,

hah

lii,

au han

Ihorro,

;^(5a

tdtti, !i

au han

ha Iku-g

Ine

tdtti,

hah

Ine ll^a,

sse Iku a-g Ine Iki

Ikiiiten ssih,

Hah

Ihdrro.

Hd

Iku-i; Ine

hah

ilria,j

Ine

;^6a Jku-g Ine tdbbatabba,

ha

Ila

tfken

Hd

ha, a ha.

lleiin

e,

sse Iku tteh.

!ulii !kliS, ti e

tfken

+ka, [kuara ka

ss'o jgei

Hx^X'^ f

au jgeiten Ine jkhou jkhe.

jhQ, jkuara.

ha Iku-g

ha.

llkuan Iku 6a e Ikhwa,

t Tal^loa

llgwaiya ha

ha Iku ssah
au

jgei ( )

" wachter " ka-g Ine

jkhS Igei ilx^xu

t

au

) e,

han ka, ha

Ikuiten ss'o, au

(6721')
(6722')

Ine jhou,

Ine

Ikhiten ssih llnein, au ha j^6a a tabba

llah,

kku

sse

au hah ka,,ha

He

ha a ha.f

ha Iku-g

ine Ikuiten ss'o,

ti'ken

(6T22) au ha juhi llkho ssa

('6720')

ha

e,

Ine

ha kkuii

tatti,

tfken

ha yauki

tdtti,

Ikuiten Iko ss'o llnein ta

Ine Ikuiten ss'o,

au han

Ikoi

au

e,

au han ka, jk'au

llan Ikuiten ssih,

(6723)

tfken

jgeiten jkiiiten ssa,

au han

juhi llkho ssa !gei,*

llkoih Ine

ssa,

He

jk'au.

ss'o

ss'o

Ine

>

jgei.

e,

ha

He

korohi Ine

ti
i

THE WIND.
did not

look to the

Ill

The sheep* by (6718)

sheep.

themselves, the sheep returning came, while he sat

under the
not

(hut's) bushes; while

he

Therefore,

sheep

the

perceive

went

he

felt that

on- account
to

of

he did

the

dust.

under the (hut's) (6719)

sit

bushes, while he desired that the dust should settle

under the (hut's) bushes, sat close

under the hut's sheltering bushes, while he felt that
while he felt that the
he sat warming himself
Therefore,
he sat under the (6720)
place was cold.
(
)
(hut's) bushes, while he felt that he sat warming
himself. And he afterwards arose, he drove bringing
to the kraal, while he felt that the sun
the sheep
had set. Therefore ( ) he again, he went to sit (6721)
under the (hut's) bushes, while he wished that his
mother should be the one to bring him food.J
Therefore, he came to sit under the (hut's) bushes,
when he had brought the sheep ( ) to the kraal. (6722)
He went to sit under the hut's bushes, while his
mother who worked there, she would be the one
Therefore, he sat under the
to bring him food.
(hut's) bushes, while he desired that he might lie
down.
Therefore, ( ) his mother worked (and) worked, (6723)

for him,

he

sat

"f"

*The

"Africander" sheep (those with the thick tails) will (6718')

home alone; while the "Va'rland" sheep
do not return home alone, but remain where they were left.
Wod is the name for " Va'rland " sheep, or " Moff ".
ysi is the name for "Africander" sheep, "Kaap Schaap."
{{hah^Jcass'o says) return

The sheep stand upon a bare (unenclosed)

sheep.

side of the sheep

the

has his hut) on this

wagon stands on that

(the opposite) side of

the sheep, while the sheep stand between.

t He was (at that time) a child.

Worked

place, the Bastaard's

{i.e.

Therefore, the shepherd dwells

at the master's, the Bastaard's.

(6720')

(6721')
(6722')

112

SPECIMENS OP BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

han Iku-g

Iku-g Ine ha ho, he hd 0pu(5iiiii,

(6724) au han

dkken

ha.

Kotze

Iha,

+kAkken

hi.

Una

Bastaard Ike

tatti e,

Slllaken a

au

han

<5a

llkuan yauki jkou

jkou

ha,

d,kkeii

Jacob

tdtti e, l^am-ka-lkui, Ike e;

Iten ta Iku .Ikauin

l;^am.

Ine tten;

da Una ha.

Silla,

^u u

ha a hi

ha, e

Jacob Kotzd, bin

han

e,

(5a

hi.

Ilia. 35.
L.

+ZAGAEA.*
{Bictated, in 1879, ly |han.+kass'5,

who heard

it

from

his

maternal

grandmother, ^ikammi, and, after her death, from his mother,

Jxabbi-ai.)

Hi

(8637)

ban

h6a

hd

6a,

Ine llah +ni

ha

he,

(8638)

IlkTiah

+kagdra ha 6a +;^amma ha

ha

ban

Ine Iki jkuita,

Ine llan +ni ha,

au Ibaunu f
;

au ha ;^daken-ggu.

jbaunu Ine jubatten ha jkhwi, han ha

lln^n

Ikdo.

Ikuakaken ha ssuen-ssufen ssa

akken

hin Iku ssuaitau

llkd hi,

+kagdraken hd ka

(8639)

ll;^a-0piia,

"A

Ikuagen e ^auki

ii-iii.

kod, ttai."

Ha

ll^a-

Opudken ha

ttdi tau li/kudn tchuen, gwa'i ta tchueh.

Han hd

"A

ka:

kod

ttdi

ta ilnein ^auki jMn."

* Kwaritgn Ijkuan e; yani-Qpuaken |ku i; han

(8637')

|ne ||ke||keya

kuru-llk^i'tau.
t !kui llkuafi e
e.

Ha

jkhgagen

Ike ||ke||keya

i.

" sloete" a

N +i,
i

ti

e, Iklioa

ka

ta ssuai Ihii ha,

luerriya, he lxatn-ka-!k'e Ine ta, Ihaulhaun,

I.

!gi;;^a ss'o

au

6a

Inunu, e

+KifGi(RA

motlier brought

his

up

this little food,

the Bastaards
liberally.
liberally,

she

was

Bushman

AND IHAUNU.

him

113

he ate

Therefore,

food.

he lay down; while he

felt that

are not accustomed to give food (6724)

"Silla" was the one who gave food

Jacob Kotz^'s wife, while she felt that
a

Bushman (woman)

We

(language).

she

speaks

the

used, being satisfied, to

leave the food which

she gave to us.

I used to
with her (i.e. at her place). Silla (and) Jacob
Kotze, they are those with whom I used to live.

live

Ilia. 35.
L.

^kagara* and ihaunu, who fought

'each other with lightning.
They formerly,

formerly went to fetch his (8637)

went
younger sister, he
to take her away; he went
and he took (her)
to take her away from \haunu f
back to her parents.
[haunu gave chase to his brother-in-law, he (8638)
( )
+^fflyara

passed along behind the

hill.

The clouds came, clouds which were unequalled in

beauty (lit. " clouds which not beautiful like them ")
they vanished away.
^kdgdra said: J "Thou must walk on." ( ) His (8639)
younger sister walked, carrying (a heavy burden of)
*

A bird

(it)

is; a little bird (it) is; it resembles tbe

Zanius ('8637')

CoUaris (a Butcber-Bird).
j-

A man

(it) is

the Eain

(it) is.

I think that a Eain's Sorcerer

His name resembles (that

blow out of our nose, which

(he) seems to have been.

which we are used to

which the Bushmen call \hau\hauh.
X To his younger sister.

of)

the mucus

is

thick, that

(8638')

114

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

Ihaunu ha llnun hoa.

Ikuakaken Iku ssuen-ssufen

(8640)

Ikuakaken

Bsa,

Iku

llgwillgwi ssin.

+kagdraken ha ka

He, ha

ll^koen."

han hA
(8641)

Han hd
hi

Iku

Han hd

Ttdiiya!"

"

TssMe ^a ddoa

e,

Ine jka

ssa ha.

ll;^i

a ddoa l^kuan

" *

He
(8642)

Ine kiii

ta,

ttai,

lid Ine, tatti, llnein Ine llkhou jliin,

" Tt&ija

koa

ha Ilj^d-pu4; ha il^^-Opuaken Ine

Ine kiii

"A

tlken

Ine ttdro

Ha

jkhwi.

jkhwi Ine

kui,

Ikii

Ha

Han ha

jkhwin

"A

ka:

koa

ha

ttdi

i;

ll;;5;^ukaken

Ine Iku Ik'auwi

llkhabbe(t),:j:

Han

jkhwi ine ll^amki jk'auwi ha.

(8643) a Ikhwi.

han

jkhe d Inulniitu;

Ihaunu ha Ine Ikhamma,

e,

d,

ha
ha

Ine kiii, llkhabbe(t),

Ine llxamki batten ha.

ii^ki

Ika Ikhe ssa

a llkuah Iku a llwkoen, Ihan yaiiki a hi ll^k^

n;

ta,

ta,

ha

yauki Ikwailkwai batten."

Hin hd

(8644)

* Tohuen

(8641')

luaita ki Ha

e laiti

IkaAmainya

jhaunu ddda ka,

hi Ikagen.
hin

hi,

hg,

||ke||keya Ikhoa; hin e

lyuS, herri-t ha; au hin tatti, hi ya'uki |uern'ya, hin Ine i^ua, ||nun
ta

ha tsin^u.
f jhaunun a

(8642')

Han

Ine Ihin a Inujnutu,

Hxauken

Ikhanima au ha ka tchuen,

au

+kagara

haii ka, Ikhainma.

i^i^a,

i.

J llkuan llxarra ha jkhwi.

Jlxarrallxarra llkuaii

(8644') jjxtoa
jku-kko

llku|n
llku.

a,

hi ta

Ha

g,

au

ka

Ik'e kui'ten jgw,-I hi Ikagen.

(

hi

km,

I|;^arra-

jkhi S llku, au hi llxarra

llkuan llxarra jku-kko jkhweitgn.

+kXgXra and

He

things, (her) husband's things.

"

Thon must walk on

for,

115

IhaTjnu.

home

is

{^Mgdra) said:

not near at hand."

\haunu passed along behind (the

hill).

The clouds came, the clouds

vanished away.

(8640)

^Mgdra said: "Thou must walk on, for, thou art

the one who dost see."
And he, because the house
became near, he exclaimed " Walk on "Walk on "
He waited for ( ) his younger sister his yoimger (8641)
sister came up to his side.
He exclaimed " What
*
can these be, which thou dost >heavily
things
!

carry ? "

Then \haunu

on account of it f blood
poured out ( ) of his nostrils he stealthily lightened (8642)
His brother-in-law fended
at his brother-in-law.
sneezed,

him quickly

% his brother-in-law also stealthily

lightened at him. He quickly feuded off his brotherin-law.

He

ofE,

His brother-in-law

(^kdgdra) said:

also lightened at him. (8643)

(and) walk

me for, thou art the one who dost

husband does not allow us time; for, he

close beside

see that

"Thou must come

does not singly lighten."

They {^hdgdra and \haunu) went along angry with

* The things which the wife carried, they resembled water
/g 641 ')
while they felt that
they were not hard, they did in this manner {i.e. swayed forward),
behind her back.
,
j\hmnu was the one from whose nostrils blood came out, when
he intended to sneeze. ( ) He sneezed on account of his things, (8642')
to which ^hqgara did in this manner {i.e. felt at roughly).
The
X In the word \\kMhhe{t) the t is barely pronounced.
meaning of this word is explained by the narrator as follows
(He) fends ofi his brother-in-law (by motioning with his arm).
Fending ofl (it) is, when other people are fighting their fellows
with their fists. Fending off is that which they are wont to do,
they wave off with the arm, while they fend off the other one's ('8644'")
( )
;

they, in this manner, were pushing at her

arm.

He

{^kdgdra) fended

ofi

the other one's lightning.

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

116

ha

sse e, bdtten ludnna

a yauki

ti, llldialteii,

(8645) ll;t^-0pua
batten-i

ha

ha Iku-g

han

Ine

hi Iku IlkhAbbetenllkliabbeten ha

jhaunu.

Iha,

+k4g4rakerL

Ikam +k4gdra.

Ha

ll^a-Opua Ihan ll;^amki

batten-i ha jkhwi.

H^

ti hiii e,

ha

jk'auwi ha ll;;^4-0pua Iha, au jkhw^iten

(8646) a Ihoaka,* liah Iku-g Ine

batten

kiii

sswerrikau

Ikam ha.

Ha

ll;i^g-0pua Ihaii Iku-g Ine Ikuei Iki, haii tten Ha

hah hd Iku-g

hah Iku-g

Ine Ikuei Iki,

(8647) !khe,t au +kagaraken Ine

llhih (

Ine

jkuemten

ha lna,J au

lui, liah

Iku-g Ine Ikuiten jkhe Ha llneih.

Hah

Iku-g Ine Hah, tt^h llneih, au jhaunuh hd Iku-g

(8648) Ine Ikejkeya tk; hah Iku-g Ine jkuerriten Una, au

tkagaraken Iku-g
ss,,

r8645')

ssS, sea, ssa,

Ine

Hah

au Ikukoken Iku-g Ine

(8646')
(8647')

Ine ten.

* jl^liweiten a Ihoaka han a lkh{

Iku llkellkeya |kabbu, (ten Iku

i,

ha

llkgo

ta, Ilka toui'ten

^auki

ki

^^

JYam-ka-lk'S, llkuan ka ka, wai a kan Han

^auki ta ha antau

Ikilken.

ha;

}ia

ta.

llkuan tan, ha Ina llkuan

Ini kl ssa

au lku|ggn ka jkueiTiten,

-^uha Ineti.
'"1^

au ha jguruwa hi au

ta,

hah Iku-g

Iki.

yua^ua-a

ta

han

AND IHAUNU.

+.K;AGjtRA

117

\h(mnu had intended that he should (8644)

be the one lightening to whisk away ^kdgdra.
^kqcfdra was one who was strong (Kt. " was not
(

each, other.

light ", or " did not feel light "), he continued to fend
His (8645)
off his younger sister's husband, \haunu.
( )

younger sister's husband was also lightening at him

he was lightening at his brother-in-law. Then he
stealthily lightened at his younger sister's husband
with black lightning,* he, ( ) lightening, whisked (8646)

him up (and

carried

him

to a little distance).

His younger sister's husband, in this manner, lay

dying; he, in this manner, he thundered, f while
+Mgdra bound up ( ) his head J with the net, he, (8647)
returning, arrived at home.
He went to lie down in the hut, while \hdunu lay
thundering he thundered there, while ( ) ^Mgdra (8648)
went to lie down, when he had rubbed them
sister) with buchu,
{i.e. himself and his younger
buchu, buchu, buchu, he lay down,
;

||

* Black lightning

not perceive

it

oome

is
;

that which kills us, that which

resembles a gun,

it

we

we do (8645')

are merely startled

by the clouds' thundering, while the other man lies, shrivelled

up lies.
(8646')
t As he lay.
X His head ached; his head was splitting (with pain).
(8647')
but the narrator explained that
To thunder is \kuerrtten
and illustrated the
\'kl\hiya id here means
to lie thundering
expression by saying that "the Bushmen are wont to say that
the springbok is one which goes to lie bleating it is not willing to
;

'

'

die quickly ".

II

Buchu

stated to be

International Dictionary of 1902)

(in

"Webster's

"A

South African shrub {Barosma) ".

is

118

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

Note by
(8643')

N
!kh^,

Au

Ikoetiika In^ ta

hm

the Narrator.

Ikudka Ine luerriya,

bdtten-i,
hiiv

^u

e,

Iko

koa Ihaunu."
lie

Ikuaka Ine luernya, he Ikuaka

Ikuagen

wk

" +kdgdra-ggu

Ine
i.

llkellkeya

Ikoti

He, n jkoetuken

koa Ihaunu."

Ikuagen Ine
Una

Ine

hin
Ine

e,

ta

ti

llnau,

a,

Ikuagen
" +kagara

au
he
Ine
e,

+k1g1ra and Ihaunu.

NoU

119

hy the Narrator.

My

grandmothers used to say: '' ^kdgdra and his (8643')

companion are those who fight in the East, he and
jAoMWM."

When

the clouds were thick, and the clouds,

when

the clouds were thick, and the clouds were at this

and the clouds resembled a mountain, then,

the clouds were lightening, on account of it.
And
my grandmothers used to say " It is ^kqgdra, with
place,

lAoMMM."

BUSHMAN,
From

c.

the Breakwater.

IV.

Animal Fables.

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

122

IV. 27.
7).

THE HYENA'S EEYENGE.

First Version.

jgw^in a

(257)

lla

datten llkha

au tan

liakhwi ta en; he

au jgwam

llnein,

(257')

tt hiii e,

llkhah Ine

ti hiiv

jgwain Ine

au Igwai ta jkoa

jgwain

i.

jgwain Ine a llkha a l;^dbba, h^

jkoa,

au jkoan

i,

Indkki
le

kii

au

(258') l;^abbaken Ine llkai

Ine ll;^am Ilka le

ha

l;^abba e tta

tta

au l;^abba

li,

H^

au

ti

h^

li,

hin

ti

ttd

e,
li

l;^dbbaken

hin

e,

au ha ddomm, han

Ikuken ha, a^ l;^abba e tta

l;^dbba."

au Ikoan

llkha Ina,

llkai.

hih

jgwain llj^am

llkaie,

llkha tsa^aiten

ttu

If,

ti

Igwain Ine tkdkken

a ttu

le,

llkha ttu

hail Ine Iki le Ikoa ttii

kko^

haii Ine

jgwai ta

llkhaii Ine ssa

e,

j^aiia Una,

Ik^i'

ku

e,

Ikwakka ha au

likha

i,

jkanna au jkoa au ha Iwkalwka

" llkhah-au

Mn

llnein, lie ti

tatti

Ine !;^aua ttoi ta ei,

Hd
e,

ga

llkha

ban

Ine

kkonn

Ine

bail Ine Ikiiken,

au ha

Inaii leta jkoS.

Igwain Ine ho jgwai ta

ha

ail Ilka,

ha,

Igwam

au ha
Ine

Igwain
tatti

e,

Ine

Igwain Ine |ka'uken-i

Inari leta |koa,

|kauken

Igwai a datta ha, hd

(259')

Ilka,

iki

ti

Iki

bin

e,

Igwain Ine |ka'uken-i

|koa; au Igwain tdtti

hah

Ine ssa |gwai

ha, au Ip^abba e tta

|koa ssih Ilka |khe

If,

bah

If

e,

i.

au hah

ine Ikf Ibiii |koS

au

THE hyena's revenge.

123

IV. 27.
B.

THE HYENA'S REVENGE.

First Version,

The Hyena was the one who went

deceived the Lion

house, then, he

the Lion had acted

that

to the Lion's (257)

while he

felt

grudgingly towards him

therefore, the Lion came

about the quagga's flesh

to the Hyena's house, when the Hyena was boiling
there in the Hyena's pot
the Hyena ( ) boiled (257')
;

ostrich flesh in

Therefore,

it.

Hyena gave soup

Lion took hold of the

the

therefore, the

Lion

the

to

while the

pot,

Hyena also grasped the pot with

"0 Lion Allow me
Hyena said
to pour soup into the inside of thy mouth."
The
Hyena poured soup into the Lion's mouth then, he

pot was hot

his hands

the

the

put the mouth of the pot over the Lion's head, while
the pot was hot the soup was burning the Lion's
;

inside of his (258')

) the soup also burned the
Then, he swallowed hot soup with his throat,
he swallowed, causing himself to die with hot soup
he died, while his head was inside the pot.

eyes

mouth.

The Hyena took up the Hyena's stick, the Hyena

was beating him with the stick, while his head was
inside the pot; the Hyena was beating him
the
;

Hyena
Hyena

struck, cleaving the pot asunder

felt

that

the

Hyena had

while the

deceived

him

Hyena.
The Hyena ( ) killed him, with hot soup while (259')
he felt that the pot had stood upon the fire he
therefore, he

came

to the

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLOEE.

124

If,

au hah

l;;tabba

em

(260')

ka

If

eh

Ina,

au

e, (

Ikii

likuh

h6

au hah

jkoS,

h^

hin

ti

e,

hah

ha IlkuAh Iku Ihah ssho Igwai

IgwS gwai

h^

Ikwakka ha,

hih

ti

au

i,

au hah

^wakken

Ikii

tatti

hah ll^am

laiti,

ha

e,

ha

lk| 1^ llkhah

ssi

ha datten ha

e,

au

llkha,

Ine dd-tten

ha ka ha

tatti e,

hih

ti

Ikuken

ssi Ilka

tatti e, llkha ssih

au han

liiikhwi ta eh,

tt6i ta

ha ka ha

tatti e,

i.

llkh|h

\\xa.m.

Ihah ssho llkha

laiti,

au llkhah e

jgwain H^affi Ihah ssho jgwai

gwai.

e Igwai gwai.

Wx^m

llka'ueten

(261') au llka'ueten e

ssho Ikwah^ii

laiti,

llka'ue laiti,

Ikwah^uken

gwai.

llka'ue

au Igwam

laiti,

Ihah ssho

llkha

Ihah

au Ikwah^iiken e lkwah;^ii gwai.

THE HYENA'S REVENGE.

Second Version.
Igwain a Ha llkha ga

(362)

IkwAkken Igwai,

(363)

he

ti

ssi

ha ga

kua ssah

tatti

hih

e,

e,

au

h^

ti

llneih.

ll;^am

ha ddatten

ti

hih

llkhah Ine

e,

hih e Igwain Ine Igwain

Igwain Ine dddtten

(364) ;^ahnugu ha ga
llkha,

he

llneih,

llkha,

i,

ha

si il;^;am

Igwain Ine +kakken: " llkha we!

;^ahniigu

he

llkha;

llneih,

i;

h ga

hah

ti

llneih

hih

e,

Ine Hah,

" au

han

llkhah

ddatten

Ine
(

l;^abba.

Igwain Ine +kakken

"N

ka

kii

1^

|kwa

a, ttii

au

THE hyena's revenge.

took the pot

he intended
soujj's

heat

125

from the fire, while he felt that

burn the Lion to death, with the
while he felt that the Lion had been
off

to

towards him about the quagga's flesh

therefore, he deceived him with the ostrich flesh
niggardly

while he felt that he intended to put the Lion's

head into the pot
therefore, he deceived him
while he felt that ( ) he had married a female Hyena, (260')
he also is a male Hyena; therefore, he is a "Decayed
Arm ",* on account of it.
The Lion also marries a Lioness, as the Lion is
a male Lion.
The Hyena also marries a female
Hyena, as the Hyena is a male Hyena. The leopard
also marries a leopardess, as the leopard is a male
leopard. The hunting leopard t ( ) marries a hunting (261')
leopardess, as the hunting leopard is a male hunting
;

leopard.

THE HYENA'S EEVENGE.

Second Version.

The Hyena was the one who went

to the Lion's (362)

house, then, the Lion acted grudgingly towards the

Hyena

Hyena became angry about it,

Hyena deceived the Lion, that he
should also come to his house. ( ) The Hyena said (363)
"0 Lion! Thou must also visit my house;" while
;

then,

therefore,

the

the

he felt that he deceived the Lion; therefore, the

Lion visited his house on account of it he went
to deceive ( ) the Lion with soup.
(364)
The Hyena said "I am accustomed to pour soup
;

* This expression

is

used to denote a person

generously regarding food,

f Felis julata.

who

acts

un-

;;

126

SPECIMENS OF BtTSHMAN FOLKLORE.

Ip^abba,

(365)

llj^am

tM

ku

\6

ail

l;^abba."

jkwa

Hd

ku

jkwa

Id

au l;fabba; n

ban

ti hiii e,

ku

Ine

au

a, ttii

le

l;^abba,

ll^?'

ku

le

llkha

ttii

au

ll;^am

Iha ttu

ban

Ip^abba,

ban tatti e, ba
ba ssi llkoaken
(366) Ik^ llkba, au ( ) lydbba ka li; au ban tatti e, ba
e jgwai a ddatten jkd kkuiten, ban tkakken, bd ti
bin e, ba +kakka llkba, I. Ilkban Ine lixavi +kakken,
Ine

Ikei

llkhan Ina au Ikoa, au

le

llkdaken Iki

Ina au

llkba

le

bin +kd,kka, bi Ikagen, h6

(367)

au

i,

au ban
bl

ban

llj;am bl jk'e;

Inutarra,

(368)

ba Iku e

Igwain Nj^am

!k'e,

be

Ilkban Ine

e,

llkbl

Iki

jk'e,

e llkba a IgebbI,

Ikl jk'^

ban N^am

au jgw^n

jgwam

ti biii e,

jbumm

Ine

tatti,

ba

Ikammain bo

i.

He

bin

ti

jgwSn

e,

Ika'uken

tAtten bo

ban

jkuarri

Ine

bin

ti

ba ll^am Iku

tatti e,

tatti e,

Ikoa

llkba,

ba au

au ba Inan

Ine Ikuka,

bd

Ilka

au llkba

Inaii

Ine

Ilka,

au ban

ban

i,

tatti

Ine

eta

jkog

e,

llkbin

leta jkoS.

IV. 28.
B.

IlKHl,

HE-KKO TTOi XA

KUMM

E.

Kathop dialect, hj DiajkwSin, who heard

paternal grandfather, jxugenddi.)

{Dictated, in 1875, in the

it

He

(4320)
ta,

from

his

likb| lkabbe,* ti

Ikagen ka

Ikii

be

e,

llnau ttoi,

* Explanatory Note hj

(4320')
Ilkhlii

4naiya

jkui,

ttoi-tgn

||xam

ttoi llhatten-ttu, a; o

ddda dddtten

sse

bin
the

ikii i

Ikuerre ttoi o

Narrator.

jkui,

Mn jgumm

ttoi

hit

ll^keten a

llkh|

He

tiken

+g^bbi-gg6.

THE LION AND THE OSTRICH.

127

mouth, I also pour soup into this

mouth, I also pour soup into the child's
mouth I also pour into my wife's mouth ( ) soup." (365)
Therefore, he poured soup into the Lion's mouth,
he put the Lion's head into the pot, while he felt
that he altogether put the Lion's head into the pot;
that he might altogether kill the Lion with
(366)
)
(
the soup's heat; while he feels that he is a Hyena
who deceives other people he speaks therefore,
he talked to the Lion ahout it. The Lion also
speaks
they talked to each other
therefore, the
Lion assented, because ( ) he also is a foolish Lion, (367)
because he is a Lion who kills people he also eats
into this child's
child's

The Hyena

people.

Hyena
Hyena
(

feels that

carried off

also kills people, while the

he also eats people therefore, the
the old woman * on account of it.
;

Therefore, the

Hyena took up

struck the Lion down, while

he (368)

the stick,

the Lion's head

was

he beat him with the stick, while

that the Lion died, when his head was inside

inside the pot;

he

felt

the pot.

IV. 28a.
B.

THE LION JEALOUS OF THE YOICE OF

THE OSTEICH.
"It

And

is

the

the

Story of the Lions and the Ostrich"

Lions

conspired f

might deceive the Ostrich

* This

for,

together

that

women

the

they (4320)

% were

an allusion to a favourite Bushman stoiy. Vide 80

Account of Bushman Folk-lore and other
Texts", Cape Town, 1875.
t The Lion was a man, the Ostrich was also a man, at the time (4320')
when the Lion kicked the Ostrich's Whatten-ttH, when, they called
is

of Dr. Bleek's " Brief

3PECIMENS OP BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

128

(4321) jgumm ttwaiten;

ku-ldtiii-ten l^ke

lie Ine

He

kko

llkbl

(4322) |ke Ikageu

e,

(4:124)

he ddi

ll;^a

ikei

Inu ddo|

llkoen,

ti

lla

ttoi

l^ke

" Ttsa dde

"Ttoi

liike:
e,

Aken

llnau

jguimn akken,

+gebbi-ggu,
ssoken,

sse

li

ii

ha

e,

ttoi IlkuiTu

* The

Ikha

sse

ha

!>'wukka

He
Igoii,

teas described

16

^^

ttoi,

he u sse

tfken

e,

"

sse Iki

jgumm

6 hiii tta Ilka

i,

he jywakka,

^auki

ku-kkiii,

i.

a ^auki

e,

kkd|
Ihiii

ssg ddi

ttoi sso-

kii !^"wa ttoi,

'ne Ihin

ssa, Jk'e

T.

tt

ha 6a +nalya

e,

He

tiken

i,

or 4:gebbi-ga, as performed

among

||a,

ha Ine

ta ttiiken,

e.

the Grass Bushmen,

Ikakaken llkuan jkoeta hi; hin Ine

+n|; hin |ne jguulm. He Ikut laiti,

jlihe,

au

llkh|

jk'e-ten Ine

e,

hin ka llkh^ llkurru

ly Ihan4:kass'6, in 1878, as follows

^^ llkngn lieu jgun'im

jgumm Ikageu. ikakaken
'1

kkg

ha sso-ssoken; he

he tiken

haii l^ke

llnau, ttwi Ike sa'o ttoi llhatten-ttu,

(7979)

ttii

ttoi sso-ssoken."

luan-ttd.

(7978)

i."

kko ku-kkui,

kk5

e,

Ikuedda, i; ha .Ika^u ka jkha,

a jgumni o a

ti e,

llkha

a, ttoi

llkha

kaii jgunim 6

ddomm

ha

tfken

llkha

He

ddoa

j(ti

ti

I sse

a.

tto'i

ti

he, he

kvu-kkwah,

He

ttuSisse IguBTui ttwai-i a ? "

(4326)

h^ ka ddi he

ti e,

sse

sse liikoSn,

e ttoi sse Ikuei Ikue-lkue, i."

kii-kkiii, haii li/ke

(4325) hail

) i

Ikagen Ma

a,

kan ddoS

" I

sse ll^koen

"
tte iki, i ddatta ?

kka sse

+g^bhi-ggu,*

sse ddi

Iku dd6|
llau

"I

kii-kkiii, hail

Ikagen sse

He

Ikakaken yaiiki Iku^rre he.

au

jk'e ta

jgumm ttwaiten

Ilka hi, ta, hi

au Ikakaken Ine

e jkitten,

au

jk'e

kuiten e

Ikij,

hi ine

ttuka Ine jgurfim.

ddgmm

iku jxwan ttoi

jk'g ta ttiika |ne

jk'i

Hin Vauki
kwokkwan;

jgumm.

THE LION AND THE OSTRICH.

129

wont, with regard to the Ostrich, they only praised

the Ostrich for calling finely

women

the

did (4321)
they (the Lions), speakiag,
;

And
"In what manner

not praise them.

shall we deceive?"
And
" We must tell
he said
the women to make a (game of) ^g&)hi-ggu*
( ) that (4322)
we may see whether the women will agaia do as they
are wont to do
when they only admire (?) the
Ostrich that we may really see whether it be true
that the women admire (?) the Ostrich.
We shall
see
what
the
Ostrich
will
do."
And
another (4324)
( )
Lion spoke, he said: "Why can it be that the

said:

another Lion answered,

Ostrich

"The

ostrich

well

so

calls

sweetly) ? "

And
(

) calls

not

call

little

with his lungs; therefore, his (4325)

manner his chest's front. Thou

mouth therefore, thou dost not

throat sounds in this

dost call with thy

does

{lit.

the other Lion answered, he said

call nicely."

The other ( ) Lion answered, he said: "Ye must (4326)

make a (game of) ^g4bhi-ggu, that ye may kill the
that ye

Ostrich,
(in) the

while

^gilM-ggu.

it

soar yonder

take out the Ostrich's lungs,

Therefore, the nail of the Ostrich decayed,

that he (the Ostrich) had kicked the Lion's luan-ttH.

it felt

Therefore,

may

decayed.

Therefore, the people, with regard to the

on the Ostrich's

Whdtten-tiii,

they say that

it is

(from)

the Lion's nail.

The women

of the Ostriches and of the Lions.

* The Igoo or 4:gebbi-gu among the Grass Bushmen.
They (the Grass Bushmen) call [like the male ostrich]; the
women clap their hands for them they (the men) call to the
women. The women are those who dance they (the men) call.
J

(7978)

And

woman

goes out (from the dance), she stands [being

weary], while two other persons {i.e. two other women), they ( )
this

come forward in among the men, while the men call. They
more sweetly than anybody, for, their throats sound like
oBtriches

while the

women

are those

who

sing,

while the

call

real

men call.

(7979)

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

130

(4327)

He

llkh| Ine ku-kkiii,

He

+gebbi-ggu."

Igumm

i.

6 Mil ta

Ilka ti e, llkh|

hg

I:

Ikagen kkui

jgumm;
ti

I^ kaii

ddda ka

e,

ti

Iku
he ddda
3 3
)

ddoa
Iku
33

kko Ikwain,

ssiii,

i;

ywan ha

luan-ttu
o

ddda
i

he,

he kkokS

Ikakaken

a.

i.

he

ttoi

He

ha-g

Ine

Iku ddda a Ikagen

lla,

i;

he

i.

He, ha

jgumm

ttwaita

^a e?"

He

11

tt^erri he,

tt6i

yam iMrra-ken
-33

/Vo

ttoi ll;^;am +nai, tt^erri

ku-kkui-ten \^ke:

/CJ*337

e,

a,
3^

jkhe Ihin

llki

llMtten-ttu.
o

tt<5i

l.j^uonni,

luan-ttu,

ttdi,

ddda
3

ti e, ttoi

" Ttsa ka

Iwke:

6 han +nai
33

(4333)

lanni,

"Akken yau

lke:

ttoi llhatten-ttu, i;

kkui-ten

ha

ta

kkoka
ha."

llkha

llki

He

i.

Ikuedda, ha

llkha

l.gumm ttwaiten a

Iki

(4332) kkoka ha; he ha

ha

Ika-ii ssiii,

llnau tt6i,/ hSii Iku

ddda

llkuan Ine

ttoi

Ikagen ddda Ikuei ^o, 6

ttwiil-i

ko IgumS."

!k'6tten

llkha ku-kkui-ten

(4331) ha, 6 hS

kui

Ing

ttdi ta (

llwkoen,

He

*'

he

ha ka Iku j^wan ha jnum

ta,

e,

He

ywS tugen

yauki Igumm

IlkuaA

ttoi

ha ka

llnd,

Ikakaken >auki

he Iku Ilk6en 6 llkhf;

ssa,

(4330) o

Ttoi-ten taaunkko kaii

llkh| Igurom, i;

ilnelh;

ta,

Inu a ttdi

ti e, jkeY llau

ttwai-i a.

(4328) Igumm,

(4329)

ttumm,

sse

"Ddi

lke Ikdgen:

Ikagen llkuan Ine ddi +gebbi-ggu, i; he llkha

He

llkh|

Mn

Ikwain n, o

ti e,7

ha

" Ikui

a,

ha
ha

llkuaii
Iku a,J
03

"

THE LION AND THE

may

OSTRICH.

eat

them; and ye

like the Ostrich,

when ye have

that ye

131

will call, sounding

eaten

Ostrich's

th.e

lungs."

And th.e Lions spoke, they said to the women (4327)

"Make a (game of) +g^bbi-ffgu." They would listen
(

whether

were true that the Ostrich calls finely.

women made a (game of) ^gebli-ggu on
account of it and the Lion called. ( ) The Ostricli (4328)
was stUl yonder at his house; the Lion called; the
women did not applaud the Lion, because they felt
that the Lion did not call well; for, they continued
to look at the Lion; ( ) and the Ostrich came; (4329)
and the Ostrich called, sounding afar. And the
women exclaimed " I do wish that the Lion called
in this maimer for, he sounds as if he had put his
tail into his mouth, while the Ostrich
) calls in (4330)
(
a resounding maimer."
And the Lion, answering, said: "Dost thou not
see that the women act in this manner towards the
Ostrich? and it is only the Ostrich whom they
cherish, because he (
possesses this sweet call. (4331)
)

And

it

the

The women cherish him only."

And the other Lion became angry on account of
it
namely, that the Ostrich was the one whom
the women cherished; and he seemed as if he were
about to move away; ( ) and he scratched the (4332)
;

Ostrich's Whdtten-ttu; scratched, tearing

called out

"Is

it

a thing which

it.

calls

And he

sweetly

while he kicked the Ostrich's Whdtten-ttu.

And

quickly (?) turned back.

( )
the Ostrich also kicked, tearing his \uah-ttu',
Ostrich

also

the Ostrich, speaking, said:

\uan-ttu,

one who

he
is

"This person,

the

And (4333)

it is

and
his

wroth with me, because he is the

wont to hold his tail in his mouth

is

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

132

(4334) ka jnum ta ha lanni, o ha

llkuaii

He

a.

(4335)

ka

ti e,

ha yauki jgumm thaiiriuwa Ikagen,

tlken llkuai

e,

Ikagen ya'uki kke he dda hS

+gebbi-ggu, !; Ikakaken llkuan

o Ikakaken

Ikagen yauki Ikuefre ha, I;

e,

llkuai ta

Igumm; he tiken

yanki Igumm kkui Ij^wan ,

ta,

he

i;

a,

ha

Ilka ti e,

Ikagen

llkplin e,

ssin ssin Ikuerre ha, i."

He
(4336)

t,

tiken

ssi sse

e,

tiken

.Ikoin yaii Ine

e, (

ssi

+kakka
ta,

ssi

he

ttdi sso-ssoken;

likd

ssi a, ssi ya'uki

Ta,

6 he

Ilka,

ttoi,

ha,

yau

ssi

hha
(

o he

he,

iiiJkeya

Ta,

ssi

ssaii

(4341) ssoken, ssiten yaiiki

6

He,

ssi
ssi

ku-kkui, ssiten
sse

jkhaugen

han.

kiii,

ttoi sso-ssoken

Ilka

hha

Iku

ttoi sso-ssoken

jgumm kku j^wSnlj^wan

Ssi

Ilka.

ssi

llnau,

ssaii

i.

sso-ssoken, ssi

jkoin Ine

ssi

ssi ssaii llnaii, ssi

ttoi sso-ssoken, ssi Ikii sse

ttoi,

tt<5i

Ine

Iki

ssiten ya'uki ssan

(4340) ku-kkiii-ten

+ufru.

Ine hi ttoi

Ikuei Ikuaii, hhi ttdi sso-ssoken,

Ikvi

llkan he.

sse

han

jgamm kku j^wan-

he ssi-g

llkelike ttoi;

ssi

hh| 6a dda

ha h! sso-ssoken,

H^^-A ^

llkha

ttoi;

ttuttii ssi jkoin, ti e, ssl-g Inii

Iki

(4339)

He

ttoi.

sse llj^am

(4338)

ti

llkelike,

ll;^aih.

6 han ka, ha sse

8s6-S8oken,

]Sr

ku-kkUi, han l^keya

Ine

hi ha hha 6a Ikhi

ttoi a he,

(4337) \j(wah

n !k5m

e,

a,

ssi

kkonh
ssi

jgumm

yaii

jkoiii

yaiiki

sse

Iho he,

IlkhwSya

Ine

llkhwai

o h^ Iku
ttoi

sso-

kkii !jf-waii|;^wan

llkhwaiya he.

koin Ine ku-kkiiiten lke

"

sse

Ine

THE LION AND THE OSTRICH.

when he

him;

praise

why
women

this is

the

the

feel

calls;

while

not call nicely for the women.

women
for

are

him; the women

feel

women do

he

that

is

not (4334)
does

he

that

This

make

not willing to

133

why

the

) a ^gSbbi-ggu (4335)
does not call,

sounding like me
in that case the women would
have praised him."
Therefore, my grandfather spoke, he said to us*
about it, ( ) that we should also do as the Lion (4336)
formerly did to the Ostrich about it, when he had
formerly killed the Ostrich; he ate the Ostrich's
lungs, while he wished that he might call, sounding
like the Ostrich.
Therefore, ( ) he ate the lungs.
(4337)
My grandfather also gave us the Ostrich's lungs
to eat, that we might also resemble the Ostrich;
and we spoke, we asked our grandfather, whether
we should not ( ) baking cook the Ostrich's lungs; (4338)
and our grandfather spoke, he said to us about it,
that we should not cook the Ostrich's lungs; for,
;

we

in this

them raw.
Ostrich's

not

call,

manner

when they were

(

Our

cooked.

told us about

Ostrich's

eat the Ostrich's lungs,

eat (4339)

we should, if we were to eat the

lungs when they were cooked, we should
sounding like the Ostrich, if we ate them
For,

that,

it,

we

lungs,

while they were whole.

chewed the

Ostrich's

sounding like
them.

we

should

the

For,
Ixings,

grandfather, speaking,

should not chew the (4340)

swallow them down,

we
we

Ostrich,

if

should,

should

if

we had

not

call,

we had chewed (4341)

And, our grandfather, speaking, said "Ye must

come and stand around, that I may be cutting off
from the Ostrich's lungs, that I may be giving
:

* "

We who

were

little

boys," the narrator explains.

SPECIMENS OP BUSHMAN EOLKLOEE.

134
jkhe ttii

sse,

Ikhaulkhau Ikam, o ttoi sso-

sse

kkgS-kko^ ( ) jho
He ssi kii-kkui-ten lke " N jkoiii wwe Ssi
He ssi
>aiiki sse lia ttdi sso-ssoken, 6 he lk|."
A

(4342) ssoken,
he."

hu

a a

sse

we,

sse

ttan

Ikoin ku-kkui haii +kakka ssi

(4343)

llkelike

ha

llkh|;

ttui ti

(4344) llweiya,
Ine
ssi

kkoa-g

ssi

kkqa-g

(4344^)>'a'uki Ine

jkwain,

Ikwain

Ine

dda he

Ssften

ti e,

jkwain

Ine

^wa +ugen

i.

Igumm kdi !^wa

he Igumm

ti e,

ttiii,

ssi sse

hh| 6a Ikwaia ttoi, o ttoi

Ssi'ten ll^am ka ssi sse llnau,

Ikagen

ssi

e,

ka

Ine

ka jgumm ttwaiten.
ssi

a, ssi llj^am

ssi (

ssi.

He

ddia

Ikagen yauki Ine

Ikagen, o ssi-g

!^wa ttwaiten llweiya;

kiii

a, la,

Ine

ttwaiten

Ikagen

ssi tta Ilka ti e,

ti'ken e, ssi-g

Iki-lki

^wa

) Ine

he; o ssi-g

+iigen

Ine

ssi.

N^otes hy the Narrator.

(4320')

llkhan e jkui, ttoi-ten llj^am e jkui,

llkha +naiya ttoi llhAtten-ttu, a

ggu.

He

tiken

e, ttoi

ha 6a +naiya

Ilka ti e,

jywakka,

i.

He

llkiirru

tfken

!>Vakka

+g^bbi ggu ka
ttoi
a,

ha

ttdi

he ha

la

e,

Ine hhi ttdi,

Ine hhi ttoi a

h& tlken

ttss'd a,

kd ha

e, Ik'e

He

tiken

e,

hg

ha kah

a,

he dda

Iku-g Ine jhaugen Ikhi

o llwke llkah, hah Iku Ine

Ine

ike-lk^rriten
(

hih tta

h^ ha-g

sse llnau,

i; o

llkha llkiirru i,

Hah

a.

jk'dten Ine llnau, ttwi Ike

ft
hih ka

liake a llkha ^aiiki Ikha ttdi a,

(4335')

lli^keten

o hin .Igumm +gdbbi-

llkha luan-ttu.

ss'o ttoi llhdtten-ttu,

(4336')

ha

dda ha ka

kah

o ha Ikha

l!::!ke,

tt(5i,

ttss'a,

llkha e

hah

yaiiki

THE LION AND THE OSTRICH.

them

to you, that

And

down."

ye

may be

135

swallowing

them (4342)

"0 my

we, answering, said:

granddo not wish to eat the Ostrich's lungs

when they are raw." And our grandfather answered,
he said to us about it, that we also wished to resemble
) the Lion; he formerly became angry with the (4343)
(
Ostrich, about the Ostrich's fine calling.
We also
should be wont if we heard that our companions
called, sounding very sweetly, we should become
angry with our ( ) companions, when we heard (4344)
that they called, sounding very sweetly
we should
fight with them, if we felt that the women did not
applaud (?) us. Therefore, ( ) we become angry. (43d 4^)
are fighting with them, because we are angry
that the women do not applaud (?) us.

We

father!

We

Translation of Notes.

The Lion was a man, the Ostrich was also a man,

that time when the Lion kicked the Ostrich's
Whdtten-ttu
when they were calling the ^g4hli-ggu.

(^4320')

at

',

Therefore, the nail of the Ostrich decayed;

while

he had kicked the Lion's \udn-ttu.

Therefore, it decayed on account of it.
Therefore,
the people are used to say to the scar which is
yonder upon the Ostrich's Whdtten-ttu^ that it is the

it

felt

that

Lion's nail.

The time when the Lion had not killed the Ostrich, (4335')
was the one at which they made the ^g4bhi-ggu^ s
fight.
He, afterwards, killed the Ostricli; and he
ate the Ostrich; it was at a new time that he ate
the Ostrich and he made " a food's thing " of the
;

Ostrich;

Lion

is

therefore,

the

thing which

old
is

people

wont,

say,
)

that,

when

it

the

has (4336')

SPECIMENS OP BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

136

ha ka ha sse
ha sse
i kki-ssa tyakken-i ha, han ^auki ka
xu ttu ttoi. Ta, ha ka ha sse Ikwa-lkwa i, o i

sse llkdo (llg^bbe) j^u ttu ttoi

ha

ta

llnau,
llkoo,

kki-ssa, +i, ti

ka,

e, 1

ta,

jhe Iki ttal ha.

IV. 34.
B.

THE RESUREECTION OF THE 08TEICH.

{Related hy lajkunta.)

l^dm-ka-lkuiten

(1171)

la

It

au

Iki toi

lo

(1172)

han

15

He

16

Ikdnn

ine Man

17

ho

13

ll^auken;

Iki
20

19

18

Hin

llkd hi.

Ine

12

au hin

lui,

Ine

ha Ihdn

e,

11

10

juhf-ssho

Ikammin-ti-lla toi au llndin.

toi-lkii, e sin

han

toi-ta Ikwiten;

21

Ine hi toi ^n-en.

II

22

24

23

llgollgo-Ouaken
27

14

ts'u-ki
29

32

Ouaken

34

(1176)

toi
3

ha

26

Iku leta jkhwa.

39 43

40

Ikilken-

33

40

39

llnau,

han

Ine

ttofri37

leta

40

Ihiii
36

46

49

ha Ikwajkwagen, au

51

42

haii Ine jhdjho

6

43

39

41

jkhw^, han Ine di

48

Haii Ine Iku tae

7

40

Ikuken,

47

39 45

47

Ine

21

33

llkullkuii, haii Ine Ikl-Iki

50

han

au jgwa^u.

36

13

ll;^a;uken,

Ine le jkhw^, haii Ine Ilka l^-tin

Ikf-Iki

29

Ihin jgwaj^u, haii

44

dn-en; han Ine

43

43

ts'ii-hhd

Ine

27

jkhwa, han Ine Iku

6

20

33

han

) llkoe,
38

40

16

14

Ine tatten ja

27

(1174) ttoffiya

Iki

lkiiken-0ud

llkaiten

31

26

han

23

30

14

23

hi-hi;

ss'a

Toi-lkii-Oua

(1173) toi-lku.

Ine

19

haii
6

jkhwa, haii Ine

40

RESURRECTION OF OSTRICH.

an Ostrich,

killed

leaving

fear,

we

not willing to go

is

it

Ostrich

tlie

for,

go away in

we would

drive

us,

in
if

not willing

leaving the Ostrich.

fear,

would be very angry with

that

it is

it,

away

wont, even

is

it

are speaking very angrily to

to

137

For,

it

we even thought

if

away.

it

IV. 34.
B.

THE EESURRECTION OF THE OSTRICH.

The Bushman

away the Ostrich

eggs; he carries

And

bloody;

They

she goes to place

whirlwind comes to them

little

blood upon

the sky,

it

them (on the bushes).

eat the Ostrich meat.

into the sky.

it

they were (1172)

the net, because

the Ostrich feathers.

has

the house.

to

his wife takes off the Ostrich's short feathers

which were inside

an Ostrich at the Ostrich's (1171)

kills

it

it,

The

A
it

little

is

conscious,

it

Ostrich flesh;

it

wings,

its

it

gets

lies

it

gets
legs,

blows up

Ostrich feather that

little

blows up the

little

feather falls

down

having whii-led round

goes into the water,

it

falls

feather (1173)

out of

down, (1174)

becomes wet in the water,

in

the

feathers,

while

it

water,
(

lies

it

it

becomes

puts

on

its

in the water.

(1175)

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

138

(1176) ikdrra

llkao

tin

53

42

62

Ha

66

57

55

IS

59

43

14

au hin

llidaka;

19

kenlkdrruken

llkau-ta

ha

6(

Ikhwa

39 45

40

48

27

64

73

61

69

51

.Inoa

65

72

se

64

72

71

77

40

46

19

65

(1181) Ohogen-ka jkduken e

86
n
27
15
85
Iku

e.

43

57

jkw^

Ha
6

(1182)

ti e, (
91

15

ki,

27&30

58

13 89

29

ha sin
6

ha

ha

Ha

57

19

83

Iku llhon

43

84

t6i-0ud

tatti
55

27

Ilk6tten-0ua Iku a di toi eii-en, ha Iku a

ts'ii-hoa ha,

81

87

25

i.

+enn; au han

43

27

76

!ka;^u, (
79

66 82

IkAuken,
Iku
at au han tatti to'i-Ou4
o

Iji;6al;g6a

han hi kdrru-ka

iii,

81

61

au
19

SI

78

td-tae

19

74

ban tae

19

Han

llgorro se di jkwa.

27

70

72

74

Au

Ine jkwaia.

72

64

43

juhltte Ikwiten,

(1180) ha Inodjnod, han ten-ten, ha jnajna ha

80

67

Iku-ss'in

71

ha

Ta ha

40

64

) jkiirnika,

67

ha jkwajkwagen.

tatti

64

63

ha se

ha se tae Ikwdinlkwain ha Inodlnoa, au

55

han

62

40

ha ka ha jnodjnod

tatti e,

61

!khwa-lna-ts'i-ta

68

51

leta

(1179) ha

19

Imlni

Be tae

66

jkurru-

au ha Ikiiken-ka-jkduka

li,

51

Han

67

jaii,

45

&.

27

60

63

65

19

Hin

27

toi-gwai-0ua

55

au

58

15

16

48

15

tatti,

(1178) jhau ha tae

43

48

Iku Iku e Ikuken-ta-.lkduken.

tatti e, lia

27

65

Iku e llkdtten

Ikiiken

ha

tatti,

19

54

40

jndunko i toi-Oud.
(1177) han

au ban

jkhw^-ka-ja^u,

19

43

88

l;^drriya hi
92

16

se Ikati

46

15

26

67
;

43

au jkw^ten ^ Ilg6llgo-0ua
27

haii kiki ha,

93

90

ha

se

94

jhdmm-

Ikam He ha-ka

Ine ten-ten-ya

15

han +i

ilnain

93

(1183) Ikhwditen, he ha
Ipfdrri llk(5e

sin

ha-ka Ikagen.

siii

llnaiii

Ha

Ikiiken

ts'drroken,

se Ine

Ik^m

tenya

au

hi,

haii Ine

ha

se

lla

+^d,mma

ja like toi Iditikg

au

RESUERECTION OF OSTRICH.

139

It -walks out of the water, it basks ia the sun

upon the water's edge, because

Ostrich.

Its

because

feathers
feathers

its

young

are

are

is

it

are black; for a little male Ostrich

when

afterwards walk away,

are dried, that he

They

He

it is.

)(1177)

dries

upon the water's bank, that he

(his feathers) lying

may

(1176)

feathers (quills);

feathers.

little

young

still

may walk

his little feathers

unstiffening his legs. (1178)

For he had been in the water; that he may walk

strengthening his

must
feet

become

his feet,

he thinks that his feet

be in (Ostrich's) veldschoens, because his (1179)

for

feet,

he

While he walks strengthening

strong.
lies

down, he hardens his breast,

may become

that his breastbone

He

bone.

(1180)

walks

away, he eats young bushes, because a young Ostrich

he

He

is.

swallows young plants which are

because a Httle Ostrich he

small,

feather

it

was which became the

that which the

little

which

that he

he

thinks

he has scratched

may

first

he

of
lets

be grown, that he

lying (by the way),

where he did die

go
)

to

his

He

will

the

)(1181)

it

was

place

may

afterwards,
old

lyiug there, that he

add

(to the

on

himself grow, (1182)

house's

to scratch in the old house,* while

his wives.

Ostrich,

little

wind blew up, while the wind was

whirlwind
)

His

is.

place,

may

go (1183)

he goes to fetch

two previous ones)

* Making the new house on the old one.

(1183')

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

140

(1184) ha

ha

tatti

Ikagen e

(1185)

H^

(1186)

Inajna

Igumm

sifi-na \kii

He

toi-ta Ikaka ssa

(1187)

jkaii

ha-ha

h^

siii

Ikii

Ine

haii

e,

ha llkwan
haii Ine

Ikagen se Ine
1,

ha se

haii Ine jken hi,

e,

ha se

( )

se lli/koen ha-ka Ikagen

yoa

Ine aken.

ss'a,

ha

eii-eii,

au ha

(1190)

ti

Ine

Ine |kui|kuita.

jaulaii

Ikukken

(1191) llkuilkuii-ka Igauaken

ti

e,

ha

se

l;;^erri,

Ikejketten,

au ban

Igiimm

llkwei,

He

He

Ine e toi |kdrri,

tatti e

jp^^rri

Ikagen se |h6|ho Ikwiten

ta ha llkwaii |kau ki ssa

ha Iku

\^6m Ikauwaken
llndiii llkaie
llnaiii, toi

se llko.

Iditi

llnain,

llko

hail Ine ta ti e llnaiii

ta

ha

ha

se

llnaiii

He

ti hiii

au

toi-ta

Haii |hamm Iku

au han

tatti

llaii

Ik^rri

Toi-ta Ikakaken Ine sail

a |kwai

ha

Ikagen au

Ine tai !(k)ui, haii Iku Ine l;^^rri,

(1193) ikakaken Iku Ine ha Una.

(1194)

Ikakaken llkwaii Ine ha jkhe.

Ikhwaiten.
e,

Haii Ine +i

Ine |k<5|koka.

llkullkutten llkwaii Ine lurriya, hin Itkwaii tail

(1192)

ha
Ine

Ikuken |ke|ketten

Ine

ha

siii

tatti e,

Inodlnoadeyaken

jkiiwa

Ine

ha

Iki

ha

tatti llkotten

) haii

lla

Ha

IkiLkaken Ine |na, hiii Iku Ine e Ikuken |kheigu.

hiii

Ini

ha Iku Ikuken

Ikiika;

kkden, au haii Ine tae

au hail

tatti

Iku

hail llkwarriiillkwdrriii

|kui|kuita,

se dl jk-waken.

jkhw^iten

llnain

|kwa|kwag' Ine |kui|kuita,

(1189)

llgorro Ine e !kwa,

ha Igumm Ikwi

hiii e,

ta ha-ka Ikagen

Ine tta

ha

au ha

i,

lla

ha-ha-ka Ikagen.

Au

(1188)

se Ihan sin toi-ta

Ikagen, toi-ta

A Ikagen; ta ha

;^<5-u
Ikii,

ti

ha

ha j^nlail, ha laujau

jkui toi-ta

llkau ha.

tatti e,

hail Ine l^^rri

e,

iMlun

Ine

Au ha

!ii(5afra.

Igumm

hail

sin Iku Ikuka, (

e,

llt/koeii

haii Ine ten tatta llnain,

yoa dken

haii

Ihamm

Iku

liiii

RESURRECTION OF OSTRICH,
another she Ostricli; because

marry three Ostrich wives.

is

lie

141

did die,

Ke will (1184)

Because his breastbone

bone, he roars, hardening his ribs, that his ribs

may become

bone.

house), for he

does

Then he

scratches (out a (1185)

the way) arrive

sleeping (by

he roaring

at the house's place;

may

wives, that the Ostrich wives

Therefore he roaring

come

may

that he

calls,

the Ostrich

calls

to him. (1186)

perceive

the she Ostriches come to him; and he meets them,

that he

may run round

been dead; he dying

the females

left his

for he

He

wives.

had

(1187)

will look

at his wives' feathers, for his wives' feathers appear

to

be

fine.

When

he has strengthened

his flesh, he feels (1188)

heavy, as he comes, because his legs are big, his knees

are

grown great

large; he has

feathers, because

(1189)

the quills are those which are great feathers; these

become strong, they are old feathers.

strongly, for the ribs are (1190)
) he roars
(
And he is a grown up Ostrich; his wings'

feathers

Therefore
big.

He

feathers

are

scratch,

that the females

long.

thinks

may

lay

claws are hard, they waat to scratch

(

that

eggs;
;

he will (1191)
for

his

for he brings

The females (1192)

the females to the house's place.

stand eating. Therefore he goes back, he scratches,

while the she Ostriches eat there. ( ) He first (1193)
goes to scratch drying the house, because it is

damp, that the inside of the house

she

Ostriches

Ostrich,

shall

she

look

lies

at

down

the

may

dry.

house;

to try the

one

house,

The
she
she (1194)

tries whether the house seems to be nice; she first

sleeps opposite the house, because the inside of the

SPECIMENS OP BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

142

(1195) jgwetih

llnain,

llndinyan

iMmm
(1196)

llnain

au han

Igwelgwetin

Han

i.

He

Ikati kau.

Ikwa

tatti

llnain

hin

i,

lunlun

Ine san ten jkwdbbo

llndin

(1198)

\\x^

Iku

ban

jgwetin

llan

ban san

ssa,

sail llkain llnain,

jku jkbe

ban

ll;^a

(1199) Ikagen-ka kiiwaken

kau
(1200)

Ikam

latten

jkbe ss'a llnain.

bin

ll;^a

au ban

tatti e

Ikwlten-ta Ikauken

Han

jkagen

e Ine lun llndin.

Ikagen au

laitiko

ban

llnain,

a l^drra bail Ine jbo

Haii ssVei

ba.

Ikiiki

Ikakaggen

Ikaujkaumken jkbe

ss'a

san

Ine

hi-takiigen Ine

(1201) ssVei ki] ta Ikagen, bail Ine jubfttin

Ine

ban

ban jhamm

Han

Ika.

.Ikwai

llndin.

ss'a

llkain

ati

ban Iku Han Idn jgw^ssin

Ikagen au llnain

!u;^e Ikiiki

biii

\h6 [ani llkanko

llnain;

\h6 jka'ui,

laitiko

llnain.

hi

llnain, llnain

llkaie-ya llkowa, ta llndinta jau

jbdm Iku

e,

jgw^ssin

ka sin

se ssa [ahi

llkaie se Ikiirruken, laitiko

kin

ti

kan jhamm Iku ten !kw(5bbo ka sseten

(1197)

au

tatti e, llnAin llkaie Ika,

tag

jaiiiko

[or

Iki
)

llndiii,

ba au

llnain;

Ikakaggen jkann bbo ba, bi kakiigen llkain* jkwlten.

(1202) Hail Ine tae au bail
teii

llnaiii

llnaillnaii

sail

Ine

laitikogen ll;^am tae bi ba, bin Nan

ba

Ikagen e jku bin

biii luii.

(1203) jkagen kau,

!ii

jkuiten

jkdnn bo Ikagen e

) ss'a,

jkii,

sin Una ha, bail \h6 jauiko

(1204)

ka

au ban

kii,

k(5ro ss'a berri-a jkwiten.

[* The word
possibly also

'

Wkdin

caresses

Ine ten,

ssaii !u;^e koro, au bail +i

(1205)

Ikagen e

ba.

bin

lla

*.]

be

bin

siii

ta

jkii

lii

sail

llnain.

Hi fi

Ikagen kau

llnaiii.

laiti

Ikakagen Ine tae, Ikagen

ba se Ooeii
ti

He

e koro
ti

hin

sometimes means

ka
e,

llnaiii.

Ha

sse Ikwiten,
(

'rejoices

ba llkann
over',

and

RESURRECTION OF OSTRICH.
house

wet,

is

Thus they

as

first

lie

the rain has

opposite

143

newly

fallen.

(1195)

the house, they sleep

She shall lie, making ( ) the (1196)

ground inside the house soft; she first lies, making
the ground inside the house soft, that the inside
of the house may be dry, that another female may
come and lay an egg in the inside of the house ( ) (1197)
which is dry, for the earth of the house is wet.
She first goes to lie opposite the house. One other
female again comes, she comes to lay another new
egg; ( ) she first comes to fiap her wings in the (1198)
she again
house, for two small eggs stand (there)

opposite the house.

goes to sleep opposite the house. All the females

He galloping (1199)
are those who sleep at the house.
( )
in the dark drives the females to the house; he

running take the females to the house; they

walking arrive at the house. Another (1200)
(
)
female, a diflferent one, lays another egg; they
He drives
again flapping their wings peck at it.
the females away; he lies inside ( ) the house. (1201)
These females, following each other, reach him at
these females send him oflf, they all
the house
He goes, for he goes away to eat.
lay eggs.
Two wives ( ) lie in the house; another wife also (1202)
goes with him, they go to eat together they sleep.
shall
all

wives sleep in the house. They two

(the male and female) return early, ( ) they shall (1203)
early send off the two wives, who had lain in the
The wife who had been with him, lays
house.
another egg; the wives go, all the wives, ( ) whilst (1204)

The two

he

He

lies

will

down, that he
drive

may

away the

the

house.

when he

thinks

sleep

jackal,

at

that the jackal is coming to the eggs, the jackal

Therefore ( ) he takes care (1206)
will push the eggs.

'

144

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

.Ikwften

(1206)

k(5ro se

au ha

au han tatti e, ha-ga laiiken llkwan e. He

ha ll^am llkanu hi i, ha se llkwdrra kdro,
^auki Ika ha Ikauken, ( ) ha se +nai-a kdro

i,

hiii e,

ti

Inodlnoa.

PAET OF THE PEECEDING TALE PARSED

BY
la, \)(^am

DK. BLEEK.

a word that as yet has only been met with

name for Bushmen \^d7n-ka-\ei (sing.

a Bushman '), further in \^dm-ka\X,dm-ka-\km
^Jcakken Bushman language \^dm-ka-\m Bushman
ground, Bushman land', and in hih ^kdkken \^dm
they talk Bushman
etc.
This seems to refer to
the Bushmen in general as a nation, whilst the noun
in the general

'

'

',

'

',

Ss^wd-ka-\kui

(pi.

Ss'wd-ka-\ei) seems

indicate

to

merely a Flat-Bushman. The noun ss^wd is also

used separately to indicate a flat, a plain '. Other
names of different kinds of Bushmen are \kdoken'

ss'o-le

'

Bergbushmen

sing,

',

\kdo-sso-\kui,

\kdo-sso-\kui-\attt, pi. \kdo-sso-\e-ta-\kdffen.

Ss''wd-ka-\kui is

also

called

fern.

Similarly

Ss'wd-ssd-\kui,

pi.

Sshvd-ss6-\e.
Ih. -Jm afl&xed genitive particle,

corresponding in value

with English -'5, Hottentot -di. After a long vowel

its consonant is pronounced more softly, almost
like ^, and after a short vowel more strongly,
approaching to kk. After i and e (with or without
an interveniQg nasal) this k (as well as that of most
other particles beginning with this letter) is, in this

Bushman

dialect,

\c. \-)(am-ka-\kuiten

the

commuted into t.
Bushman, nominative

from
k of which
(according to the just-mentioned rule) after i and e
\-}(am-ka-\kuij

with the ending

-Aew, the

'

'

PAUSING.
of the eggs,

145

because his children they indeed

drive

away the

his children,

may

jackal, that the jackal

)

may

that he

are.

may

Therefore, he also takes care of them, that he

not

kill

kick the jackal with (1206)

his feet.

is

commuted

into

t.

The noun

irregular in its declension

\kui

man

'

'

very

is

Singular.

Nominative

man
\kuiten man

Genitive

\kuita

Vocative

\kuw%

'

Alterative

\kuk6

Ace. (& Wom.) Ikui

'.

'

'

'.

man's

'.

man

man

another

'

'.

Plural.
Ace. (& Nom.)

\{Tc)e

or

\ei

men

'

Nominative

\(k)eten or \6iten

Genitive

\{k)eta

Vocative

\(k)duwe

Alterative

\{k)ekuiten

'

men's

'.

'

men

'

other

'

men

'.

men

'.

'.
!

to kill'. Another form is \kd, used in the perfect

and subjunctive.
ostrich, ostriches ', the same in singular and plural
tot

\ki

'

'

toiten, gen. toita

(nom.

'

ostrich's

'

or

ostriches'

'

Singular.

egg '.
Nominative \Muiten egg

Accusative

\kdul

'

'

Genitive

\kdulta

Alterative

\kduik6

'.

egg's

'.

another egg

'.

3.

').

OM a preposition with a very general meaning with

reference to, with regard to, at, on ', etc.
\kwiten eggs ', an irregular plural, the singular being
\kdui egg ', which is thus declined
'

2.

4.

5.


specimens of bushman folklore.

146

Plural.
eggs '.
Nominative \kwiten eggs '.
Aoousative

\kwlten

'

6.

han

'

eggs'

Genitive

\kwitenta

Alterative

\lcwiten-kuiten

lie

',

'

'

'.

other eggs

nominative, the ending -ken after a preceding

nasal vowel being converted into

is

'.

thus declined

This pronoun

n.

Singular.
Accusative ha or hd, ha-ha or ha-ha
Nominative han he, she, it '.

'

he, she, it

'.

'

Genitive ha-/ca or ha-ha-ka

'

his, her, its

',

Plural.
Accusative

hi or hl-hi

hi,

Nominative hin

'

they,

verbal

for

particle,

they,

she

it,

Genitive hi-ta or hi-hi-ta

7. \ne

'

'

it,

she

'.

'.

her

their, its,

the

'.

indicative

and

the

imperative.
8.

\kdmmin
is

9.

'

to carry

',

\kdmmin-ti

'

carries taking

'.

This

\kdmmin-ki in Flat-Bushman dialect, whilst the

Brinkkop Bushmen say \kdmmin-\ki.

away, thither '. Verbs of motion end generally
'

either in sha

towards, hither

'

'

or

lla,

just as such

Hawaiian verbs end either in mai hither or aku

thither, away '.
Main 'house, home', gen. Wndinta 'house's', pi.
'

'

'

10.

WnaiWndin
11. hS

'

houses

conjunction

'

',

and

etc.
',

really

'

this (or then) it is

'.

12. <hdh nominative of \hd 'consort, wife, husband', the

termination -ken after the very short vowel being

usually contracted to -h; yet one hears also \hdken.

The nouns indicating

relationship, as well as those

expressing members of the body, have generally

PARSING.
the

them without the

before

genitive

147

genitive

particle {-ka-).

Thus n

\hd

'

my

wife, or

my

husband

'.

thy wife, or thy husband '.

ha \hd his wife, or her husband '.
a \hd

'

'

Wkdbho \hd

The

Oud

'

plural (or dual ?)

is

Jantje's wife

\hdukengu

'.

husband and

'

wife, consorts'.

The verb

'

Instead of

to
'

marry

wives

women, females

'

plural of

\aiti

'

'

'

'

is \hdn.

the

\kdgen^

female

Bushman
which

is

This noun

'.

generally says

the irregular

\Jidgen requires,

however, always the genitive particle before

it,

as

ha-ka \kdgen 'his women, or his wives'.

ho

'

\ku

to

lift,

'

hair,

pick up, take

feathers

off'.

singular

'

13.

and

(nom. 14.

plural

\kuken) has the genitive without genitive particle

before
e

it.

The latter
any noun which can

'which', relative pronoun, plural of

a.

15.

used with reference to

be represented by ha or hd 'he, she, it', and the
former (e) similarly with reference to such nouns
as can be represented by hi or hi they, it, she '.
The latter pronoun is not entirely restricted to
the plural, but is also sometimes used where the
noun to be represented seems clearly to be in
house ', etc., Uu skin '.
the singular, as Wndih
This is probably the scanty remains of a former
() is

'

'

more extensive
sin verbal

'

classification of nouns.

particle,

indicating the

past perfect

or 16.

pluperfect.
\uhi 'inside', \uM-ssho 'sit inside'.
\'hi

'

17.

thread made of ostrich sinews, also a sack or net 18.

made

of such thread

'.

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

148

19.

oMthe preposition above-mentioned

(4) used as con-

because '.
20. \M 'to take, possess, have', not to be confounded with \ki
to kill '. But tbe former is also sometimes long \ki.
21. \\yauken 'blood'.
This noun is always a plural in
junction

on account

of,

'

Bushman,
22. Wan or Waken

by one

or

is

i.e. it
'

to go to

represented
'

or

to go

'

by

and

more other verbs.

a form of the verb

another form

and e.
always followed

hi
',

This appears to be

go away ', of which

The last form is likewise

'

Wci

is also We.

to

followed by another verb.

23. iMnn.
24. Wko to put down, to place

'.

'

25.

'

to eat

',

generally nasal

and subjunctive)

is

26. eh-eh ' flesh, meat, body

plural of a meat, flesh
'

a whirlwind

Another form (perfect

hi.

hd or ha.
',

reduplication

of Sh, the

'.

WgoWgo-Qua a little whirlwind '.

The ending -Qua forms diminutives in the singular,

27. \^g6Wgo

'

'

',

whilst in the plural this changes to -ka \kauken,

i.e.

the noun \ka'uken

'

noun,

preceding

little

children

'

(plural of \khwa or

with the genitive particle attached

\kqa 'child')

the

'

whirlwinds ',

This renders

it

as

Wg6?cen\\goken-ka

literally

'

whirlwind's children

probable that the ending -Qua

origin only a contraction of -ka [khwd,

its

to

\kduken

i.e.

'.

is in

-\khwd

following a noun in the genitive.

come to '. This appears to be the respective
form of the verb ssH to come '. There are, besides
this, two other terminations a to verbs (as remarked
above), one indicating the perfect and the other
'

28. ss'a

child

'

'

'

the subjunctive.
29. tu^ 'to blow', ts'u hho 'blowing lift' or 'to

blowing

'

or

'

to

blow up

'.

lift

by

'

PARSING.
toi \ku

'

ostrich haii-

'

requires (as stated above) the 30.

plural pronouns to represent

toi-Mcu-Qua

'

little

149

but the diminutive

it,

demands the singular

ostrich hair'

pronoun.

|M 'totake'.
31_
Wkaitm 'to ascend', ts'u \lci Wkditen 'blowing takes to 32.
ascend ', i.e. to blow up '.

^(?)

'

\gwaj(U
tdtten
\d

'

heaven, sky

to fall

'

'.

33^
34.

'.

'along'.

\hm

35.

come out, go
along came out of '.
'out,

td{ten \d \hin 'falling 36.

out'.

went

(apparently)

Uorfi-ttoffiya

perfect

form,

'

having 37.

whirled round.'
WTzoS 'fall
le

down, come down'.

go in, in, into '.

38.

'to enter,

39.

\khwhka\ 40.

(nom.
confounded with \Jt^wd 'hartebeest,
hartebeests' (nom. Sfc'wagen., gen. \k''waga\ nor
with \kwa leg (nom. \kwagen., gen. \kwaga^ pi.
bone
\kwd\ku)d and \kwa\kwdgen), nor with \kwd
(nom. \kwdkken, gen. [kwakka^ pi. \kwdgen), nor
with \khwd, the perfect and subjimctive forms of
\khwi 'to break', nor with \khwd 'child' (nom.
\khwdh, gen. Ikhwdka, pi. \kduken); nor with \kwd
nor with l^qd
gen.
'gall' (nom.
),
nor with \kwd
gen.
(nom.
pot
),

\khwh

'

not

water, rain

to

Xkwaken.!

'

gen.

be

'

'

'

'

'

'anger, to be angry'.

There are still other words which an unaccustomed

European ear could hardly distinguish from the above.
\Vwd-\kwdka \kwd.
\khwd
\kqnn
\khwdn

The

child holding breaks hartebeest leg's bone.

broke!

or

'

The

child breaks the bone of the hartebeest leg

'.

'

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLOEE.

150

\khwd

\lchwai

Child wMcli

one

han

\k'wd

\khwd

\kdnn

holding breaks hartebeest

it

broke

\khwai ha \kwa\kwagen ka \kwagen.

which
or

one

One

'

hartebeest

child breaks the bones of the legs of one

'.

\khwagen
'

'

in the pot

is

water

is

'

'.

always used with plural pronouns

as

{hi, e),

\khwa
'

jwoa.

\eta

The water

\khwu

bones,

legs'

its

41. llM *to be wet',

ytqa.

\eta

The water which

is

in the pot

'.

not to be confounded with Wkhd

'a stick' (nom. Wkhdgen, gen. Wkkdga,

with

nor

Wkhaga),

Wkhd

(nom. Wkdn, gen. Wkdka,

42. ii^

round, about

'

lions

lion,

nor with Wkd

',

\e

'

(nom.

'

Wkhdh,

elder

brother,

'

being

turning sur-

in,

rounded by'.
43. \ku verb substantive, auxiliary verb, or verbal
not to be confounded with \ku or \ku hair
44. Wndu 'be conscious, be aware, think',
'

f^a
"[le

'

gea.

brother

Wkdnde).

pi.

tin

pi. Wkhditen),

particle,
'

(14).

to lie'.

#a

'

become

46. dt 'to
47. \ki\ki

entering
to get

'

',

',

lie, lie

in

',

also di (short vowel).

reduplication of

\kt

(20).

48. \kuken 'feathers', here evidently not nominative, but

merely plural (14).

put on '.
50. IIM arm, wing' (nom. Wkuh,
his wings ', etc.).
tde
to walk, to go '.
51.
52. \kdrra 'to bask in the sun'.
49. \h6\ho
'

'

'

'

pi.

WkuWkuh, ha WkuWkuh

; '

PARSING.

151

be mounted, upon ', \Mrra WMo tin 53.

sitting be mounted around '.
\au ground, dust (nom. \ciun).
54.
tatti probably for ta tti e
lie at the place whicb ',55.
han ta tti or aii hah tatti e for, because ', etc.
also au ha tatti e in some positions (?).

llMo

Wkau

or

'

'

'

'

'

'

\nduhko
e

yet, still

56.

'.

'be, be equal to, be identical', etc., not to be con- 57.

founded with

'wbicb', the plural of the relative

pronoun, of which the singular

is a,

whilst

has

the same form in the singular and plural.

Wkotten

'

young

feathers

58.

'.

(singular and plural),

59.
male ', usually only used as sufiix. In 60.
the plural the noun affix -tuken is used affixed to
Thus tot gwdi
the preceding noun in the genitive.
^ male ostrich
has in the plural toi ta tuken. In

Mioctka

'

black

gwat or -goai

'

'

'

a similar

manner the

affix indicating the opposite

used as an independent noun), is in the plural exchanged for the

noun \kagen 'mates, wives' with the genitive before
sex, \diti

it.

Thus

female

'

toi \diti

'

'

(which

is

also

female ostrich

',

and

toi ta \kagen

'female ostriches'. Eegarding the plural of -Qua

(which affix is never now used as an independent
noun), which is also formed in a similar manner,
Thus toi-gwai-Qud a little he ostrich
vide 27.
has in the plural toi-ta tyken-ta \kduken little he
'

'

ostriches

'.

\kurruken\Mrruken to dry ', v. tr. The reduplication 61.

seems, as in Hottentot, to imply, among other
meanings, also a transitive or causative meaning.
'

\nd

'

head

'

(nom. \ndh, gen. \nd-ka,

7?1 'back' (nom.

'

gen.

ts^i-ta).

water's head's back's ground

',

62.

pi. \na\ndh).

\khwA-lna-tsH-ta\au QS.
i.e.

'

water's bank

'.

'''

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

152

between
the pronoun of the subject and the verb, and is
then most frequently to be translated 'that, in
order that ', as a ke a, n se ha give me flesh, that

64. se 'must', auxiliary verb, standing usually

'

may

I
65.

\hm

eat

'.

do afterwards, subsequently '. This is one of

the verbs, which we should translate by adverbs.
They are always followed as well as preceded by
Similarly W^a do again
the subjective pronoun.
'

'

is

66.

construed.

u away
'

'.

67. -ka in \kurruka

and at the end

of

\kuken-ka \kduka

stand either instead of the usual ending -ken or

as a contraction for -ken-ka.
The -ka probably
here a particle indicating the perfect, though
frequently indicates also the subjunctive.
It

is
it
is

probably due to the influence of the consonant

of this particle that the genitive particle in the

diminutive has also the original k instead of the

here more usual
68. \ni\ni

'

to unstifEen

t.
',

69. ta 'for' (conjunction).

70.

'.

71. \kwdm\kwain 'to strengthen', causative of \kwain 'to

be strong, to get
72. \nqd\nqd

'

feet

strong'.-

foot (nom. \nqdn, gen.

be confounded with \nwd arrow
of

pi.

',

\nqd-ka), not to

\nqd

'

'

'

(nom. \nwdn, gen. \nwdka,

\nqd

\nwd).

pi.

foot

',

has in the singular (as well as plural) always e

which and hi it as its pronoun, whilst \nwd
'

'

'

arrow

'

'

'

has in the singular d

as its pronoun.

73.

lea

'

to think that

74. \uhitte

'

in lie

',

'.

i.e.

'

lie in,

be in

'.

'

which

'

and hd

'

it

;:

PARSING.

= toi

\kwiten

covering
l;;^Qffll;^Qg

ttn-ten

'

ta \kuken,

ostrich's veldschoen,' the skin 75.

its foot.

to strengthen

down

lying

'

'

153

causative verb.

',

from

',

td

'

to lie

76.

down

77.

'.

harden ', causative form of verb.

78.
\ka-j(U breast, chest (nom. [Mj^^uken, gen. \Mj(uka, etc.) 79.
has in the plural the irregular form \ka\Miten-^u
breasts, chests '. A similar plural form is that of
\nd\na

to

'

'

'

'

\kau-ttu 'belly
\[ggrro

which

',

breastbone

'

'

is

\kau\kauten-ttu

'

bellies

'.

(nom. Wgdrroken, gen. W^grroka, 80.

pi. WffdttenW^gtten, WgottenWgottaken).

toM-tai

8J

L^

82.

\kqrru

Whon

QM

'

bushes

(blossoms

'

swallow

'

to

'

plant, tree,

Qhoken),
\kduken

84.

'.

wood, anything vegetable

'

(nom. 85.

Qhogen.

pi.

children

'

83.

?).

86.

'

not to be confounded with

(\ko'uken)

\kaoken

'

'

to beat

stone

\(k)auuken
\cm

'

'

\auken.

',

'.

body

laiiuken or \duken.

',

ground '.
Knorhaan,

\kWiiken

'

Otis Vigor sii\

an

\kaukaken \kmken \kMken \k(du)uken au

'

\au.

The children beat the Knorhaan's body on the

ground.'

^Snn 'small,

The

little', pi. of ^erri.

adjectives of 87.

^ze have in the plural different forms from the

singular.

Thus

\urn

'

short

',

pi. \utten

\uitten

\j(Owa

'

tall,

high

',

pi.

\x6\xoka

'

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLOEE,

164

\kmya

'great, large, big, stout', pi. \kui\kuUa',

yduki

ts'Srre

korre-Ttorre

This last

'

'

not small

round

pi.

',

yauM ts'^tten

pi. korritten-korreten.

',

not exactly an adjective, but a noun

is

indicating a ball or round thing.

All other adjectives besides these

of

have

size

the same form iu the singular and plural,

88. \kwe

wind (nom.

'

89. hod perfect of h6

90.

tTor Ve

91.

ti e

'

\kweten^ gen. \kweta).

'

'

'

to think

place

which

after verbs of

to lift

up

'.

(a Hottentot verb).

'

'

or

...

'

this place

used for

',

'

that

like Hottentot,

IV. 43.

THE VULTURES, THEIR ELDER

AND HER HUSBAND.
(^Dictated,

in

1879, ly Ihan+kass'o, who had

it

SISTER,

from

his mother,

Ixabbi-an.)

(8351)

ikul

Hf

ha 6a ddd hi

jkui

He, ha

llka^ai

* bin Ine Una ha.

Iki ssa

bd

IhS.,

Ha

llka^ai

wwarra

Ine lliikao hi,

llka;j^;ai

hd

Ine

ha

Ine

j^aua

h6 wai
wai

ttu,

ttii,

ha
ha

ha

* !kui laitikea

a,

hi dda hi ||kaxai

a.

!kui

jaiti

t !xwe-||na-ss'o [kuiten jku e.

Ha

Ine Ikii hi.

llka^ai

Ine

hi.

Ijna-es'o !kuf.

(8352')

wai, hi Iku

+kwaii hi.

He, ha J

(8351')

au

Ine Iku llnau, hi llka;^ai Iha

(8352) bbai wai.

ha

llkaj^ai

llka^ai jlkuan Iku Ikwai,

hiii

e Iiikwai5'a.

||ku|n e !xwe-

THE VULTIJEES.
\-xerri

'

scratch
*

\-x6rriya

sin

on

92.

'.

scratch

it

i.e.

',

scratch for

at,

',

etc.

ha

ti e

'the place which he has scratched

\-)(6rriya hi
'

155

the place on which he has scratched

'.

at

ki

'

to

grow

= Hottentot

'

Mka make
'

se auxiliary

that

grow,

between

verb, perhaps expressing

whether

93.

grow

'

(vide 61).

verb (or verbal particle)

standing

',

kai.

let

it

is

the
*

'

that, in order 94.

pronoiin

must '.

and the

It is uncertain

a form of the verb ss^a and ssH

'

to

IV. 43.
L.

THE YULTUEE8, THEIR ELDER

AND HER HUSBAND.
The Vultures formerly made
a person

SISTER,

their elder sister of (8351)

* they lived with her.

They, when their elder sister's husband f brought

(home) a springbok, they ate up the springbok.
And their ( ) elder sister's husband cursed them, (8362)
he scolded at them.

And

their

:{:

elder sister took

up the skin

of the

Their elder sister boiled

springbok, she singed it.
the skin of the springbok, their elder sister took it
out (of the pot).
* A woman was the one of whom they made
The woman was a person of the early race.

their elder sister.

(8351')

explains the use of the singular form of the

pronoun, here, in the following manner: "Their elder sister was

(8352')

A man

of the early race (he) was.

j Ihah^kass'o

one, they

were many."

SPECIMENS OF BUSHM4.N FOLKLORE.

156

He

(8353)

ha

lkglkg-f* ttu

Ine

ka tfkentiken,t

Hi

hi Iku-g Ine kkonnkkonii llkho hi.

ha +kwai
(8354) au wai

hi,

He, hi ha
ttdi

ha

hi

lie

hi ta ll^a, hi h^ hi ha

e,

au

ttu,

hi Ik^dda ssin ha wdi

ha

hi ha, hi

It^a,

(8355) hi

ti

llka^ai,

au

jhammi hi

Ine

ha

llkd;^ai,

hi

eii-eii,

-wai ttu.

llka;^ai IhS, hi

tduken, hi Ine Ikuei

Ine ii^koen

llka^ai Ih^

ha

hi ssueh.

Iki,

llka^ai Iha, hi

ha

Ine k6a,

He

Ine Ikaiiru-i

ha

llka^ai Iha.

Ha
(8356)

ha

Ikhi wai;

lla

hi

ll;^a,

+kwai

lika^ai Ine Ikii

kkonnkkonh

H^

tiken

llk^^ai Ihaii

(8358) ha

ssafi

a a hi

Hi

ll;^a,

Hi ha
Iha

llka;^ai

ha
Ine
Ine

Ine Ihih, hi !hau.

wdi ttu
a,

ha

Ine

j^aua wai ttu.

ttti-ka tfken-tfken, hi Ine

llkho hi.
e,

hi llka;^ai Iha,

ha

Ine kdi,

llkoaken

kan.

Ikhoukuken-Opuonni
laiti

Ine

Ine Igouij: ki ssa wdi.

He, hi ha

llkaj^ai Ine

Ha ha

Ine jhann.

ssd bbai wai.

hi.

Hi
(8357) Hi

ha

llka^ai Ihd

||

Iha

ha au

Ine llnau, Iga'ue, hi

ddda
(

sse

tiken

Una hi hS

jkou-^ii;

H4

ta Ikii bbai wai.

H^

sse Una hi ha.

ha

ha

e, laiti

ta,

ha

tiken

e,

Iku-g Ine Una

hi ha.

(8353')

llkuaii +1,

jku Ikllke-i tchueii

t

(8355')
(8356 ')
(8358')

Ha

IlkSxaiten

t llkuan

II

Au

hi |ka|iJka llku^ii e; au hi jnu ss'o 6a

e,
i

a,

ttu; ta, hi |ku llkhoui.

h| ka

ssin \nS a i hi,

au wai

Ikammainya wS.

en Iku llgwfya

>S%. Ika'uki-Opui.

hi |ku hi llgwiya en.

ttu.

THE VULTURES.

And
skin,t
sister's

they were taking hold* of the pieces of (8353)

they swallowed them down. Their elder
husband scolded them, because they again,

they ate with their elder

skin,

157

when

springbok,

sister,

of the springbok's

they had just eaten the body of the (8354)

( )
they again, they ate with their elder

sister of the springbok's skin.

And they were afraid of their elder sister's husband,

they went away, they went in all directions, they,
And ( ) they looked (8355)
in this manner, sat down.
at their elder sister's husband, they were looking
furtively at their elder sister's husband.
sister's husband went hunting.
He
went (and) killed a springbok he brought
They
the springbok home, slung upon his back.J
again, they ( ) came (and) ate up the springbok, (8356)
Their elder sister's husband scolded them. And they
moved away, they sat down.

Their elder

again, he

Their elder sister singed the

she boiled the springbok's skin.

was giving

to

them

springbok's skin

Their elder

sister

pieces of the skin, they were (8357)

swallowing them down.

Therefore, on the morrow,

their

elder' sister's

must go with him she

should altogether eat on ( ) the hunting ground (8358)
for, his younger sisters-in-law were in the habit of
Therefore, the wife should
eating up the springbok.
go with him. Then, the wife went with him.
husband said that

his wife

* I think that it was (with) their hands, if they were not

taking hold of things with their mouths for, they flew.
Their elder sister was the one who had heen giving to them

(8353')

of the springhok's skin.

J Carried the springbok.

"When the meat was finished

they had eaten up the meat.

(8355')
(8356')

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLOKE.

158

H^

tlken

(8359) ttfiya,

hi* ha

e,

Ine

hin hd Ine Ihm

ha

llnein,J he, hi

Ine

llnein,t

Ibkkbbe,

Ikukko ha Ine kui

h^

e,

ha

Opua

Ine

H^

Ilk

He

Ikul, i."

a, sse ttatta

ikuI a, e Ikul jkuila-

e,

haii Ine Ilkaiten.

iii,

" Ika hi,

H^

sse Ikuei Iki, i."

ssin

Ine kiii,

sse ilkaiten, he,

kan

" llk^^ai-0pua kaii

:.

Hin hd ka:

tkiibbu

Hin h^

ti e, ti ss'o

+kdkka hi."

Ine

0pua, ha hd
(8361)

ssi, (

Ine

hin Ine !gw^ ssin

i.

"A

Ikukko a han hd Ine kui:

(8360) a-g Ine ssan +kakka

ha llkaxaiten

llnaxi,

sse il^ko^n, ti e ll^a-

tiken

hin

!gwaj^u,||

ha ha

e,

^aiiki

Ine kiii,

kk^ttau

Ine

Ini hS.

Hiii Iku-g Ine jhauwa; hiii Iku tk-i

(8362)

ll;^a-0pua ssaii ilkhde a.

Hd

ha Iku-g

Ihiii

Ine tatten

jk'a

tiken

e,

llbke a hi

ha ll^a-0pua

jgwa^u, haii Iku ine

jkhou ssin hi ta kammaii.

He

(8363)

ha Iku

hi

Ine (

He, ha ll;^a-Opua ha
ssi Ilkaiten,

(8364)

kwai

H^

ha

tfken

e,

au

ha

Ine kui:

Iku lliikoen.

ssi

Ini tss'a,

kui:

Ik'a

(8360')
(8361')

jkui latti-Opu&.

Ta,

ti

fi

"

a kaii Iku

llkuaii llkhoa,

llka^ai a jkuila

jkferri,

+kubbu

ha ha

ssiii Ilk

Ine ui,

\gwi^\i.

ilkaxai-ta

llneiii,

a hi ssin

Una hi llkaxai

a.

llkuaii tatti, hi Iku e Ik'e.

The narrator thus explains the expression +kubbu

igwaxu

(8363')

Ilka ^f

te

II

^a

Ikni-

Hi
Hi

"I

ti

Una."

hail Ine Ilkaiten, haii Ine kui,

(8368')
(8359')

"A!

H Ha

ya'uki Ine In! ha "did not perceive her".

llkaxaitgn

a,

ha +kakka ha.

ssin 114

THE VUliTUEES.
Therefore,
gone,

down

opposite

to

together about

it.

"

Thou

tell

us

one said:

then thou must come to

what the place seems

and they conspired

said, this other

ascend, and

shalt

had

sister

house,t they sat (8359)

tlie

the house, J

They

elder

their

they went out of

when

they,*

159

And (8360)

be like."

to

another said: " Little sister shall be the one to try;

and then, she must

who was
)

And

tell us."

then, a Vulture

a little Vulture girl, she arose, she ascended.

They

little sister

said:

"Allow

we may

us, that

what (8361)

see

Then, she went, disappearing

will do."

in the sky, they no longer perceived her.

They

they were awaiting

sat;

which their younger

their

out

younger
of the

sister

sky,

sister

the time

should descend.

descended

{lit.

fell)

at

(8362)

Then,

from above

she (came and) sat in the midst

of them.

Ah

What is the place (8363)

hke?" And their younger sister said: "Our mate||
who is here shall ascend, that she may look. For,
And

they

exclaimed

the place seems as

when we

if

are above

Then, her elder

"

we should
)

perceive a thing,

there."

sister

(8364)

who was

grown up

girl,

she arose, she ascended, she went, disappearing in

* The Vultures.
t Their elder sister's house, in
their elder sister.
X

They

felt that

which they had been

II

(8358')
(8359')

they were people.

AUttlegirl.

Her

living with

elder sister

was the one

of

whom

she spoke.

(8360')
(8363')

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

160

Han
(8365)

Ik'e-kuiten lia Ine kiii

Ine

kii'i

" Ti

llkoen ti-ta

Ikota G5h.o

He

(8367)

tiken

" Ti

^a

u?

te

^auki te

llkuaii

ii

kti;

ta,

Ohioken f lukenliiken,

Iku

kwan

llkh.6a i

Ini

kwan ha

He

tiken

(8368) iM^ai Iha

ha ka

ssa,

jk'ui,

l^uabba

au ha

llka^ai Ih^,

Ikui
o

hd

ha

hi, hi !goa-i

ssah

Iki

Ikui.

token

Au

Ike ssa,

Ine ssa,

llnau, hi Ina

ha

hi,

u koa ha

hi Ine Ikuei

jk'tii,

llka;^ai

ha

hi,

hd

Iki,

llkdken-

ssiii

ddda
3

hi kaii jkhd

ila;

h6 jkwagen.

Ine

llkauken Ikam

hi

hd ka

"

llka;^ai,

kod

llkd;^ai Ine
Ila

llkanken

hf.

hi.

hi,

ssari

Ikgjkgtten.

e, i

ha

Hi

ine llkhou

hii Mtti, hi jku Ine llkoaken ddf

Ikulten |ku

ta,

hi.

ssi

ha yauki

wai, hi llkhoe, he ha

Ikwinya

hiii

llkakenllkaken.

ssi

Ine bbai wdi, hi

Ini hi,

!g6"d-i,

(8365'}
(8366')
(8367')
(8370')

ha Inu

He, hi h4

iki i."

Hi ha
(8370)

hi hd hk

ui, hi-ta

au hi louwi hi

llnau,

ssiii

" TJ koa hi, u koa

llkaken,
ta,7
o

(8369)

hd ka

+kwai

ta, hi llka;^ai Iha

hi

e,

wdi, au wai

ku, hin Iku-g Ine llkalten !gwd^u,J au

llka^ai sse

Iku

ti

hi ha Iku-g Ine llkoaken

e,

ha

Iku aken llweiya."

ta, ti

He

"

ta,

tiken llkuah

ll^ko'en hi;

yk

Ine Iku jkhou ssin

Tiken Iku aken llweiya;

(8366) ssuassukraken.
Iku

ban

jk'e-kkuiten-ta * kariiman.

He
ha

Ine Iku tdtten Ik'a Ihin,

Ikui.

ii

Hi
ssiii

kkweya

THE VULTURES.

161

She descended from above, she

the sky.

sat

in (8365)

the midst of the other people.*

And

And

like?"

she said: " There

with the place

is

"What

the other people said:

very beautiful;

is

the place

for,

for,

the place

is

nothing the matter

is

The place

clear.

do behold the whole (8366)

place; the stems of the trees, f I do behold them;

the place seems as

we

if

should perceive a spriagbok,

if

a springbok were lying xmder a tree ; for the place

is

very beautiful."

Then, they altogether

arose, all of them,

ascended into the sky, J while

they

they (8367)

wished

that

their elder sister should eat; for, their elder sister's

husband scolded them.

Therefore, they used, when they espied their elder
sister's husband coming, ( ) they ate in great haste. (8368)
They said: "Te must eat! ye must eat! ye must
eat

in

great haste

for,

that

man who

accursed

comes yonder, he could not endure us." And, they

finished the springbok, they flew ( ) away, flew (8369)
heavily away, they thus, they yonder alighted;
while their elder

sister's

husband came

to

pick up

the bones.

They,

when they

descended,

perceived

and their elder

their elder sister

sister

they

springbok,

perceived

followed them up.

them,

They

ate,

(8370)

(they) ate, they were looking around; they said:

"Te must eat; ye should look around; ye shall

leave

some meat for (our) elder

sister;

ye

* The Vultures.
t Large trees.
altogether became Vultures.
i While they felt that they
follow up.
we
which
those
are
Vultures

shall

(8365')
(8366')
(8367')
(8370')

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

162

Ikuditen * au

Ilk4;^ai

(8371)

He, hi

" llkaj^aiten

llkodn, ti

Ine louwi

He, hi ha

u koa

hd

Ine

Mi:

kw^ en ya

He, hi ha

kwe.

Ine

sse

llk^;^ai Ine Iko ssa

hi

) ti e,

llkaxai a ssa."

e,

llka^ai ssa, hi

tiiko llkhsa Ike ssa,

Una wdi ttu."t

(8372) hi llkoen,

au

llnau,

hf, hi Ine

k6a, hi ttdi He toiiken.

Hi

yu& au n

Ikuei

He

(8373)

wai,

ha

llkaj^ai

Ine jkiiiten,
lla,

Ts4-ra

+k-wai

ssiii

ha

Ine llkhouwa ttin

ta, ll^a

una

a,

hi ilkij^ai

ha

" Oeya

In^ ta:

ii

Ine jkhe ssa wdi,

au

u ddoa

Ine

haj

h6

"
?
Ine

Ikui Iku Ine Ik'ui, hi Iku-g

au hi Iku

Ine llgdue wai-ko, a hi

hi ha ha.

lY. 37.
L.

THE LIONESS, AND THE

DDI-;^EERETEN,

CHILDKEN.
{Belated, in January, 1879, hy Ihan^ikass'o,

who heard

maternal grandmother, -^i^vami, and, when

ii

from

his

older, from his mother,

Ixabbi-aii.)

(8177)

Ddi-j^erreten llkuan

hd

linau, llkha likuaraken

(5a

Una Ikhoa, lkuenya,|| han Ine

(8370')

(8371 ')
(8373')
(8177')

* En
t
%

llku.n e

Ikuaitaken e Ikajkdtta jkha

Hi Iku ha lli^ke
Hi \\Vij(&h Ikui

Ha

llkuan +1,

jklia.

llk^;^ai.

kan Iku

Inan h| 6a |ku &

tt e,

llku|n Ikht jkhwM.

Una; Ddi-

ttS.

!JtwS-llnis8'o Ikui

II

Ikuen

llan

ha

ss'o

k.

jkoii.

6a Ikuen

Iki

jkhwaa-ta Ikoa

ii,

ha

DDi-;^ERRETEN.

163

when ye
who comes."

leave for (our) elder sister the undercut,*

see that (our) elder sister is the one

And

they perceived their elder sister coming, they (8371)

exclaimed: "Elder sister really seems to be coming

( )

yonder, ye must leave the meat which

is

in

the

springbok's skin." f And, they left (it). J And, when

they beheld ( ) that their elder sister drew near to (8372)

them, they went away, they went in

" Fie
Their elder sister said

all directions.

how can ye act

manner towards me? as if I had been the
one who scolded you "
And their elder sister ( ) came up to the springbok, (8373)
she took up the springbok, she returned home
while the Yultures went forward (?), they went to
!

in this

fly about,

while they sought for another springbok,

which they intended again

to eat.

IV. 37.
L.

DDI-j^ERRETEN, THE LIONESS,

AND THE

CHILDREN.
the Lioness was at (8177)
the water, dipping up,^ (when) she had gone to dip
Ddt-j(erreten^\\ formerly,

* It

meat; the \kuditm

is

is

when

that which lies along the front of

(8370')

the upper part of the spine.

The word [huqiten, translated here as "undercut " (in accordance

with the description of its position), bears some resemblance to that
given for "biltong flesh", in the Katkop dialect, by Dia\kw^in,
which
t

is Ikicaii.

They atrthe skin together (with the meat).

j It

is

possible that the

(8371')

pronoun hi may have combined with the

verb here.
Their elder sister, the Yultures' elder sister.

(8373')

he was. His head was stone.

(8177')
dipped up water with a gemsbok's
i[ I think that she probably
stomach for she kUled gemsbok.
II

A man
;

of the early race

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

164

(8178)

;i^erretakeii tatti e, llkhk

a .Ikannlkann

ta Ikaiiken, au llkhkn tatti, llkha e

tiken

Ikannlkann

lia Ine

e,

h^ ha yauki ddi

llosa,

He

tlken

Ikuenya.

(8180)

Ddi-^erretaken Ine

ha

Ine

^eri'etaken

ha

Ine

(8181) kkiii:
ta

tan

li

tfken

(8182) hi-ta

e,

He

ssuen.

" |kauken-Opuondde

hi

Ikii,

ss'S

ha

hi-ta

He, ha ha

A-ka

^81 84'")

\\j(k

Ddi-

ss'6

Ine

IJ-ka |k'e-

H^

hin Ine Ikam

lii,

han

|k'e-ta

li

kah

He

|k'e-ta

He

li

kaii

* "^^ ^^^
f Hail

kui'

e,

Ha,

li

kan

" |ka'ukene Ikoulkou

|kauken e ha Ine

hin

Ha,

au hin

" |khwa-Opua

jkhwa hd
lia

Ine ui,

hi-ka

tatti,

ll;\;ainki

|k6u|kou *
llnSn llkhoe

+kakken

|kheya,

ss'o jkufrri.

|ku)rri-kko.

han

Ine

Ik'e.

" |kauken-Opuondde
e

wwe

Ikoujkou |kheya |kufrri a

au Ikhwan Ikam

haix kiii:

jk'e-ta

kiii

Ine Ikuei Iki,

han

Ine ll^a,

Ikul'i Iki hail Ha,

TJ-ka

Ha |kauken.

|k'e.

(8184) Ik'ou |khe ssa."

Hail

Ddi-

Ddi-^erreten hd

Ine

\\j(k

U-ka

(8183) llkhou Inuannan, hin

llnein.

au

wwe

jkhdya |kuirri a Ik'ou |khe."

ss'6

llnein,

|k'e.

Opuondd^ ww^

lia

au han

llnein,

Ikoiko |kh^ya, |kulrri a Iko |khe ssa."

Ddi-;{;erretaken ha Ine

Ikam

hd

an

|ka'uken,

lia

Inein, |kh^

lia

|kauken e

e,

ha

lia

Ddi-;j;erretaken Ine |kou ttih ha,

j(;erretaken

ta,

Igl tchueii.

Ddi-^erreten Ine

e,

|k'e-ta jkaiiken,

dda ha a;

a llnwaiStu

llosa,

llir^ke

(8179) jkauka ssin Una ha, |kauka ssin

llkeya jk'e-

wwe

ss'o

jkufrri

DDI-;[;BREETEN.

165

up water there, Ddt-x4rreten felt that the Lioness

was the one who had gathered ( ) together the (8178)
people's children, because the Lioness felt that she

was an invalid on account

of (her) chest; therefore,

she gathered together the people's children, that the

children might live with her, that the children might
(

work

for her;

she was an invalid, and she (8179)

for,

could not do hard work.

Therefore, Ddi-j(6rreten went to her house,

she was dipping up water.

her absence to
the children, at

Ddi-j6rreien sat down.

house reaching the children.

And

when

went in
the house, ( ) Ddi-y6mten went to (8180)
Ddi-y6rretm went to the
the house.

Ddi-j(4rreten said

Ddi-j_^rreten

"

children sitting here

(8181)

your people is that which is at the top

of the ravine which comes down from the top (of the
hill)."
Therefore, two children arose, they went

The

fire of

away

to their

own

people.

Ddi-j(6rretm again said: "

The

your people

fire of

is

(8182)
children sitting here

that which

And

(of the hill)."

while they went

And he
Thy

three children*

away

to their

"0

again said:

people's fire

is

the ravine which comes

hill)."

And

the child

He
fire of

own

again said:

your people

to its

"0
is

below the top

down on

own

people.

is

the child arose,

went away

this side

thus went, (8183)

child sitting here!

little

that which

below the

is

down on

top of the ravine which comes

it

this

of

side (of the

thus went, while (8184)

people.

children

that which

sitting here!
is

The

below t the top

* Literally, " childrea which hecatne three."

not where the water (8184')
t Because the house is in the rayine {i.e.,
flows, but among the bushes).

SPECIMENS OP BUSHMAN POLKLOEB.

166

(8185) a

Ikam

wwe

ss'o

Iknfrri

bin Ine

wwe

Ikuirri

ba

ban kui

llj^a

U-ka

He, ba ba
(

Ine

!k'e-ta

Iki,

Ine
Ha,

IlkliOTi

an bin

bin

ui,

bin Ine ikuei

li

He

a Iko jkb^ ssa."

Ine ui,

bin

Iki,

lla.

" Ika'uken-Opuondde

kiii:

jk'e-ta

IkoIko jkbeya,

e,

Ikauken ba Ine llkbou

Ine Ikuei Iki,

ban

Ine ll^a

ss'5!^U-ka

" jka'uken-OpuoMde

kan

li

He

a Iko Ikb^ ssa."

jkliken,

(8187)

hin Ine Ikuei

lii,

ha
bin

jkaluken

hi-ta jk'e.

lla

He, ba h4
(8186)

He

jk'ou jkh^ ssa."

jkuken, bin Ine

kan

IkoIko Ikb^ya

e,

jkauken e jnuanna, bi

biii lla

au bin Ikam

lla

hi-ta !k'e.

(8188)

He, ba ba

wwe

Ine

ss'o * TJ-ka

Ine (

ban kui: " jka'uken-Opuondde,

jk'e-ta

He

a Iko Ikb^ ssa."

(8189) bin

ll;^a,

Ikuei

li

bin

Iki,

kaii e, IkoIko jkbdya, jkuirri

Ikauken e

au Ddi-^erretaken ba

jk'e;

bi

biii

Ikain

au

Il4;

!ka

Ine

ba

Ikii,

ss'6,

Ine
lla

lii.

bi-ta

au llkba

llkuara.

He
(8190)

DO

llkba llkuara

ban

iki,

ssd;

'of

baO

Han ba

Ikiiiten ssa.

ban

ya'uki

jkauken.

Ini

ba3

Ine Ibin Ikboa, bail

(

Ine Ikuei
o

ttai-tau llwko^nya

He

ba ba

Ine

kiii:

"Tss'^ ra a jkauken jkauken jkauken jkauken, jka'uka

(8191)

j(a tt^ Ika

ka? be jkauken ^au dda

ka llgwiten

llnd ?

He yoa

iH e,

jka'uken

e jkui a ss'o llnein,

ba

Ina

Ine llkboa Ddi-;^^rreten,t i."

He

* Hd-ka

(8188')
ha

(8191')

ba ba

Ine jba,

jka'ukaken

i,

au ban ka ba

ya'uki

Una;

ta,

Iki hi.

t
J

Han Iku teiina ha.

Au han tatti, ha ya'uki

|ni

jkauken.

Ini

Ddi-^erreten.J

jk'e-ta

Ikauken

Ikii

6,

DDi-;^EKEETEN.

167

of the ravine*

which ( ) comes down on this side (8185)

And two children arose, they thus
went away, while they went away to theii- own
(of the hill)."

people.

And
)

he again said

Tour

"0

children

which

here

sitting
is

at the top (8186)

which comes down from the top

And two children arose, they thus

ravine

the

of

people's fire is that

(of the hill)."

went away.

And

he again said "

The fire of your people

children

that which

sitting here
is

And.

three children arose,

away ; while they went away

(8187)

at the top

which comes down from the top

of the ravine
hill)."

is

(of the

they thus went

to their

own

people.

And

he again said: " O children sitting here f (8188)

( )
The fire of your people is that which is at the top
of the ravine which comes down from the top (of
!

And two

the hill)."

children arose, they

went away;

while they went away to their

while Ddi-y6rreUn sat waiting for

people;

thus (8189)

own
the

Lioness.

An,d the Lioness came from the water, she thus

She ( ) came along looking (at the (8190)
house) ; she did not perceive the children. And she
exclaimed " Why do the children (stammering with
returning came.

rage) children children children, the children not do

so to
(

me ? and

the children do not play here, as they

do? It must be this man who sits (8191)

head resembles Ddk-^erretenP %
And she became angry about it, when she perceived

are

at the

He

wont

house

to

his

speaks of another ravine.

(8184')
oo j\

\ Her children were not there; for the people's children '^ere /o-i
those whom she had.
Vo-i
\

She recognized him.

q-i

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

168

(8192)

Han ha
ss'o

kui

Han ha

"

"

" I-i-ta Ikaiiken

h4

llkiia

ttd'i

Ine

kwa da
"

kui:

Oeya

(8194)

llkha
3

kiii: * (

ha3 Iku-g
O

Iku-g Ine kui: "

He
(8195)

ti,

llkh(5

Ouuuu

hi kail yda
ki

ha

Ine Ikei

"^dbbabbu!" au

jk'aun

n-ka

ss'o

yaiiki
ta tkauken
O

"

x6a! a-g

Ine

kdi:

li

if!

if!

Iku Ine

He
ii

ha hd

IlkeillkS

ha Ina gwa'i
!

"

ssaii

Au

Ddi-

llkudii lii^keya ha, ti e, i-i-

ddoa
3

(5a

Ine

Ine

Han hd

Ina.

llnein

He

dd(5a Ine e."

jkui a,

Inii

fe,

^erretaken hd Jn^ ta

Ddi-^erreten hi

Ikiikko Ina.

if!

llkha
3

e."

hd3 kui

"

A kan

yfii.

He, ha

ddda

hd,

a,

gwai

Ind

llkuan yaiiki 6a

Iku-g Ine

lii,

(8193')
(8195')

kwon

Iku ssan,

kkweya au ha

(
;

ddoa

dkken

Iki jkaiiken, haii

au ha

lya.

ha-ka

llneiii

au

ti e,

ha jkauken, e ssin

haii tdtti,

ha ssin Iku ddi

^auki ttaihOpua kkoka jka'uken,

* Igaunfl lea
t

I-i-

6."

haii Iku-g Ine jkiiiten

Iki ttaiya

au

"

ssaii llkho ki ss'o."

llkhaii Iku-g Ine luaitenlua'ita ss'o

Iku

1^

i.

(8196) ta Ikaiiken t

(8197) ha

Ine

e."
6a dd6a
D

llkuan
ya'uki
I-i-ta Ikaiiken
O
O 3

He

Han hi

Ddi-;^erretaken ha

lauwake a jkaiiken!"
*'

He

ddoa a

llkuan

ssa llnSn.

3-Ikhd

Ine

lauwaki jkauken."

Ine

Ine kdi:

(8193)

" Ddi-^erreten

Ine kkdi:

Ina.

Ddi-xlrretaken a Ikuli dda.

"

169

DDI-j(;ERRETEN.

She exclaimed:

Ddi-j(j^rreten.*

indeed (?)

here

sits

She exclaimed:

ofE

Ddi-j(irreten said

And

?"t And

"Out on

exclaimed:

must

me

give

the

dear

why

thee

children

(8193)

" Our children (they) were not."

She

" j(dhhablu " % (growling) to the other (8194)

)
" Oh
And she exclaimed
Oh dear

one's head.

be

to the house.

children

the Lioness caught hold of his head.

exclaimed

Oh

thou

my

are

)(8192)

" Our children (they) are not."

the Lioness

leave

Ddi-j(4rreten

She walked up

"Where

Ddi--)(6rreten said

And

"

^^

Oh

dear

Oh

this cursed (?)

dear

my

teeth

This must

man's big head came to

sit

in

my house
While Ddi--xerreten said (8195)
( )
" I told thee that our children they were not." The

front of

"

Lioness exclaimed: "Destruction!

the one whose big head
children

And he

came

Thou

hast been

to sit (here)."

" Our

(they) were not."

arose,

he returned (home)

(8196)
;

while the

Lioness sat in anger at her house; because he had

come (and)

who had been

taken away from her the children, (8197)

(living) peacefully with her

for she

had done well towards the children;

she did not a little love the children while she was

felt

that she

doing

so.

* Because she did not perceive the children.

t
are

The

my

narrator's translation of \ne

(8191')

\mwaki \kauken was "Where

children?" but "Give me the children" or

may be verbally more accurate.

"Show me

the children "

% Growling put in the head.

was the one who spoke thus.

Bdi-'xirreien

(8194

(8195')

170

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN POLKLOEE.

IV. 47.

THE MASON WASP* AND HIS WIFE.

'

1878, ly Ihan+kass'o, who heard

{Dictated, in June,

mother,

Igabbakenlgabbaken f ban b^

(7098)

au
"

laitikea

Ine

wwe

Ib^

(7099) jgabbaken

ba

Ine

jgabbakenjgabbaken-

He

"

laiti

He

Igabbakenjgabbaken ba

Ine

(7100) jgabbakenjgabbakaken Ine Ikuli

He

lla.J

^a

ra

ba

laiti

Ine kui:

Ine

laiti

ba3

kdi

Ine

"A

H^

tfken

Iku-g Ine

(7103) Ine

laiti

kiii

kwan

" Yi

Iki,

ban Iku

tfken

H^

tiken

Hd

Ikuei-ii
? S
o
O

Iku-g Ine kkauaken

^abbu

bibi

Han

laiti.

au

ttg jguara
i.

Iba

^wa,

Ine

e,

kau kudrre

ti

e,

tiken
Q

llkho Inuiii, i."

Iku-g Ine jkou ttin,

Ikii

l^i

tt^au,

kiii,

Tsa

jgabbakenjgabbaken ba Iku Ine

e,

(7102) ttin j^uorini; ban

He

Hd

"

ttaittaiya,

ddda
3

>'<5a

a yaiiki ta ka, a

e,

ban +nammi

"Ine llkbda tauii

(7101) jnuii l^ka; ban Ine llkbo jnuin.

yda

Iki,

jnwa, f;

Ibin

iki

a ;^au ka ka, a llkbo jnuin

^,

jgabbakenjgabbakaken

(7098')

lla,

i;

dde

ya,

ttai

He

llkbwai,

tte

jgabbakaken ba Ine kiii: "loa

ba Ine kiii: " loa kan a ta."
3

his

ba kui

laitiken

\j^ boa ke, loa a."

au ban

llnau,

ba,

Ikunss'o

ttai

from

it

Ix^bbi-aii.)

w6

tiken

"

ti e,

li

laiti,

laiti

Hd

ttai,

e,

ban

jka^u.

ba ba

ba yau

ba yoa Iku Ikuei

laitiken Iku Ine Ikiiken.

\j^ laiti;

* Igabbakenjgabbaken llkhfe +kakken-llklio-ttSim.

j-

Ha

hd tfken

llkuan h| 6a e jkui
e,

ha

he tfken

llkii|n Ine Ixi ISti,

ka

au

e,

ha llku^n |M Ihou;

au han yau Iku

IpJ^a

(7100')

f7101')

"^^ llku.n kkuirriten gwai, au gwii jkauogen-ka

jk'gafi lla,

he 4:hetten+het-ta

hin

e,

ta,

loa ssin Ine

ha kknirriten gwS,

ho jnau.

kkwe, jxe

X 1 llku|n

I.

ta.

ti e

jkhou,

THE MASON WASP,

171

IV. 47.
L.

THE MASON WASP* AND HIS WIFE.

The

Mason Waspf formerly

did thus as he (7098)

walked behind him,
husband!
Shoot for me

walked along, while

(his) wife

the wife

my

'<

said:

And

his

"
quiver;

Mason Wasp ( ) laid down (7099)

the Mason Wasp said: "Where is

the

hare?"

And

that hare

the

(his)

wife said:

"The

hare

lies

there."

And

Mason Wasp took out an arrow the

in this manner ( ) went stooping along.J (7100)
And the wife said " Put down (thy) kaross
Why
is it that thou art not willing to put down (thy)
kaross ? "
Therefore, the Mason Wasp, walking
the

Mason Wasp

along, unloosened the strings of the kaross

down

the kaross.

"Canst thou be

why

thou

wert

like this?

not

he put

Therefore the wife said

willing

(7101)

This must have been

lay

to

down

the

kaross."

Mason Wasp walked, turning

Therefore, the

to one

;
he ( ) aimed at (his) wife, he shot, hittiag the (7102)
(head of) the arrow on (his) wife's breast (bone).

side

||

* The Mason Wasp resembles the Palpares and Lilellula. It (7098')

The Mason "Wasp flies, and is to be seen in
summer near water
IAa4:to'o has seen it in our garden at
Mowbray. It is rather smaller than the Palpares and Lilellula.
f He was formerly a man therefore, he had a bow therefore,
he shot his wife, when he had not shot the hare.
% "We are accustomed to go along stooping, when we wish that (7100')
the hare may quietly lie hidden (knowing that people are at hand
has a small body.

lying

still,

thinking that

it

will be passed by).

She mocked at the man on account of the middle of the man's ('7X01')
body, which was slender hence she mocked at the man.

II

.^.

breaking her breastbone.

(7102')

172

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

And

(his) wife fell down, dead on account of it.

Then
he exclaimed: " Ti it hiht!
my wife Al!" (crying)
(7103) as if he had not ( ) been the one to shoot (his) wife.
He cried, that he should have done thus, have shot

his wife

his wife died.

My

td'i

iehu

Id

it is.

tchii g.

im
My father's hut it
/
)

i.

mother's hut

is.

m \Jcuh Inu-i, h'lma liwi a tehu H.

My grandfather's, the big \uma't,
hut

it is.

1.

6.

Wkdshe

The big grandmother's hut

\\ni

&

tehii i.

y**^^^^^

Wffu Tea

The water -which we drink.

i,

it is.

i ti shin.

%._^Jjtf

Gdba Wgii, Gdha \\hhumm.

The Makoba's water.
\uma, Oct. Zrd, 1881.

2.

1.

\kqo,

hill.

Wneih,

2.

\khuirri\Jchuirri,

house of the

lioness.
3-

5.

Ddt xerretm.

6.

0.

rayines.
4.

3.

\kduhen,

the

\\hhn

lea

children.

4.

\kdtihm ha

\k'i

ta

Wnei

line*,

the

children's people's houses (at the upper part of the ravines).

\haa:^ka'o, Jan. 26<A, 1879.

Id.

2d.

BUSHMEN.
From

the Breakwater.

Sd.

y.

Legends.

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

174

v. [37.

THE YOUNG MAN" OF THE ANCIENT EACE,

WHO WAS CAERIED OFF BY A LION,
WHEN ASLEEP IN THE FIELD.
{Dictated, in 1875, in the KatTcop dialect, hy Da,!k-w|in,

from

(4457)

jkui ^^auddoro a

hM

han

+i,

kiii ttS

ha ka ha

He ha
hSn

ssa;

(4460) he ha

He

^ ? ti

ti

(4461) ddarraken;

Opuoin

Ihiii, i

He ha
)

jgoai,

ku-kkui,

ddf ha, o

Inix a,

i,

tta.

o llkhan da ttai

tta

he ha hho

he ha lauwi,

ti e,

jkui,

i.

Ikha 6a

kii-kkui-ten +i, ha ya'uki sse

ssan ttssi

llkha

ddarraka; han am'm sse

Ikuei Ikuelkue,

ko

ha yauki amin ka Ikuei

he ha Opuoin,

Ikuiten

ta,

W-x^l',

sso

lla

o llkuonnan Ikha ha, han llk'oinya;

jkui jk'abbe

a hho wa.

it

ha ^auki ttamsse

ta,

Ta, ttss'ddde

e, (

!;^u Ha,

Ini (

llkaiten

He ha hha

am'm tten

sse

tten, i;

jliami

Opuoin.

ddi kui tta Opuoin.

(4459) llkoin-ta

6a

Opuoin; o han

hail Iku ddi kui ttS

(4458) han Iku ddi

who had

his mother, 4:kamiiiS-an.)

lliikoen,

ta, llkha

llkuan

ti

Ikh4 ha, o
llkha

Ikii

ha

ka ha

llkho +i, ti e,

ha Ikuka.
(4462)

He

.Inau-tte

llkha

ya,

i.

Ikammainya o jkhwakki

He

llkha

ku-kkiii-ten

45,

he llkha
ha

Ikii

YOUNG MAN

BY LION.

CA.ERIED OFF

175

V.-[37.
B.

THE YOUNG MAN OF THE ANCIENT RACE,

WHO WAS CAREIED OFF BY A LION,
WHEN ASLEEP IN THE FIELD.

A young man*

was tlie one who, formerly hunting, (4457)

ascended a hill; he hecame sleepy; while he sat
looking around (for game), he became sleepy. ( ) (4458)
Aad he thought that he would first lie down; for
he was not a little sleepy. For what could have
happened to him to-day ? because ( ) he had not (4459)
previously felt like this.f

And he

down on account

lay

while a lion came;

it

went

of it

the noonday (heat) had " killed "

and

espied

it

and he

slept,

to the water, J because

was thirsty
and it took (4460)
the man lying asleep
it

it

up the man.
and he saw that
And he
it was a lion which had taken him up.
for
stir
not
;
would
he
that
thought
) the lion (4461)
(
first
would
would biting kill him, if he stirred; he

And

the

man awoke

startled

lion intended to do;

that he was dead.
think
appeared to

see

for

what the

And

tree

the lion carried

and the lion

laid

him

him
in

to

it.||

the lion

zwart-storm(4462)

And

the lion

He was a young man of the early race.

from another version of this legend, given by
t It is evident,
(71.-2,
\\Un
ta
pp. 4014-4025), that the unusual
\kwiiten
*

sleepiness is supposed to be caused

To

a water pit.

by the

lion.

J
as being a large tree, which
This is described by the narrator
has yellow flowers and no thorns.
The lion put the man half into the tree, at the bottom of it
_

II

his legs

were not in

it.

(4457')
(4459')

/i^con
(44dJ
)

SPECIMENS or BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

176

ha ha

llkoinya,

(4463) ywS;

ha

H6 ha
(4464) ha

Ina

Ikui
o

Ik'oa

He

a, Ina.

Ikii

(4465) ha !k'5a

ha Qa

4i,

jkui Ina, o

le

He

i.

\Mk

ya'uki sso

ddoa

He ha

(4467) yauki ttamsse

ywanni ha

Ina, i;

(4468)

i.

He

han

+1,

llkha ku-kkui-ten

akka

.Ikui

He
He

He

lliikoen

jkui

jkui

le

llkha

ti e,

jkui Ina,

tta,

ti

jhda,

He ha
Hg

Oho

e,

jkui

e,

llkha,

ti

tt'atten

llkh| kii-kkdi,

kwo-kkwan
ha Inu

jkui

hin

ll^koen, ttss'a

I.

Iku-g

tt'atten

>Va,

ll>I

+i, ti e,

ta, jkui

ha llkhauru; he

jk'oa ttchoo

kwo-kkwan,

ha

^'wan, jkui a dddrraken.

ha k4 ha

77

He

jkui tsa;^aiten-ka jkhwe-ten,

(4469) sse

Ikii

amm

Inii a,

o han llwkoeii

Ina.

dde

e, ttss'a

il^an, jk'oa ttchoo

i.

he

kkui, gguerri

ssin

tte

jkhe

liken

han ywanni ha
ddga

ha

ha

tsa^aiten.

jkui

tt'atti

ta,

la

ti e,'

jkui Ina.

tsaj^Sten-ka jkhwetyi,

ha

a,

o jkwaggen-ka jkau,

1,

sse

jkwaggen-ka !kau,

Ikui jkaim

oat

ddarraken

Ine ttatten ui.

(4466)

ha ha, o ha ^wa

llkha jkwe Ma, i; ti

llki

ha

sse !^u,

iin'm

ha hha.

Ikuonni,

ttaii

han

sse ssa jhau

llk'oinya,

Ikii

jkiu

jkui Ina,

ddoa

a,

ha

yauki

YOUNG MAN CARRIED OFF BY

thought that

177

LION.

would (continue to) be thirsty if it

would first go to the water, that
it might go to drink;
it wonld come afterwards (4463)
( )
to eat, when it had drunk; for, it would (continue
to) be thirsty if it ate.
And it trod, (pressing) in the man's head between
the stems of the zwart-storm tree and it went back.
And the man ( ) turned his head a little.* And the (4464)
lion looked back on account of it
namely, why had
the man's head moved ? when it had first thought
that it had trodden, firmly fixing the man's head.
And the lion thought that it did not seem to haye (4465)
( )
it

man;

ate the

it

man

laid the

nicely

the

for,

man

fell over.

And

it

again trod, pressing the man's head into the middle

(of the stems) of the

tree.
( ) And it (4466)
And the man wept
And the man felt
eyes.

zwart-storm

licked the man's eyes' tears. f

hence

it

licked the man's

that a stick X did not a little pierce the hollow at the

back of his head; and the man ( ) turned his head (4467)
a

while he looked steadfastly at the lion, he

And the lion looked (to see)
little.

little,

turned his head a

why

was that the thing seemed

it

And

moved.

it

licked

the lion thought

down
it

it

a
t

the man's eyes'

tread, thoroughly pressing

would

might really see whether

had been the one who had not laid the man (4469)

the man's head, that

* The tree hurt the back

it

man had
tears.
And (4468)

as if the

it

of the

man's head

therefore he

moved (4464')

little.

The man

cried quietly, because

he saw himself in the

lion's

(4466')

power, and in great danger.

explains that the stick was one of those pieces
J The narrator
of
that had broken off, fallen down, and lodged in the bottom
the tree.

The man looked through almost closed eyes; but watched

remarked that he moved his head.

see if the lion

to

(4467')

;;

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

178

4kken

tte-tte

He

dddrraken.

(4470)

tl

ha

e,

i,

ddoa Iku ywan, jkui a

ti

Ikui llWko'en,

Ohoken kki-ssan

llkuaii InS llii^koen, ti e, ti-g

(4471) akka jkui

he ha tt^ jkhe

llkl,

ha yauki

Ine

He

llken-i ha.

Ine llkh.o,

he ha jkwe

i;

l(a,

ywaii llkha

yauki Ine

Ikui llku|n

ta,

e, ti

ti

ddoa Ik'auwa; he

Ikii

ddarraken,

Ta,

Ikui.

ha llkuan

6 jkufteu

i,

ttchu-ttchuruka ha tsa^altyi; han llwkoen

hho, o ha tsSj^;aiten-ka

(4472) llkh|

(4473)

Ikuli ^o,

llgerre

He

i.

han

llkhf

llyau, i;

hS llkha ttchdaken,

!;^u6nni,

ha

i;

ttai,

He ha

!kei llaugen, ttai.

llkha ttohdaki; h8

ha lauwi,

amm

ha

ywan

ka ha,

jkui

ti e,

ddda Iku

+i,

ywa; ha

lla

ssa

llk'oiiiya

(4477)

ha

Ta,

hha.
;

hd tiken

sse ssa, jhau

jkuiten tten

ha Iku

+i, ti

ha

kaii

llkan-a
e,

ha hha

dd^

e,

Ta,

+i, ti e,

ti

llkuan Ine

jkhwa, ha sse

orruko Ihin
haii

dd^

he ha ku-kkui,

sse,

ha

sse

yauki ttamsse

ha amin ka ha
;

Inu

h^ tiken

He ha

sse orrtiko jku;^e

sse ll^a

lla

llkhf llkbo,

kan

llkuan jnaunkkg tta

ha kd ha

e,

llkha ll;^an, kkebbi,

Ikiiken ddau-ddau.

lli/koeh, ti e, jkui

(4476) hail

ta,

ti

ti e, llkha

ha liakoen kwo-kkwan.

ll^a

Ilkh5e

llkaiten

f,

ddda Ik'auwa

Ikii

(4475) Iku ttan jkui Iku kS ha u

jkui

llwkoeh,

llii^koeri, ti e,

!khe ssa, o llj^au Ina ttss'i; o llkhan

(4474) ssin Iku

Iki

o Ikuiten ttamsse Iho

8 han ka ha llwkoen,

Ina,

tte

ddarraken

jkui,

lla

llkha

lla

^wa, ha

o ha J^wa.

ko llwkoen

ya, ti

e,

ha Ikuei ^o,

TOUNG MAN CAERIEB OFF BY

down
had

nicely.

For, the thing seemed as

And

stirred.

LION.

the

man saw

if

179

the

man

that the thing seemed

the lion suspected that he was alive; and

he (4470)
( )
stir, although the stick was piercing him.
And the lion saw that the thing appeared as if it had
laid the man down nicely ; for the man did not
( ) (4471)
stir; and it went a few steps away, and it looked
towards the man, while the man drew up his eyes;
he looked through his eyelashes ; he saw what the
as

if

did not

lion

was

ascending the

And

doing.
hill

and the

the other side), while the

the

lion

went

away, (4472)

lion descended (the hill

man

on

gently turned his head

hecause he wanted to see whether the lion had really

gone away. ( ) And he saw that the lion appeared (4473)
to have descended (the hill on the other side) and he
;

perceived that the lion again (raising

peeping behind the top of the

thought that the thing had (

hill

its head) stood

* because the lion

seemed as if the man (4474)

were alive therefore, it first wanted again to look
thoroughly. For, it seemed as if the man had intended to arise for, it had thought that ( ) the man (4475)
had been feigning death. And it saw that the man
was still lying down; and it thought that it would
quickly run ( ) to the water, that it might go to (4476)
drink, that it might again quickly come out (from
For, it was
the water), that it might come to eat.
)

hungry

therefore,
(

it
it

was one who was not a

first

little

thirsty

intended to go to driak, that

might come afterwards

to

eat,

when

it

which

it

it

had (4477)

drunk.

The man lay looking

* The lion came back a
sight) to look again.

at

little

it,

at that

way

(after

did

having gone out of

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

180

he
(4478)

e,

ha

jk'u j^uonni,

He

Ha.

kkwe
(4479)

(4480)

llkuan lli/koen

Ikiii

ha

ha kd ha

ha

ha

!kei llaugen

ta,

ha ddoa

ha

llnau,

(4481) dd(5a

ha

dd^
e,

(4482) ine llbkoen,

ha llkuan

Ikui Inu

ti e,

He

jkui,

H^

tiken

Inaudkko

(4483) Ilkha,

ha,

sse ssd

ha yauki
ywan, ha

ha ka ha

ti

sse

Ikhw^ten

ssaii

Ikii

ha ka

Ikui llkuan

llkuan

ti

o Ilkha Iku taaunkko Una

lli/koen, ti e,
Ini

He

tta.

ha

ha

ssin

jkui'ten

e,

sse,

Ine ssueh,

ta,

ddda

akka

jkui kii-kkui-ten +i,

ddi

ddarraken.

jkui

a,

oiTuko

sse

au llkuan

amm +kam0pua

Ine

ha

tte

ha kkebbi Ikhe sse; he

llk(5aken Ha.

a,

+en-na tssa

ttattenttdtten ui.

llvikoeii, ti e,

ya kko ^wan,

ti

sse

a jkhwiya

tssa

ywah, ha

Ikii

sse oriniko Iku^e,

ll;^a

Ta,

sse.

>^u

likha Inu

e,

amm

sse

tt^; o ha ka, ha sse kkoan Ihin;

+i, ti

Ikii

ti

ddau-ddau ha

sse

ssin

Ta, ha ya'uki

ha ka ha

+i,

llwkden,

sse

ha kkebbi jkhe

||;i^a

he llkuan ywaii ha llkoaken

ku-kkui-ten

!kui

ttin,

I,

Ina-ka Ik'iilk'u Ivuonni

ti e, lia

He

6.

jkui

aii-Opu^ llkuan Ine ssuen, hg ha ^auki

;

he

ti

ha

llkuan ywan,

!kei

llaiigen,

ttaiya.

(4484)

hail

H^, ha

ya'uki

(4485) kkoan
6
lla

he.

Ikii

Ihin,

hah ka

Ine Ikii ddi akka, o ti Ike,

kkoaii

hah Iku

Iku llnau,

ha

ta,

ha

ttai;

ssuken

ti

e,

ha

Ilkha >^uki sse +emi,

Hah

tta

hah

Ihin,

|mm

ha

ti

Ikuei Ikua,

he
Ikii

l;^arra,

bd

ss'o

ddi,

Ikain

bah

YOUNG MAN CARRIED OFF BY

and the man saw that

181

LION.

head's* turning away

(and disappearing), with which it turned away (and
disappeared),

And

gone.
lie

still,

its

seemed

had altogether (4478)

would first
whether the lion would

as

if

man thought

the

that he might see

not again come peeping.

For,

it

that he

it

is

thing (4479)

which is cunning it would intend to deceive him,

that the thing might seem (as if) it had really
gone away while it thought that he would arise
For, it (4480)
for, he had seemed as if he ( ) stirred.
did not know why the man had, when it thought
;

that

had

it

laid

the

man down

nicely,

the

man

thought (4481)

had been falling over. Therefore, ( ) it

that it would quickly run, that it might quickly
come, that it might come to look whether the man
still lay.
And the man saw that a long time had
passed ( ) since it again came to peep (at him); (4482)
and the thing seemed as if it had altogether gone.
And the man thought that he would first wait
a little; for, he would (otherwise) startle the lion,
And the (4483)
if the lion were still at this place.
( )
and he
passed,
man saw that a little time had now
had not perceived it (the lion) and the thing seemed
;

had

as if it

really gone away.

did nicely at the place yonder where (4484)

he lay; he did not arise (and) go; for, he arose,
he first sprang to a different place, ( ) while he (4485)
wished that the lion should not know the place to
(

And he

which he seemed to have gone. He, when he had

done in this manner, ran in a zigzag direction,t
* The
only had

lion, this

time -when

it

came back

to look at the

its head and shoulders in sight.

not run straight but ran first in one
did
He
t
sprang to another place, then ran again, etc.
;

man,

direction, then

;;

SPECIMENS OP BUSHMAN POLELOEE.

182

(4486)

Ikwe

Ikii

ti

ha

e,

(4487)

Iku

sse ssa

ha kan

6 ban ka,

jkuj^e,

Ikam Ma he; llkha sse

ss'6

ha

ssa,

ko

ti

llgaue

ha ka ha Ikwe

+i,

llnein;

Iku !ku;^e, Ike

o ha

le

tiken

llkha Inu

H^
hah

tiken

tfken

e,

ttemmi

sse

ha

Ine ssa jko

ha

tiken

Ikw'a

he
(4493)

e,

H^

ta,

tiken

ha

ha ka

jk'e

ddda

ttii- ttii,

dd6a

oa;

he

oa, 6 llkoih

llkh|a

+i, ti e,
lla

kd ha

ha kkoo

he,

sse llgaue llkhwi Ihin ha.

kkQO

ttemmi

sse

Iwkwaiya, llkha ^a sse ssa

^,

Ini

le

ha, 6

Ta,

ha.

ttssd a,

ka

a ha ssih Ikha ha, hah ^auki ta

wa, o ha j^ hha ha.

kw'a

ll;^au,

ttii-ttu e li/kwaiya,

ha ssih Ikam

hah ka ha

ttss'A

Inwa

ttiiko

dd^

hah

ttxiko

ha

e,

ha

ttiiko Ikii e, +eh-na, ti e, llkha Iku

(

sse

sse llnau,

Ikaa ha

ti e,

!khe,

jkaii

Iha, ti e,

ttii-ttu e

Ikii llnaii,
;^ii

(4489')

sse llnau, 6

He

ha,

le

ka ha

jkhai Ihin ssa

he kie sse llwkoeh jkw'a

(4491) yah !;^owa.

(4492)

hah

llnau,

o llkoih yah

han ka

ssa,

sse Ini ha.

ha Iku

Iku Iwkeya llneih-ta jk'e a,

(4490) oa*

h^

^au

e,

sse Iku ttai

llkha sse lli/koeh,

e,

Ikti^e,

ha ^auki

e,

llkhan ka ha sse

(4489) llkha sse !gau6-ken llgaue ha,

ti e,

ta, llkha

llnein, i;

jko ha,

ssa

He

ha

tiken

ko

ti

6 ha

sse llnau,

ssd llgaiie ha.

kd ha

llkha

ta,

sse

Hd

ssuen

ti

o ha

llnau,

Ikii

ha.

IkTIki

llkha ya'uki sse Ikhou Ihin ha Inwa

(4488) ha

llkha

jkhou Ihin ha jnwa, llkha Vauki sse +enh,

sse

;^a

ssuen

ti

jk'e sse

H^

ttemmi

tiken
le

e, jk'e

ha,

sse llnau,

hd ko

Ilka

*^ = h6i
Han
jk'g I,

jnanna-8s6 llkh|; he tiken

I.

e,

ha Ikuli k6i-ten, j^ke};!

YOUNG MAN CARRIED OFF BY

while he desired

out his footsteps,

LION.

183

that the lion should not smell (4486)

that the lion should not know
)

the place to which he seemed to have gone; that

the lion, when it came, should come to seek about

him (there). Therefore, ( ) he thought that he (4487)

would run in a zigzag direction, so that the lion
might not smell out his footsteps; that he might
go home; for, the lion, when it came, would ( )(4488)
come to seek for him. Therefore, he would not run
straight into the house
for, the lion, when it came
(and) missed him, would intend to find his footprints,
for

that the lion might, following his spoor, seek for him,
(

that the lion might see whether

it

could not get (4489)

hold of him.
Therefore,

when he came

out at the top of the

he called out to the people at home about it,

he had just been " lifted up " * ( ) while the sun (4490)
stood high, he had been " lifted up "
therefore,
they must look out many hartebeest-skins, that they
might roll him up in them for, he had just been
"lifted up", while the sun was high. ( ) Therefore, (4491)
he thought that the lion would, when it came out
from the place to which it had gone, it would come
(and) miss him it would resolve to seek (and) track
him out. Therefore, ( ) he wanted the people to roll (4492)

hill,

that

him up

in

many

hartebeest-skins, so that the

lion

should not come (and) get him. For, they w ere those
who knew that the lion is a thing which acts thus to
(

the thing which

when

it

has killed,

does not leave

it

it,

(4493)

Therefore, the people must

has not eaten it.

do thus with the hartebeest-skins, the people must
roll him up in them ; and also (in) mats these (are)
it

* He avoided (?) the name of the lion

manlier told the people about it.

therefore,

he in this('4489M

184

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

(4494) tchiien

e,

ttemmi

Ik'e sse

le

ha,

ya'uki

llkha

sse Ini ha.

He
o

(4495)

i.

'(

ttu-ttti;

e,

Ikdten llkuaii Ine

ttu-ttii

Ta, jkui

tiken llkuan

(4496)

i,

h^ ko jkw'a

Ilka,

Ilka,

llkuan

Ik'e

llkuan a Ikuei-dda he a; he

Iki

Ilka ti

e,

ha he ^auki ttan llkha

he

li-ka

hha

sse

he kie \^e a dkka, llkha ^auki

he
(4498)

tiken

yaudddro

He

ha.

he kie sse ll^ou

li/ke, ti e,

llkha sse Iku

||;^oull;^ou,*

Iku ssi,

Ikilki

llgaiie

yaudddro, 6 ha ssa

He,

(4499)
1

Ik'e

he he

jkaugen

(4500) lliikogen
jkiii-sse,

lkua

lla,

T.

llnau

6 ha

.Ikui

ha iku
ha,

ssa,

ha ^auki

Ikui-sse,
i,

He

he he

e.

he

ha

sse

sse

Ini

llkdii Ikui-sse,

6 llkiionna-ka llwke, hd he
IjJ^amka-lnuyo llnau,

hari

laityi a, laityi sse like, llkau llkho,

ha lauwi

llkha, o llkh|ii Ikhai Ihin ssa, ti e,

(4501) yaudddro ssin jkhaa Ihin ssa he.

(4497')

hha

c,

sse Iku ssa, llgaue Ikilki ha.

Iki ssa jkiii-sse,

jkiii-sse,

tiken

ya'udddro, 6 llneiii-ta

le

yaudddro

ha

sse Iku

lid 6

Ta,

sse Ini ha.

he ya'uki ttan llkhf

e,

ha 6 Ikw'a

le

(4497) yauddoro a he ya'uki ttamsse kkoka ha,

He

ha

le

ttemmi llwke hi

he, he

he llkuan Ine ttemmi

6 hin tta

ttemmi

l|nein-ta

llxouHxw.

He ha

li^ikeya

YOUNG MAN CARRIED OFF BY

things which

the people

must

185

LION.

him up

roll

in,

(4494)

(in order) that the lion should not get him.

And

the people did so

the people rolled

him

U])

and also (in) harteheest-skins, which they

rolled together with the mats.
(
) For, the man was (4495)
the one who had spoken thus to them about it
therefore it was that they rolled him up ia harteheestin mats,*

while they

skins,

(he) was,

felt that

whom

their hearts'

young man

they did not wish the lion

Therefore, they intended to hide

lion should not get hold of him.

him

to eat.

(4496)

well, that the

For, a

young man

whom

they did not a little love ( ) he was. Therefore, (4497)

they did not wish the lion to eat him ; and they said
that they would cover over the young man with the

when it (4498)
man
young man, when it

hut's sheltering bushes,! so that the lion,

came, should come seeking about for the young

should not get hold of the

it

came

it

And

should come seeking about for him.

the people went out to seek for

Ucm-sf^d

(iidQ)

[an edible root]

and they dug out \km-ssS and
they brought (home) \km-ssS, at noon, and they bakedj
;

And an

XJiui-ss^.

wood

getting

might make a

fire

old

Bushman,

as

he went along

for his wife, in order that his wife (4600)

above the

\kui-sse^^ espied the lion,

came over (the top of the hill), at the place

which the young man had come over. And he told
it
and he spoke, he said: (4501)
( ) the house folk about
as the lion

* Many mats.
t

The

screen or shelter of the hut.

scherm for

The narrator uses the word (4497')

it.

has been previously heated,

J In a hole in the ground, which
and which is covered over with earth when the IMi-sse has been

put into

i.e.

it.

on the top of the earth with which the hole had been

covered over.

186

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

llnSn-ta jk'e a
Ikii

he ha ku-kkui, han lke: "

llwkoeii ll^aS

e,

ha

Ike a,

U kan

Ina ttss'i, ti Ike,

(4502) yauddoro, ha ssin jkhai Ihin ssa he,

ti e, (

ha

he-g Ine

Ikuei u, I."

He, yaudddro

ku-kkui, han lke

;^oa

yaiiki a llkha sse

sse llnein

le

"

U k6o

sse

sse Iku jkou tte ya,

o ha yavki sse llnein."

(4503)

He,

llkha, i

he he l^ai

o jk'^ten kki-ssan

He

(4504)

auwi

l;^a-i,

(4506)

llkha

jkhwa, llkh|

a,

han

jkui a,

a,

ha

l;^ai

ssin

!k'6-ten

(4508)

!gi;^a

llwkoeri, ti e,

\^ke

ya

ta,

l^^gen

lliikoenllwkoeii,

he.

Ikui,

j(Vi

!k'e-ten l^a-i
Ik'e-ten

ssin

tt'alta

lia

ha +kauwa ha.

"

;^a

dd^

yogen

tte

Ikha llkha?"

ii

han lke: "TJ ^a >au

ddda e?

ha ddda

a, llkha a,

\k'e

hi a."

ttaiya

Ha
Ikii

^auki ta ha

jgwarra o jkui

hhoa ha."

tkaliwa jkaiiken e

ha

^auki ddda ka

ii

Ikuki,

" Ddoa

sse

d<5a

Ikii a,

Iniiyo kkg, kii-kkui,

Ikiiken, o

(4507)

ha

!k'e kii-kkditen

6 llkha? he

ka ha

ha ^auki +kauwa jkhwa

Iwke,

+kauwa

Ikii

He

ddda

llkhan yaiiki

lla

ya.

Ij^ai

tsa;^aiten-ka Ikhw^tye

He

kko ku-kkui, han lke

ha

ta,

llkha,

Iniitarra

llkha ku-kkui,

(4605)

he he jken

jk'e juhai llkhwaillkhwai, i;

lya-i

ha

jkauken; llkhan ^auki

l^ugen a ha, a he

ha.

ha

Ikii

6 ha llgaue jkui, ha sse

Ini

Ik'dten

kail

ta,

Ibke

(Idda Iki ssou i hi a, !guatten-ta-llkhaiten, i-g Ine

" Ine

ddda

:
;

MAN CARRIED

TOtJNG

"

Te

187

are those wlio see the hill yonder, its top, the

place yonder

what

young man came

(-where) that

looks like

) it

And
"

OFF BY LION.

over,

"

(4502)

the young man's mother spoke, she said

Ye must

not allow the lion to come into the huts *

;

ye must shoot

it

dead,

when

it

has not (yet) come to

the huts."
)

And

the people slung on their quivers; and (4503)

and they were shooting

they went to meet the lion

at the lion

the lion would not die, although the

people were shooting at

And
(

another old

it.

woman

spoke, she said:

"Ye

must

give to the lion a child, (in order) that the lion (4504)

may go away from

that

it

us."

did not want a child

person whose eyes' tears

the one

And

The

whom

it

it

lion answered, it said

;

had

for,
(

wanted the
he was (4505)

it

licked

wanted.

the (other) people speaking, said

" In what

manner were ye shooting at the lion that ye could

And another old (4506)
not manage to kill the lion?"
( )
man spoke, he said: "Can ye not see that (it) must
be a sorcerer?
it

when we are shooting

upon (having) the man whom ( )(4507)

It will not die

at it; for, it insists

carried off."

The people threw children to the lion the lion did

not want the children which the people threw to it
for, it, looking, left them alone.
The people were shooting t at it, while it (4508)
( )
;

sought for the man, that it might get hold of the

man, the people were shooting at it. The people

f The narrator explains here that several huts were in a row

The lion must not
the mother means all the huts, not merely one.
come into the werf{= " yard ", or " ground ").
;

They wanted

to shoot

him dead, before he could

find the

man.

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

188

(4509) Ikha Ikam

ywan

llkuan

!k'e

!k'e llkuaii llkdn-i

yaudddro

(4511)

Ij^S-i lia

a,

ha ssm

a,

ha

Han

ban

tt'aita

Ikauken
:

(4513) ddd| e

ha

"

He

He

? "

Ikii a,

^au

TJ ;^a

( )
i

Ikii

+kaiiwa yaudddro

jlthw^ten. *

ku-kkui-ten

jk'e

llkha

ha Iku

dd^

? "

He

lli^koen,

Ilkhan )'aiiki
jkui, a,

li/ke

lk'6

ti

e,

Ik'eku-kkuiten l^ke

tkaiiwa

han

llgwai-a

"U

^a

yauki dd6| ka, ha ha

sse ll^koeii, ti e,

sse ttai."

llkha Iku

He

ha

ddda a-a ha a he

e, i

ha ha, ha
(

ha Iku ddd| llg^g

ta,

yauki

ha.

ll^ko^eri, ti e,

llkha a, jkuil^,

(4514)

ha

( )

ha tsa^aiten-ka

llgaue ^audddro.

liike

Han

llgwai Ikiiriiwa Ik'e a llneillnei, o

(4512) yati dd<^

ya'uki

hm llkeh-i ha, 6 !guatten-ta-

Ikii li/ke, ti e,

+kauwa

M, han

l^a-i

6 hin kii sse llkdn Ikha ha.

llkhalten,

(4510) ywgii

!k%n

llkha."

) ttii

ha

ku-kkui-ten

" Ine

llkha Inu

+kauwa
ssin

Ukuan

.Igi^S

dd^

au

^au

sse

Ikuila; ta,

ddda hhda ha

ha +kauwa ha.

!k'e

ku-kkui, hin Iwke, he yaiiki +en-na

(4515) he sse Ikuei

Ikue,

llkuan ddda a, he

he sse ddi

ssiii

ddda lya

llkha, i; ta,
Iki

llkha a

ta,

ha ddda Iku

* The word \hhuityK was

also given here.

(4516) ya'uki ddda ka, ha Ikuki

ti

e,

jgaiie
llkhaii

llnau,

;:

YOUNG MAN CARRIED OFF BY

"Ye

must bring for us assegais, we must

The people were shooting at it (4509)
did not seem as if the people were shooting at it

said:

kill ( )
it

189

LION.

* the lion."

they were stabbing f it with assegais, while they

intended to stab it to death.
It did not seem as
if the people were stabbing
it ; for, it continued (4510)
)
(
to seek for the young man
it said that it wanted
;

the

young man whose

one

whom

it

tears

It scratched asunder,

people the huts, while

for the

young man.

"Can ye

had licked

(4511)

it

scratched asunder, seeking

And

the people speaking, said

not see that the lion

speaking,

sorcerer

said

will not eat the (4512)

( )
given to it?" And the

"

"

be?"
Te must

must

(it)

speaking, said:

Can ye not

And

that

see that

the

people (4513)

give a girl to the lion,

we may see whether the Hon

it may go away." J
The lion

that

he was the

breaking to pieces for the

whom we have

children

people

it

wanted.

will not eat her,

did not want the

man whom it (4514)

he was the one whom it wanted.
And the people spoke, they said, they did not
know in what manner they should ( ) act towards (4515)
the lion
for, it had been morning when they
girl

for,

had carried

the lion only wanted the

off

shot at

the lion

had,

when

the lion would not die

the people were shooting at

it,

for,
it

it

had (4516)

* As their arrows did not seem able to reach a spot which would
they thought that they might do better with their

kill the lion,

j-

The narrator

explains that some threw assegais

others stabbed

The people were all round it but it did not

bite them, because it wanted the young man whom it had carried off.
have eaten her at the houses.
I The lion would not
and
they had been shooting at the lion since the
late,
It was now
morning, and did not know what they should now do to get rid of it.

the lion with them.

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

190

!k'e

Mil

yauki +en.-na

e, i

(4517)

ha,

l;^;a-i

llkhl,

ti

(4518) j(oa

ha-g

ha-g Ine

ha

a-a llkha

e,

Ine llnau,

"Ine lke yu yaiiddbro

kki-ssa ilkainya yauddoro,

Ikhwa kki ssa

ha

llkhan yaiiki ta

Ta, ha llkuan Iku

6.

llkuan

) ti e, llkoin

ddi

a he, llkhan

yauddbro, ha-g Ine a llkha a yauddbro,

Iki Ihih

li-ka

(4519) ll^koeh,

hA

tiken

ha ssin ddqa hhoa ha."

a,

!k'e kii-kkuiten lke:

a,

He

sse-g Ine Ikuei Ikue,

[km

Iku ddoa Igwirra, 6

He

e,

Ta, jkaukeii

i.

"

Iku ddqa ttaiya ttin.

ttai,

^u

o llkhan

le,

Iki i;

ll;^e

ha

ttu i; ta,

a,

Ikii

ddda

Igwarra, o yaudddro."

He

ku-kkui, han lke:

" IF ian, llkuan In^ sse a llkha

a,

n-ka Ikhwa, u sse

(4520)

yauddoro ytk llkuan

hha h-ka jkhwa, llkha sse ttaiya

ya'uki a llkha sse

(4521) ttin

ha

He, ta,

He
ha

(4523)

he

e,

Ik'eten lya-i

a,
(

6 yauddbro j^oa-ken ka

Ikuei kkii, jk'^ten Ine Iki

llkuaii Ine

) ttss'i

ssiii

ttemmi

ha; Ik'^ten

Ikhi yauddoro,

Ina

ha

yauddoro,

He

ssiii (

In^ sse

ddda

i,

hiii

llkha Ine ttss'i

yauddoro,

ttss'ia Iki,

ha; he ha llkuan
i

Ine

i.

llkuaii a,

ha

ha

llkdh-i

ha

ha

yauddoro, 6 jkw'a

ttS

le

jk'^ten llnau,

He
a,

Ihiii

) llkha a yauddoro.

llkha ku-kkui, haii

1525) jkui

sse Ikuken,

n-ka jkhwa."

Ikhi yauddoro,

(4524)

n-ka jkhwa; ha

jk'e llkuan Ine llnau, (

ttu-ttu

n-ka jkhwa

sse ( ) lldia llkau tte ha, o

sse Ikuken, llkeiike,

ilkauttin

(4522)

Ine

Iwkeya

jk'e a, ti e, llwke

Ikuken a

llgaue Iki

ha

ta,

ha

llkuaii Ina

haii llkuaii Ine

He ha
tta; hail

llkuaii Ine Ikuken,

M^am Ikuken

tta,

i,

6 Ikui-ten

hi jkui.

II

va Ikmiiken

;;

YOUNG MAN CARRIED OFF BY

not

know

shall act towards the lion.

For,

" Therefore,

been walking about.

in

what manner we

whom we

the children

191

LION.

gave to the

we do
lion, (

the lion (4517)

man whom

has refused, on account of the

had

it

carried off."

" Say ye to the

young man's mother about it, that she must, ( ) (4518)
although she loves the young man, she must take

And

the people speaking, said

out the young man, she must give the young

man

even if he be the child of her heart.

For, she is the one who sees ( ) that the sun is (4519)
about to set, while the lion is threatening us; the
for, it insists upon
lion will not go (and) leave us
(having) the young man."
And the young man's mother ( ) spoke, she said (4520)
" Te may give my child to the lion; ye shall not

to the lion,

my

allow the lion to eat

go walking about;

upon
it

my

child; that

may

die,

And

the people,

for,

may

it

lying upon

that the lion

child;

ye shall

my

die, like

killing

my

may

lay

it

(4521)

child; that

child."

when

the young man's mother (4522)

had thus spoken, the people took the young man
(

out from the hartebeest-skins

rolled

him

lion.

And

up, they gave

in

which they had

man
young man to

the young

the lion bit the

to the (4523)

death;

when it was biting at the young man,

were shooting at it the people were stabbing it
and it ( ) bit the young man to death.
(4524)
And the lion spoke, it said to the people about it,
that this time was the one at which it would die
for, it had got hold of the man for whom it had

the people,

been seeking

And

it

it

had got hold

died, while the

lay dead, with the man.

man

of

him

also lay

(4525)

dead

it

also

SPECIMENS OF BU8HMAK FOLKLORE.

192

Y. 49. L.

A WOMAN OF THE EAELY EACE AND

THE EAIN BULL.
who hemrd

{Dictated, in 1878, ly Ihan+kass'o,

it

from

kit

mother, Ixabbi-ai.)

jkhod kan ha 6a

(7434)

au han

llhaita jkuf la,

ha Iku jnaunko

tatti,

(7435) jkhou ha, he !kh9a Ine iku

He, ha hd

Ikorowa.*

Ine

au han

llhaiten ssa,

Hah hd

Iku

Ine

(7436) jkuildken ha

au Inuih

He, ha

Ikuei

au hah

ta,

hah

llhaita

au Ikuildken Una Wneih

ttan.

hah

He

ha

e,

h4

jkuila

Ikou Ikhe ssa

* llkellkeya
e,

ine

(7436')

ttin,

t jkhQa

(7437')

au hah

Ikhumm.

jk'eten
Iki

Ikhuinm a Ine

li/kwSi
;

Ha ttuttugfn
e.

e,

jkhwa

ha ttuttu e

Ine llkh(5e h(5 ssa hi,

Ine

hih Ine

au hah Iku-g

He

Ine

ha

Ikuila

llkuaii

hin
e,

e,

e.

Ihan

ttdi ll^i ssa ha,

Iku

Ikulida, hin

au

llneih

+kakka

au ha Ine Ixkud Ihin

ti,

ke,
;

ha

ss'o.

Ik'eten

jk'e ta, hi ta

ha jne jlkhoe ho

tatti,

ha

'wkw^ yauki

jkan.

ssa hi.

-^^ llkuan Iku Ilk6||keya xo^O) au

Iku

__

ttwaitfn llkd hi
\

au

ssk,

au Ikhoa Iwkwai, au

Ine iku ta ha,

Ikhoa ttuttu ha ka

hda

Ik'dtten

au hah llkabbe ta ha.

Ine Iku louwi ha,

ti

Ikuila Iwkwai.

Ine jkann luhita

(7435')

han

Iki,

Ikhumm.

llk^llk^ya

(7437)

Ikuei

hd

Ine ta.

h^J

jhah ti;

au

tiken In^ ta !kah,f au tfken tdtti

Iki

au tfken

Ikuila,

Iki,

Ine Iku

Iku

Ind

Ine Iku Ikhou ta

hd,

Ihiii,

jkhodgen

han

tatti e,

Ikhoa enen

WOMAN AND RAIN

BULL.

193

v. 49.
L.

A WOMAN OF THE EARLY EACE AND

THE EAIN BULL.
The Eain formerly courted (?) a young woman, (7434)
young woman was in (her) hut, because
she felt that she was still ill.
The Eain scented

wliile the

and the Eain went forth, on account of it;

while the place ( ) became misty.* And he, in (7435)
this manner, courting (?) came, while he courted (?)
the young woman on account of her scent.
He in
this manner trotting came; whUe the young woman
was lying down, while she held (her) ( ) child (7436)
(by her) on the kaross; she was lying down.

her,

And

she lay, smelling the Eain's scent, while the

place was fragrant, | while the place felt that his

was that which closed in the

was that J through which he coming passed;

(the Eain's) breath

place;
it

it

resembled a mist.

) And the young woman became aware of him, (7437)

he came up while he lowered his tail (?). And
the young woman perceived him, as he came past
her, at the side of the hut.
And the young woman

as

* Eesembling a fog (or mist). The people spoke thas, they /b^ocjn
'
me that the Eain's breath was wont to shut in the place, '
when he came out to seek food (while) he was eating about, the
mist was " sitting " there.
said to

The people say that there

f The Eain's scent it was.
scent as sweet, hence the people say that it is fragrant.

is

no/iriggn

is that through which he passing comes.

resembled a bull, while he felt that (he) was the Eain's (7437')

X His breath

He

body.

The word x^" ^

{x^" ff^i^^)

that a bull

means an ox; but the narrator explained

is meant here.

SPECIMENS OP BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

194

He

(7438) llkd^u.

y&a

ddda

ss'o

Ik'oe *

ha

jkuil^

Ine kiii:

" [kui

ggauwa n?" au

a,

a,

ta ^a

ha Iku-g

haii

Ine

jkhe ssa.f

ti

Ikuildken Iku Ine igoihm Ihih ssa, jkuilaken Iku-g

Ine llkou juhi llkho

(7439) kkdiin

lii

he

Ikuila (

h^

Ikuilaken Ine +ka Iho Ihin

Inuin

Ikmlaken ha
(7440)

akken

kiii

jkhwa

kui dkken llwei luhi

te

Ine

a x^

Ine llkei juhi llkho

lla

ha; he Ikuila ha Ine hh6

h6 Ikhwa, Ikuilaken
Ikuilaken ( ) hd

Ine

llwei

ha

jkuila

Ikwe ha.

jkuila Ine llhih

He

ssa a ^u.

lla

Ine Ikann
Ine jkann

Ikhwa au Inuih, han

tte

Ine Ik6

jkhwA.

lla

Hah Ine llkalten jkhoa he jkhoa Ine Iki jk'u lid ha,
Han ha Ine lla hah hd llwkoehya Ilk au hoken.
;

i.||

(7441) He,

koa

ha h4

sse

Ine

Oho

lid

(7438')
ha

jnujnimtu llkuaii 6; he

Au
Ha

hail tatti,

Hd

tiken

ha kokoa,

e,

ddi jga, au
ha,

lla

a sse

jkhoa ha

e,

i;

sse

au han

tatti,

6a |ku ta

ha Iku jk'ou-wa

ta,

Ine jkaun Ikhe

jkhoa ka,

lie

Hnein

gwai jkhwa, au han

lla, l|a.

Ha,

tatti,

||a,

tt&.

ha

llkuan.

han Iku

ts|xuken, ts|x;uken a ddga

a,

||an

ha Ihin

han Uhaiten Ma.

Au

Ikuken,
II

ha llkuan jku-g

||kuiL ss'o

ya'uki sse jk'ou

(7440')

jkhe, ha jkuiya, a
h-ka tfken-tiken ttaii

Ta,

"

|k'oeya.
f

(7439')

hah lke

Ine kiii,

ssuehya ke ha."

lla,

Ha

hah ha

Ike tan

ssudhya kd ha.
Ihaihm

lla,

Au

Ijnein.
jja

Han

ddi jga.

jkhoagen

tsa^uken

a,

jku te ya, au han +i,

ti e,

ha llkuan Iku

sse

tatti e,

jkhoa llkuan ddga

He

ha Ihin ha.

tiken

e,

jkhoa-ka Hnein,

lla,

jkulla

Ine

kui,

ha

lla

ssuenya ha.

(7441')

jk'eten ijikakken,
ts|j5;uken,

ti

e,

jkhoa-ka xoro Iku-g Ine ihin, au ha-ka

he tsap^uken ine

jkhga-ka xoro.

H^

ti

hin

llkb, i
e,

au han

tsgxiiken Ine

tatti e,
llko,

i.

jkhga Ine Ihin,

"WOMAN AND RAIN BULL.

"Who

exclaimed:
to

me

man

can. this

? " while he, crouching

195

be who comes (7438)

came up.f
The young woman took up buchu in her hand, the
(?) *,

young woman threw buchu upon

she arose

upon

and she

him away;

down (7439)

pressed (the buchu)

forehead (with

his

And

his forehead.

her hand)

she pushed

and she took up (her) kaross

she

tied it on.

The young woman took up the

child very nicely
laid the child

she, (

down upon a

child, J she

holding

kaross

(it)

held the

very nicely, (7440)

she, covering

(it),

laid the child away.

She mounted the Rain; and the Eain took her

away.||

She went along

at the trees.

she

said

And

she went along looking

she went along, she spoke, (7441)

go to the tree standing

" Thou must

yonder, the one that

me down

at

it.

is

big, thou shalt go (and) set

For I ache

thou shalt

first

go to

* His ears (they) were; those which he laid down; while he/'743^'\
he crouched (?).
f "While he felt that he stood in front of the opening of the hut.
I She seems to have laid the child away for (her) hushand; (7439')
while she felt that she was not going to live for, she would living
go, go, go, go, she would go to hecome a frog, for ( ) the Eain
(7440 ')
intended that she should go to the water pit, that water pit from
which he went forth, he com-tiag (?) went.
She laid it down, while she thought that she
At the hut.
should die, (and) go to become a frog.
"While the Rain felt that the Eain was going to the Eain's
(7440')
home, the pit from which he came out. Therefore, the young
woman said he should go to let her sit down.
The people say that the Eain's Bull goes out from his pit, and (7441')
the pit becomes dry, while it feels that the Eain has gone out,
the Eain's Bull. Therefore, the pit dries up on account of it.

felt that

II

SPECIMENS OP BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

196

(7442) ine jk'dtten

He, ha hd

IkuOT-iten.*

He

IkuCTriten.
ssin

lk(5

(7443) ssin

lie

Oho

laken Ine
tiken

Hd

tlken

e,

Iku

Ine

ha ha
(

linau,

(7445)

jkuiten

jkhoagen

Hah
(7446) Ine Iku

ha

(7447)
(7442')
(7443')

Iku

Qht

Au

han

kkwa

Ine Iku

jnabba

Iku

han kkwa-kkwd

Ilkaiten

kan

Ine Ikii

ui,

llkhoe,

au jkhodgen

Ha,

au !kh9agen ha

Ine

Iku

jkho

kkoah

Ikam

lla

jkhoa.

hah

ui,

Hah

!kh9a-ttu-llkai, e

Ine Iku

Haii Ine Iku

a jkuiya ha llkuai

Au

lii,

llah

ddda

haii

e,

ha

jkuil^ jkanha,

+i,

hah
Ife,

Ine Iku ttai

au jkuildken

Ine Iku llah like Ikilki ssa

Iguguobbo

au

tss'i,

haii Ine Iku ttai ui

au haii ka hah

hi;

kkuerre.

tatti, ti-g Ine

lla,

i.

Ikhoa Ine

lli:;koen ti e,

Ine

au hah

e.

ha.

tchuen llkowa, hin Iku jguru

Iguru hi,

H^

jguru f ha.

kah kkwd-kkwa

Ihih

t llkuaii

jkui-

Iku

ttai

lla

lk<5

Ine

llkou ss'o ha.

Ikam

Ine llki

Hah

Ine Iku

llhaiten

sse \\^k\

i.

He, ha ha

Opuoinya.

Iku

kod

ha ha

Ine

han

han

Ilkaiten,

Ine Iku Ikuei Iki,

ha

ilkaiten,

Ikuerriten-lkuerriten.

han

IkuOT-iten-

lla

"A

ti hifi e,

Ihin ask,

(7444) Opuoin, ha Ine Iku

han

kui

jkhoa Iku-g Ine Opuoin,

e,

au Ikuerriten-

jkuilaken ha llkodn ha

lu.

Igomm

Ine

H^

lu."

ha,

lid

Ine Ik'dtten Ikhe

hd

Ikuila

h6

) Ilk

llkhou llkua jkhe

tchuen ya

||ka, hi

hi.

koa

He

ti

hin

e,

hi Ine ta, hi

Ine ta, hi !gwl hi.

WOMAN AND RAIN

me down

set

BULL.

197

Therefore, the Eain trotted,

at it."

he trotted up

to the \kuSrriten-\kuirrifen.

young woman

(7442)

And

taking her straight to the \IcuSrnten-\kuirriten*

And

the

"

Thou must go underneath,

Therefore, he went
underneath, close ( ) to the stem of the tree. The (7443)
young woman looked at him; the yoimg woman
took out buchu, she rubbed him (with it).f Then
close to the

said

stem of the tree."

the Eain went to sleep, on account of

Therefore,
(

when

it.

she saw that the Eain slept, she

climbed up, she stole softly away, she climbed (7444)

up,

she climbed along

And

she descended at a distance, she in this manner

stole softly alongj

(?)

the

\ku^rriten-\kuirriten.

while the Eain

continued to (7445)

home while
when the Rain

She, afar, softly returned

sleep.

the

Eain awoke behind her back,

felt
was becoming cool.
He arose, he walked away; he went away to ( )(7446)
the middle of the spring (?) from which he had
courting (?) gone out, while he believed that the
young woman was still sitting upon his back. He
went away, he went away to the water. He went
into (it), while the young woman ( ) went along, she (7447)
went to burn buchu while she was " greea ", while
that the place

* It

is

The

singular form of \huirriten\kifirriten

a large tree, which

is

found in kloofs.
is,

(^

<

4:44

{hah^kass'a says,

It is the name of a bush found in the ravines of

mountain, on this side of Kenhardt, called Kooiberg by

\lcui\h'uirri.

'

red

'

(YIII. 21, p. 7835.)

Eubbed his neck (with buchu).
With dry things they rub. Therefore, they

the white men.

/"r^^on

(7445

are

wont

to say

that they rub with them.

If

things are wet, they are wont to say that they anoint

with them.

198

SPECIMENS OP BUSHMAN FOLKLORE,

ha Iku-g

au han ha ka +ka f au llkhou

Ine Ikdinya,*

han

Iwkwai, han Ine Iku Iguru Ikilkl ha, au

ui llkhou

l!:/kwai, aii

jgiiru

Ikam

ha.

Indlnutatten ( } e ssin Iwkua, hin e Ine ssan llkei

(7448)

llkoro,

au hin

ta, llkoro liikwai sse Man,

Ikhoa sse ^auki

lua'iten hi.t

Y. 41.
JB.

IKUIIA-GA

KKUMM;

from
Ikuila,

(3942)

1874, by Ikwe'iten ta liken, who heard

in December,

(^Related,

ha 6a

jGA-KA KKUMM.

jko'uken tta

han

hhi ha, ha j(^(5aken-ggu a a ha ^

Han
(3943)

Ha

Iki

ta hi

Ha

Hah
hin

^oaken-ggiiken yauki +enna,

i

hin

^o^ken

Hin

Una.

^auki ta

jkouken

tta.

ha hi

hi.

ha

ha

e,

ti e,

ha hi hi

e,

ha jj^oaken-ggd ta a ha a

Han

tta.

hi.

jkwaka jkauken

jkwaka jkauken,

Iki

(3944)

Ikii

it

her mother, 4:kamme-an.)

iya,

han

^aiiki

hi.

Ikua

ll^e.

Hin

* The word \kainya can mean 'yellow', 'green',

kui,

'light blue',

'bright', or 'shining'.

(7447')

iiaa.

Ha-ha

lv:^kwai

Iku

t,

llkhou llku^n |ku e jkhoa-

e tan llkhou.

ka tchuei.

(7448')

Ha-ka llkuakkaken

ku Iku-g
ku

ddi jga.

Ine

llkoiiken

ha ddi akken Ikhoa,

jkdujkoiiuken,

he 6a

i,

h6

sse

la

e,

Ik'e-ta

jkhe,

ka

;;

THE girl's stoey; the frogs' story.

she smelt strongly * of the scent of the Wkhou

was rubbing

herself,

199

she

while she rubbed, taking away

the smell of the Wkhou from herself.

The

old

women

who had been out seeking food (7448)

were those who came

to

burn horns, while they

desired that the smell of the horns should go up, so

that the

Rain should not be angry with them.f

Y. 41.

THE

THE FROGS' STORY.

GIEL'S STORY;

she was lying down. (3942)

She did not eat the food which her mothers % gave
girl

formerly lay

ill

She lay ill.

She killed the children of the Water they were
what she ate. ( ) Her mothers did not know that (3943)
she did thus, (that) she killed the Water's children
(that) they were what she ate
she would not eat
what her mothers were giving to her.
Her mother was there. They went out to seek
Bushman rice. ( ) They spoke, they ordered a (3944)
her.

||

* To smell strongly.

(7447')
Her own scent it was which, resembled (that of) the Wkhou.
The Wkhou (possibly a fungus ?) is a thing belonging to the Raia.
( Her (the young woman's) intelligence was that with which ('7448')
she acted wisely towards the Eain hence
they would (otherwise) have been killed;
have become frogs.
;

all

the people lived

all (of

them) would

\ That is to say, her mother and the other women.

\kweiten ta Wken has not seen these things herself, but she

heard that they were beautiful, and striped like a

\hdl)la, i.e.

(3942')

zebra.

The Water was

as large as a bull, and the "Water's children were

the size of calves, being the children of great things.
All the women, and all the children but one.
II

(3943')

;;

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

200

Mil lke, jkhwa

He

+enna Ikhwa.
e, lia

(3945) he

llka^ai hi hf

he

Ikua,

tchuen

ha

e,

i,

eii

he ha

(3947) au

hi,

ha ha kkuita.

ta,

He

hd ha

ssa,

He, ha

Iki

ll;^a,

(3950) o xhwirvsL,

i."

!kwa-Opuaka

hin

e,

i,

au haii

he ha

ttai,

ta,

Ta,

llgollgo

Tati,

Ikua

ku-kiii,

llnein
i.

tten,
;

Mail tteii

ll;^a,

tten,

He, ha

haii

llnau,

6 j^hwarra,
ti

\j(SxL3i

tcha a aken o [kwa.

^."

haii

tatti,

i.

;^oa

He,

yauki

Ikudkaken

ttiii,

lke

Ikii-g

yaiiki ddi

Iku-g

;^oa,

ll;i^e.

llgollgo
tf

llah

jkwa-Opua 6

jkhwa +kakka ha

ha Ikua

He, ha

He, ha

ssa

he ha

llaii

i.

"jkwa-Opua

han

ssa.

H^

tteii, i

;^hwarra,

jkhwaii leta

ll^a.

jkhwa.

h^ ha

jkiiiten ssa,

aken 6-g

e yauki

llnein.

jkhwa Iku-g

(3949) iku IhiA

Ikam

llkoen,

sse

jk'ai

llnSii,

Ikhwaii liykoenya

kiii:

tkakken,

jkhwa

Ikatnmain-ti

ha llkd^ai Han

ha ^oa

kfe,

ya'uki +eiina

haii lli/ko'enya.

He, ha ^oa

tchuen

llii^koeri,

a jkhwa llneillnS llnein

lie

!kwa-0pua,

jkhwaii llwkoen

llnSri.

yauki

Ikullaken

kiii,

au jkaukenka

jkwa-Opua, ha

Iki

(3948)

HiA

sse Ika

aii haii

He,

llka^ai hi hi.

au hail ka, ha
lineiii

Inutarra

i.

Ilka;^ai Ihin,

(3946)

llnSft,

llnallna

line

ha 0pua;^ai

)"Tf
Ine

Iki

dkka o-g

Iki
Iki

Ikam

lla

jkwaka

THE

the progs' story.

girl's story;

child * to remain at home.

(about) the

And

child.

The

201

know

girl did not

the old

woman

that

said

she must look at the things which her elder sister

And

ate.

went

they

out

intended

(?)

left

seek

to

food

that the

home f and they

(Bushman rice). They

the child at

should look at the (3945)

child

things which her elder sister ate.

The

elder sister

went out from the house

of illness,

(and) descended to the spring, as she iatended again

in

The (Bushman)

a Water-child.

to kill

the

while she (the

hut,:J:

(about)

the child.

And

girl)

did

child

was

know

not

she went (and) killed (3946)

a Water-child, she carried the Water-child home.

The (Bushman)

was looking and she (the girl)

boiled the Water-child's flesh; and she ate it; and
she lay down; and she again went to lie down,
while ( ) she (the child) beheld her. And she went (3947)
to lie down, when she felt that she had finished
eating.
The child looked at her and she lay down.
And her mother returned. The child told her
mother about it; for her elder sister had gone to
kill a handsome thing at the water.
And her (3948)
( )
mother said: "It is a Water- child " And her
mother did not speak about it; she again went out
child

to seek for

Bushman

And when

And

clouds came up.

"Something
is
is

rice.

she was seeking about for food, the

is

she spoke,

bringing (things) to the spring.

not going on well at home.

wind

is

she said

(3949)

not right at home; for a whirlwind

For something

Therefore, the whirl-

taking (things) away to the spring."

A little girl,

f Literally,

as big as a

European child of
to remain there.

11.

)(3950)
(3944')

"allowed" her

t In her mother's hut.

(3945')

202

SPECIMENS OP BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

Tiken

jkauken.

6 ^hwarra,
llnSn,

(3951)

Tiken

Hiii

tatti,

Ine

ha

(3953)

Ha

i.

Iki

jkwaka

4,

ke ddi

au hin Una

he au ^hwdrra,

^hwarra.

leta

^,

Au

Iki

e,

ha

jga, i

Haii

ssa he, i;

ha 0pud,;^aiten

Ikii

Ikweiten

;^oaken-

o llgollgo Iku-g Ine

llgollgo

Iku-g Ine

6,

Iki

Ikwe'iten Ikii

Ine

Ikii-g

He ha

jga.

llgollgogen Ikii-g

hin

Ikii

leta

^hwarra

aii

;^hwarra

Ha

ha 0pua;^ai

aii

ikii-g Ine

le

Ikii-g Ine e !ga.

;^oaken-ggii Ikii-g Ine jhou, hin ssa

(3955) Ine

au hail

i;

aii haii (

!kaii;^ii;

o j^hwdrra,

aii

;^9aken-ggii, hih Ihoii, hiii

ggii ssan Wx^ra a

Ine

jkwaka jkaiiken; tiken

he

lla

^hwdrra; he

le

Han

(3954) ssa he

jkaiiken.

ikaiiken.

Iku leta ^hwdrra.

Iki ssa he,

jkwaka

i.

Ikii-g Ine Iki ssa he, i

llgollgo

hi

lla

;^hwdrra,

Ikam

lla

a mmaii, ha

!ga,

Ikwe'iten Iki

Iki

Ikam

Iki
) Iki

jkuild,

ddi

llgollg5

ha Opua^ai

tatti,

llgollgo

(3952)

6,

Ikam

Iki

yauki ddi +hannuwa, au

tti

e,

ha Opua^ai

ta,

i,

Ti

i.

Ikii-g Ine

llgollgo

e,

Una Ikau^ii.

han Iku-g

Ine i !ga.

Ha

(5aken

ha

llgollgo Iki ssa

(3956) ^hwdrra,

ti

e,

jnwa, he Ikii-g
i

au

Hail
(3957) hail
Iki

oa,

au

ssaii

ddi

jga

Ikii-g

hi.

Ha

Ine Iki ssa

ddi jga llk(5a-ken

^hwdrxa.

tdti,

oaka

^hwdrra,

he o ^hwdrra.
;

hd

taii laityi,

llx^m Ikii-g Ine ddi jga; 6 han tati

ssa he, o

haii kaii Una |kau;^ii, aii

Ine Ilk6a-ken Ik'agen Ihiii

llgollgo jkdrri

i,

Ine

ha 0pud;^ai Una

Ikii-g ine Hxaiii

(

Ikii-g

llj^ain

Hi-ta tchwi-tchwi

llgollgo

Ikii

leya

THE girl's story; the frogs' story.

203

Because her daughter killed the Water's children,

therefore the whirlwind took them away to the
spring.
Something had not gone well at home, for
her daughter had heen killing the Water's children.
That was why the whirlwind took them away (3951)
( )
to the spring.
Because her daughter killed the
Water's children, therefore the whirlwind took them
away to the spring because she ( ) had killed the (3952)
Water's children.
The girl was the one who first went into the spring,
and then she became a frog. Her mothers afterwards
went into the spring the whirlwind brought them
She (3953)
to it, when she ( ) was already in the spring.
was a frog. Her mothers also became frogs while
the whirlwind was that which brought them, when
they were on the hunting ground; the whirlwind
brought them ( ) to the spring, when her daughter (3954)
was already in the spring. She was a frog. And
the whirlwind was
her mothers afterwards came
that which brought them to it, when they were on
the hunting ground.
( ) Meanwhile their daughter (3955)
;

was

in the spring

Her

father also

she was a frog.

came

to

become a frog

for the

whirlwind brought her father when he was yonder

on the hunting ground to the spring, (to) the place
Her father's arrows * (3956)
where his daughter was.
( )

altogether

grew out by the spring;

for the great

whirlwind had brought them to the spring.

He

also

became a frog likewise his wife, she ( ) (3957)

became a frog while she felt that the whirlwind had brought them to the spring. Their things
The
entered that spring (in which) they were.

altogether
also

* All the family and tteir mats were carried into the spring, by (3956')
the whirlwind, and

all their things.

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

204

ha

he

jf^hwarra,

(3958) hin

he Iku e

tdti,

tchueh

jga.

xhwarva,,

le

Tehuen

leta.

Hd

au hin

Ihm ^hwdrra,

Ine e, he-ta

he !ku-g

Ilkagen Ihih ^hwarra, llkellkeya jnwa

Ine Ik'agen

hii

ti

tati,

ha j^hwarra,

leya

Ikii

Ine f jga.

h^-ta tchuenyah

I.

v. 55.
z.

WHO ORDERED

THE MAN

HIS WIPE TO
CUT OFF HIS EAES.

1878, Jy ihan+kass'o, who heard

{Dictated, in

it

from

his mother,

Ixabbi-an.*)

Haf

(7095)

ha da

llkuan

ha llka-0pua

ta,

llka-0pua hah Iku

I

H^

(7096)

ti

hin

jnujnuntii

e,

au

ka,

laiti Ikaiilkaii

Iku

Ina ;^d,rra

i
)

Ij^uh-a

la'itiken ta

jyao

Iha

ha Ilka-Opua

ha

laiti

ha jnujuuhtu,

ho,

ha

au ha

Ina.

Ine

Ika'ulka'u

kkii,

ha ^auki

hd
sse

lii
i

ha

hah

a, Ine Ilka ssih.

H^

ti

hin

(7097) he, ha ha Ine

a,

ka

laiti i

laiti

e,

llkerri-i,

ta,

(7095')

ho

au ha

ha Ilka-Opua

au ha llka-0pudken Iku
^Xuii,

Ikaulkau ho, ha Inutauhtu

Ine

ttii

I^M-a, ha

* '^^^ narrator thinks that his mother had

.'kwlya

llkuan

ka ha

Hah

Iku

Ina

au laitiken

this story

from her

and he probably from his own mother, Dderruken.

yaiiki +en-na

a,

Ike

Bsin ddi llkan-ddi,

J

au ha-ha, ha

Ikuken tssdroken.

lii

father, Tsatsi

Ina ^arra Iku l^ao Iha

ta,

ha Ike;

ta,

[k'e

Jxwe-ilna-ss'o-jke, ike Iku e

\ke

e,

ya'uki

he tfkgn

e,

hi

i.

+i,

ti

e,

ha llkd-0pua Ina-ka ttd

Ilka-Opua Ina-ka |kukak|n Iku

I^Oh

oii.

6a; au ha

MAN WHOSE EARS WERE CUT

205

OFF.

things entered that spring, because they (the people)

were frogs. ( ) Therefore it was that their things (3958)

went into the spring, because they were frogs. The
mats * (grew) out by the spring, like the arrows
their things grew outf by the spring.

WHO

THE MAN

v. 35. L.
ORDEEED HIS WIFE TO

CUT OFF HIS EARS.

He X

formerly wished (his) wife to cut

off

his (7095)

younger brother's head had surely been

skinned
whereas his younger brother's wife had
only shaved his younger brother's head.
ears, for his
;

Therefore,

wife

(his)

cut

away

his

ears

(7096)

although (his) wife had said that she would not do

he was the one who insisted (upon it).
so
;

and he was
on account of his ( ) skin, while he (7097)
himself had been the one who wished the wife to
do so
for his younger brother's head had surely
been skinned
whereas his younger brother had
merely had his head shaved while (his) wife shaved,
removing the old hair.
Therefore, (his) wife cut off his ears

screaming,

* Mats of -which the Bushmen make their huts (made from (3958')
a thick grass or reed?).

f These things that grow by the springs belonged to the first

Bushmen, who preceded the present race, \kwe'iten ta When says.
Her mother told her this.
\x'ivB-\na-ssi-\Ve is the

name

of the

Bushmen who

lived first in

the land.

am

one

who

know

name, because the people (7095')

me for, they were men
therefore, they did foolish things on account of it.
of the early race
He really thought that the skin of his younger brother's head
was off, while it was his younger brother's head's hair which had
been shaved away.
J I

does not

were those who did not utter

;

his

his

name

to

206

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAJf FOLKLORE.

Y. 70.
L.

THE +NEERU AND HER HUSBAND.

who heard

in June, 1879, hy |han+kass'o,

{Dictated,

it

from

hit

mother, Ixabbi-an.*)

(8507)

l^wfe-llna-ss'o-jkuf

llkuari

+nerru lae Iku ikojkSJ

(8508) gwaiya Ikhd

le

Ha kd

ll;^e.

ihaA-a

da

llkho
Ine

an

ll^e,

lliaiten

lid

+nfeiTU.t

au

III16,

ll;^e

hi Ine Ikuiten.

Hi
au

Ine jkdgen kaii liikua,

lian tdtti,

H^

tiken

hd

(8509) ha Ine IWkua,

ha

Ine

IkM

(8524')

llkho

le

ll;^e-ko.

(8510) llkho

ll^e,

au

Ha

Ine Una hi gwai.

H^

au

1,

W-jfe

Ha

au

jga'ueta

Ine llgaiie ll;^e-ko.

ko,

ha

He

a llkhudten.
tfken

ll;^e.

Hd

Ha

gwai

Ine

He, ha

ll;^a,

e,

ha

Ine Ikhi llj^e;

Ine

IlkhSu llkho ha,

le

Ine llkhudten ha.

Gwai

jgaiie.

Ilh6.||

Ine

ha

hin kda gwai

jga'ue,

Una hi gwai.

ha Iku

e,

au

le

Ine ll^a,

ha

Ine ll^a,

han

li;^a,

llkhou

hd

Ine Ini

hd

lii",

ll;^e-

Ikhi ha.

Ixabbi-an Ikoite, Ikoi'te, !k6ite-ko xqi ss'o e, 6a

+kakka ba.
(8507')
t +iierru llkiiaa ba 6a e jkui; he ti bine, ( ) Jxwe-llna-ss'o-lkui
(8508')lkua|hafi-aha?
(8507')
X Hin tatti, bi lele llkbo li;^e, au ll^eten Ikl !k'^, bin jne ta,
4:1,

ti e,

|ku6i ku, bin.

hi !ko

(8508')

(8509')

11,^6.

Ilkbu6ten

liken.

au !kui laitiken Ine a,

^^i^ gwaViten a |e|e llkbo Hxe au llho
Ikajkanna au llbb, ba a ka, ha ssin x^itten ti le |lxe. Ha llkuaii
II

Iku llkhoe ss'o Ilkb2-tu, au !kui laitikgn Ine ilkou

ss'o.

..>><s^:^A>?i^>'.^

\-)^S

gwat, male porcupine.

|Adrt+A;MV, Jan. 26th, 1879.

iT

IxdQpicii,

young porcupine,

^nirru, birds.

IAdB4;iaj'o,

Mowbray, June 26<A, 1879.

'iii

\kuken-U \atU, female anteater.

I*(in+i'p, Oet., 1878.

THE +NERRU AND HER HUSBAND.

207

v. 70. L.

THE +NEERU AND HEK HUSBAND.*

man

of

the

early

race

married aCgSO?)

formerly

The ^nirru put J the dusty

^n^rru.'\

(i.e.

earthy)

rice into a bag, when her husband had

dug out (literally, " had killed ") Bushman rice.
She went to wash the Bushman rice ( ) they (8508)

Bushman

returned home.

They

went out to seek for food on the

for
she was
and (her) husband
He was the one who
alone (?) with her husband.
dug out (Bushman rice). Therefore she was with
her husband. Thus she went out to seek for food,
on the morrow. The husband dug out Bushman (8509)
( )
early

morrow,

she

rice; he put the

Bushman

the husband again

He

rice into the bag.||

dug out other Bushman

And
rice.

Bushman rice on
Bushman rice. He ( ) (8510)
again arose, he sought for other Bushman rice.
He again found other Bushman rice he dug out
put

it

the top

of

in

above, put in the

the morning's

* I think that \xabii-ah's grandmother's grandmother's other (8524')

it must have been who formerly, in this
manner, spoke to her.
grandmother's mother

The ^nerru (now

f
(

man

When

was formerly a person; therefore, ("8507')

was the one who married her.
('8508'^

a bird)

of the early race

they are putting Bushman rice into (a bag), when/ocAirn

rice has finth with it, they say that they \ho ^

'

Bushman
Bushman rice.
the

" To dig with a stick " is here meant.

(8508')
The man was the one who was putting Bushman rice into (^8509'^
the bag, while the woman was the one who was holding the
bag she was the one who intended to shake in the Bushman
rice.
He stood inside the mouth of the hole, while the wife

II

stood above.

208

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

Ha
(8611) he

Ine

He, ha

ko

11^^

ha

(8513) llkho

He

au

ll^e,

He
ll^e

" au haii

hd jkarro
ssiii

jf iituaii +1, ti e,

waita

\ Inuin-Opuorini haii Iku

(8512')

Han +ka+kakkgn.

llkuan +i,

hi llknan Ine

ti

e,

ta,

llkho

llnSii." 8

Ik'oussi,

"

kaii (
ta,

luhf

ddda

^aiiki

ssi

kui

Ine

He

juhi llkho ll^e."

laiti

sse llkhde llkho

lie

il^e."

a Inuin,

tsiitten hh(5

llhb ilkuaii ss'o

6.

He

" Ssi tan yauki

ii

ssa

luhi llkho

luhi ss'o Ik'oussi,!! hih

hi-ta

j^kwSya;

juhi

He, ha hd

"Akke

Ine kui:

ddda Iku

ttumm

jk'au, a sse

ha hd

au jk'au;

Inuin."

"A kaii

Ikuinlkuiii e

laiti

(oOll

tssi

kui

Ine
llj^e

lie

jk'oussi,

Ine kiii:

e tnerru

ssi

Ine Ini

Ine Ikhi ha.

kiiiij

Inuin,

ha

laiti

ssi

"Akki dkki a
)

Ha

Ha

ko.

ll;^e

"Akki, dkki a

Ine ku'i:

ll^e."

Ik'aun llkho ha,

le

!k'oussi,t
Ine

tssi

ssi

Ikweiten Iko

(8515)

la'iti

sse Ilkh6e llkho

Ikii

(8514) ha

" Indki

kiii:

Iko,

He, ha ha

Ine llga'ue

Ine llkhu^ten ha.

He

a."

Ikweiten

ha

Ine ui,

(8512) ha hd Ine
ll^e

Ine

Ilh6-g* Ine Ik'Suh.

Ha

jk'aun llkho ha.

le

6a

Ttu a ikwai,

ha

Ine

e.

tifi Ine

llneii. Ilkuaii ss'o

Inuin.

ta Ik'oussi

a.

6a l^kwaiya;

ta,

yeyenn,

hiii

hi Ukuaii llnau, hi jne 4

yauki ttamOpua liikwaiya.

(8615')

II

ta,

N yauki

+efin akka; ta, !k'e e

tl

+nerru Ikuiiilkuin hd 6a luhi-ss'o

jki hi, hi jkii e

Ik'oussi.

Ikueida; bin

::

THE +NERRU AND HEK HUSBAND.

(the earth from

He

out.
it

put

And he

it).

on the top

it

again dug

209

(the rice)

it

He

(of the other).

on the top and ( ) the bag * became full.

And he arose, he sought for other Bushman

put
(8511)

He

rice.

found other Bushman rice; he dug out (the

earth from)

He dug

it.

And he

it out.

exclaimed

"Give me (thy) little karosSj-f that I ( ) may put (8512)

Bushman rice upon it." And the wife said J
"We are not accustomed to put Bushman rice,
having earth with it, into our back's kaross, we who

the

are of the house of ^nSrru."

And he

" Give me, give

kaross,

me

the

little

put the Bushman rice upon

"Thou

said:

we

Bushman

rice,

kaross."

And

the

kaross, that I

little

upon

he exclaimed

may

the wife

Bushman

shouldst put the

may

the wife

Bushman

rice

(8513)

are not accustomed to put

having earth with

And

(it)."

And

(it)."

shouldst put the

into the ground; for

exclaimed
that I

into our back's

it,

" Give me, give

put the

Bushman

me
rice

"Thou (8514)

exclaimed:

rice into the ground, that

thou mayst cover over the Bushman rice."

And he exclaimed " Give me the kaross, that
||

may

put the Bushman rice upon

snatched away
* I tHiik that

made

it

The

" while he

wife's entrails, (8515)

seems to have been a springbok sack

(i.e.

a bag ('8511'^

of springbok skin).

f It is a little kaross.

they

the kaross.

(it)

call

One

skin (that

is,

the skin of one animal)

Woussi,

X She spoke gently {i.e. did not sing here).

I think that their houses must have been numerous for they
were numerous for, -when they are little birds, they are not a little

(8512')

numerous.
II

With

other earth.

(8514')

210

ww^
m,

BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

SPECIITENS OF

He, ha hd

tdrro !kli6.*

(8516)

hi

N kod

laitiken

ha

"IT wwe! n

Ine kiii:

sse Ine te Iki ? "

au

Iha,

h^

laitiken

In^ ta
r

" Ssi e +nefru

Ssi tail

llneia,

ydvid jkweitfn

jkgo,

Ssi tssi jnuifi.

Ssf e 4:ne?ru llnein,

Ssi tan

yauki

Ssi tss( Inuin

hd

Ine ta

ha

"

(8517) au hail

Ikwe'iten jkoo,

Ine ttai tau

Hah

dda a Ikuinlkuin.

"

Ssi e 4:nSfru llnein,

Ssi tail

^auki Ikweiten !kg

Ssi tssi jnuin."

He

(8518)

hd

tikene, ha ;^da ha Ine

Ine

kiiii

"

jkhwe jkaiieten e

hd

(8520) "0pu4;^ai
e,

ha

(8517')

(8518')
(8520'}

II

Han
Han

Ha
Ha

l^kud jkhe

ha

j^oa,

Ine kiii

"

Ine

ta, llkd^uken

kuh

jkeya Ik'auh Una

jkwai

kau jkh^ya

ll^koen,

jkhe

Hah hd

llko'en.

llkuah a, Igua

hah

ss'o,J ( )

ssk."

ha

kui

Ine

llkuah ka,

H^

sse Ine

llka^uken lhoiiken|| llkuah ddoa ddf Ikou,

lliiko'en;

Ine

jkiu

jjf^wah jkui

Hd, ha Opua^ai hd

0pud;^aiten

tfken

j^wah

^wa thahnuwa.

(8519) iho'uken yauki

Ikhwe."

hah

llii/koenya tl e, llka;^ai ssih

ta hi, au jkhw^ jkaueten e

ti e,

llnau,

Iku

ss'o.

jkutta

llkuaii

au ha Ikam

lla,

Iku

Opuaxaiten

llkuai +1,

||a llnein.

ss'o llnSn..
a,

ti e,

ha |ke ha, ha-ka Ikuttenjkutten.

ha Iku

li:;ke

ha Opurf;itailhl

THE +NBRRD AND HER HUSBAND.

which were upon the

211

kaross,* poured

little

down.f

Oh dear
my wife
And he, crying, exclaimed
What shaU I do ? " while the wife ( ) arose, the wife (8516)
"

said

{i.e.

sang)

" We, who are

We

house of +^rM,

of the

are not used to put earthy

Bushman

rice

(Into) our back's kaross

We, who

We

are of the house of

(Into) our back's kaross

while she

sang

+^r.

are not used to put earthy

Eushman

rice

"
:

walked on replacing her

She (8517)

entrails.

%
" We, who are

We

house of

of the

-i^nirru,

are not used to put earthy

Bushman

rice

(Into) our back's kaross."

Therefore, her mother, when sitting, ( ) exclaimed: (8518)

" Look at the place to which (thy) elder sister went
to seek food, for the noise of the wind is that which
for,
(thy) elder sisters'
sounds like a person
husbands do not act rightly. Thou dost ( ) see that (8519)
the noise of the wind is that which sounds like
And her daughter
a person, singing to windward."
stood up her daughter looked.
She (the daughter)
exclaimed: "(Thy) daughter ( ) is the one who (8520)
Then her mother said
falling comes."
"I wish
that ye may see; (thy) elder sisters' husbands^ do
;

||

* I do not know well (about

spoke thus

it),

for

my

people were those

who ('8515')

they said that the ^nkrru's entrails were formerly

upon the little kaross.

^ She was sitting down.
\ She went along singing,

as

she

went away home

(to

her

(8617')

(of)

her

(8518')

mother's home).

II

She was sitting at home.

Her daughter was the one

of

whom

she spoke,

singing.

I think that she

was speaking

of her daughter's husband.

(8520')

212

SPECIMENS OP BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

(8521) u hi yau e

hi llkuakka;

Ilka,

hin ihanlhafi

le i,

u hi llkudkka."
B.6 tlken

han

ha ha

e,

Ine Nan jkaiin

(8522) ikanh juhi llkho

he ha
jkhe

Ine

( )

Hd

tiken

Q-pui^ai

han

hd,

ha 0pu4;^ai Ikuinlkuin, au

llnein

ha ha Iku-g

au ha Opua;^ai Iha

He

Iku-g Ine jgaraka.

(8524) Ihdn Iku-g Ine jkuiten

hd Iku-g

han

Ine Nan Iki

He

hi yauki llkuikka.

(8525) Iku-g Ine jkuiten,

ha

Ikarh

Ine

!g4raka,f au ha

Ine

ta,

tiken

The

tfken

ha

e,

ha-ka

lla

ha Opua;^ai iha Iku

Ine ta,

le

llnein.

e,

jk'oussi,

jkwe ha Opua^ai, han Ine jkou ki

llhin

pua^ai au ha-ka
(8523)

ha Opua;^ai

Ha

jkfen

ha Opua^ai jk'dussi ; * han

jiiwa

ha pua^ai au

lla

jku^e

Ine

sse

ha Opua^ai
.Ik'e,

au ha

sse jkiiiten

ha Opua;^ai

e,

laiti,

au hinj Iku-g Ine

Iha

ta,

hd

llehn ss'o.

a Bird.

+NEERtr, as

{Described hy Ihan^ikass'o.)

+nferru

(8525)

yaken

a,

Inunu kan Iku lu^rri-Opua.

Iku

llkhda

toi

(8525|')+nferru laitiken a Iku jkuita,

(8521

Ha

Ikuwa

xoaka

Ik'oussi

llkan,

hin Ihdaka u tdi gwai.

(

e ssin

hi.

(8523M

t !garaka=!kw|S, "angry."

(8525')

X +nerru; ^nefru e li^kwSya.

+nferru gwai-

tdi

Iku

laiti.

ss'o,

he,

H^
ha

tiken

ssin

|ku

THE +NBERU, AS A BIRD.

mad
(

things, as

if

they do not seem to understand

they marry among us

213

(literally,

'

into us') as il(8521)

they understood."

Then she ran

meet her daughter; she went to

upon her daughter
she, (8522)
holding, put ( ) her daughter's entrails upon the
little kaross
and she hound up her daughter f she
slowly conducted her daughter home
she went to

put the

little

to

kaross *

take her daughter into her (the mother's) hut.

Therefore,

when her

she was angry about her daughter; (852.3)

daughter's husband wanted to come to his

was angry. Therefore, her daughter's

husband went back ( ) to his own people, when (8524)
she had said that her daughter's husband should go
wife,

she

back;

for,

they did not understand.

daughter's husband went back

Therefore, her

while they J (8526)

continued to dwell (there).

The +NEEEU,
The
is

+nSrru's bill

is

AS A Bird.

very short.

The male ^nirru (8525)

the one whose plumage resembles (that of) the

ostrich

+nSrru

black like the male ostrich.

it is

is

the one whose plumage

is

The female

white

like(8525^')

(that of) the female ostrich.

the ostriches

Thus, they resemble

because the male ^nSrru are black, the

female +nerru white.

They eat the things which little birds usually

which they pick up on the ground.
* Her mother's new little kaross, which
" sitting "), and which she had put away.

had

been

eat,

unused (8521')

(lit.

With

the four straps of the

Vk'oussi,

formed by the four legs of (8522')

the springbok's skin.

J

i.e.,

the ^nhru,

many

^nerru.

(8525')

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

214
e,

ta

llkhda

hm

au

toi;

Ihoaka, 4=n^rruka Ikakaken

Hi

tdtti,

+nfernika tdken

Iktiita.

>eyenn Ikweiten Iku

hi Iku ttammttamm hi, au jk'au.

llkuai Iku hi tchuefi e

hi hi, he,

v. 72. L.

THE DEATH OF THE

iKRAxJ.

who heard

{Dictated, in July, 1878, ly Ihan^^l^ass'o,

it

from

hit

mother, Ixabbi-an.)

(7206)

hd 6a

jkhaii llkuai

ka
"Ta,

kwan

tan kafi

||a,

Ik'au Ihin,

jguru-lna ka fkao.

"Hd,
kwan tan kan

lla,

Ik'au Ihin,

(7207)

lxe-!khwM ta

!kao.

"Ta,

kwan

tan kan

jk'au

lla,

Ihiii,

jguru-lna ka !kao.

"Ta,
fT

kwan

tan kan

||a,

jk'au Ihin,

lxi-!khwai ta jkao."

(7208)

He, ha hd

llnau,

au han jk'au
au

hail llkuan sso da ka,

ha ssdken

haii

Ihiii,

Ikaugen Ine

ka ha jk'au IhiA; au

kdi, ll>abbu likhd ha,

jk'au

Ihifi,

jkau ka

.^,'

/^-i:?^,^"

*
The porcupine's

1^

footprints at one of the entrances to its hole.

|Aaiit&<M'o, Sept. \ih, 1878.

f^^^^S^
rf^-;^'

ifeli^^^^
1.

liountains into which the VihAa (a lizard of the Genus

was changed when cut into two pieces.
1.

\gwrun\na.

2.

\xi \hhwAi.

3.

I;^ jMtixft ^a jittiu

)!;

Agama)
O-O^wti'.

IkaA^hoMt'o. 1R78.

Lizards of the Oenus Agama.

I.

WA^a^.-, male.

2.

\khdU

xlutyi,

hmt^e.

DidXkw^in, JUaroh, 1876.

1.

2.

ykdggen gwai, male mantis.

laityl, female mantis.

\Mggn

ViiLVkw^in, Starch, 1875.

THE DEATH OF THE LIZARD.

They make

grass nests on the ground,

215

by the root

of a bush.

When

not

breeding,

they are

found

in

large

numbers.

v. 72.
L.

THE DEATH OF THE LIZAED.

The Lizard* formerly sang

(7206)

"For,
I therefore intend to go,
Passing through,
\g'liru-\na' s pass.

"And,
I therefore intend to go.

Passing through,
(

\xi-\hhwai's pass.

(7207)

" Por,
I therefore intend to go,

Passing through,
\giiru-\na' s pass.

" Por,
I therefore intend to go.

Passing through,

[^-[khwaVs pass."

And, when he was passing through, ( ) the (7208)

mountains t squeezing broke him, when he had
intended to pass through
for, he seems to have
thought that he would spring through the mountain
;

pass,

which was

like this (the narrator here

showed

* The \hhau was a man of the early race. He is now a lizard ('7206')
Aguma. " Chiefly found in rocky and sandy places.
Many species distrihuted all through South Africa."
jThese mountains are large ones, near \Uten\Mn.
of the genus

216

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

jkao, e

(7209) Ine

He

u.

tssi kiii ll^app

Ine kukkiii,*

au

tlken

lia

Mn

jkaugen Ine

e,

Hd

a.

llkoo, jkhe

lla,

jkhwi-luken Ine kukiii,

i iki

tiken

e,

jkatigen

a,

ha llnwamtu

lim Ine ddi !giiru-lna

hiii llkoo,

jkhe

h.^ e,

lla,

Ine ddf l;^e-!khwai.

Kemares on the preceding Story by the

Narrator.

(7210)

Iku

tettenni-an

hi, ( )

6a ggauwa

(7212)

Ha

ti.

llkdeta

a,

ha

ha

(7213) tktten llkde

a,

Ine

(7209')

lla

lal lid

+i, ti e,

au han

ss'o

hi llkuan ss'o

ha

\ea

Han

llna-llkuarra

ikaugen- Ikalka;

ss'o

ssa

Ihin

sse llka'iten

ha; hd

ha

a,

he,

llkuan ss'o

llehwa

ssa,

(i.e.

au he

han

ha llkdaken

Ine

kaii

jkaugen-lkdlkdgen

Ine Mail llenna;

6a ggauwa ha.

ha 6a

e,

jkhe Ikua H^^;^,

llj^i

6a ddda ggauwa ha.

* Hia Iku

sse ssd

[ka'ugen- Ikalka a jhin

au ha jk'au

ha

ha

jhu,

Ikhwa'itenlkhwa'iten

sse ssd llenn hi.

llnau,

he ha llkdaken

ha

Ihii,

+i, ti e,

juhi \kh6 ssa jkou,

a,

+i, ti e,

jkaugen- Ikalka, ha sse

Ta,

Ileim ha).

6a ggauwa

ss'o

Ta, n llkuan

llnallna jhu.

(7211) ggauwa

ha

+i, ti e,

Ikabbukfin ttfi.

ha ddda

Han

jkwa,

REMARKS ON PRECEDING STORY.

the

first

and second fingers

of

his

caught

him thus (putting

mountains

the

hand

left

a forked and almost upright position).

mountains

217
in

Then, the
his

fingers

breaking

close

together),

him.

Therefore, his forepart fell over* (and) stood

stUl, it

became

\ffuru-\nd;

over (and) stood

still;

it

bit,

while his hinder part

(7209)

fell

was that which became

\j(e-\khwai.

Remarks on the preceding Story by the

Narrator.

he seems to have been going to the (7210)

that he might come (and) dwell at
them. Por, I think that the (shallow) pools, which
lie among the red sand hills, seem to have been
those towards which he was going, ( ) that he (7211)
might come (and) live at them. He seems to have
been going towards \kauffen-\ka\ka (a certain pool),
that he might come (and) live at it.
For, I think
I think that

red sand

hills,

He is the
\kauffen-\kq\k& is near this place.
one who, when he came passing ( ) through, would (7212)
come along the vlei ', that he might ascend, passing
along the side of the hiU; and he would altogether

that

'

descend into Wna-Wkudrra (a certain

would go quite down, along (the
\kauffen-\kq\kq.

place

\kuugfen-\kd\ka

where he descended;

it

river),

and he

bed) to
would be the (7213)
river

was where he was

going to dwell; it must, I think, be the place

towards which he appears to have been going.
He broke (in twain) when he seems to have been
going towards it.
* It verily

(?)

turning over went.

^l^\)i)

A GRASS BUSHMAN.
Photographed

at

Cape Town

in

1880.

YI.

Poetry.

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

220

VI. 42.
B.

llGWATTEN-TA iKUTTENlKUTTEN.

HA ha ha,
Ha ha,

(3237)

N" a Ikujiiiim
iS"

a hh|

+no

ii,

j(Wi !ku;^e;

Ta, Ikujnuin Iku a !ku;^e,

Ha ha ha,
Ha ha.

a Iku-glnuin +nd

(3238)

ii.

ya ya ya,
yk yg,

N
N

a Ikujnuin +n6 n,

hha

a,

ddda

;^au

!kuj[;e,

yk yg yg,
yi yg,

kkumuin +n6 n,
Gwattau* hha ;^au ddoa ^u^e.
a

yk ya ya,

yh yg,
(3239)

llgwatten a Ikujnum +n6 ha,

Ha

a,

hha ^au ddga !ku;^;e,

ya ya ya,
yd yg,

GwAtten a hha

Hg
(3238

Here
Aii
is

it

Mn

ddoa yu^e,

yauki ddoa khwlya.

* The Cat tas three names,

;i^au

viz.,

Wgwqtten, Wgwqttaii, and yiten.

"sings with the upper part of

tatti,

yUen."

hd

\]c?-kko e

yUen,

" For,

its

mouth." (making y).

it feels

that

its

other

name

THE

cat's song.

222

SPECIMENS

Ha
(3240)

BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

01''

ddoa g^bbitengebbiten

Ka, kkd-gmuih kku a kwakka,

Gwatta-ken yauki kwakka.

Gwatta-ken kkwan* khwiya.

y&

ya. ya,

>a

ya,.

Gwltten a kku-gmuin kkdkken

(3241)

Hd

a hb| ;^au ddoa

Ha

SBin

ha.

Iku;^^)

ddda khwiya.

Ka, kku-gmuin kku a khwfya.

Haggla hdggla haggla

Haggla haggla,
(32411)

Haggle heggle heggle,

Heggli,

H^ggli heggli heggli

Hdggli h

VI. 44.

THE SONG or THE

(2158)

iGUITEN.f

Ika'uogen,

Ikauogen,

Ika'uogen,

Ikauogen

(3240')

* kkwah stands for Whuah here.

(2158')

t Singular \guiten, plural \gu'i\gui, Vulpes

Caama, the Caama fox.

223

THE SONG OF THE CA.AMA FOX.

It did foolisli things;
)

Lynx

Por, the

is

one

who

understands,

(3240)

The Cat does not understand."

The Cat (nevertheless) is cunning.
>a >a ya,
ya >a.

The Cat
)

"It
It

is

had

is

the one about

the one
to

For, the

who

whom

the

Lynx

could not run

talked.

(3241)

fast."

be cunning.*

Lynx is one who is cunning.

Hagglaf haggla haggla
Haggla haggla,

Heggle haggle haggle,

(3241^)

Heggli,

H4ggli heggli heggli

Heggli n

VI. 44.

THE SONG OF THE CAAMA FOX.

Grosser of the Spoor, Crosser of the Spoor,J

(2158')

Grosser of the Spoor, Grosser of the Spoor

* Keferenoe

is

here

made

to the Cat's

way

of doubling

when /q oil n

pursued.
f

The

tongue
it

narrator here explains

", assenting to

what

it

that the

Cat

" talks with

its

has been saying.

{ The Caama Fox is called "Crosser of the Spoor", because ('2158

avoids the dog nicely when the dog chases it, and, turning

suddenly, runs back, crossing the dog's spoor (behind

the dog

by

is

racing on in front, thinking to catch the

so doing.

it),

while

Caama Fox

'")

SPECIMENS OE BUSHMAN POLKLOEB.

224

Ikatiwa Iguiten,*

Ikauwa jgulten f
!

Ikauwa

jgultti,

Ikauwa

Iguitti

VI. 45.

THE SONGS OF THE BLUE CRANE.J

(2155)

!k'6ka

kkumm

llkulna, ti e Igara

ha

jkiitten hi;

swenya ha

llkiilna

" Igara Iku swenya

(2158)

Igara

kan swenya n

Igara

han

spoor"

{i.e.,

one

jkiitten

han

jkiitta lla

llkiilna,

llkulna,

swenya n

||

* '^^^ narrator explains

\juiten's

llkulna,

"I

as if it said:

it is

who had been

ha

han

there,

cross another

and has gone away

hunting).

(2159')

t Hail jkutten

Ikuinyan

yaliki

ti

(jguiten-kko jnwa).

jkuih Iku
4:g(e)ou,

jkum
|ka ha,

Ha

Ikii

ka Ikuken au

ssho +i

ha

a,

llku

ti

e,

jkuin sse Ik^ ha, au

ha a Ikauwa jguiten jnwa

ta,

jkuiii

yauki ta Ika ha

au ha Iku-g Ine

lla

ta,

llga'ua tta

au ha ^auki ttan llku; au jkuinyS Ine ddurru j^uonni,

au jkuinta
t

a,

e,

sse

jkui.

The Blue Crane {Anthropoides Stanhyanus) was formerly

a person of the early race.

All

blue

cranes (both male and female) are

said

to

sing

this song.

(2156')

II

Ha

Iken jkwai, hin l^^kwMya

tsa;^aitaken li^kwaiya,

Igara

tsaxau Ikwai, ha tsa^aiten

ha

Ikeii

Iken jkwSl.

Iku jkwai.

Igara

Tfken llkellkeya ha

liikwaiya, hin

i.

w
%

\k'6 \(nti,

blue crane, female.

>

\k'6

gwat, blue crane, male.

\hdA^httu'o,

T6i

\aiti,

female

March 2nd,

1879.

ostrich..

ihan^katt'd, Jan. iOth, 1879.

C C

13
si

si

Q c
c

Mhwat

gteax,

male gemsbok.

\khtva% \mty\, female

gemsbok.
IHa\ku>^in, Apnl, 1875.

THE SONGS
Cross the

Cross the
Cross the

Cross the

THE BLUE CRANE.

01"

Caama Fox's
Caama Fox's

225

spoor,

spoor

Caama Fox's
Caama Fox's

spoor,

spoor

VI. 45.
B.

THE SONGS OF THE BLUE CRANE.

It is the

Blue Crane's story which

sings;

it

it

(2155)

sings (ahout) its shoulder, namely, that the "krieboom "

upon its shoulder ;

" The berries are upon

berries are

goes along singing

it

my

shoulder,

The berries are upon my shoulder,

The berry it f is upon my shoulder,
* It sings that the dog appears
but the dog will not

kill it

Caama Pox.

spoor of (another)

will not kill; for the dog

fatigue,

when

the shade

(the

it

while

for

is

to thiak that

It

he

-will kill it;

who

(2159')

crosses the

the one which that dog

is

the one

who

will nearly (?) die of

to lie peacefully in

Caama Fox) has gone

does not feel tired

it

the one

is

it

while the dog painfully

goes back to his master.

t Its name is one they (the berries) are numerous; its aame is
one.
The "krieboom" berries are many; the name of the
;

(still)

berries is one.

many.
The word

It appears as

if its

berry were one, (but) they

are

\ffdra is

the same in the singular and plural,

\gdra (or \ffdra ta&x^u) a \hwm,

(or \gdra tsdxaiten)
is

e \\iktoaiya,

"one

\gdra berry,"

and

" many \gdra berries."

a part of the Wna, or " krieboom ", the berries of

The
it,

viz.,

\gdra
\gdra

as far as

They are said to be round, white, and "hard"

they have something hard inside them). The outside flesh
is sweet.
They are eaten by the Koranna and the ushmen. The
women go to the "krieboom", pick the berries, put them into
a bag and take them home to eat, first mixing them with other

I can understand.
{i.e.,

They do not eat them unmixed, on account of their teeth,

they fear that the sweetness of the berries might otherwise
render their teeth unfit to chew meat well.

berries.

as

(2156')

;
!

SPECIMENS OP BtrSHMAN FOLKLORE.

226

(2156)

Igara

kan swenya h

Igara

kan kdn

Ike hh6,

yird kan Ike hh.6

Igara

kan kan

rrrii

kan

kan

kail Ik^

llkulna.

Ike hh.6,

Ike hh.6,

Igara rru

Kho

kan Iku ha."

2.

{Wihen running

(2157)

away from a man.)

a

jkiiita,

llkumi a

jku'ita,

llkiirru

llkiirru

a jkuita!
3.

When toalking slowly,

leaving the place [walk of peace].

llkiirru jkuita,
llkiirru jkuita

4.
(

When

it flaps its

Ilgou

ji,

llgou

ji,

Errru
333 3

Erru
3 3 3 o

Rru

rrra,7
rrra,'

rra

wings.)

THE SONGS OF THE BLUE CRANE.

The
The

berries are
berries are

227

upon my shoulder.
up here (on its shoulder),*

(2156)

up here;
up here,
here,
are
up
],^u
Are up here
The berries rrd are put away (upon)it(its shoulder)."

Errii are

The

berries are

2.

When running away from a man.)

(
A splinter of stone which is white,
A splinter of stone which is white,
A splinter of stone which is white.

(2157)

3.
(

When walking slowly^

A
A

leaving the place

[walk of peace].)

white stone splinter,

white stone splinter.
4.

(When

it

flaps its wings.)

Scrape (the springbok skin J for) the bed.

Scrape (the springbok skin for) the bed.

Rrrru
3 3 3 3 o

Rrru
3 3 3
o

Rru
D 3
o

rrra,
rrra,7

rra!

* WMhlo cannot explain why the berries do not roll off; he says ('2156')
that he does not know. This is a song of the very old people, the
" first " old people, which was in his thoughts.
jWkdhho explains that the bird sings about its head, which is (2157')
something of the shape of a stone knife or splinter, and has white
He says that Bushmen, when without a knife, use
feathers.
a stone knife for cutting up game. They break a stone, knocking
off a flat splinter from it, and out up the game with that.
The
Grass Bushmen, WMbho says, make arrowheads of white quartz
'''''

points (crystal points, as far as could be understood).

\

The Bushmen make beds

skins of springbok and goats.

{i.e.,

skins to sleep on) from the

228

SPECIMENS OP BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

VI. 46.

THE OLD WOMAN'S SONG.

First Version.
{Dictated, in September, 1871, ly lajkuita.)

(158)

Iniitarraken jkutten;

Indtarraken tta kau.

jkut-ta

Ikiit-ta lla

lla,

tta kaii jkutten;

au jgwai

" Igwaitarra,
Igwaitarra,

Ikammamlkammam ho
inutarra

Han

Indtarra au llkau

kukui,

+ko shin sha

Han kkoan
Han

Ihin,

jkuarre Igwai,

jgwai

Igwain

lie,

Iki

Igwai."

Second Version.
jgwaitara,

(2160)

Igwaitara,

Ikdmmenlkdmmen hhd

Au

Inutara,

Inutara luhltta llkau.

229

THE OLD woman's SONG.

YL 46.
B.

THE OLD WOMAN'S SONG.

First Version.

The

old

Woman

as she goes

sings; goes singing along; sings

Woman

the old

(158)

sings as she goes along

ahout the Hyena

" The old she Hyena,

The

Was

old she Hyena,

carrying

off

The

old

Woman from the

Woman in this manner,

the old

old hut

She sprang aside.

She arose.
She heat the Hyena.
The Hyena, herself.

The Hyena killed* the Hyena."

Second Version.

The old she Hyena,

The old she Hyena,

Was
As

(2160)

carrying off the old

the old

* She killed

Woman

herself,

by

Woman,

lay in the old hut.t

casting herself

violently

upon the

pointed rook on which she had intended to cast the old

who was upon

her back

but the old

Woman

(158')

Woman

sprang aside and

saved herself.
j-

The

old

Woman, who was

unable to walk, lay in an

old,

Before her sons left her, they had closed the circle

deserted hut.

[sides] of the hut, as well as the door-opening,

with sticks from

the other huts, leaving the top of the hut open, so that she should
feel the sun's

warmth.

fetched more dry wood.

as they

were

all starving,

They had left a fire for her, and had

They were obliged to leave her behind,
and she was too weak to go with them to

seek food at some other place.

f2160')

SPECIMENS OE BUSHMAN EOLKLOEE.

230

yi. 82.

A SONG SUNG BY THE STAE IGAUNU,

AND ESPECIALLY BY BUSHMAN WOMEN.
{Dictated, in Lecemler, 1875, ly Dia!kw|in,

who heard

it

from

hii

paternal grandmother, Ttu6bb5-kgn jkaiikn.)

llgdrraken *-!kwaitenttu

(5668)

+ku->'amt kan
(5669)

^a

llkliou

bbdrri-ssin?

llkuari a llkhou bberri-ssin.

;^a llkbou bbirri-ssin?

+ku->'ain kail llkuan a llkhou bb^rri-ssin.

YI. 83.
L.

AND CANOPUS.

SIRIUS

{^Given, in June,

(8468)

1879, ly ihan+kass'o.)

Ikoite Ttuai-an llkuan Iku a,

lliikdagu.

Ha

ka

ssin jkeya Iki

In^ ta

" !kutten-!kbou
Ikutten-lkbou

E!au dabba

Ilka

llwkoa-gu

(8469)

||koa-gu

Kan dabba

llkd

Ikiitten-jkbou
Ilk6a-gii

Xan dabba

Ilka

!kiitten-!khou

(5661')
(8729')

* Ilg4raken
t

Ikii

"iiintjeB"; lxarii-ka-!k'6teii liken hf.

The word ^ku-yam has the same form

plural.

in the singular

and

!!

231

STAR SONGS.

VI. 82.
L.

A SONG SUNG BY THE STAE jGAUNU,

AND ESPECIALLY BY BUSHMAN WOMEN.

Does the Wgdrraken* flower open?

The ^M-yqm^ is the one which opens.

(5668)

Dost thou open?

(5669)

The ^hii-yam

is

the one which opens.

VI. 83.
L.

AND CANOPUS.

SIEIUS

My (step)grandm other,

TtiM-ah, was the one

who (8468)

She said

used to rejoice about Canopus.

" Sirius
Sirius

Winks

like

Canopus
(

Canopus

Winks

(8469)

like

Sirius

Canopus

Winks

like

Sirius
* The Wgdrraken are bulbs;
f Bimorphotheoa

Mowbray

annua,

in August, 1879.

the

Bushmen

daisy-like

dig them out.

flower,

in

blossom

(5661')
at/'3729M
^

'

"

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

232

jkiitten-jkhou

Kan ddbba

Ilka

Ilk6a-gu

(8470) au n

Ikd'ite

tatti, (

\xpi*

wa

e.

YI. 91.
L.

THE SONG OF THE KWA-KWARA-f

{Rglatei, in March, 1879, by Ihaii+kass'o.)

(6139')

jkwi-Opua,

Ilka jlida

N
N
6

SSI

llkhou

Ina.

Ikwi-Opua,
jkwi-Opua,
jhoa

Ilka

(6139)

'Ina.

Iku-g Ine jkhw^ten hho ha, ha Iku-g Ine

!kui;

ha Iku-g

"Wara

Ine:

llkhau,

(6140) llkhau, wara llkhau, llkhau llkhau, llkhau,

llkhau,

Han

llnau,

a wa, a

(8469')

wara

wa

llkhau,

llkhau,

o ha jkhe jk'au,
!

llkhau,

llkhau,

hah ka:

"A

* Ssi llkuan k^ ka

\xii,

wara

llkhau

"
!

wa, a wa,

" 6 ha Ikhe Ik'au.

au ha 5 lkwaiya.

\ Eupodotia afra, Black Koran,

wara

Knorhaan (Brandkop)^

"

233

THE SONG OP THE BUSTARD.

Sirius

Winks

like

Canopus

my

While

grandmother

felt

that

food was (8470)

abundant.*

VI. 91.
L.

THE SONG OF THE BUSTAED.

My

younger brother-in-law,

Put

my

My
My

younger brother-in-law,

Put

my

When we
"

Wdra

Wkhau,
it

fire.f

younger brother-in-law.

head in the

fire.

startle it up, it flies

Wkhau,

Wkhau, (

head in the

(6139')

away;

it

(cries)

(6139)

wdra Wkhau, wdra Wkhau, Wkhcm Wkhau,

wdra Wkhau, wdra Wkhau, Wkhau, Wkhau, (6140)

Wkhau

"

When

it

stands on the ground,

says: ''A wa, a wa, a wa, a

wa!" when

it

stands

on the ground.

We

When

was
him

wont to say j^u, when food is abundant.

the " Knorhaan Brandkop" was still a man, his head

are

thrust into the

for

fire

by

his brother-in-law, in order to punish

having surreptitiously married a

only a bustard.

sister.

Since then he

is

(8469')

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

234

YI. 101. L.

THE SONG OF THE SPKINGBOK

MOTHERS.*
{Dictated, in June,

1879, hy Ihan+kass'o, who heard

it

from

his

mother, Ixabbi-an, from her mother, +kanimi, and from his

stepgrandmother, Ttuai-an.)

(8561')

Wax

ka

hd

llualluarraken

Im,
"A-a
3
3
Wai-Opua wwe,
'

Opuoiiiya ki.

A-a hn,

Wai-Opua wwe,
Opuoinya

ki."

VI. 106.
IIKABBO'S

SONG ON THE LOSS OF HIS

TOBACCO POUCH.

{Dictated, in January, 1878, ly Ihani^kasB'o.)

(6138')

(6138)

l;^{iru e,

l;^{iru

kan

Ijjjiiru

e,

Ijj^uru

e u,

Ij^tiru

kan

Ike u.

Ike u.

l^uru, hail yauki Ine luM, 6 Ikuin Iku-g ine ssaii

hoa ha

a,

ha-ka

llho,

au

llga.

H^

e,

ha

Ikii-g

* This song occurs in the fable of the Anteater,

Springbok, the Lynx, and the Partridge (IV.

42.

Ine

the young

z.).


THE SONG OF THE SPRINGBOK MOTHERS.

235

VI. 101. L.

THE SONG OF THE SPRmOBOK MOTHERS.

The

Springbok

sang

mothers

their (8561')

(soothing

children)

" A-a hi,

3
3
'

Springbok Child!

Sleep for me.

A-a hn,
Springbok Child!
Sleep for me."

VI. 106.
L.

IIKABBO'S

SONG ON THE LOSS OF HIS

TOBACCO POUCH.*
Famine

it is,

Famine

it is,

Famine

is

here.

Famine

it

is,

Famine

it is,

Famine

is

here.

Famine ["tobacco-hunger"
did not smoke,

(6138')

is

meant here]

because a dog had

come

in

he (6138)
the

* It was stolen by a hungry dog, named " Blom ", which belonged
to j^oMbiiz'.

SPECIMENS OP BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

236
kkdaii

liii

au

hail Ikii-g Ine

He,

ssi-g

yavki Ine

(5101)

(5102)

(5103)

Ine

han Ikii-g Ine jko llho. He e,

llj^l, han tten, o han yaiiki Ine luhi.
Ssiten
jkagen kau llgaue IkilM Mho.

llga, i;

Ini llho.

THE BROKEN STRING.

niglit (and)

carried off from

him

237

his pouch.

he arose in the night, he missed his pouch.

And
And

then he again lay down, while he did not smoke.

And we were

We

early seeking for the pouch.

did

not find the pouch.

VI. 108.
L.

THE BROKEN STEING.

People were those

who

Broke for me the

string.

(5101)

Therefore,

The

place

On

became

like this to

account of

me,

(5102)

it.

Because the string was that which broke for me.*

Therefore,

The place does not feel to me,

As the place used to feel to me,

On

account of

it.

For,

The
(

place feels as
)

if

it

stood open before me,

Because the string has broken for me.

Therefore,

The

place does not feel pleasant to me.

On

account of

it.

* Now that "the string is hroken", the former " ringing sound
in the sky " is no longer heard hy the singer, as it had been in the
magician's lifetime.

(5103)

SPECIMENS OF BTTSHMAN FOLKLORE.

238

VI. 109. L.

THE SONG OF jNUlNUMMA-lKWITEN.

1879, hy jhaii+kass'o, who heard

[Dictated, in June,

it

from

his

maternal grandfather, Ts'|tst.)

Inujnumma-jkwiten,* llkuan ha da ka

(8555)

"Hi-ii, hi;

^wa;

Ikhf Ikouken e
^

J.

Hn-n, hn.

N
(8556)

^wa;

Ikhi Ikouken e
)

Hi-n, hi;

^wa."

if Ikhi Ikouken e
llkhellkheten

Ikii e.

!nu|numma-|kTvita

|k6myan ka

ssin

Ikii

ka,

ka

h|,

"Hiin, hn;

N
(8557)

^wa;

Ikhi Ikouken e
)

hU,

k,

Ikhi Ikouken e ywa."*

\

Au n
ta,

Ikomyk ka,

ssi sse ^ti ii

lkaulkauru,t hd Ine

Inulnumma-lkwiten ha ka ka

"Hi-n, hi;
(8558)

if Ikhi |kouken e

()

>wa;

Hn-n, hn;

N
* Ikui a

(8555')
ha

en

Ikhi Ikouken e

hin

e,

+1, tt e,

e Ikutlkufta,

Ine Iku |nu!nuiil |ho hi.

ha

Iks'ss'o e

>wa."

Ine |ku Ikhaulkhau

4:1,

ti

e,

(8566')
(8557')

kok^nn |kwiten.

Ikam

|kitita;

h6

hi,
tt

" Wit-mond ".

Inujnuiima-lkwitaken Iku e llkhellkhe.

jkwften,

|kwften

He

t Ssi |kwi-l, Ikaulkairu Una,

au

tiken
ssi

Ikuften Iku a Inujnuinm

e,

ha

e |kotta-kk6e.

llgwftgn Una.

239

THE SONG OF iN&lNUMMA-lKWiTEN.

YI. 109.
L.

THE SONG OF iNUlNUMMA-lKWITEN.

\nu\numma-\kwiten* formerly said (sang)

(8555)

<Hn-n, hn;
I kill children wlio cry;

Hn-n, hn.

who

I kill children
(

I kill children

cry;

Hn-n, hi;

who

(8556)
cry."

beast of prey (he, \nu\numma-\kwUen)

used

grandfather

say

to

(that)

is.

My

\nu\numma-\kwUen

formerly said

"Hn-h, hn;
kill children who
(

I kill children

When my
ofE

cry;

Hn-n, hn,

who

(8557)
cry."

grandfather wished that

making a

we

should leave

noise,t he said that \nu\numma-\kwitm

formerly used to say

"Hn-n, hn;
(

I kill children

who

cry;

(8558)

Hn-n, hn;
I kill children

who

cry."

* The narrator gave the following explanation

of \nii[numma-

name
"A man who eats great (pieces of) meat, he outs them off, he ('8555')
puts them into his mouth. I think that eggs are white therefore,
I think that his name seems to be White-Mouth '."
" \n'ii\numma-\ktaHen is a beast of prey. A man was the one
who gobbled eggs, swallowed down eggs. ( ) Therefore, he 'w^sfe/'ggggn
Eeference is here made to a man
[his name was] \k6fta-kkde."
yjcwiten's

'

of the early race,

who swallowed

We were

calling out,

ostrich eggs whole,

and

is

the

by [hdk+kass'd (V. 56. l.).

making a noise there, as we played.

chief figure in a legend related

(8557')

SPECIMENS OP BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

240

jkhwa-Opuk ^wa llni, ha Ine llkou

ha, au !khw^-0ptik >Va Una, ha Ine llkou Ikam Ha
He, ha

(8659)

ha,

Ine

tiii

llkho

a !khwa-0puk
ssiiken

le

ha,

Ijc^erri

^wa

llnein.

Ixuerrl

llnd ha.

Ha

Iku-g

Iku-g Ine

lla,

kkonh

* The second p

is

te ha.

lla

lln^in,

Iku-g Ine ssiken,

Ine

kui llnip(p),* au

(8560) !khwa-0pua, hd Iku-g Ine ssuken ki

Ha

jkhe

H^

Ha

) Ihih lla ha.

Iku-g Ine

almost whispered here.

ttai'.

241

iNUJNUMMA-JKWfTEN.

And (when)

hears a

lie

he follows the sound

to

little

it,

child crying there,

while the

child

little

is

crying there, he, following the sound, goes to

it,

approaches

it

stealthily,

)(8559)
(
approaching stealthily,

reaches the hut, in which the

He

goes to

child

He

is

crying.

catches hold

he springs, taking (
swallow it down. He departs.

of the little child,

He

little

springs, springs into the hut.

it

away. (8560)

BUSHMAN FAMILY.

Photographed

at

Salt River in i8

B.

HISTORY (NATURAL AND

PERSONAL).

VII,

Habits Adventures

them and Hunting.

Animals and

their

with

SPECIMENS OP BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

244

VII. 66.

THE LEOPARD AND THE JACKAL.

{Dictated in 1871.)

Edroken II;fau Iki llkaiie, au llka'ueten Ika wai.

Kdroken Ine ll;^eill;^S, hail Ine tan-i llkaiie au waita
(354') a,
) Han b6ro, ban tan-i, au hail tatti e kdro
(
(354)

Iku

Hd

e.

bail tatti

ba

tdii-i,

Mil
Ikii

ha Iku boro, bail

e,

He

e.

kd

bail llkwaii

llkwaii tdii-i,

ba Iku boro au
a ba a, ba si ba, ha

bin

ti

llka'ue

e,

ll;^am ba.

si

(354)

ti

kdro

He

ti hiii

Ine ikI ba,

e,

llkaueten Ine jkoeiii

llkaueten Ine

(355) ha, hail Ine Han

Ikf

le

llka'ueten

i,

Ikuken ba, ban Ine ho

ts'i

ba au Ikubbi;

be

ti

bin

e hail Ine Inaii ti ha.

YII. 121.
L.

DOINGS OF THE SPEINGBOK

{Dictated in July, 1878, by Ihan+kass'o.)

Wa'i lluara

(7236)

Iki

llkuaii

hi ta,

ywa.
*

|,

|,"

!^oa tss'ain,

au waita jka'uka

(7236')

au ha llkua

llnau,

tatti,

au ba

au hi

In^

ta ^iiiemmi ki

ta
lla

Ti

e,

ilkellke ss'o

au wai,

f,

hin

e,

au ha

llkua

llkua Ilk;

Ilk;

b^ tfken

hi liikwaiya;

tdtti,

au hi ;^(5aken-gguwa

il;^amki >'wa,

Hi ^daken-ggii

Au ha

(
i,

"a,

a,

jktwa; ha

IkhwS llgwiten.

(7240')

Ilk,

wai-Opua a +enni, ba jguonna,* au ha

(7237) hail In^ ta: "a,

e,

ka

lluhgi,

i.

a,"

wa'ita

Ine Iguonna, au


THE LEOPARD AND THE JACKAL.

245

YII. 66.
B.

THE LEOPAED AND THE JACKAL.

The

jackal watclies the leopard,

The

has killed a springbok.

when

the leopard

(354)

jackal whines (with

uplifted tongue), he begs the leopard for springbok

flesh.

Thus he

He

howls, he begs, for he

he indeed

howls,

a jackal.

because

he

(354')

is

when he begs, he
give him flesh, that he

Therefore he howls

a jackal.

indeed wants the leopard to

may

begs,

is

he

eat, that

also

may

Then the leopard

eat.

angry, the leopard kills

(354)

him, the leopard bites him dead, he lifts him up,

he goes to put him into the bushes; ( ) thus he

(355)

is

hides him.

VII. 121.
L.

DOINGS OF THE SPRINGBOK.

The mother springbok is wont to do thus, as she (7236)
trots along, when she has a springbok kid which
is little,

she grunts,* as she trots along; she says

Therefore they (7237)

(the springbok) make a resounding noise (?), because

"a,

a,

a,"t

as she trots along.

they are numerous while the springbok kids also

Their
cry (bleat), while their mothers cry (grunt).
mothers say "a, a, a," the springbok kids say
;

* Because she proteotingly takes along the child, she grunts, as /'rogg'')
the child plays.
f Here the narrator made a grunting noise which, he said,
was " in his throat " and about which he remarked ( ) " When (7240')
;

sit

imitating the springbok, then I cough, on account of

it."

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

246

(7238) Ikauka In^ ta: "me, me,

"a,

\n6 ta:

"a,

a tui,
e,

(7240) e

Ikii

to'uken

yauki

ka,

hi

ta,
ii

hi

e, hiii

Ine

Ini
ii,

llkelike

"'

Ind

to'uken.

lie

we! ^ken Iku

He

Iku !^wa tss'ain.

ssin ssu^h ti

Ta,

e.

hh

tfken

wa'ita gwa'i

ssa Iku Ine ttai, !kou ttih sse

e,

au hi

touken

kd:

e,* f ta

tf e llnun,

\kh.6

sse

au hi jguohna

a, a,"

Wen

He

(7239)

Waita Ikauka

a," au hi leuonna.

a,

"me, me, me, me," au hi ;^6aken-ggu

In^ ta:

ta:

me," au hi ^6aken-ggu

tdtti,

h; hi koa Iku-g

au

Ine

Ikii-g

Ine

tta

hi

jkou ttin

ttai,

li-g Ine llniih lid ii;

he,

hi koa Iku-g

Ine ttaf, Ikoii ttin sse to'uken ii."

VII. [70a.

HABITS OF THE BAT AND THE

PORCUPINE.
{Related in March, 1875, in the Katkop dialect, hy Dia|kw|,iii, who

heard

(4378)

it from his father, p^aa-ttiii,

Mdmah

+kakka

;^;ukenj llnau

his mother, ^ikamme-an..)

ke, ti e, ll^ettenf

ha kan

Una, ti

ha Iwkua-a

e,

ta

\\-)(eiten

Ti

e,

ha-g Ine jkuiten,

ttin.

ll^etten Ine jke ssa

da

ti e, llgau^ii

He

ti'ken

llkhda sse

e,

ha

jkoa,

Ike"

l;;^am-ka-!k'6
ta,

Ikii

tk

ka

" llkelike

a lli^koen waita

kko

hih

e,

Ine +en-na,

asi

we ya
jkauken.

hail

Ta,

Iku ppo.

e Igogen.

X Wgaux^, !xo, and \hhogen are three

The

e,

i,

ss'o jkuityi.

Iku ppq;

t llxStten

ttin he,

Una ha, o ha

Ikii

hih

a Iku a lli/koen, waita jkaukaken

ilkhoa

(4378')

llnau o llgau-

li^ettaken ^auki ssa,

(4379) lakua-a

(7238')

and

last of the three is the

names

one to be used by

for the porcupine.

girls.


DOINGS OF THE SPRINGBOK.

"me, me,
"a,
say

a,

me,"

wtile

a," as they grunt.

"me, me,

247

mothers

their

The springbok

say

(7238)

children

me, me," while their mothers say

"a, a, a," as they grunting go forward.
Therefore,* we are wont to say ( ) "0 beast of (7239)
prey ! thou art the one who hearest the place behind,
it is resonant with sound.
Therefore, I said that

would

For these male springbok which

sit here.

stand around, are those which will go along, passing

behind ( ) you; because I am lying down, and (7240)

they do not perceive me; they will have to(?) go
along, passing behind you, when ye have gone
behind (the hill); they will have to(?) go along,
passing behind you."

VII. 70a.
B.

HABITS OF THE BAT AND THE

POECUPINE.

Mamma
porcupine

said
is

to

still

me

that

the

at the place

bat,t

where

it

when
is

the (4378)

seeking

about for food, does not come, for the bat remains
with it, while it is seeking about for food. ( ) "When (4379)
it (the porcupine) returns home, then it is that the
bat

comes

to

its

hole

know

then I

that

the

porcupine appears to have returned.

* Therefore, the Bushmen are 'wont to say "
beast of prey! (7238')
(the herd of springbok) seems as if it will arise for thou art the
one who seest the springbok's children. For thou art the one
who seest (that) the springbok's children seem as if (they) would
arise."
(They had been lying down, or, as the narrator expressed
:

it

it,

"sitting.")

f
J

The bat's other name is \\gogen.

The bat inhabits the same hole

as the porcupine.

(4378')
(4379)

SPECIMENS OE BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

248

Maman

(4380)

6 ka Ina

llga^;i|^u,

Ikg ssa,

llgau^u;

(4384)

ha-g

ssa,

Ine

lliike

kiii

tta

sse,

leta

!ka

Iki

!k(5a.

ha,

He

ta

Opuoin,

Inu

e, i.

H^

llnaii

ttai

jkda,

ha-g Ind

H^

ti

e,

+i,

llgauj^ii

(4388)

He

a,

e,

ttai

N
k^

tiken

e,

ka

ha ka

ha.

ka

^a

o hd,

ti

sse Ikii ssa

ha

e,

sse (

la

e,

ttai

Iku

ddoa

o ha jkhouwa
a

Ikii

jkhou,

Ikotten

^aiiki

He

hi,

ti

ddda

ke,

sse
ti

h; hah llkuan

a,

Ine

6 ka kki-ssa ttan

a;

Ikii

ttai,

llgau^ii

ta,

Opuoih.

ssa,

ssah

+goiiwa

+enn,

sse

llgau^ii

ssa,

ddi ku

e,

Opuoin;

Ikii l^ta

h ^auki

llnaii,

tlken

Ihin,

sse llnaii,

Ikii-g Ine

llumm

ll;^(5ro

mama kan +kakka

^aiiki

hah

Ine

jkuiten leta Opuoin,

+eh-na llwke a llgau^ii

Ike-ko ssa

ha-g

llnaii,

6 ka ki-ssa ttah Opuoin,

Ine

ddda a llkuitya ha

6 ha ka ha ssS

h.

jkui

e,

Ikii

+en-na,

ta-g

6 hah ka ha

i;

tiken

tiken

Opuoih

Ine

H^

Opuoin.

i-i,

h kah Opuoih, h
ssa, 6 ka Opuoih Una.
(4387) kkw^kken Ihih, i 6 ka
Ine

Opuoin, ha sse Ikhoii

llgau^u llkuan

e,

ta, ll^etten llku|n

a, ha,

hah Iku kwakkenkkwakki

ha ssa a; o ha ka ha
leta

llkiian Ine

Ikotten i;

ttai

Opuom,

Iki e tss'a
)

a,

jkoa, 6 i Iku

Ikui Ikw'ai.

(4386)

e,

Ine ddf kiii ta Opiioin,

Opuoin o

(4385)

hin

jkoasse

Ine ssin

fi

llgau^ii; ta, llgauxu llnaii,

ta, llgau;i^u

+enn

le

(4383)

e,

Ind sse yauki

llkhali

sse

ti

llj^etten

He-g n

Ine ssa.

(4382) Iko

a,

llgmi^u llkuan llklida Ine ssa

ti e,

(4381) sse

lkeya ke

kkwakken-

( )

Iku-g Ine ka

wa

llgaiij|;ii

6 ka leta

sse Opuoih,

^auki

i,

Iku

Opuoih.

sse

+enh

HABITS OF BAT AND PORCUPINE.

Mamma

told

me

249

about

it, that I should watch for

saw
the bat; then I know, (4380)
(
that the porcupine appears to come; for the bat
comes. And I must not sleep; for I must
)(4381)
(
watch for the porcupine; for, when the porcupine
approaches, I feel sleepy, I become sleepy (on account
of) the porcupine
for the porcupine is a thing which
is used, when it draws near, to
go along making (4382)
( )

the porcupine,

if

it wishes that we may

know the time at which it comes; as it wishes
that it may come into the hole while we are asleep.

us sleep against our will, as

not

Therefore,
it

goes along making us sleep

it

wishes that

that

may

it

it

may

come, while

man is lying in
the man is asleep

And

hole.

if

at the

it

wait for
(

while

are asleep, (4383)

harm awaits

smell whether

whether a

hole,

we

it at

it steals

the

softly (4384)

they may not rattle],

it has smelt the man's scent.
Therefore it
is used to cause us to become sleepy, when it wishes
to smell whether peace it be.
Therefore mamma used to tell me that I should (4385)
( )
do thus, even if I felt sleepy, I should know that the
porcupine was the one who went along making me

away
when

[lifting

sleepy against

along causing

even

quills that

its

my
me

will;

it

to sleep.

was the one who went

(

I should do thus, (4386)

I felt that I wanted to sleep, I should not

if

sleep;

for

there.

And

would come,

the porcupine

if

slept

the porcupine would steal gently away,

while I slept.

I should not

know

the time at (4387)

which the porcupine came I should think that the

porcupine had not come, while the porcupine had
long come; it had come (and) gone away, while
;

slept.

I might

Therefore,

know when

should not sleep,

the porcupine came.

that (4388)

For, I

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMiN FOLKLORE.

250

Ikf sse

Ta-g

llgau^ii.

o ka Opuoinya,

Ilnau,

h.

yaiiki sse +enii Iki sse ya.

He

(4389)

tiken

ka

e, fi

o ka

yauki Opuoin,

(4390) Ta,
sse
ti

jkoasse

ka

ta

Ilka

tata

e,

i.

llgau^ii,

i,

tfken

ka ddi

He
o

(4392) ta

Ilka

Ta, hd

he

ti

Iki

tta'i

6 llkuanna;

Iki

ya'uki

han

hah

ta,

(4395) Ta, ha

ta Ilka

ti e,

tsa;i^a'iten

(4396)

Iki a,

llga,

ha

Ini

a llgau^u

lliike

Ikii

ti

ti

ttai

6 llga;

He

tiken

llga

e,

e,

tfken

ha

e,

Iki

ha

tsa;it;aiten

Ta, ha
ti e,

Iki

ha

ha

ta,
e,

ha

ha

a,

ttai

Ini

Ikii

a;
l4le

ha tsa^alten yauki

e,

Ind ta jkuitya.

a;

ti

i,

llgau^ii Ikii e ttss'a a ya'uki

ha

Ilka

Hd

llwkoen akken a.

ha

Opuoin; o hah

o ha ttai o llkuanna, hah

Ikii-g Ilnau,

hah

+ehii

6 hah ta Ilka

+hahniiwa.

ta

yaiiki ta

llkuanna.

(4394) ohoki, o hah ta

6 ha

llgau^u, i;

sse

mdma-ggu tkakka ke

e,

ti e,

Ini

ha ka ha

e,

Iki sse

ka jkoasse llgau^u.

e,

Iki

akken

jkoasse

Ine

ka +enn,

Inu yau llwkoen,

llga, i;

ti

ha ka +eun

e,

ti

tata

tata

e,

ta Ilka

liari

kki-ssa ttan puoin,

i,

e,

he

lie,

tiken

ti

He

(4393)

o ka jkoasse

sse,

llgau^ii,

llgau^u

llgaujj^u;

iki

llgau;i(;u,

Iki ya; n Ine Ini Iki

n a ^auki Opuoinya.
mama Iki a Ikweiddaken, ( ) +kakka ke, n yauki
Opuoin, 6 kd ki-ssa ttan Opuoin; n sse Ikelike

llkwa Ine
jkuiitya,

(4391)

o ka llkuitya

Ilnau,

Ine

iele

ya'uki ta
)

+eh-na,

Ohoken,

+hannuwa.

llgagen
ti

e,

ttai he, haii InT

ha

a,

ha

llke,

Ohoken,

i.

Tataken kah tkakka

llkuitya llgau;^ii,

ke,

sse

Ilnau,

ka

sse Ilnau ll^ke a jkogen Ine tten

HABITS OF BAT AND PORCUPINE.

should do thus,
came.

if I slept,

I should not

251

know when

it

am

used to do thus, when I lie in

wait for a porcupine, I ( ) do not sleep, when (4389)
I am watching for the porcupine
the porcupine
comes, while I am watching for it; I see it return,
while I feel that I am the one who did not sleep.
For mamma was the one who thus ( ) told me, (4390)
that I must not sleep, even if I felt sleepy; I must
do as father used to do, when father watched well
Therefore, I

for the porcupine.

Therefore, father used to

know

) when the porcupine came, while he felt that (4391)

(
he watched for the porcupine. Therefore, he used
to know when the porcupine came; even if he felt
sleepy, he did not sleep, because he felt that
he wanted to ( ) know the time at which the (4392)

porcupine came.
For, these things are those about which my
mother and the others told me, namely, did I not
see that the porcupine is a thing which does not
go (about) at noon; for it goes (about) by night;
for

it

by

(about)

cannot see at noon.

night,

whUe

it

Therefore,

it

goes (4393)

feels that night is (the

went (about)
would be going into the bushes, while
it felt that (
its
eyes were not comfortable. (4394)
)
Therefore, it would be going into the bushes, while
For its
it felt that its eyes were not comfortable.
eyes would feel dazzled.
(
) Night is (the time) (4395)
when it sees well. For, it knows that this is the
time, at which it perceives; on the place where it
time) at which
at noon,

goes

it

it

sees; it woidd, if it

it

sees the bushes at night.

Father used to

tell

me

that, (

when

lying in wait (4396)

for a porcupine, at the time at which the Milky

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

252

!;^uoiiiii a,

han

(4397) Ine jkuiten

ka

lk(5a,5
"

sse llnau, 6

ka

e,

Ikualkuatten
/ODOSO

ti e,

kwokkwoii

Ikoasse

h o

kkisse

llgaujjjuken

llkuiten ss'o llgaii^u

03030-'

he.

Ta,

llgau;^u Una lie; lie Ikualkuatten

ttiiko e,

lie

ti

Tdtaken

e.

Ikoasse Ikualkuatten

ssiii

(4398) ikouki, hin

h^

W^ke a

Ine tenna, ti e,

llkuam

a,

Ikualkuatten

a,

Ikouki.

N ssih
he, ti

(4399) ssin

(4400)

e,

sse

ka ha

Ikii

tata Ikwei-ddaken, kkisse

^auki jkoasse jkhwe

sse

Ikiii'ten
e,

(4401)

ha

ha ka ha

ssin jkhou.

ta

Una he

a, ti e, la

ssin jkoasse

tchuen e h

ix,

jkhwe,

a,

ti

yauki e

ta, llgau;i^u

jkhwe

ttai ll^w^tten llkhoa

Ikaa ssa,

He

tfken

6 han ta

i,

ha Inulnutu

Ilka ti e,

tkdkka

Iki Ikii e,

yaiiki ssin

ll;^aih

ikdroken ilwei;

e tss'a a ^auki ttamsse

Iku ttamssg
i

Ihammi,

k6a

ha

ssuen >wanni,

ti

e,

6.

ta,

He

tlken

ta

I,

ha

llgaujj^ii

e.

e, i

ka

ti

e,

Ilka

ssan do llnau, ha 6a ttai

ssa,

ha

Ine 6a ttu.

* Tss'a a jnuflttu yauki

(4403)

tttii,

ka

sse ya'uki ttu llwei, o

llkuitya llgaujj^u; ta, tssa a >'auki ttamsse ttui,*

ha

e,

ti.

Tataken kan +kakka ke, n

(4402)

tssa

o ha

llhattenttu,

e,

Ta, ha ka

jkau Ihin jkhwe.

jkiiiten

ha ka ha ssin jkhou

e,

Tataken +kakka ke

jkoasse he.

ta Ilka ti

ka

Tchuen

\\j(am tta-i jkliwe.

yaukt ta jkoroken

sse Iku llnau, o

Iku-g Ine sse ttu.

llwi, T

kki-ssa +i,

|ki |kya,
;

ha kan |ku

6 ften ta Ilka
ti e, i

ti

e.

e,

He

tiken

tss'a a,

ka

e,

lia

yaiiki Ikoroken llwei-ya, han

>

HABITS OP BAT ANB POECUPINE.

Way
at

turns back, I should

which the porcupine

know

that

253

it is

the time

Father ( ) taught (4397)

about the stars; that I should do thus when

me

returns.

lying in wait at a porcupine's hole, I must watch

the stars; the place where the stars fall,*

one which T must thoroughly watch.

place it really is which the porcupine
the stars

it

is

the

For this (4398)

( )
is at, where

fall.

Things
I must also be feeling (trying) the wind.
which I should watch, father in this manner taught
me about, things which I should ( ) watch. Father (4399)
said to me about it, that I should not watch the
wind (i.e. to windward), for the porcupine is not
a thing which will return coming right out of the
wind. For, it is used to return crossing the wind
in a

slanting direction, because

Therefore,

it

goes

across

direction, because it

are those which tell

is

wants
(

) it

the

it

wind

wants to smell. (4400)

in

slanting

to smell; for its nostrils

about

it,

whether harm (4401)

at this place.

Father used to
strongly
a thing

when

which

tell

me, that I must not breathe

lying in wait for a porcupine;

does not a little hear,t

it is.

for,

I should

not rustle strongly; for, a porcupine ( ) is (4402)

Therefore,
a thing which does not a little hear.
we are used gently to turn ourselves when sitting

also

because
it

came,

we
it

fear that had we done

would have heard.J

so (noisily), as

* The porcupine -will come from the place at which the star (4397)
seemed to fall.
Therefore, (4403)
ears hear finely it indeed (?) is.
t A thing whose
we do not rustle much on account of it; because (it is) a thing
which even if we thought that we had not rustled much,

would hear.
} If the porcupine

had heard,

it

would have turned back.

(4402')

SPECIMENS OP BUSHMAN FOLKLOEE.

254

YI[. 127.
L.

THE IKA-KAU AND THE WILD

CAT.

{Dictated, in January, 1878, hy Ihaii+kass'o.)

Ha

(6085')

ka ka: <'Tcha, tcM,

llkuan

ywei llgudtten

Opuoin ta

he,

au

ha

y&yeim kkuita

Ina llgudtten,

lia

ywei

Ine

tcha, teha,"

llguatten,

Ine llkou ha, hi-ta

au

au ha

llguatta ta,

i.

kuwk-g

Ine

>Vei

Ilgu4tten.

VII. 148.
L.

THE BABOONS AND

llj^ABBITENll;t^BBITEN.

{Dictated, in Februwry, 1876, in the Katlcop dialect, hy Dfajkwain,

who heard

(5930)

Ihiilhii

Ihu e

ktah ha

it from

Hxabbitfnll^abbiten.*)

Ini ll;^dbbitenll;^dbhiten,

ha ssiii ^annugii Ikam

lla

han

Hah ha Ikammainya
Hg Ihiilhii ha ( ) kui:

he.

(5931) ttamberre, he Ihu a ha d hg.

" Ikorn llj{;dbbitenll;^abbiten kkah Ike llkhoa
Ha

ften

sse llkam

ha,

Iho

Ihih

Ikauken ttatten

sse

Ikiiiten

Ikaim ha."

Ihulhuken ha Iku

(5932)

li/ke he, (

dda.

He

hah

llkuah

He

\huru ggau (a cousin),

(5932')

"^ ^^i^

Ihulhuken

ha

ha

Ihiilhii

\nilru,

this

and

Ikii

jywain ha,

Ino tte

he ^uxu ka

Ikdaken llkhde

hih ha Ikwalkwa

himself to Dia\kwqin, y6-hld,

when they were

\kioa\hv,,

4:kakken n, uken jxwenya

Ikii-g jng

l^ke,

he

ka ha

ti e,

children.

u xux'^gfn Mkho Ikou."

ha kkugrriten he hah l^jke,
;

he x^x" llkho Ikou. H^, he Ikii Ikwalkwa Ikam Hkhaiten,

hm Iku llkam Iho ||a llxabbitenllxabbiten.

ti e,
i

ttuttii he, ti e,

llj^abbitenll;^dbbiten

* Wx'^mtenWxdlliten told

(5930')

ha

ll;^dbbitenll^abbiten

luhaluhahn, i.t

(5933) ikam ssa

llnau, lijj^abbitenlij^abbitah

SAXICOLA. CASTOR

AND WILD

255

CAT.

YII. 127.
L.

THE SAXICOLA CASTOR* AND THE WILD

CAT.
It (the Saxicola Castor) says:

when

"Tch|,

tcha, tcha,

(6085)

laughing at the wUd cat, when it

has espied the cat, while the cat is lying down, lying
asleep and it is laughing at the cat, on account of it.
tcha,"

it

is

The other
all

little

laughing at the

birds (hearing

it)

go to

it,

they are

cat.

YIL 148.
L.

THE BABOONS AND

ll;^A^BITENll;^ABBITEN.

The baboons espied \\j(dbhiten\\j(abbiten^ as he was (5930)

coming away from the white men whom he had been
to visit.
He was carrying flour, which the white
men gave him. And the baboons ( ) said "Uncle (5931)
\\j(abhiten\\j(abbiten seems to be returning yonder; let
us cross his path (?), that we may knock him down."
The baboons did so \\-)(abbiten\\j(dbbiten thought he
would speak to them, ( ) he asked them what they (5932)
were saying. And \\j(abbiten\\-j(abbiten remarked upon
And the baboons
their foreheads' steepness (?).t
:

angrily (?)

came down

to

* The \ha-him or Saxicola Castor

manland.

It lives in trees and

\\j(abbiten\\j(abbiten

is

flies

they (5933)

a little bird found in BuBh.about.

It

is

not eaten by

Bushmen.
ugly! your foreheads resemble ('5932')
f "Ye speak to me! ye are
The baboons became angry with him,
overhanging cliffs "
because he derided them he said that their foreheads resembled
overhanging cliffs. And they broke off sticks, on account of it
!

they went towards \\^dhhiten\\j(alUten.

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

256

Ikam llkhaiten
llj(;abbiten,

he kie

e,

sse ss4, jkauken-a ll^j^dbbiten-

i.

Mn

Ihiillnika Ika'ukan Wx^^ai ssa;

(5934) lkeya

he oken-ggu, a

ha ttauko kkan

" Tata-ggu-wwe

u kkdp

sse a ssi a, llj^dbbitenlljj^dbbiten Ina, ssi sse llgwlten i."

Il;^d,bbitenll;^abbityan

(5935) jkaiiken Ikweidda,

tte

Iki,

Han ha
(5936) sse

Una;

llkuan

Ihiilhiika

"

ha

i,

ka he ha

Hin +kakken

ti e,

han ha

ta,

Ihiilhii

e, llei

llei

kiii

Ikii e,

hin
a

h|

'N ka

He

llwkoen, ti

llkho,

( )

han

In8

he

e,

he ya'uki ssan

ha lke

e jkerri, haii

kii-kkiii,

ha-ka tfkentiken.

ttiittu Ihu-

^au lliikoen,

ti

he e jkauken, he

Hin

Ikii e,

Ino

ha

^au

he

lli:!koen,

sse Ikilki ll;^abbiten-

he e Ikejkerriten,"

ll^abbitenll^abbiten

sse tte Iki,

hin

a,

llgwiten Una, o

l^wan he Ike-Opua

he e jkelkerriten llkuan

llkau ss'6

ll^dbbitenll;^abbitenka tlkentfken ?

ll;^d,bbitenta ti'kentfken;

(5941)

li;^abbitenil^dbbiten e jkerri, ha,

kie Iku

Iki

!;^ai

lix^bbitenllj^dbblten

ssan +umin o

oroko Ikiirru."

Ikii e,

Ivi/kwaiya.'

han

ha, o

lla

ihiika jka'uken, Ihiilhuka jkaiiken

e,

(5940)

Ike

hd-ta Ikwilkwi

Ihiilhuka Ikaiiken

(5939)

sse

x&

kkaii sse llkaiten Una,

llWk^nyyu

ll;^abbitenll;^d,bbiten Ina

Ikwei u,

'

jkaukan ha li/keya he Ikagen

Amm

Ina gwai; iten

(5938)

+i,

ya'uki ttamsse

'

tui, ti e, Ihiilhiika

ha ka han

( )

Ihiilhii
4=i,

ha

Una.'

Ihiilhii

(5937) ha ka

llnau,

ssin Una; Ihiilhu sse llkua iku

n o

He

han

i,

ku-kkiiiten

llkaii

llkhde

ddi ?

ha

ha

ku-kkiii,

ddi, Ihiilhii sse yvXixi

han

n?

ta,

+i,

he

THE BABOONS AND

broke

off sticks,

257

1I;^1bBITENII;^j(BBITEN.

with whicli they intended to come

to beat \\j(abhiten\\j(dbhiten.

The baboons'
called out

children also

came

to their parents

going along, they

about

it

"0

fathers

(5934)

ye must give us \\j(dhbiten\\j(abhiienh head, that we

may play with it."
did as follows,

\\-)(abbiten\\j(abbiten

that

when he heard

baboons' children were speaking in this

the

manner, he ( ) thought to himself, What shall I (5935)

do ? for the baboons are not a little numerous.' He
thought, 'I will climb a krieboom, that I may sit
above iu the krieboom the baboons will have (?) to
drag me down from the krieboom.'
( )
(5936)
And the baboons went up to him, as he sat above
in the krieboom the baboons' children spoke to each
" First look ye at
other about it, they said
(5937)
'

big head;

\\j(abbiten\\j(ahbiten''s

we

should be a long

while playing there, with Wj^abbitenWj^dbbiten's head

for ye are those

who

see that its bigness

this

is like

seems as if it would not ( ) quickly break." A (5938)

haboon, who was grown up,* spoke to the baboons'
it

children

he questioned the baboons' children

not the baboons'

\\j(abbiten

children

was grown up

see

that

Did

W-j^abbiten-

that they who were children

(5939)

should think that they could possess the pieces of

They spoke

\\j^dbbiten\\-j(dbbiten ?
little

cousin

that

Did they not

who

'What

are

And

were

grown up

who

are

grown up would

pieces of \\j(abbiten\\j(abbUen',
?

\\j(abbiten\\j(abhiten

thought

to

himself

shall I do, (in order) that the baboons

* The name

of tte

their

they should possess his pieces. (5940)

see that those

be the ones to get the

those

as if he

(5941)

may

head baboon, the big, old one, which goes (5932')

" Schildwacht ".

after the rest, is \uhai \h6 \kw&, or

SPECIMENS OP BUSHMAN EOLKLORE.

258

(5942)

Ikii

!kei

+kakken luha o
llou,

han

kii-kkui,

(5943)

ihiilhii

ddiS

lie

,,

Ta,

Ihammi jkabbu; n
jhammi, 6 he tt6a,

He

(5944)

kkaii dd6a e

He

li/keya

a,

he Una

Ihiilhugen ha

a,

ti

Il;^abbitenll;^abbiten,

a Ihulhu jbammi
Ihiii,

(5947) Ha Ikou, hari

wwe

Ihiilhu

dd(5a ll^auwi he."

Ibu

e,
i.

-j^dtui

Hail Ikuj^e

sse

a, Ihu.'

"Ihu

u kkoo

\\^k.e

he

he Ino ^au

hiri kig ttu, ti e, ll;^dbbiten-

Ikaiiru-i,

Ikii

^auki ttamsse

kii-kkui, hail lke,-6

kiii:

ii,

h|

ha

he, -han

sse

ha
amin lkeya

sse

Ihiilhu llkuaii

ti e,

he

ll^dbbitenll^abbiten

sse llWkoen, ti e,

h| llnau, (
+kakka he

Ihulhii

ll^d,bbiten

(5946)

ll;^iibbitenll;^abbiteii (

ban ddauddau
(5945)

He

A.'

l^wSn,

Ikii

'+kam0pua, h kan

+i,

Ihu.

Tlken

n.

i;

ll;^auwi he,

sse

H^, Ihulhu ha

!ku;^e

ha ha

bbai,

he,

bail or6ko llkhde, 6 Una.

lla a,

o ha bbai Ihulhu

o he jku^e Ikatn

) !kii;^e Ihiii.

VII. 75a.

EA KKUMM.

IIEHA

[Dictated, in January, 1876, in the

liken,

(4004)

who heard

it

from

Ikhwaii ^w'a Una, o

Katkop

llkbaii

ll;^e;

yw'a Una; ha ^oagguken Opuoin

3s'6 he, ss'6

He
ssa

(4005)

He
ttd

he

hy jkweitfn ta

llkauwa,* o haii

tta; bail Ine llkau

ko ^w'a.

llkha

ha

dialect,

her mother, 4=kamme-an.)

ttui,

ha ^w'a

Una.

He

llkha

Ikam

i.

(
;

ha

Iki

Ikhe,

Ibiri

6 hail ka, ha
7

hhoa ha ^dakenggu

lafu

he ha ^dakenggii jkhwi
llkha
3

ha-g

Ine

* Probably a contraction

llkhaii
3

bbii

of IIAom h&.

le

ka ha
llkha,

Ika
i

A lion's story.
leave

me?

259

they speak angrily about me. It

if
they would really attack me.' And (5942)
( )
\\j(abbtten\\xd,bhiten thought to himself
Wait, I will
first tell about the baboons to the white men.
For
baboons are not a little afraid of a gun ; I shall (5943)
( )
for,

sounds as

'

see whether they will not be afraid,

if

am talking about them to the white

And \\x^d,bbiten\\j(^dbbiten ( ) called

deceived

them,

he

said:

"0

they hear that

men.'
out,

while
men!

white

he (5944)
the

baboons are here, they are with me, ye must drive

them away " (?). And the baboons did thus, when
they heard that \\^dbbtien\\j(abbiten spoke about (5945)
( )
them, that the white men should drive them away (?),
the baboons looked about, on account of it.
And the
baboons ran, leaving \\j(abbiten\\j(abbiten and ( ) he (5946)
escaped, at the time when the baboons went away in
fear, he quickly descended from the krieboom.
He
ran away, as he escaped from the baboons; while
they ran to the cliffs he ( ) ran away.
(5947)
;

VII. 75a.
B.

A
The

LION'S STORY.

child cried there for "

hearing came to her,

parents lay asleep

And
lion

Bushman

rice "

while she cried

a lion (4004)
there
her

to her,

she sat by them, sat crying.

the lion heard, as she cried there.

came

on account of

And

the

it.

And

she took out (some of) the grass* upon (4005)

( )
which her parents were lying ; because she had perceived the lion ; the lion intended to kiU (and) carry
* The narrator explained that the Bushmen sleep upon grass,
which, in course of time, becomes dry.

(4007')

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE,

260

llkli|n Ine !ku;^e iMfi, i

(4006)

Hin

le.

jkhwa

tati,

He jkhwa ^6a

Olidkaken

bbu

Ine jliau,

leya llkba,

ban a ba

jkbwa

llkha ssin sse Ika be, o

bbiibbu

Ine ttuko
f.

ll^e

bbu

;^a ssin

ban

tdti,

leya llkba,

o Ikbe.

He

(4007)
li

llkba Iku-g Ine Mai, Ikiiken o

tdti, (

Ikii-g Ine ilka Ikbi ya.

He jkbwa
Ikuei

(4008) Ta,

a-g

jk'a'ui ssi

(4009) o a ^a

bbu

Ine

leya

^a bbu

Ika

sse

SSI

kui: " I

;^6a

^a

ta Ikbwa, o a

ssin

a bbu leya llkba, ssiten ssin sse Ikuken.

Iki,

Ikuken, o a
e,

Hm

li.

ha

a,

ssi

llkba,

ta,

ssi ssin sse

bbu

Ikuki

jkauwi;
;

ssiten sse

H^

l^ya ssi a llkba.

Wj^e ta

ta,

bin

Ine

a-g Ine

Iki

ti

ssiten ssin sse Ikuken,

leya ssi a llkba; a

^a

Ikuei

a bbu

Iki,

leya ssi llkba, ssften ssin sse Ikuken, i."

VII. 151.
L.

THE MAN WHO FOUND A LION IN A CAVE.

{Belated, in July, 187S, in the

heard

(4890)
ti

it

Ikoin

e,

jkui

l^drra,

a,

ss'o ssbQ

!j(;ugen-ddi,

ba oa

(4891) ba kd ba

dda ha

from

) 11a

Kathop

dialect,

hy Diajkw|m, who

his paternal grandfather, Jxugen-ddi.)

llnau,

ba kan oa kan +kakka

jkbwa kkauwa, ba

ke,

ti

+i,

e,

lun jkauka llnein; 6 llkb|n da a

jkbwa; ha yauki

be; ba sse

llgii

llkba sse Ini ba.

jk'u,

sse +enn,

ha

sse

ti

Ikam

e,

llnem

lie

ti

MAN WHO FOUND LION

261

IN CAVE.

on fire witli it *
the lion ran away the bushes took fire.t Because
the child ( ) had set the lion on fire.
(4006)
And the child's mother afterwards gave her
parents

oE h.er

she set

tlie lion

"Bushman

rice" (because) she

felt

that the

lion

would have killed them, if the child had not set

fire with grass.
And the lion went to die on account of the fire.
(4007)
Because ( ) the fire had burned, killing it.
And the child's mother said " Yes, my child,
hadst thou, not ia this manner set the lion on fire we
should have died. Por thou didst set the lion on fire

the lion on

we

should have died, hadst thou not (4008)

Therefore it is, that we
set the lion on fire for us.
will break for thee an ostrich eggshell of " Bushman

for us, for

thou hast made us to live we should

have been dead, we should have died, hadst thou not
hadst thou not, in (4009)
set the lion on fire for us
( )
this manner, set the lion on fire for us, we should

rice "

for,

have died."

VII. 151.
L.

THE MAN WHO FOUND A LION IN A CAVE.

My grandfather, \j(ugen-ddi, formerly told me, that (4890)
long ago did thus: when the rain fell he
thought that he would ( ) go (and) sleep in a cave ; (4891)
a

man

when a

lion

had been the one who had made rain

he should not know the place at

which (his) home seemed to be, that he might pass
(it) by (in the darkness), so that he might go to
a different place, that the lion might get hold of him.
for him,

so that

* Ste set tte lion's hair oa fire.

As lie ran througli the bushes, they caught
f

(4005')
fire also.

;;

SPECIMENS OE BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

262

(4892)

Ohoken;

Han

haii ^auki

yauki

(4893) He,

he, 6

+en-na,

Ine

he

Ina

jkhwa

Ikiiitye; ta

He

ha

(4896) 6 han ssin

ha

Ili:/k6en, ti e,

ha

sse

Han

sse

han

llkhde ssin jkauka llnein,

han

ll;^am llkk; (

han ka ha

ha ka ha ss'6-ko

jk'oasse

llhoa
)

ha kd

+i,
i,

jkui;

ha

sse

han

ttai.

!kui Iku ssa, o

hah

ka ha

llnau, o haii

n.'

llkuan ssin Ikweidaken, +!

Opuoin

lun

lla

IgAue,

llnau,

ya le ssa, o jkui ya kd, ha

ha ka ha tte ha-ka tchuen,

sse llnau, jkui

Ikii-g Ine

sse

Ikauka llnein: han

ssa,

ha llkuan

han kd ha

ha

(4897) Ikaa jkui.

kan ddoa

o Ikauka llnSn.

Ikiii,

+i, ti e,

he.

ss'o

'

he.

lla

sslio

llnSii

+1,

hd ha Iku OpuSn,

Ine llhoa,

(4898)

e,

yauki ttamsse kkau

tta, Ilka ti e,

Ine Iku llnau,

He

ti

llkha da mmaii, han

ssan Ika Ikilki

(4895)

e,

n ssan !haug-n

Ika-a

lia ttai,

ti

jkauka llnein;

llga'ue

IlirJkoen

ka

HS

Inl,

ha kii-kkui, han

Ikagen

(4894)

ya'uki ttaffiOpua e llga, ta, lia Iku lele

Tikea

ss'6-ko Opuoin.

le

lie

He

jkui

Ikauka llnSn, hah ha

ha l^wah ha ttu; he jkui ha ( ) kukkui, han +i,

jk'e ^a ddoa ssa, jkalika llnein, hih

ttui, tss'a a,

'

Ika Una,

jkauka

ku-kkui",

hah

(4899) +kakken,

Opuoin
ha ha

+1,

llnein,

kii-kkui,

ya e?

jk'e

jk'e

hah

+i,

(4900) ta-g h ya'uki +eh-na,

amm

ttamOpua

kkwah Ino e.
ha e, h kkdo

jkah-a,

Ta,

dde

Tss'a

'

he

tt|iya,

e ttu o ti e ?

jk'e

yauki
*

) ti

ssan da

jkwi jkwdta.'

Hd

'

jk'e

ya

Ine

kah
e,

;^a

;i^a

ha.

ha

^auki

Ine

dd6a

Iku

He

Iwkeya ke?'

ya'uki sse jkwi jk'e

jk'e

sse tta,

ln e; ta,
ti

e,

Ikii ilnaii, tss'a

jk'e

sse

kwo-

l;^drra,

;'

MAN WHO FOUND LION

The

was not a

place

IN CAVE.

dark, for, he con- (4892)

he did not see the

little

tinned to go into the bushes

place

along which he was walking.

know

the place at which (his)

And

he thought,

'

I find

home

And

it

( )

may go

does not a

the lion had come

man

to wait for the

And

did not
to be.

in the dark- (4893)

to sleep in

it,

I can afterwards in the morning return

the rain

for,

He

home seemed

must go along

ness seeking for a cave, that I

if

263

it felt

that

upon me.' (4894)

the cave it came

little fall

first to

in the cave.

was

it

also

wet

sat (for a little while) inside

the

when

cave,

it

it had (4895)
became

warm, and it slept, when it had become warm

while it had thought that it would sit watching for
the man, that it might do thus, if the man came (4896)
( )
in,
while the man thought he would look for a place
where he could lay down his things, it might catch
hold of the man. It had thought so (but) it ( ) fell (4897)

fast asleep.

And

the

man

came, while

it

sat asleep.

And

the

man, when he had entered the cave, heard a thing

which seemed to breathe and the man ( ) thought (4898)
Can people have come to the cave ? Do they wait
And he
at the cave, those who breathe here ?
;

'

'

thought,
if

'

How

is it

people (they) be

fast asleep,

that the people do not talk,

?

Can the people have

that the people do not speak to

And he

(4899)

fallen

me ?

I will not call out to the people,

thought
for, (4900)
for I do not know, ( ) whether they are people
I will first feel gently about (with my hands), that
:

'

may

should,

feel
if

awakening

For, I
whether real people (they) be.
it were a different thing, I should call
it.'

SPECIMENS OP BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

264

(4901)

He, ha jkan,

ha

Iki Ikiiki,

i;

he ha

(4902) ddda

he ha

ikii

He ha

a.

kkwa

Iku ttamsse

l^uSnni,

han ka ha

jku^e

llwei,

ha Ikw'ai

hah ha

Ikii

He ha

llnein.

han ha

llkhwe-ten,

lie

+i, ti e,

ha ssih Hah jkah

e,

llkha

e,

ti

Ihin,

llnau,

tta,

lla,

he ha Iku ha kwakken-

H^, ha ha
(4903) Ine

Ika sse jkhe Iko

Opuoiii llkhde ssho jkauka

a Iku ttan

tta, ti e, tss'a

akken, I; he ha

IkSii

a, (

kwakki

ha

llkha,

llkha ssah Ikhou

kkoo

llkha

sse

jku^e llgaue ha.

He, ha ha

(4904)

Opuaka ssudh
ha jkhou ha
(4905) llkha

hah ha

^,

llkh-wdten, o

lie

Ikui Ikw'ain

hah Ikwei Ikuah,

Ikii

ha

le

ii

Iniinu

Opuom,

he ha ha

Hd

hah

jkui !khe hi

ha

hih

Ikii

e,

ha

llnau,

Ikii

jgoo

Ikii kiii

o !kui Ikw'^ e ha jkhou he, he ttah

!khe;

ka

Opuoih.

ss'6-ko

jkui Ikw'ai e ttah jkui jkhe hi ha,

(4906)

au-

ttui llkha, i; o llkhah

Ikw'ai, o llkhah Iku leta

llnau,

Ikii

hah ka ha

llnau,

Ika-i, ti e, ttah,

jkui

Una ha.

He

Ikui

ha

ttiii

ha,

(4907) l^wa Ina h Ikw'ai

ti

tssi-a

ha

Ikui

ilnSh

ta,

(4909) +eh-na,
ssah

a llkuah

jkabbe Ihih, o-g

!;^wa

(4908) 'ne !;^wa

He

ta,

he ikui ha

Ikii

ti

iig^e

kii-kkiii,

ha Iku
e,

llkha

iki

hah

sse

h,

'

Ha

kah

ta,

llkuaii

llklia

ha

ta,

ttui,

Ikii-g

o jkauka llnSh."

ti

'
:

Ikii-g Ine

ha yauki

+i,

sse Ika-a

jhau ha llnau, jgaue

kkiii

Ikw'ai;

!kii;^e,

kd ha

Ikauka llnSii Ine Ikweidda,

e,

Ine

Ibarra

ha

Ikam He

sse

ya jkhwaiya,

ta,

ha

jnwa; ha

llkha

MAN WHO FOUND LION

And

265

IN CAVE.

about and lie felt that a thing (4901)

have hair was there. And he gently
approached a little nearer to it and he felt well
about, and he felt that a lion was the one which ( ) (4902)
And he gently stepped
slept sitting inside the cave.
backwards (and) turned round and he went out on
(

he

which seemed

felt

to

tiptoe.

And, when he had gone to a little distance, he ( ) (4903)

ran swiftly, because he thought that the lion would
smell his scent (where) he had gone to feel about for
the lion the lion would run to seek him.
And when he had gone to a little distance, when
a little time had passed, he heard the lion, because (4904)
( )
the lion had smelt his scent, while the lion slept.
And as the lion had in this manner sat sleeping, ( ) (4905)
the man's scent had entered its nose, and, because of
the man's scent, which seemed as if the man were
standing beside it, it had growling arisen; because
the man's scent which it smelt, seemed as if ( ) the (4906)
man were standing beside it that was why it snatched
at the place at which the man seemed to be.
And the man heard it and the man exclaimed
" It sounds as if it had perceived my scent for thou
;

(addressing himself)

art the one

who

hearest that (4907)

the cave sounds thus; for the lion sounds as if (it)

had been startled awake by my scent for it sounds
;

were biting about, seeking * for me ( ) in (4908)

the cave."
And the man thought, that he would not
go home; for, he would run to a different place;
for, he knew that the lion would find his ( ) spoor (4909)
he would afterwards do as follows, when the day
as

if

(it)

* The narrator explained that the lion was smelling and (4907')
growling about, in order to find the person (or persons) whom
it

had smelt.

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

266

Ikha ha,

j(si

ha ssan

jhau ha

Ikii

llg^e

llSr^koen

llnein

jga'ue.

He

(4910)

h| Iku Ikhwai, 6

Iga'ue

o ha ha ttui llkha,

(4911)

In!

!k'e

he,

i.

li

(4912)

lid

He ha

ha

o llga?

li

Ino e, a kki'e

(4914)

li,

'

Ik'e, i

"

ka

llga

he tiken
(4916) g

iiitiia

Ta,

(4917) Una, Ikauka

h,
llkoe

(4918) !kah-a

+i,

Ta,

i.

ssih
Ikii

llneih,

e,

ti

He

ik'e

lie

ti

e,

h ^au
ti

Ha,

e,

jk'e

ti

ha h|

ta, ti

he

Iko

kii-

Ilkuah

OpuSinya;

llkha

u ^auki

ssih sse Ini h,

ta,

+i, ti e,

h kah

ikii

Ilkuah

ti

Ini h, i

+i,

lla

e,

ha

jke-

Ika llna-

ssah jka

ya'uki +eh-na, ti
;

Ikuken,

ttai leya

e,

llkhoa,

o llkhah

Ikauka llneih

llgaue,

jkii^e

Opuoinya;

Ilkuah ssih

jkaiika llnSh.

ssho

;^a

He, ha ha ku-kdi-ten Iwkeya

Iku llnau

Ini h,

he

kwo-kkwan

li

he ha ha llwkoen,

kah

yaiiki
i,

I.

e.

e,

Opuoinya,
ssa u.

kka

ti

sse

e.'

jk'e,

lla

llwke ko,

llnau,

He, ha ha

llkuan sse

'

ll^Sm tkakka ke,

ssiii

li-ttu-jjcau.

kah

kaii sse jku^e

liwkoen, ti e,

llvikoen;

llkho Ik'e Ilkuah

He ha ha

han

kkufi. ikl

like

ku-kkui, han ,

Una.'

iikuSii !khe Ik'au ta

kiii-ten +i,

(4915)

sse

'N

+i,

ha ka Wy^y^

Ilka

han ha

i;

han

Ikujj^e lla,

he

6 llkha

i,

He jk'e e kkfe like Una,

sse

llkh| tsa;^au,

e,

Ibbo-ken-ggu ya'uki

+1,

han

llnau,

li,

kii-kkiii,

He ha h|

lun he.'

(4913) llkho

he ta

I;^d,rra,

a kkie jkhe,

kah
ti

llkha Ikweidda,

e,

H^, ha ha

Iki ha.

llgaiie

ti

Ikulten ttaiiko \kaxe,

e,

ti

e,

iki

llkha da

h kah

kkie llkowa, h sse tte h-ka

MAN WHO FOUND LION

267

IN CAVE.

had broken, if the lion had not killed him, he

would afterwards look seeking for (his) home in the
morning.

And

the man was (still) (4910)

( )
because
he
had
heard
the lion, namely,
running,
the noise that the lion made, while the lion sought
the day broke, while

And,

to get him.

as he ran along, he espied the

some other people, which

) they kindled (4911)

(
he thought
I will run
to the fire which stands yonder (?), that I may go to
the people who are making fire there, that I may go
And he ( ) thought
Dost (4912)
to sleep (among) them.'
thou not think (that) our fathers also said to me,
that the lion's eye can also sometimes resemble a fire
by night? I will ( ) look whether it be a real (4913)
And he ran nearer to the
fire which burns there.'
fire; he looked, and he saw that people were lying
round (?) in front of the fire. ( ) And he thought (4914)
for the thing seems as if
I will go to the people

fire

to

of

warm

themselves.

And

'

'

'

they are people.'

And he went
people

about

it:

to

And he

the people.

"Do

ye

think,

not walked into death this night

me

that the lion slept

It

told the

that I have (4915)

happened

therefore ye see

me

to

For,

ye would not have seen me, had the lion not slept;
because it slept, hence it is that the thing seems (4916)
( )
For, I had
that ye see me; I have come to you.
the cave,
(in)
there
wait
thought that I would go to
but, the lion had ( ) come to wait for me in the (4917)
I did not know that the lion was sitting iaside
cave.
the cave

I thought that I

would

feel about, seeking

I might lay down

I walked into the (4918)
when
Then,
my ( )
cave, I heard a thing which sounded as if it breathed;
for a place

which was dry, that

tilings there.

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

268
tchueii,

llnan,

(4919)

He

!.

Ine +!,

ti

\k'e

e,

llnein.

IvwSi

Ikui;

ii

jkSii,

(4921) ikuki

i.

he-g

Opuoin,

Ine

ikii-g

yau

Ino

ti

(4923) o llkha

ti

jk'e

ha jnwa.

(4924) ha

llkuaii

llgwi-ssiii
llneiii

Ini

a a

ti

llnSii

ka

haii

Ine

ddda

jkaii

a,

kkulten

he tlken

kd ha

e,

jk'e

sse

sse,

llkha, i;

llkh|ri ttuttu, ti e, jkui

ha

Ino dde, o ti

jnwa Ikw'ai

Tiken

a.

l^uonni, o kaii

jk'e

He, he ttui

Ikui

e,

jkan,

llkuaii

ha Una

ttaii,

ha

Ikui llkhou +ka,

llkuaii

e,

ha

a,

sse

Ikui.

Ti

he.

e,

llkoiii

e,

j(Vi

Ta,

^u

Ik'e ssaii Ini

sse sse

i,

ttiii jk'e, i;

Ikii-g

ttui jk'e, i;

llkhaii

jkhwai,

Ine

jga'ue

llkha Ine ttai,

ti

ha

a,

ilkha

ike ssa ha,

jkhou,

e."

ta,

!g^ii^y%6n Iku jkhwai, 6

(4925)

(4926)

dd6a

kkwa

kkulten

llkhaii ttiittu llgaue Iki ha.

llkuaii ssiii

jkan,

Ikii-g

llkka

e,

dd(5a ttui, ha-ka llgaue;

Ika-a,

Una,

amm

sse

Ine

e,

ddoa

kkuiten sse Ik'oasse llkha

Ikii-g Ine

kail, tta, ti e, llkha (5a Iku

Hail Ine li;keya

llkuan

he-g h llkuan Ine ttamsse

tta,

Iku tta,

ii

ilkoe ssko.

Ika

+i,

yaiiki tte ii-ka tchuen.

jkaaka

tss'aka ttu yauki

ti e,

Ine ku-kkiii,

le-ssa

lie-g

Wxam

llkuan ttui,

kail Iku Iki ii-ka tcliueii

(4922)

ha ttu;

ss'o

llkuafi

n ttS

llnau,

e, i

ttui tss'a a l^wSii

Ikauka

(4920) o

tiken

Ine

ha

llkoiii

tta.

ll;^e

Ikii-g

6 haii llkuaii
e,

ha

Iki

Ine

tta,

e,

Ilka

ttai,

Ilka ti e, llkoiii Ikii Ihiii.

ta llkha

ya

hiii

he tiken

Ihiii;

o haii

i,

dd^

jkhe.

Iki e, tss'a a,

ya'uki

ka

MAN WHO FOUNB

and I thought that people seemed

there

also to

be waiting

I heard that the breathing (4919)

(in) the cave.

)

269

LION IN CAVE.

sound like a man; I thought

of the thing did not

that I would first feel about, while I did not lay

my

things.

I felt about, while

things; and I felt gently about.

(still)

was a

He

slept,

when

I turned softly back,

must

(it)

cave). (4921)

(the

I became aware that

told the other people about

when

heard the

seeking?

its

The

had come

to it

it

of the

Day

because

thing seemed, as
to

Did not the (4922)

Therefore, the other

And

if

it

smelt that the scent of

visible,

The (4924)
wanted

at this house ?

he were at this house;

become

they

where was the man who

had ceased

would

for the lion

the lion questioned, seeking to (4923)

lion asked,

the man's spoor

man

it

the lion had found his spoor.

lion, as (

get him.

them.

in

sitting

people must watch for the lion

the

was

lion."

other people hear

come,

my (4920)

had

I felt that I

touching hair; and I became aware that

be a lion which

down

that

it

might get hold

it

man.
broke, while the lion was

When

the day broke, then

lion

went away, leaving the people

was

rising

therefore,

people, while

it

it

felt that

sun stands

is

the sun rose.

;

(4925)

leaving the (4926)

Tor (other-

for the lion is

not willing to come to us,

(in the sky).

because the sun

it

was, that the

it

went away,

wise), the people would perceive

a thing which

threatening

(still)

when

the

SPECIMENS or BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

270

VII. 161.
L.

CERTAIN HUNTING OBSERVANCES,

CALLED INANNA-SSE.
Kathop

{Dictated, in September, 1875, in the

who heard

(5301)

his mother,

puai,

!nanna-sse

from

it

Iten

6 iten ka, Opuai sse Ikuken.

Ikuken, o

Iten

ywaii
(5302)

ti

kkoan
1

(5303)

ti

e,

He

tss'a

a,

he

kie sse

Iku-g

a.

(5306)

e, jk'e

6 hih

whaita

a,

Iki

llnau,

ha-ka

ti

Iku

tss'a

e,

a,

Iku-g Ine ^wan,

a,

ti

ha ka

e,

He
ha

a,

ka a hi

ya'uki a hi
e,

e,

tta,

a ya'uki

a, tss'a

haka-kku

he +en-na he,

ti

e,

ta,

he

jgauoken, Igaiioken sse Ikha Opuai.

i

Ta, ha ka

ttalya ttih;

ssih ha,

l;^a

jkhwai, hin ^auki a hi a,

"whaita a, o hih tta, Ilka ti

tiken

H^am

tss'a-ken

a,

^wan,

Ine

Ikejkerriten

a hi

Iki Igilgi

He

hi ha,

Opuai

Ta,

i.

li;^afa

ssiii

ll^u^rrita, hail a,

Tss'a-ken

ha-ka ha.

Ikii

sse ttai.
Ikii

Ta, Opuai yaiiki sse

a jnerritya, ha-ka

haii

!k'e-ten llnau, o

(5305)

ddi

i.

tiken

jnerritya,

(5304)

tss'a

ha ha-ka

Ikwei yq,

yauki

ha Ikwei ^o,

e,

Ihin;

ssih

Ikwei yo-ken,

puai; o ften ka, Opuai ya

hi

llnau, tss'a a

l;^a

hy Dia!kw|in,

jnanna-sse ha.

;^a

dialect,

+kamine-an.)

Ikii llnau,

jgaiie

Ikii

jk'ejkerriten

Ilka ti e,

ha kko

ll^ain

e,

whai

^a'uki ttam-

hah ka
ha tt^-a ttih.

llga ki-ssa e,

jkhwai, o

^auki ta a hi

a,

whaita

Opuai ka ha

sse llnau,

ywah whai

ha kdo yauki

ha

(5307) Ikam lie ti Opuorru-e 6 ( ) ha tta, Ilka ti"~e, i ha

whai a yauki Opuoin, o llgdgen ki-ssah e. Hail
;

INANNA-SSE.

271

VII. 161.
L.

CERTAIN HUNTING OBSEEVANCES,

CALLED [NAI^I^A-SSK
When we
this
die.

We

do as follows

we

we

a thing which does not run fast

when we have shot game;

game should also do as
game is used to do thus, if ( ) we (5302)
eat,

desire that the

For the

does.

eat the flesh of a thing

{i.e.

the

whose

game)

arises;

we

flesh

which

it

which

is

fleet,

The thiag

which

the thing

that thing of

does like

it

did eat.

that thing the flesh of

that

game, we act in (5301)

it.

that which

because
it

to the

manner; because we wish that the game mayFor the game would not die if we did not show

respect to

is

show respect

also

we had

acts like

eaten, (doing) (5303)

does.

Therefore, the old people are accustomed to give us

the flesh of a thing which

is

not

give us

fleet.

all (kinds of) food ; for

(
us food (of) which they know that

it

They do not

they only give (5304)

will strengthen

may kill the game.

when we have shot a gemsbok,

the poison, that the poison

The people do thus,

they do not give us ( ) springbok flesh, for they feel (5305)
that the springbok does not a little go. For it is used
to act thus, even if it be night, it is used to walk
about; day breaks, while it is (still) walking about.
Therefore ( ) the old people do not give us springbok (5306)
meat ; while they feel that the game, if we ate
springbok meat, would also do like the springbok;
it

would not go

it felt

that

we

even though

it

to a place near at hand, while

ate springbok

be night

It

which does not sleep,

(the game) would also

(5307)

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

272

Il^am Ine

(5308)

llk'oin

(5309)

ha

e,

ttiii,

He

llga.

he a hi whaita

ka ha

a,

tlken

e,

o hih

tta, Ilka ti e,

(5310) ha sse [kagen

ha

jkhwai

Iki

Igaiie,

Ilka

Iku tt^-a
)

Ikhwai ya'uki
Ta, ha ka

e.

ha

tta,

jhammi

Ikelk^rriten

sse Opuoin-ssin, o llga ki-ssa

Ijj^arra,

Ta, ha

ssm puoinya.

ya'uki

\x^6e

o \x^6e a Ibarra, o

Ihin ha,

Ikii

dda he; he whai ta

wliai

e,

ya leya ha, 6

6 llk'5ii

iinau,

ti

llkelike ti

yauki

puoin.

He

tiken

Ika-a whaita a, o

(5311)

li/kali/ka e,

he

I;

e,

(5312)

ssih jkanna

tta

hiii

Ilka

ti

a,

a,

i.

Iku

e.

jkhouwa tchueh

ssih

e,

+i,

'

e,

kah ddda

Ikuah, ddl
llkhoa

(5315)

He
tss'a,
Ikii

e,

He

ywah,

ti

ka

Ikl

ssih

e,

tiken

i-g

e,

ha whaika

ha whaita

a, ta,
a,

whai

liikaliiika

Ilkuah yauki

kaii Ine jkhoii he.'

Ine

ti

he ko !nwa,

li/kalwka

tss'a.

Tss'a

Ilka

jkhouwa

ha whaita

(5314) kko a ha llkuakka, ha-g

"A

tiken ywan,

a,

ya'uki

Iten Ine kan

\j^i

Iku

lwkali:!ka-ken

Iten

e,

tta,

ssin l^i tss'a, he

llkellkeya,

whaita

Ika-a

Ihou,
i;

a,

jkanna 6 jnwa, iten

llnaii,

(5318)

H^am

IfeJkali/kaken

Ikw'ai

o hin

lwkal!:yka,

Ika-i tss'aka

Hxam

jk'e Ikelkdrriten yaiiki ka, i sse

e,

ku-kku, ha

lke:

jku-

ssih Ika-a, whaita a, hih ss'o e Ikwei

ta,

Ilkuah tta Ilka

ti e,

a ^auki Ilkuah

jkhouwa tchueh e l^drra."

tfken

e,

jk'e

ka

Iku

llnaii,

jkui a,

hd l^a

he yaiiki a ha Ikammalh whai; he Iku

kah

ssueh, o

ha ^auki jhihya, o

ti

e,

a,

ha

jk'eya

INANNA-SSE.

273

do that wMch. the springbok does and the springbok

wont to do thus, when the sun has set for it in
one ( ) place, the sun arises for it in a different place, (5308)
while it feels that it has not slept.
For it was
walking about in the night.
Therefore, the old
;

is

people fear ( ) to give us springbok's meat, because (5309)

they feel that the gemsbok would not be willing to
go to sleep, even at night. For it would, travelling
in the darkness, let the day break, while it
did (5310)
( )

not sleep.
Therefore, the old people also do not allow us to
hold of springbok's meat with our hands,

take

with which we held the bow

( ) and the arrows, are those with which we are (6311)
taking hold of the thing's flesh we shot the thing,
and our hands also are as if we had smelt the
because our hands are those
springbok's scent
which ( ) held the arrows (when) we shot the thing. (5312)
because our hands,

Therefore,

thing

is

if

we

as if

take hold of springbok's meat, the

we

ate springbok's meat, because our

hands are those which (make) the thing seem as if

we had eaten springbok's meat with them. "We ( ) (5313)
have not eaten springbok's meat for it is our hands.
We think, How can it be ? I have not smelt the
Another man,
things which I am (now) smelling ?
who is clever, he thus ( ) speaks: " Thou must have (5314)
taken hold of springbok's flesh, it must be that which
has acted in this manner; for, I feel that thou dost
not seem to have smelt other things."
Therefore, the people are used ( ) to act thus with (5315)
;

'

'

regard to the

man who

not allow him to

him

sit

down

shot the

carry the

thing, they

springbok;

at a little distance, while

they

he

is

do
let

not

near to the place where the people are cutting up

;;

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

274

(5316)

whai,

Iki

la

Ihammi
Mil

ti

Ta,

i.

ss'o,

i;

ss'o,

ha ssan Ikhou whaika Ikarra

e,

ha kan

e,

ha Iku kan

Ik-w'ai;

o han ka, ha ^a sse jkhou

Ikarra Ikw'S.

INANNA-SSE.
Second Part.

FURTHER INFORMATION; PARTICULARLY

WITH REGARD TO THE TREATMENT
OF BONES.
{Given, in 1878, hy Ihan^ikass'o.)

Hin

(7258')

Iku

hdrru-i,

Hin

dkken tchuenta jkwagen, au

Ikii

i.

luhi llkhda jkwdgen, au lln^in j^u jkha (ti e

llnein ttu jke-ss'o hi,

he hi

(7260)

hin Ind

llnein

ta,

hin torotoro llkho jkwAgen,

llelle,

hi Ind ta, Ika, i; au hih tatti, hd

e,

hin. totoro

llkho

jkwagen, i;

hin llkhollkho Ikwagen,

He, jkukko
llgoro

Ine

ha

(7261) jkwagen, ha Ine

jho
('7260')

Ikwdgen au he
llgoro a

llnau,

e,

tf

e,

i)

ti'ken

hi

llelle,

ja

hi

jho

llelle,

juhi

llkho

!kw4gen

ha kkw4rreten llgwlya

Ikam jkwdgen, ha

Ine

lla

tdro

ti.f

" one breastbone "

jkwS

He

i.

hi

jkha,

i.

kk-wArreten

Ine

ti

jfu.

hiii totgro

jkwagen au 0h6 (jnabba-Opua); au

au

hiii ya'uki

pi. Ilgottenllgotten.

f7261') t "nSn a jkwai, ban Iku Iki ha-ha-ka Ika; jkukkoken llxaniki
jkdkko, ban llxamki Iku Iki, ha-ba-ka IkS
Iki Ikukkoka Ika
;

wai

ha Ikhi

hi,

bi-ta Ikwagen.

InInna-sse.

275

the springbok.

For he sits at a little distance, ( )(5316)

because he fears lest he should smell the scent oi
the springbok's viscera (?)
that is why he sits at
;

because he wishes that he

smell the scent of the springbok's viscera (?).
little distance,

may

not

\NANNA-SSK
Second Part.

FURTHER INFORMATION; PAETICULAELY

WITH REGARD TO THE TREATMENT
OF BONES.
Bushmen) put the things' bones nicely (7258')
they do not throw them (about).
They put down the bones opposite to the entrance
They

(the

aside, while

hut (the place which the hut's mouth faces

and they
it "the hut face's opposite "(?))
Therefore,
they
go, they pour down the bones at it.
call it, " The heap of meat bones " * while they feel
that this is the place to which they go, at which they
pour down the bones; ( ) they pour down the bones (7260)
by the side of a bush (a little thorn bush), at the place

to the

they call

to

which tbey go

to put

down

the bones.

And another person [who lives opposite] gnaws,

putting the bones upon an (ostrich) breastbone ; f he
does as follows, when he has finished gnawiag the
bones, he

down

takes

up the bones, he goes

to

pour (7261)

the bones at this place.J

* This heap of bones (springbok, gemsbok, hare, porcupine, etc.)

is

(7270')

called {Hhalten as well as \M.

The breastbone of an ostrich, used as a dish.

(7260')
One hut has its own heap of bones; the other man also has (7261')
the other man's heap of bones; another man also has his own heap
f
+

of bones, the bones of the springbok

which he

kills.

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

276

M lae

He,
hi Ine

(7262)

hi kkwarreten

llnau,

Ikam
toro

kkwdrreten*

hi

\\j(k,

ll^amki

Ikwagen,
hi,

ss'o

jixhi

Ine

llnau,

jkwagen

^u

ha

hi,

Ine

luhi

toro

lla,

jkukko Ine ll^amki

i.

Iho

jkukkoka lka,t ha

jkha,

He, hi J

Ine ll^amki

Ine

lla,

Ine

Tssitssi

j-

jkukko a Ikha wai, ha-ka

Ikukko

jkhwa a

ho

Ika'uken,

ha

a,

au ha

toro

juhi jho

Ika.

ha

llnau,

Ika.

llkuan. tatti, lia llkuaii Iki laiti,

lie

e,

ha

aka

ti

Ikelkamma

llkuaii

han Ikamma jkhwa. a ha

a,

tore

lid,

au jkwagen.

en,

llkuaii e;

He

e,

au

hi,

llnau,

Wjc^mki, jkukko a l^ara,

Ine

ha \xS(m, ha

jkwagen,

Ikau

114,

jkiikko

llnau,

Ikauken.

hi Ine

jkha,

jkwagen, au jkiikko ^ii jkha, jkukkoka

(7263')

Ine

;^u

kw^rreta jkwagen, ha

(7264)

hi

!kw4gen au jkukko

ha kkwarreten
(7263) jkukko

Hiii Ine

juhi llkho hi.

llgwlya

jkwdka

llgoro,

t(5i

!ho

jho

hi llnau, hi j^aua jkwagen kkulten,

ll^a,

aka

a,

au jkui

ti

la'itiken

Ine

Mri koa
Haii

hi.

hai Ikarhma

Ikamma jkhwa

latti-0pua.

(7264')

jk'eta

Ikagen yaiiki hi

wa'i

llgaillg^iten,

aseya jk'eta tuken jnwa, jk'eta tuka

llnati,

au

e,

ttan-i,

ttan-i

Wa'i Ike

au

au

Ine ttaii-ttan,

(7265') He

tiksn yaiiki aken;

tiken

e,

wa'i ttu.

Iki

I^I

kwe,

ssiii

Iku-g Ine

ta, i ta

jyauoken, au

sse

au hii jnannaIkhi.

ttan-ttan.

Ta,

Ike

ttaii-ttaii,

He

tiken

I.

Ikoken-dde.

He

tiken

jka'ukgn e +e55te, ssi

he,

Ta, wa'i Ike ta Igwain

wai Ine ||kh6e jkhe

i,

he

ta ttan-ttaii, au wai.

e,

yauki
i,

Ine ttaii-ttan,

i.

ta ka, hi llgwiten,
Ine ttafi-ttari.

He

tfken

e,

He

ya'uki

INANNA-SSE.

277

And -when they have boiled other bones, they again

gnaw,* putting them upon (the ostrich breastbone
dish).
When they have finished gnawing the bones,
they
take up the ostrich breastbone upon which (7262)
( )
down

the bones are, they go to pour

to the entrance to

one

(i.e.

the bones opposite

The other
when he

the other one's hut.

the neighbour living opposite) also

has boiled, takes the bones which he gnaws, he goes

pour them down, opposite to the entrance of the

) hut, (upon) the other one's heap of (7263)
(
bones, t he goes to pour down the bones upon it.
Another man also does thus, when he has gnawed the
bones, he also goes to pour down the bones opposite
to

other one's

the entrance of the other one's hut, (upon) the

to

other one's heap of bones.

And, they J

also (do it), a different

* Biting off the flesh from the bones.

f The heap of bones belonging to the other

man

man who

does (7264)

killed the

(7263')

springbok.

I think that he has a wife and children.

I Another man (it) is.
These children are those for whom he cuts off meat. He cuts
meat he cuts off for this child (a boy) this piece of meat he
cuts off for this (other) child (also a boy) this (other) piece of
;

meat

while the

woman

cuts off

meat

for the little girl.

The women do not eat (the meat of) the springbok's shoulder (7264')
blades, because they show respect for the men's arrows, so that the
men may quietly kill. For, when we miss our aim, the place is
when
not nice for we are wont to be ill when we miss our aim
(

we

Therefore

ill.

are in possession of (invisible) magic arrows

(?).

we become

The springbok

when we

are going to be

shoot destruction to ourselves,

ill.

on account of the springbok. Therefore, we

do not ( ) allowthe little children to play upon the springbok skin. (7265')
Eor the springbok is wont to get into our flesh, and we become ill.
And the springbok is inside of us and we become ill on account of
Therefore, we do not play tricks with springbok's bones for
it.

Therefore,

we

are

ill

we put

the springbok's bones nicely away, while

we

feel that the

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

278

ha

ha

ll;^;amki !;^a)ua,

au

Ikwdgen,

llkho

Ine

Hill ll^amki llnau,

Ihin

au

Ikoa,

hi

;^utten juhi llkho

^utten juhi llkho

hi

(7267)

hi

hho hi

hin

Hih
Ion hi,

(7268) llkho

hin

kda

yenyen
ltii tatti

wa'ita

jkoken-dde

* '^ka

hih

jk-wagen

he ta

Iku

ta,

hi,

au

"Waiten

jkheya

(7267)
(7267')

i,

llah juhi

llnau,

-waita

S.

wai au hoken.

au hi

au hih
jkwagen,

llxaiiiki

liken, ttin.

^
ta

hih

llneih

Iku akken
i.

f llxauken e ssuen jk'au, hi llkuan

Hin Iku-g Ine llkau

Waika Ikwagen.

hih

jkha.

J(Vl

hih

jkwagen,

llnau, hi

jkwai.

Ik'au,

jkha.

wai Ike ta Igwain

e,

liika.

0h(5ken,:{: e ll;^auken Una

au jkukko

llgaitenta

hi,

au hih

li/ka,

Ikaokenka jkwdgen, e jkauken

llnau,

au jkukko x^
llnau,

lljj^auken,

le

he ssueh

hih ll^amki, jkarinjkanh llwkd hi

hi,

llan

au hi Iwka,* hih

llan,

hin

hih jkahn ddk jgoe au hi

llah juhi llkho hi,

kkwArreten

(7266')

liika

ll^amki

Hih

ll^a'uken,

ll^a'uken e lkhuru,t

llnati,

li;^aihki

ssan Ikueh

Iki

hin

jkha;

;^ii

ll^auken au Ikoa, au hi

le

k6-k6a, au hi

Hin

Hih

lla, i.

(7266) au Ikoa, hin Ikuen

Ikueh ki

au jkiikko

lla,

Ikda

Ihin

llkaueten

jkha,

hin ll;^amki

wa'i,

li

ll^amki ssa,

Ine

au jkukko ^u

toro !uhi Iho Ikwagen,

(7265)

ha

llgoro;

toi

kkw^rreten juhi

llxf-^iiki

ta,

au

Iki tchueri,

Inanna-sse.

279

as follows, lie also boils, lie also gnaws, putting the

bones upon an ostrich breastbone he also comes to
pour down the bones opposite to the entrance of the
;

other one's hut.

They

also do thus

when they

cut up a springbok,

they also ( ) take out the stomach, as they, cutting (7266)

open (the springbok), take out the stomach; they go
to shake out the contents of the stomach opposite
to the entrance of the other one's hut
they go to
shake out the contents of the stomach there (upon
the other one's heap of bones). They [having washed
it well] come to lade blood into the stomach, they
dip up blood ( ) with their hand,* they lade blood (7266)
into the stomach with their hand, while they turn
with their hand (holding the right hand like a scoop)
they holding, form a tortoise [shell] with their hand.
;

With regard

to the blood which has spilt, t that which

upon the earth, they also take it up (with the
earth on which it lies), ( ) together with the bushes J (7267)
upon which there is blood; they go to put them
lies

down

opposite to the entrance of the other man's hut

(the hut of the

With regard

man who

killed the springbok).

to the \ka6ken bones,

from which the

children (breaking them) eat out the marrow, they

also collect

them together

they go to put them

opposite to the entrance of the other one's

down

hut.

(7268)

With regard to the shoulder blade bones, when

they haye gnawed them, they put them away in the
springlDok: is

wont to' get into our flesh.. The springbok also

which are magic sticks if they stand in us, we,

possesses things

being pierced, fall dead.

* One hand.
blood which lies (Jit. " sits ") upon the ground.
They lay the springbok on the bushes.

t It
X

OAn
(//bbj
/T-

is

Springbok's bones.

(7267)
(7267')

SPECIMENS OP BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

280

yabun hi

Ikuihikuiii ;^aTi sse

Mn

au

jkiikko

tdtti,

ssan
ttan-a.
3
3

Hin

(7269)

Iki

jkiikkoka jkhwa, sse

H^

"wai.

ti'ken

(7270) llkboullkhou,

Hin
au

hi

e,

hii

ine

Ikam
(7272)

Iku hi,

ha

llhollho,

sse

jkukko

I.

Iki

lla

Ine llan,

au

Hi

Mho, he,

Ine Nan,

au hd kkudbbo

llhollho.

a, tto,

llhdra,

lli/ke

Ikam

Ine

lla

au jkui

jkui

ha

hi,

laiti

ine le

Ikukko.

a Ikiikko hi; he jkiSkko (jkukko Iha)

(7273) Ine ll^amki a ha

jkoii

ha

laiti

Ikuakka ha

a jkukko a hi

ttuka

wa'i

a,

sse Ikuakken,

Ike a tchueh,

Ikuakka ha a hi; han Ine ttuerre

te hi,

jkukko a hi;

hin Ine kkwdrreten

llwkoe,

la'iti

lla

ha

Ikhajkha.

a,

hi au llneinta

koa jkhwiten, he hi ta jkui

jkui

Ikuakka ha

la'iti

Ine

lla

Ikti

le hi,

ta,

jkOkkS a Ikha

ta,

hin

Mn

jkukko

lla

hi Iki

e,

wai

!;^aua

hi-ta jkwagen, hin

Iki

Ikau Ikam wa'i !^a, hin

hiii

(7271) sse

Ion hi;

lla

kkwArreten hi

Ilga'itaken e, hi

au

jkhkjklia;

jkiikko

lla

au

he Ikiya;

tt6

haii Ine

ll^amki

au jkiikkdken

tatti e,

ha

a jkukko llhollho.

Hd

tlken

(7274) ha-hd-ka

jkui

e,
)

gwa'i

llhollho,

ha

ll^amki h jkukko

Ine

gwa'i,

ha-ka

* In a paper published in the Westminster Review

'No. cvii,

of the

July, 1878,

ii,

"The Mythology and

Ancient Japanese"),

it is

llhollho.

(New

Series,

Eeligious "Worship

stated that the Japanese used the

shoulder blade of a deer for the purpose of divination

Pallas found a similar practice

a,

among the

Kirghiz,

and that

by whom the

shoulder blade of a sheep was employed.

[In Staifordshire,
of a sheep

future,

also, sixty

was believed

Ed.]

years ago, the shoulder blade bone

to possess the

power

of foretelling the

281

iNAHNA-SSB.

hut;* because they desire that the dogs may not

crunch them; while they feel that the other man
(who shot the springbok) would miss his aim.
They take to the other man (who shot the springbok)
the upper bones of the fore legs, while
they (7269)
( )
intend that the other man's child shall go (and) eat
out the mari'ow from them for the other man was
;

who

the one

killed the springbok.

take to the other

man

Therefore they

the upper bones of the fore leg.

The shoulder blade bones which they gnaw, they put

away in the sticks of the hut, ( ) they are those into (7270)
which they put them.
They cut off the back of the springbok's neck, they
take it to the other man (who killed the springbok)
while they boil the springbok's back, they gnaw its
bones, together with the tail, which they wish the
wife ( ) to put away, that the wife may, rubbing, (7271)
make soft for him bags, that he may go to get things,
when he bartering goes to another man; he goes to
give them to another man, when the wife has rubbed,
making soft for him, springbok skin bags. ( ) The (7272)
wife rubs, making them soft for him; he folds them
up, he lays them into (his own) bag, and he goes to
the other man.

They

(the

man and

other man's wife)

wife)

itoj'f

which

Whdra with the

also

other person (that

gives

her (the

first

is,

to

the

man's

gives some (7273)

(
because the other one (the first

is

tid,

them

his wife) go, to give

man; and the

the other

red

she

also

man's wife) gave the other bags.

Then, the man also gives to the other man his own
he who is the man, his own bags. And the (7274)
) bags,

f
see

For a

little

IX. 237.

further

information

regarding

itg

and Whdra

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

282

He

Ikiikko Ine ll;^amki a ha a, jawa

ha ka Ikiikko
(7275) sse IkuI ha

au

sse Ikui ha,

a'u

ban

tatti,

jgaojgao, jkukko

jnfwa,

H^

au jgaojgao.

a,

tfken

e,

jkukko

au jgaolgao.

Ine Ikui ha,

TEEATMENT OF BONES BY THE

NAEEATOE'S GEANDFATHER, TSATSI.
Hin

(7270')

e,

jkwagen,

Iwka llkhd ttwi;

ywa,
(7271')

H6

au

i,

luhditen

hih tau kda

llgd,iteii,

tatti,

Ike

li/ka

liikop,

tiken

^auki

e,

au

ti

+umm

le

a Ikuakka, ha llkuah e); he jkui

hho

ha,

ha

a; h^

e,

\j(a,-i,

ttwi,

(7272') au
i

au

jkaka.

Ihih ti
jkii;^e
i

e,

He,

+um-ma, hi

Ine'liikdo, i;

Ine

au
l^a

waiten

ta

wa'i

llkho ttwi,

H6
ha

tatti,

tiken

ha Iku Ha

hi,
1

wa'i
e,

Hih

ta

Ikuei

i, i

au

Ine llkhui

laiti

Iki

1^

Iwka,

Iwka Ine

leta.

Iwka ka llkhd
i,

yauki jkwaitente, au

wai gwai

tt^h,

e,

au ttoa

liika

au wai jndeya ta

Ilt6

sse

Ine

tatti,

llkhuiten,

lltu ttdi jke

ddda dda ha.

an

jga wai.

ifeta

e,

\j(Si-i-

ta

Ine Iki,

(ttii

Ine

jkhajkhaka

au jkuihjkuih ya hi wai llkhiillkhuruken,

l;^a-i,

au hih

oa

a,

koa

hih tau

llkhuruken

au

jkoiiiyah

a,

ha ka Iku

Iku ssa l^a.

Ha

ttdi

Iku

Iku leta llkhuiten

a,

treatment of bones.

tsXtsi's

283

other man also gives him arrows; because he (the

man who brought the bags) wishes that the other
man may give him in exchange poisoned arrows, that
the other man may give him in exchange poison
{i.e. poisoned arrows).
Therefore, the other man
( ) (7275)
gives

him

in exchange poison.

TEEATMENT OF BONES BY THE

NAREATOR'S GRANDFATHER, TSATSI.
Thus my grandfather {Tsqtsi) was one who put (7270')
away (in the sticks of the hut) the upper bones of the
and the shoulder blades, and the springbok's
\\khuruken because the first finger (of our right hand)

fore leg,

is

apt to get a

dogs eat the

wound when we
springboks'

are shooting,

if

our

WlihuWhhurukqn.,

the
first

wound we do not know how to manage

with it, when we pull the string as we are shooting.
Therefore, we sew our first finger into a
( )
cover (?) (it is skin which has been rubbed and made
finger has a

(7271')

which the wife cuts out, she sews it for us

we put our finger into it ; and then we pull the (bow-)
soft),

string, while

are shooting,

Then

it

is

we feel that our finger

when we lie in wait for

We

is inside.

the springbok.

that our finger gets a wound,

when we

shoot, lying in the screen of bushes, while the spring-

bok come up

to us as

we

lie,

because

( )

the springbok (7272')

are not a little numerous, when we have gone by

night (among them, making a shelter behind which
he comes
to shoot). Therefore, this male springbok,

we

out from this place, he walks, coming up to us,

He runs away, he goes to

shall shoot (him).

down

(to die), while

we

which we have made.

lie inside

lie

the screen of bushes

SPECIMENS OP BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

28'4

HOW THE

FATHEE-IN-LAW OF THE
NAREATOE TEEATED BONES.

(71572')

llkhabbo

Iku

llkuaii

(7277) jkwdgen; h6 tfken

tdtti,

Ihaii

Iku-g

llgaitenta

Ine

e,

H^

Iku-g Ine

ssih

!ya,

au

M.

l^ya

Ikwagen,

luhaiten

jkwagen, au n

a ssin iya.

term-i au

luhaiten

6a

a,

tfken

e,

tatti.

a-a

Ikuinjkuin

Opuaillii llkhabbo

llgdo-ka-jkui Ine iya.

VII. 164.
L.

TACTICS IN SPEINGBOK HUNTING.

(

Given in December, 1878, ly Ihan+kass'S, from personal observation.')

jkui a a [5.],

(8067)

Ine

llkeii

ban

H^

Iki !;^ni!^iii.

au

jbo l^ui e jkuiya,

(8068) ka, bi ssin Ine llkbda jkui a

ti e

Ikbe,

tiken
[6.],

kkulten wai, wai koa

(8069) au
(8068')

ti

e,

ba

ssin

* lltuan ssuai wai, wai

ttam0pua jku^e

(8069') wai

sse ywHeJi jka

lla,

ta,

hho

ha

jkbe bi.

Iku^e

jk'e-kuiten.

|e

baibba'i-i wa'ita j^we-lna,

sse jkui a (

jk'e-

lyuonni Ikou ttin ba,

ssaii

llkbouken

sse

Ine

Ta, wai

jkou ttin ha, au ba Ine jkita,*

!;i^uoiini

ba

au ban

wax ssin

llwkoen jboa bi, au wa'i ggaiiwa jkoaken.

ssah

e,

ssaii

ta

ti

Han
Han

Ine

ya'uki

au han ka,

piiorru-^.

TACTICS IN SPRINGBOK HUNTING.

HOW THE FATHER-IN-LAW

285

OF THE

NAERATOR TREATED BONES.

"Dream" was
I

one

the

a heap; therefore, I

who threw bones upon

(7272')
while I felt that (7277)
into the family).

did

so,

had married into them (i.e.

I threw the bones upon a heap, (and) gave the

shoulder blade bones to the dogs, while I felt that

my father-in-law, " Dream," was the one who did
thus.
Therefore, " Smoke's Man " (the son of
" Dream ") does the same.

YIL-164.
L.

TACTICS IN SPRINGBOK HUNTING.

This

upon

man [who

stands at 5], he has ostrich feathers (8067)

Therefore, he sticks (into the little

sticks.*

bushes) a large stick with ostrich feathers (upon

it)

here [at 6], because he wants it to look like a man

who ( ) stands, so that the springbok may see it, (8068)
'when they go towards the (lesser) feather brushes.

would (otherwise), turning back,

pass behind him, when he was driving \ the springbok
For, the springbok

for the other people, the springbok would, turning

back, pass behind him, at the place where

* The

he (8069)

are three in number; of these he sticks two(g()(37')

and a shorter) into the ground at 6 and 7 tlie smallest
of the three he holds in his hand, waving it over his head to make
He had been calling the springbok;
the springbok afraid of him.
but is now silent because the springbok have come into the curve
\xu'i\j(u'^

(a longer

of the feather brushes.

that they may run in among the

t (He) drives the springbok,
run along, for, he passes the
little
a
not
does
He
other people.
foremost springbok, while he desires that the springbok may not

pass by on one side of the

man who

came

to lie

on this

side.

(8068')

(8069')

SPECIMENS OP BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

286

Ikften
i

Ik'iii

Hai

[6.].

Hd

M.

e ludrri [7.]

sse llnau !^ui-0puoijni

hin

(8071) sse jkii^e jkhe ha.*

jkui,

Ine

Iki

ss'o

(8072)

ha

jkukko, ha

hi llkgo

(8070')

*
Ina

Ine l^i

akken,

jjiun gg'o

ha

ya'uki
8.

han

kkiii,

ha-ha, han Ine

Iki,

tiken

13.6

au wa'iten
i

Ine ss'uai wa'i, i

a,

) i

ha ka,

e, -wai

!;^w^-lna

Ine llnau,

ss'o j^we-lna,

tdtti,

han
(

au

jkou jkhe, Ikii^e jkou

wai a jkun

Igerri,

waiiten

wai a ssin

au wai a

kkui, au hin ta

au jkfikko ttu jkgno, hin kda

jkun
ssin
ti

e,

llgdrre,

!^wa jkhelkhe.

jkui a ta |gouken

jki'ya.

ha

e,

Ikhe !kuf a Ikou ta [9.];

ha

!;^u],

jlio

au haix ka, ha

llaii,

!;^we-ina sse !ku;^e,

ka,

Ine liken

liken jho !;^ui-0puofLni

(8070) e +enni-0puormi,

hai

ha

e,

Hxamki

Ine
;

tlken

Ikui a ta juhobbaken.

Ha

ta llh|i a

TACTICS IN SPRINGBOK HUNTING.

had

287

He

runs forward from it.

Therefore, he sticks in a feather brush at it [at 6].
He goes, also to stick in a little feather brush, which
stood, calling them.

short [at 7] while he intends, with the little

feather brush which is very small ( ) to drive the (8070)
is

springbok, as he wishes that the foremost one

run, passing through,

who

may run

between [at 9]

lies

he

passing

by

the

the one to

is

may
man

whom

man who

drives the springbok) intends the

foremost to run.*

Therefore, the springbok do thus,

he (the

when

this

the leading

man
one,

shoots the springbok which follows (8071)

they divide nicely ; because, the

springbok which was following the other turns aside,

it darts aside, while the springbok which had been
following

it

turns aside

[in.

an opposite direction], (8072)

while they, springing aside, divide at the noise of

the arrow on the other one's skin, that and (the noise
of) the feathers,
* [At 8 is] the
leeward.

He

lies

which went
man who
.

lies

so quickly.
.

" with a red head".

the

man who

lies to

(8070')

4.
9.

:.

5.

f
8.
*
'

7.

1.

Row

of sticks

with feathers tied upon them, used in springbok-

hunting, to turn the game.

lying in wait for them.

From

1.

this direction the

The

lines represent the

Sushmen

herd of springbok comes.

Here they go towards the row of sticks with feathers

upon them.
Here stands a woman, who throws up dust into the air.
This man, whose sticks they are, lies at their head.

2.

3.

4.

tied

5x
See

6
_

Vni. 23.

pp. 8067-8072.
'^'^

_
,.
,.
,, ...
XhaiifkttMd, Dee., 1878.

VIII.

Personal History.

SPECIMENS OP BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

290

YIII. 88.
B.

CAPTUEE AND JOURNEY

TO CAPE TOWN.

IIKABBO'S

First Account.
{Given in May, 1871.)

(242)

iMn

n ha
(243)

e a,

ti

whai.

Iki

ssa,

au n

llko;^;aitageii

Ihin n-n-ga !;^oe,

ho n-n; han.

Ine

kua h Opuoh, hin

Ine Inuanna, au sslten

kua,

n llkunllkiih. (
n pud^ai Iha;

llhih

Igwe ui kofohi, au kofohiyaken

iihin

llhih,

au
Ine

Ssiten

ssiten

Ikam Ma Gau^au; ssiten

Ine

Ssftea

jkh^'i.

Man +kaka ha;

ssiten Ine llneillnei ha.

Ssiten Ine leta ttoronk-ga

(244)

ssi,

au

ssi

Ikui llkdita

Ikwajkwakaken
au Oho.

Ikwajkwaken

Ikwajkwakaken

Au

llnein.

ha

ssften

Ine ssan hi hi.

ssiten Ine

Iki

Iki

Ine

Gaiiyau-ka

leta
leei,

le

hi

au hi

Opuoin,

Ine

Hih

Oho.

leta

Oho

l^ta

hin

Iki

jkuarraken Ine ssa

jkuarraken Ine ssan

Oho

au

Ssiten Ine

lln^ih.

au Oho.

leya ssi Ikwajk-waken

tt;^rein-ta

Ikudrraken

Ssi-ta-kiiken Ine hi hi, ssiten kiia

jkudrra.

(245)

Ssiten Ine ttai;

ssiten

ssiten Ine

Ikam ssa Totoriya

dago hi
ssi

jgei,

Ihah-gii,

hiii

au

dago

hi hi-ta IgS, au hiii Ikam ssa Totoriya.

Ssiten Ine
ssiten
ssi

ssan herri-i jka'uoken au Totoriya, au

tabba j^arra.

!kat!katten;^u

(246) jk^tten.

Ssiten

ssiten Ine

Ssiten Ine

ll;^a,

Ine

jkai

herri-i

jkauoken,

aii

Ikaiioken jket-

ssiten Ine ttabba j'au,

* Vicloria "West.

IlKABBO's

CAPTURE AND JOURNEY TO CAPE TOWN.

29l

YIII. 88.
B.

CAPTUEE AND JOUENET

TO CAPE TOWN.

IIKABBO'S

First Account.
I

came from that

from

my

my

and

three,

came

me he bound my

Eafir took
I)

when

place,
;

son,

with

my

while the wagon stood

(here),

arms.

"We (that

daughter's husband,

when we were bound

to the Magistrate;

when

came (242)
was eating a springbok. The

place, I

is,

(243)

we were

opposite to (?) the wagon,

"We went away bound

still.

we went

to talk

with him; we

remained with him.

"We were in the

We

jail.

put our legs into the

The Korannas came

stocks.

were in the stocks;

we were

our legs

stretched out(?) in (244)

The Korannas came

the stocks.

when

to us,

to

put their legs

into the stocks; they slept, while their legs were in

They were

the stocks.

in the house of ordure

While we were eating the Magistrate's

Korannas came to eat

We

it.

all

ate

it,

(?).

sheep, the

we and

the

Korannas.

We went

we

ate sheep

on the way,

while

we (245)

were coming to Yictoria; our wives ate their sheep

on the way,

We

came

worked
chests

as they

at

we

to

the

came

roll

road.

to Yictoria.

stones

We

at

Yictoria,

lifted

rolled great stones.

We

stones

again

while

we

with our
( )

worked (246)

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

292

Ssften

IkammSn

Ine

Ohoken.*
llkau

Sslten

kultaken

Ine

Ikwalkwaken
(247)

ttoro

.I'au

ttai

Ssften

lla.

!h6

Ssiten
llya,' ssiten
o
o
A.

Ine

llkaii

liihisho

au
(248)

Ohoken.

ffin

kofohe

Ine

ssiten
o

kua

ikammamya

Ikann
ha.

llkoi

Ikudrra.
o

(o)

Ike-kuit^ken

au

j'au,

hin shan

ll^a,

jke-

ki

ha-ha,

Nxani

ha.

herrl-a
'

hiii

Ine

ssiten

Ikudrra-kuitdken Ikammainya Ohoken.

Una jknarra;

ssiten

herri-i

Ine

Ine

jiiliisho

herri-i

herri-i,

ssiten

!'au;

I'aii;

Ine

ssiten

ssiten

I'auwaken

Ikammain

Ine

kofohe au

au

j'au,

I'aun

Ohoken

llkau-i

!'au.

Ine

Ssltesn

kofohe

au

ssiten Ine

ll;^l,

Ikuinlkuin:

llhiii

ssiten

ttai

au kofohe ikuinlkuin, au

!kan-na

"Beaufor",f au

llkoenyaii

ta

li.

shi ilkiinllkto

au

lla,

ssiten

Ikam ssa

ssiten

Ssiten

Ine

ssaii

Ssiten Ine Ikei tabdcca au

kuarre hi-hi au j^ara.

Gauyati; ssiten Ine daiiko lahi au !gS-ta jkwagen.

Ssiten Ine

(249)

ssi,

au

ssan

Beaiifor-ga

le

ssiten leta

jkodgen kau

ttron.

Bea'ufor-ga ttrohk.

Ssiten Ine Ikagen ko llhin ssi likuiillkun

Ine

llhiii.

Ssiten

Inwomaii

Ikau

jiihi-ssin

!;|;ara,

(250)

ss'iten ilhinya,

au

* This

is

Ikoa

Ikuefri.

ssiten. jkuii

ssiten

Ssiten

sho

ssiten llhin Ikain

Ine

kofohe,

Ine
ttai

au

!gei,

au

ssiten

sha Se-ta-jkoa.

Ikam ssa Se-ta-jkoa

ttaba hi.

explained to be "something like a barrow", carried

by many Bushmen together.

j-

ssiten

Ssiten Ine ttai Ikuii sho kofohe,

au

Ssiten ddgo hi

ssi ssi ssa

au

Ikoa,

kofohin Iha Ivwe.

au

Inwoman

Ine

The narrator meant Beaufort West

here.

;;

CAPTURE AND JOURNEY TO CAPE TOWN.

IlKABBO's

We

with earth.

We

the wagon, with earth

carried earth

we pushed

Other people

Korannas

earth was

the

down

loaded

{i.e.

the earth

we and

it,

handbarrow with

(247)

the

wagon

They again came

We

we came

we were

got

fastened to

to Beaufort, while the

They (our arms) were

sun was hot.

tobacco from the

set free in the

( )

The

jail.

Beaufort

we

Magistrate;

smoked, going along, with sheeps' bones.

into Beaufort

while the

earth.

along, while

chain, as

our arms bound to the wagon (248)

we walked

were in

Bushmen) were with the

upon the handbarrow.

again had

road.

Other people

it.

they were also carrying earth

to load the

chain;

loaded

Other Korannas were carrying the hand-

barrow.

We

we

We were pushing the wagon's wheels

we were pushing we poured

we pushed it back. We again
Korannas.

was

carried earth, while the earth

upon the handbarrow.

walked along.

293

We

came

rain fell upon us, while

we
(249)

jail.

Early (the next) morning, our arms were made

fast,

we

we were bound.

We

splashed into the water

splashed, passing through the water in the river

bed.

We walked

upon the road, as we followed the

wagon, while the wagon went

first.

We

walked,

following the wagon, being bound, until we, being

bound, came to the Breakwater.

we

ate

sheep as

we came

came (and) worked

at

it.

to

On

the way, (250)

the Breakwater

we

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

294

(249')

Ihu Ine Iki jkeia-na ssi

ko

Sslten Ine jkdgen

Ikam ssa

!ku;^e ti

llkdi ssin

llga.

kofohin Ine

li-ta

li;

au Cap.

ssi

kofohe, au

li-ta

Ssften Ine ssan

le

Cap-ga trorik-ga llnem, au sslten llkuwa, sslten kda

jkuarra; sslten Ine Opuoin tten au llkuonna.

Second Account.

May

{Given in

(266)

Ihan e a

Ihan

au han

a,

0pua;^aiten

a +enni-0pua

He

Ikuei-u.

(267)

ssi'ten

Ssiten

sslten

(268) bbH

ttai

le

li.

Ine

Sslten

kwai

ikagenko

He

Gaiiyau
(269) l^ara,

au

ssi,

ho

Hin

Ine llan

Ikii Ike

Ssi Ihahgiiken

Ihih

Kofohin

au kofohi;
Han jkhe

Ine

au

sslten Ine tten,

au

si,

llko^aitaken

sho kofoM.

le

Iku

ssiten

Iku

yauki Iwkoaiya.

sslten

ssin kofohi

le

ssi

jh^

Ssiten Ine Ilka liko jgei-Opua-ga a;

Ine

liihi

-whS, a

te

Ilka

sslten

sslten

Ine

Iki

Ine

llkei

ha, a n-ga

Ika

jgaueten

tten.
li

ssiten

Ine

liihi.

hin

ti

Ihan a a

au hi jnwajnwa.

n Opuon Ihan
!nwa.

ho

au ssiten

jkwa

jkaiiwa

au sslten yauki l^koaiya;

au kofohi

Ihin

n Opuon

+enni-0pua

N^am

llko^aiten

e,

sho kofohi.

le

hin Ine

hin

Iku

jkwA

au han

a,

n Opua^al

ti

Ikii llaii

ssi-ssi,

ll^aih

n puoii a a

jkauwa

Ikuei-ii,

Ikii

Ilk6j(;aitaken

ttai

a a

ii-n

and June, 1871.)

au

jnwalnwd.

e,

sslten Ine

au sslten
ssi

Ine

hi,

jkii^e

Ihangiiken

Ssiten Ine

iii

ikii

Ine

lla,

jkii^e ^ii

Ikii-g Ine llkoaken jkiij^e ^ii

ui

Ikam

sslten Ine

hi.

sslten
ttai
lii

jiihi

lla,

hi,

lla

sho

au hi

au ssiten

IlKABBO'S

CAPTURE AND JOURNEY TO CAPE TOWN,

295

A white man took us to meet the train in the (249')

We early sat in the train the train ran,
bringing us to the Cape. We came into the Cape
)

night.

prison

when we were tired, we and

we lay down to sleep at noon.

house

Korannas

the

Second Account.

My
there

wife was there; I was there; my son was (266)

my son's wife was there, while she carried

child (on her back)

my daughter was there,
while she also carried a little child ; my daughter's

little

husband was there

we were

Therefore, the Kafirs* took

we were

like this, while

the Kafirs took us, while

like this (in

number).

when

"lifted") us,

(lit.

we were
we were

not numerous

(267)

not numerous.

We

went to sit in the wagon; the Kafirs took

us away, as we sat in the wagon. Our wives also
sat in the wagon.
They got out of the wagon they
;

walked upon their

got out of
first

made

The wagon stood still; we

the wagon; we lay down, when we had

fire.

feet.

We

roasted lamb's flesh

son's wife roasted a springbok,

which

had

iny (268)

killed

with my arrow. We smoked; we lay down. The

day broke; we made a fire; we smoked early in the
morning.
Then, we left them, we went away to the Magistrate
while we (who were in the wagon) ran along, we
were upon the road, while our wives ( ) walked
along upon their

we

feet.

We

ran, leaving them, while

altogether ran, leaving them.

* Kafir police are probably meant here.

(269^)

;;;

296

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

He

Mil

ti

Gauyauken
SSI

Ikwalkwaken

(270) 0li6-k5 au

jkwalkwakaken

au

Ikwalkwakaken

881

Oho

Ine

ssiten

(271) Oho.

ssiten

Ihin,

Oho.

Ssiten

Ine

jke-ten

lkwakaken

ssi ha,
)

au

Ine hi

jkwalkwakaken

ssiten

Oho.

ssi

te

en

leta

Opuoin, au

Ine

Ssiten Ine Ickdan

Ikwalkwakaken
au

en,

!gei-ta

llkdita

jkwa-

ssi

ssan Iki

ha ga
ha-ga

t^tti e,

ha hi

ssaii

Iki

hi

Ihiii

Ikwalkwaken au

ssi
ssi

ssi

sueii dken,

|gei e,

ssi,

ssi

ha

Iki

ssi
hi.

au Gahyau-ga jgS,

hin koa, |kuk6, Kkahbi-ddau

koa |kwarra-ga-lk(e)owlk(e)ow.

Hih
hifii

au

l^aua

tdtti e,

Kattenyah
ssiten ha,

hiii

Ine

au han

ssi

llkdita

llka'u

Oho.

leta

Oho, au han

au

Iki

Ikwalkwaken au

ssi

le

tten,

Ine

luhi,

Ine

Gauyatiken

Iki

ssuen,

Ine

Ikwalkwakaken

ssi

(272)

ssiten

llya,

llaii

Ssiten Ine jkagenko,

Oho.

leta

\\i

jgaueten Ine kwai,

Oho.

leta

Iki

Ssften Ine Opuoin,

Ikwalkwaken au Oho, ssften

Iki lliin sshi

ssiten

Ine

Oho; Ihii-kdwaken

ati

au. ssi

Gaiiyau:

Ssiten Ine

llga,

Ikwalkwaken.

881

+kika

llan

\\k6j(sataken.

ssi.

au tronk-ga llnein* au
ssi

le

+Mka

Ine

Ine

ssiten

e,

Ine

Ine ll^a, hiii Iki le hi

|kwa|kwaken au Oho

Opuo'm, au hi |kwa|kwakaken

Ikudrra-kuitaken

Ine

II

yarn

ssa,

hin

leleta

Ine

Oho.

ssaii

le

llneih-kQ, trronk-ga llnein-ko.

* The word " tronk " means in the Dutch language a trunk,

and in Cape Dutch a prison.

CAPTURE AND JOURNEY

IlKABBO'S

Then we went

The

"We went

to the jail at night.

;

were in the

man

another white

wood upon our

CAPE TOWN.

297

to talk with the Magistrate; the

Magistrate talked with us.

the stocks

TO.

legs.

to

put our legs into

laid another (piece of)

We

away

Kafirs took us

slept,

while our legs (270)

The day broke, while our

stocks.

legs

were in the

stocks.

"We early took out our legs from

the stocks,

we

meat

ate

we

into the stocks;

stocks.

we

again put our legs

while our legs were in the

sat,

"We lay down, we

We

were inside the stocks.

slept,

arose,

our legs were inside the stocks.

while our legs (271)

we smoked, while
The people

boiled

sheep's flesh, while our legs were in the stocks.

The Magistrate came

stocks, because

ably, that

our legs out of the

he wished that we might

we might

were eating.

to take

eat

for, it

sit

was his sheep that we

Katten (" Piet Rooi ") came (and) (272)

ate with us of the Magistrate's sheep, while

eating

it

also

comfort-

another

man,

we were

Kkabbi-ddoki,

also

\kwarra-gd-\k{^e)dw\k[e)o'w.

They again put

slept,

their legs into the stocks;

while their legs were in the stocks.

Korannas

also came, they

another "jail's house."

came

they

Other

into another house,

SPECIMENS OP BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

298

VIIL 89. s.

JOURNEY IN THE RAILWAY

IlKABBO'S

TRAIN.

(365)

sHn +kaka
ss'iten

ki
e

ba llgweten ki

ba jfuken
bi

(357)

Ikii

le

toai-i.

jku

llkoi

ban

llku;

Ine llgweten

be

sbaii jaiten tin,

i.

Ine Ja

ba ttuken

bin

ti

ss'm kwobbo;
Iboaka, ta

lljj^am

Iboaka.

Ibun

Ikii

e ;^u ss'in jkiya,

Kwobboken

bin

ba ttu

Iboaka

ssin Iboaka;

aken.
e

korohi

Ss'iten ss'in

n-n

Ike-i

au ban Mtti e n

n,

le

li-ta

kua kwobbo.

Niiiyan ss'in

ti

kdrohi.

ss'oen ak'a li-ta

ss'o,

(356)

ha,

Iboaka

an bin

ba

tatti

au ban

i,

e bi

tatti

lyoi,

Ikii

tatti

be

ba

ti

^li

i.

Kwobbowaken ss'in totto n-n: "Aken Ibiii te

de?" N ss'in +kaken kwobbo: "N I'bin ti e a."
(358) Kwobbowaken totS k: "Hi Iken te da?" ( ) N
+kaka kwobbo: "N-ka !;^oe e ll;;^ara-llkam."
o

VIII. 93.
s.

IlKABBO'S

INTENDED RETURN HOME.

{Given in July and Auguit, 1873.)

(2874)

Aken
see

(2874')

+enna,

ti

e,

jka ssbo au !;^6e-ssbo-!kui,*

l^uonniya kke, n sse

jkiiiten

n-ka

* The narrator says, that the moon's other name

and

also that the sun's other

\x6e-ssh6-\kui

the places."

means

name

is

!;^6e.
is

ISf

sse

\x6e-8sh6-\hui,

the same.

{\a\kunta says)

"The man who knows

all

JOURNEY IN THE RAILWAY TRAIN.

IlKABBO's

299

VIII. 89.
B.

JOUENEY IN THE EAILWAT

IIKABBO'S

TRAIN.*
I have said to thee that the train (fire
nice.

I sat nicely in the train.

we

and a black man.

(I)

A woman

did seize

We

my arm

two

wagon)

(3561

sat in (it),

me

she drew

is

(356)

because I should have fallen, therefore she

inside,

drew me

I sat beside a black

in.

man

was

his face

black; his mouth (was) also black; for they are black.

White men

are those whose faces are red,

The black man he

they are handsome.

his

mouth

is

black, for his face

is

The black man then asked me

come from?"
from
is

its

place

name?"

for (357)

ugly, thus

"

Where

dost thou

man: "I come

The black man asked me

(

black.

I said to the black

this place."

is

is

I said to the black

"

man

What

"My (358)

the Bitterpits."

YIIL 93.
B.

IIKABBO'S

INTENDED EETUEN HOME.

Thou knowest

that I

sit

turn back for me, that I

waiting for the

may

* From Mowbray to Cape

return to

Town and

back.

moon

my

to

place.

(2874)

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

300

ttumm-a
(2875)

hi;

iha'ug
ti

ttumm-a M-ka

sse

fi

Mn

ki Ikue-dda;

e,

ttumm-i

Sswa-ka-!ke-ka kko-kkommi,

bin

ttumm-i,

(2876) Ikarra-ka,

kko-kkommi

(2877)

iMn

au ka

Ikalkaiten:
jhaiie

au

ssin

ssiii,

ssin

kkan,

au ka

tatti

ya-g

n ddoa

e,

sse

Ini

Ine tta (

likda-ken

Ine

+kakken+kakken

ddda

e,

Igweten

hi

e,

h.6

e,

tatti

Ine

ssho kko

ttan,

He

jj^oe-ssho-jkui

Ine

wa-g

sse

llkhwe-ten.

(au hi-hi);

llkhwe-ten

ihiii

Ikarra

sse

hi Ikue-dda,

e,

j^oe-ssho-lkui-kko,

kko-kkommi

ttumm-a,

kkomm,

au

i;

ti-kko-ka

!^<5e-ta

H^

i.

Ine

kko-kkommi,

ka

au

kko-kkommi,

ka

jke-ta-kii,

hi,

Ikagen ttiiken.
Ta,

(2878) linSn.

ttabba

Ikii

Ikagen ttdken

kko-kkommi,

jke-ta-lkagen-ka ttabba-ka

Ini,

e, (

jgweten

he

ttuinm-i llkhweten-ka

ttumm-i

bin

j^oeten-kkuiten-ka kko-kkommi.

n yauki

kko-kkommi

Iki

(2879) jh^e, n ssin

au n

tatti

n-ka

Iki

Ine

kko-kkommi.

^li^ *t^ ti ^)

llnSllnel.

Iki

hi

Hin

liihiliihi

Ikii

e,

Ikii e,

llelle,

hi

jhaiie

Ikii

dken

e Igweten;

a; be yauki

Ikii

n yauki

^auki tkakken n-ka

h^
hi

!kauh-ssin hi.

bha

Iku ttabba

bha

Sswa-ka-!kdten

jke

Hiii

hi

ta,

tatti

Una

Iku

ii

kko-kkommi

ttabba-ka jke

hi ssan Ini

(2881) hi ssin

au n

!^<5e-kko-ka

e,

+kdkken+kakken
(2880)

Iki

Ta,

j^oeten-

e,

bd

bha

bha

Ikagen;
Ikii

au

ttabba

sse Ikon-a
llkan.

Ikagen-ka llnSllnoL;
(

Hd

ti

bin

e,

IIkjCbbo's

intended return home.

301

That I may listen to all the people's stories, when

I visit them; that I may listen to their
stories, (2875)
( )
that which they tell they listen to the Flat Bushmen's
stories from the other side of the place.
They are
those which they thus tell,* they are listening to
them while the other \j(oe'-sshd-\kui (the sun) becomes
a little warm, that I may sit in the sun that I may
) sitting, listen to the stories which yonder come (?), (2876)
(
which are stories which come from a distance.f
Then, I shall get hold of a story from them, because
;

they (the stories) float out from a distance; while

the sun feels ( ) a little warm ; while I feel that (2877)
I must altogether visit ; that I may be talking with
them, my fellow men.

work

For, I do

My

fellow

men

from

stories

women's household work.

here, at

who

are those

are listening to (2878)

which float along ; they are

from other places. For, I am

afar,

listening to stories

do not obtain stories; because I do not

might hear ( ) stories which float (2879)
along while I feel that the people of another place
they do not possess my stories. They
are here
do not talk my language; for, they visit their like;
while they feel that work's people (they) are, ( ) (2880)
They
those who work, keeping houses in order.
work (at) food; that the food may grow for them;
that they should get food which is good, that which

here;
visit,

so that I

is

new

food.

The Flat Bushmen go

they may smoking
Therefore,
* "With the

they obtain
stories of their

WMbbo explains that

f
far-off quarter,

and we

to each other's huts

in

sit

front

stories

own

at

of

them.

them;

feel it."

that
(

)(2881)

because

part of the country too.

a story is "like the wind, it

(2875')

comes from ('2876')

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

302

hi

kko-kkommi

Iki

au hih

N" llnau ti e,

kke

!;:^u6niiiya

au hin

i;

hi IkS jh^e,

tatti,

luhiliihi-ta jke e,

tatti e,

Ikii

Ine jka jyde-ssho-lkui Ine sse

Ikoalkoa

sse

Ine

jke

llko.*

jnou
n ttukko Ine +i, ti e,
j^de-ssho-jkui
n sse-g Ine +kakka n-ka Ga'uyau,
ti e, n llkuaii Ine ttaii, ha llwke, ha Ine e, n \a.i
(2883) sse ddda llkhwellkhw^ ssin, n Ikagen ttuken; ( )
h^ e, ttaitt^ likam jho hi Ikagen. Hin ttumm-i
ta, n llkuah Ine +i, jhaujhau f h Ine dd6a
hi
jhau-a
h Ine ddoa tkakken hi h. Ikagen ttuken

(2882)

Ta,

ssih Ine Iku

(2884) taj"h

ttabba TnS, hi k6a !kg-ta Ikagen

Ikii

n yauki +kakken+kakken

Ihamm

ssin

(2885) ;^ iku-g Ine

ttu

ha

au ka

Igweten

i,

le

au hi

tumma,

juhi

lla

kkoa

e,

:{:

jka

Ine

h-ka

|^(5e;

ki

au ka

sse

ka

ttss'i;

au

Ine ssho

au

tatti

Ine

k&

e,

Ine

Iki

lua

tatti e,

lie

* 1'^?%'^

llnau,

h
h

ssih

llkudh e Ikhwe.

Ha

ssueh

lla

'

ha

sse

'

"one

jh|u|h|u e liikwaiya,
lls^e-ta

ko-kkommi.

"

|ku,

ssin

|xu6nni, hail |koa |ko jho, han |k6a

|k6ro jho.
t Ihaujh^u a |kwai,

hi;

au h jnoa

kkomm

'

ha sse-g

Ine ttumm-i,

tatti e,

jhda au !;^arra; au

ttummttumm
lla,

Hd

ssho,

au ka

Ine ssho.

Igweten juhi hhoa I^S^ra; hih Igweten Ikam

ssih

(2885')

hd

kkumm, ha n ka

llgaue

jkajka

Ine

(2886) n jniijnuhttu-ka ku

(2883')

Iketen

llkunllkun;

ii

h Iku-g

tatti e,

ttumma

jnunttu.

ii

+g(e)ou.

ssuen kkuerre

Ine

lik'u Ine sse Ihin, i;

f2881M

au ttabba.

ii

(2887)

hi hi; ta, hi Iku

visit."

"many

visits."

intended rettjen home.

IIkIbbo's

they are used to

303

for smoking's people they

visit;

As regards myself (?) I am waiting that the

moon may turn back for me; that I may set my
are.

forward in the path.*

feet

my

tell

Master

moon

time when

should

to

them;

for,

to

visit;

(that)

men

and

me

must

I do think of visits; (that) I ought

ought to talk with

work

first

I do merely

want

the

for,

my

fellow

women

here, together with

(2884)

they merely

to work.

the fatigue

is

their like.

do not talk with them;

send
I

for,

among my fellow men, ( ) (2883)

They are listening

sit

who walking meet

verily (?) (2882)

that I may

that I feel this

chief),

{lit.

For,

think that I must only await the

sit

my

cooling

little,

out of them;

listen,

hear

to

may go

watching for a

while I

sit

arms
story,

waiting for

may float into my ear.f These

I am listening with all my ears

that

because I

it

sit.

which (2885)
that

it

are those to which

while I feel that

I sit silent.
I must wait (listening) behind (2886)
)
me, J while I listen along the road; while I feel
that my name floats along the road; they (my three
(

names)
at

it;

(with

float

my

along to

that

ears) to

may

my

When

man

place

listening

feet's heels,

while I feel that a story

my

is

I will go to sit

backwards (2887)
on which I went
turn

the wind.

It (the story)

intends to turn back, he steps turning

(?)

round,

(2881')

he steps going backwards.

t

The

people's stories.

explains that, when one has travelled along a road,

J Wkablo
and goes and sits down, one waits for a story to travel to one,

following one along the same road.

" Jantje,"

\ii,M-ddor6,

and Whdhho.

(2885')
(2886')

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

304

ka

Ilkudii

(2888)

Iklya iku-g Ine llkog hh8

Inf Iki

Iku

ha

hd,

a Ikuei

!;^arra-keii

(2890)

han

lla,

ha-ka \x^e,

tta,

Iku

ten-ka jkui Ike;

h&

h.6,

au

Ta, ha

hi.

j^de

(2892)

e.

au

ssa

tkamOpua ttabba
ti

!;^6e,

Han

Iku

(2893) ssho-jkui

Ha

au ha

ha sse-g
ia.

i,

tta'i

sse-g

Ine

(2888')

* In

ha
)

plural,

ha.

ssiii

ttai

Una \x6e a l;^arra;

llnaxi,

ha

Han

ti

e,

Ihamm

sse

llkuan a +i

sse jkiii-ten.

llnwarriten,
ttii;

ha
h.6,

ha

\x6e-

!kui-ten,

sse

ssin

Ine Ikann llwkeya

^wei

ha-ka jkauken,

au

jke e

Ibarra, hin

Hd-ta !^de yauki e

\&aokenlkabhn

td,

ttss^t-tssl.

In

ha Iku
Ikii

e,

ta llkabbo

speaking

peoples' backs in tie plural, Wkdbho explains that the

say ttssHt-ttssin-xu.

ka

Ine

dd(e)ouwa

ttabba akka ha jkhwa;

Una j^de.

the

ssho-g

ttabba akken llnSii ttssdrroken,

ssih ttai ^ii da j^de

Ine ttai

sse-g

jkd Iki !;^uonni !;^6e-ssho-!kui

sse

tatti e,

(2894) hi sse-g Ing

Ha

Ine

!k'e-ta \x^6e,

+kerre jkhwa

Ine

jkiii-

lla, i.

llnallna hi.

ha llkuan a

e,

IjJ^de-

lla

Td, ha ikii-g

yauki

\j^6e

llan-na
jlio

llv^koen hi,

Ine ssan

Iki ssa ha,

) jk'e e

ha-ha-ka

llkuan

) hiii tatti e,

Ikii-g

tta,

!j(;arra-ken

aii

llkam

Ine Ikui-ten

au lyoe-ssho-lkulten ya'uki
Una

jke e

ttumm

Ta,

!x*^^.

(2891) 0h.(5ken aken;

jkliau

ttssi

llkam tta.

tStti e, I^Srra Iku

+kerre

Iku

i'.

kko, hi jnunttuken

Ine

Iku e Igweten Ike-a

Ikg

*
ik^kenlk^ken
Au han tStti e, !;^arra
he e, jkui !uW ssho M.

tta;

jke

Ikii

e,

au hi ^auki

hhdk

llnun

Ikii'i-ten

Ika,

he [kg

Hd

li^dn-kko.

lie

Ika^kenlk^ka-ken

l;^drra,

Iken

jkui

Ta,

eheh.

lla,

!^(5g

(2889)

Ikam

!gwee-ten

of

Bushmen

HkIbbo's intended eetuen home.

is

305

Then, our

"wont to float along to another place.

names do pass through those people;

) while (2888)
(
they do not perceive our bodies go along. For,
our names are those which, floating, reach a different
place.
The mountains lie between (the two different

roads).

A man's

back;

goes

road

name

passes behind the mountains'

those (names) with which he returning (2889)

(
along.
While he (the man) feels that the

is

man

that which lies thus; and the

is

upon

The road is around his place, because the road

curves.
The people who ( ) dwell at another place, (2890)

it.

ear does listening go to meet the returning

man's names; those with which he returns.* He
will examine the place.
For, the trees of the place
seem to be handsome; because ( ) they have grown (2891)
tall; while the man of the place (WMbbo) has not
seen them, that he might walk among them. For,
he came to live at a diff'erent place
his place it
is not.
For, it was so with him that ( ) people (2892)
were those who brought him to the people's place,
that he should first come to work for a little while
He is the one who thinks of (his) place, that
at it.
he must be the one to return.

their

He
moon
that

only awaits the return of the

may go round,
(
he may examine
)

that he

the

moon

may

water

that the

return (home), (2893)

pits
those at
;

which he drank. He will work, putting the old

hut in order, while he feels that he has gathered
his children together, that they may ( ) work, (2894)
for, he did
putting the water in order for him
go away, leaving the place, while strangers were
Their place it is
those who walked at the place.
;

not;

for

Wkdbbo's

father's

* WMhbo explains that the people

father's

know

all

place

it

was.

the man's names.

(2890')

;
;

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

306

(2895) oS, oa-ka

M;

Ine lliya

da-ken

Ine

e,

Ikuken,

Ine

lllya

M.

llkan

Ine

III

au ban

ha

tatti e,

!x<5e

llko

Ha

ssho.

bin
(2898)

tatti

Ine

ti

au bin

bin

(2899) llnSnyan
Ine

bin

Mn

au

j^oe,

IhSiha

ine

Ikii-g

e,

+kakken,

Ine

hi hi, au bin tatti

jkaiui

hi likuan
3

e,7

e,

ttabba akken
Ine

Ikii-g

tabba hi

hi-ka

Ikwai,

Au

jkhe.

ll^i

llanllafi,

Iholhoa hi llneillnei;^

Ine

tatti e, hi Ikii-g Ine

Ine

Ikii-g

III,

e,

tkSkken ilkuSkken.

hi Ine

H^

Iha, (

0pu6ndde-ta jkaukaken Iku-g

Ikii-g

llkan

Ikuobba-an au

lla,

Ikauken

Ine

H^

!^6S.*

Ine Ikii Ikwai; h.6 ti

ha-ka

e,

oa

llkabbo

III

(2897) ba llkudn Ine Ikerriten ssin, hi ha

au han

llkabbo

llkabbo

e,

ssin

Ine Ikuka,

llkgbboken Ine

He

llkabbo Ine Ihdn Ikerri-ten

!;^<5e,

IlkSbbo oa

e,

au IlkSbbo 6a oa-g

Ikuken, IlkSbbo

(2896)

He

g.

Ikii

\x6'6

llneillnei;

llneillnei

bin

tatti

au n-ka

Ikhou jkhe
e,

bin.

bin

ati

llka-ka

Ikhwa, mmaii hi Ihan, bin Ine Ikati Ihdnibdn ssin

hd

bin

ti

hi

e,

^^

(2900) kki

ban

au ban
a,

tatti

e,

"Blauwputs"

ta,

Ihoaka, ta, Ikalkagen |ke jku

hail lliya ki

j^oe

||a

jlxaii-ka-lkhoa.
lliya

4.

ki

U,

hail

He tiken e,
He tiken

Opuailhi-ka

ha
e,

Han.
)

he tiken
|iie

Iki

OpuS

ttaiya

au

au ban

au hin tatti

e,

he,

ha

e,

n-ii

tatti e,

ha-ka jkaugen

ha |ne llkoaken kokoa,

|ne |ki Ikhui-tten, hin.

llxyobbeten

he,

koa

ha |ne llkoaken

|ne Iki lunn.

|ne llkenya llka-ttu,

ttoi

,_-"'

ha Ihan

a,

mmaii, ban

Ine

'

e.

llkabbo-ka jxoeten e llg^bo

(7216)

(7217)

jkhwa

kkan, [kwalkwa ssa n-n

Ine

* Ik'eten jne

(7216)

ilkd^ai-ta
_

ine

la,

i.

Ha

au ha Opua

Ike ya'uki ta ssin

akken

Ine liken tl

au

hiii

Ilka hi.

tatti

0pua
e,

ii

return home.

IIkIbbo's intended

And

then Wkabho's father

Wkabho's

who

one

the

father

who

possessed

died,

then

it.

the

place

Wkabbo's

when grown

the place,

were

married.

they,

by

His

felt

children's f

fed

themselves,

felt that (

Wkabbo'^s

was the one

elder

brother

And (2896)

place.*

bringing

up,

because he

while he

place,

was

that

felt

he

he grew old with his wife

therefore,

at the

when (2895)

it;

father

And when
brother

elder

married

to

was alone;
)

possessed

Wkabho's

(then) Wkabbo possessed the

Wkabbo

\ku6bba-dn

died,

Wkabbo's

died,

did possess

father

father's

307

that

children (2897)

his

children

themselves

talked,

they

while

they talked with understanding.

(2898)

Therefore, they {Wkabbo's children) placed huts for

while they felt that they made huts

for themselves; they made their huts nicely; while
my hut stood alone, ( ) in the middle; while they (2899)
(my children) dwelt on either side. Because my
elder brother's child (Betje) married first, they
themselves;

(my own

married afterwards ; therefore,

first; while she (the

children)

grew up

their cousiu's child

cousin) felt that

who, from

afar,

me

she married, leaving

came

travelling

to

me

she (2900)
because
;

* \'hah^hass'o (sorL-in-law of WMlho) gave in July, 1878, the

following description of Wkablo's place, Wguho, or " Blauwputs."
People (that is Bastaards) call it "Blauwputs", while they feel
they are slate.
and he altogether went round, he,
( )
thus, he possessed \khut-iten
possessing, went along at the place
and \\xdii-Jea-\Jihga,. He possessed Wjc^ohietm (a certain water pool)
and, he, altogether possessing, went along, he possessed [unii.
Therefore, he dug out (at) Wkq-ttu [the name of a place near
He dug, making a (deep) pitfall (for game), there.
Wffubo^.

that

its

rooks are hlack;

WMbbo's place

is

for,

Wguho

Therefore, an ostrich was slaughtered at that pitfall, because

my

were surpassingly good ones.

QpuonMi here means both Whdhho's son and daughter.
f The word

father-in-law's pitfalls

(7215)
(7216)

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

308

n-h

N
a-g

Ine

Au

(2902)

Ikii

M.6,

e,

e yaiiddofo, h.6

llkuan

+i,

(2904)

Ikii

Hih

e,

ti

e,

ha

llkuan

llkuan

au n-ka
ikuka ha

Iki

ha x^i]
lii ha;

ka

n Inaunkko

tatti e,

^erreya au jkii^e

Ikii

llkuan sse

Hah

hi.

au

h-ii;

ii

llkuan ttah

au n

e* Inaunkko

Ihih

Ta,

jkhwai.

!ku;^e

(2903')

kki,

lliikoen

ha.

au ha ^oa

ssa ha,

han Ikuken ^u

he n a ha a

hi h-ka jkhwd

Iki

oa

kkomm.

Ine +;^auinia ha,

e Ivitkwaiya,

Iku

ll;^a,

ttui

i,

^u

Ilk6en ti Ikuken

llxani

Ikii

Iku-g Ine

He
(2903)

Ine

ha ^oa

ta,

yauki

Ine

n yauki

tatti,

ii

Ikam ha,

Ikuken;

yMki

da-ken

Ikuken,

Iku

<5a

!ko6

llai,

Ikati

llnan.
oM,,

Ine

a,

Ikii

ha

Ta,

yaisseya ha.

(2901)

Ha

kkiya ha-ha.

yaisse

H^

hi tatti

e,

hi

e,

Ini

ha

Hah hd

hi hi.

Ikwai.

tta

l;^a-an.

Ikii

hi sse
jkii,

hi

Ik^kkenlkakken au

ssih jkiijkujje Ikei tchueh.

Ikea

jkuj^e

loa,

llkwa Iki

* To illustrate and explain the e used ^ here, the narrator tells

me that one woman says to another W-M \khwa Man e a, Jik
:

\naunhk6 \lcwm.

(2901')

t '^^^

father

was

killed

by some one who was angry with

him, while he himself was not angry; he had been visiting at

another house, and had slept five nights

who was

at the place

where

away from home.

A man

his wife lived, gave the child food,

but it still cried after its own father.

The man was angry
with the father, because he had stayed away from his wife,
Wkdbbo says, and because the child still cried for him. And,

when

the father had returned, and was sleeping by the side of

his wife, in his

own

hut, the

man came behind

very early morning, and stabbed him as he

assegai,

the hut in the

slept,

with a Kafir

As he lay dead
him, by the advice

which had been bought at Wittberg.

in the hut, the rest (including his wife) left

of the murderer.

(2902')

t The mother died afterwards of some internal sickness; she

was not buried, because, at the time of her death, she only

IIkIbbo's intended

return home.

309

was the one who feeding, brought her up. Her

father was not th.e one who had fed her.
For, her
father died, leaving her.
I was the one who went
(and) fetched her, ( ) when her mother had just (2901)
I

died

I brought her to

my

leaving her

As

home.

had not seen her father die,t I

her mother die ; for, her mother
I

I felt that

also did not see

too,

died,J (2902)

I only heard the story.

And

then I went to fetch her (Betje), while I felt

was still a young man, and I was fleet in
running to shoot. And I thought that she would

that I

get plenty

which

should give her. (2903)

She (would) eat with my (own)

food,

of

She (would) eat it.

And then
child, which was still (an only) one.
they would both grow, going out from me (to play
because they both ate my game
near tbe hut)
(" shot things").
For, I was ( ) fresh for running; (2904)
;

I felt that I could, running, catch things.

Then, I used to run (and) catch a hare, I brought

had a younger sister witli her, who was suffering from the
same illness. The latter went away with difficulty, taking the
dead mother's child to a
the relative's hut, the
at

night.

She

relative's hut, not near at hand.

fire

proceeded

met by him midway.

of

From

Wkdbho's dwelling could he seen

thither

with

the

child,

and

was

Before he got the child, he had seen the

dead mother's bones lying at her hut, her body having just
been eaten by jackals. WMhbo had gone off from his home in
haste, hearing that the vrile's sister was ill, and fearing that
she might die on the way, and the child, yet living and playing
He left his own home
about, might be devoured by jackals.
early one morning, and in the evening reached the spot where
He made a hut at a little distance,
the mother's bones lay.
and slept there one night, and the next ( ) morning went to (2903')
but the sister met him
fetch the child at the relation's hut
;

with it on the road.

he returned with the
back to his own home.

He

newly-made hut, to which

one more night, and then went

slept at the

child, for

310

SPECIMENS OP BXJSHMAN FOLKLOEE.

M,

sse

(2905) iiksin

au n-ka

whai.

na

Ta,

Au h

li.

Iku

Ikdoken.

(2906)

tta

fi

au ha

llnSii,

Ina

llkwa

t^tti e,

1^

15a.

au

Ihd llkwa ssa tturrii ha,

!;j;aua

ha au

Ihanii

loa

jkoa

au

Ohdken-ka Ikami.

(2907) Ine

loa,

lj(;a-i

au hi

llkoin,

Hi

llkoih.

(2908) ka-ken

ka

Ikii

ki

le

Iku-g
ti

ha

Iki

Mil

13.6 ti

Ha

(2909) y-we.

e,

ha ka iku
Menu,

Ikii

ha sse-g

Ine

au
sse

Iku-g
hi,

llkoin

ywe;

ta,

ha >auii

au

au

ha

hi.

kki Una, au ha ^auki

llkde ssho llkuonua;

ha

ttu,

au ba

sse-g Ine

Ta, ha ka Iku jkajka

ywa,.

lla

au
)

Ilku6nna-ka

ttin

Ikiiken

lli/kdken e

llkoin

ttin,

e,

a ssan

au ha yauki ywa

ha ^auki llkuakka jkhwa

tatti e,
\J(vl;

yauki

lli/kdken,

Ohoken

Ikhwa, au

hin

ti

Ikuken

llkuaii

Ine

hho ha, jkauka

Ine

Ilka

llnSn.

hhitta

llkoe

Ohdken

au

HS

llneiii.

jkuj^eya

loa

e,

ha

ssm jkujku^e

ii

Ine

+i,

H^

ttaiya.

au

ka lya Kho

llkuan

sse

I^ a sse l^a

whaiya

Ta,

hha.

n a

jgaue,

^auki Ina

a.

lamina ip^abba.

ssl sse

h.

kklsse

llko

le

n-ka Mho

leta

llkde ssho llkdiii.

Hd

(2910)

Ilka

ti

au

e,

ii

Ikuka kke ha.

au ka
(2911) au

bin

tatti e,

llkdiii;
;

ail

au ban

ssd ha.

(2912) ddaiten-i.

Iku^e ha, au
ssiii

ii

llkoin,

llkoin sse

ha ha, Ikuka au

Ine

bail tatti
tatti,

Ibarnmi,
e,

Ikuken

tte ha,

ha Iku llkowa

ha llwkden

n,

au

ii

ha

Ikii

!kii;^eya

ttin,

lla,

llkde ttin

jkun

Hail yaiiki Ine jkaajkau jkbe, ha

Ta,

llkdiii;

a jku^eya ha, au bail Ibaihmi

Hail Iku-g

ii.

llkoin

ii

ssiii

ssiii

InS

au ban

return home.

IIkXbbo's intended

it

to

my

the sun

home, while
)

was

a springbok.

I felt that I

hot.

saw a

For, I

my

was in

it

sending up a bustard.

it

bag,

while

had not seen (2905)

I used to shoot,

hare.

I put

311

in(to the bag) (and)

brought it home. My wife would come to pluck

it, at home.
She ( ) boiled it in the pot; that we (2906)
might drink soup. On the morrow I would hunt
the hare, I would be
of

the bushes.

children might eat.

peeping about in the shade

would shoot

up,* that

it

the

For, the springbok were gone

away. Therefore, I was ( ) shooting hares, that (2907)

I might chasing, cause them to die with the sun,
when they had run about in the noonday's sun.
while
They were " burnt dead " by the sun
I remembered that the hare does not ( ) drink (2908)
for it eats dry bushes, while it does not drink,
putting in water upon the dry bushes which it
crunches.
Therefore, it remains thirsty there, while
;

it

does not drink.

summer

water pans, so that

that

it

It

dwells,

because

(heat),

might go

to

it

does

in the (2909)
understand

sitting

not

might go to the water, so

drink.
For it waits, sitting in
it

the sun.
Therefore, I

chase

it,

in the

sun,

that

the (2910)

sun may, burning, kill it for me, that I may eat

dead from the sun while I feel that I was the
one who chased it, while it went along in fear of
me. It, in fear, lay down to die ( ) from the sun (2911)
because it had become dry (while running about)
in the sun; because it saw me when I followed it.
It did not stop to walk, that it might look backFor it ( ) had run about, when it was tired. (2912)
wards.

it,

* i.e., make it
down dead later.

spring up from

its

form and run away, falling (2906')

312

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

Ilkuwa.

Han

ddda

Ikii

jku^eya

Ikuken tten

lla

tatti

llkuonna-ka llkoin e,* he tta

e,

H^

bin

ti

(2914) Ikuken

sse

au ka Iku^e

y^

llkoiii

hhd ha
Iku-g

Ine

ha

i.

Ilka

au

hd,

llwkoen

sse

ti e,

a sse

ii

^x^^

e,

wa

lla

Ta, ha llkwa ssho Ihah ssho.

laiti,

hd

loa-kko

Ihamm

sse

l^^^^e

llkoiii,

a sse ddaukko
(

sshd ko jkau ha,

loa-kko.

hho

likde

Ikuken

Ine

Ikii-g

au !nwa-ka

llgaue

Ihammi

Ikuken ha.

a ine +i

(2916) ssho ha.

a sse Iku

sse

Ine

le

tte

ssho

llan'n

llneiii

S" a sse

ha

ll;;fall;^a.

^au

au ka-g

!gwe

llgaue

Ine Ikua
J.

llho.

Ta,

(2918)

ti e, ii
li;

(2913')

a ssah !^u
ii

au

Iha llkuaii

a ttaiya
ii

au i

eiieii.

ttaii, ii

a sse

llkoiii.

a sse Iku;^^ ha,

sse IkCi^e ttssau, td,

lla

tta.
ii

j^au

jka,

(2917) tta

he

li,

hho ha, au ha

lla

tte hS, (

ssho ha.

jkuii

sse

ha

Ine

le

ttau

tta'i

llkoin;

le

Ikii-g

Iku-g Ine

IST

sse

n ka

e,

tta.

Hho.

loa

tatti

ha jnwajnwa.

llka-i

Ha

au han

jkaun tta

ii.

Ine

Iku Ika ha

llku

e,

Iku-g

lia

e,

ttin llkuonna,

) llk<5e

bin

ti

au han

(2913) au hail jku^eya

(2915)

H^

ttiii.

au ban Iku

haii Ikuken;

ll^ell;^e,

+1,

ti

ii

llnSii.

N" a

Ta, Ikauka ssho Ikwenya.

ka Iketen hi au Ikhwd; au ha
)

llkde ttiii llkoin,

e,

Ikui

ssaii

* Wkdlho explains that this

e is

Ika

au

llkoiii

kke

equal to

e a.

ya

+i
tta

jkauken.

intended return home.

IIkabbo's

313

seemed as if it were about (?) to die; because

had been obliged to run about. Therefore, it
went to lie down to die; because fatigue had killed
It

it

it

while

it

had run

about in the heat

was the summer sun, which was

ground was hot which was burning its

(it)

for,

(2913)

The

hot.
feet.

Therefore, I used to go to pick it up, as it laydead.

I laid it in ( ) the arrows' bag.
I must, (2914)
goiug along, look for another hare.
It would
spring up (running) into the sun; it would, being

run through the sun, while I ran following

going along, wait, so that the sun
might, burning, kill it. ( ) I would go to pick it (2915)
up, when it lay dead.
I would sitting, break its
(four) legs, and then I should put it in.
I thought
that another hare would probably dwell opposite
to it.
must first go to seek round in the (2916)
( ) I
neighbourhood of the form. For it seemed to be

afraid,

must,

it.

married.

female
I

seeking

must,

that

hare,

might

had unloosened (and)

chase

it,

with

around,

my

laid

body.

also

down
I

look

chase

the bag.

for

the

when

it,

I must

must run very

fast,

(2917)

become thirsty.
drink at home.* For the children

feeling that I should

I shall go to

have probably fetched t water. For, my wife

(was) used to send them to the water, thinking that
I had walked ( ) about in the sun when the sun was (2918)
hot; because I thought that \kmX would kill the
will

* Water which

is in an ostrich eggshell.
ostrich
eggshells, and probably
In
the
f

('2917)
also in a springbok's /OQl 7'")

stomach.

" gambro" a vegetable food eaten by Bushmen;

J Also called
is injurious if used as the chief nourishment in winter,
;

which

causing severe pain in the head and singing in the

ears.

SPECIMENS OP BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

314

!khw4

+kamOpua kkau, he e, n ssan Ine !goa-i,

llgaiie ttdi a* ka jkuarajkuara, llkde

sse

ka !g6a

ail

(2919) hho lka;

I^

hin

ti

Sondag
(2921)

ta,

ha

ha

ha.

ya'uki

Ine

jkaulkdrro,

Hd

ti

Ine

sse

ha
h^

Ine

jkurruka

ssin

e hi,

&,

ssin ka,

au
e,

lla,

Hd

Iku sse

ssho,

n-ka
e

!;^6eten

Ta,

!;^(5e.

Ibarra

wife".

Ttdi

ostriches ".

(2920')

ti

a,

hi

ta,

le

would,

Ikwei
Ine

Ikii-g

ddi kui tta

li

Ta, j^arra)

ha

!;^owa.

au Ohoka Iku-g

Ohdken

lla

ssi

au

Iku-g

kofi

li.

sse

llkoin

Ine

Ika'uitenttu,

j^^drra.

i;

au ka

n yauki sse ttai,

n ssin Una, n-ka
a,

+kakka

sse

Ta,

Iki

* The narrator explained that,

its

Ine tta

llko

ttai,7

n jkwiya n-ka Ga'uyau

and

Ta,

au kkamman.

arroko

sse

llhaii

e,

Ine

Td, !;^arra jkerri e;

a.

Ta,

ha

Ine

jkaii

Iki

ssin Ikuiku ki ttai

!;^arra.

au jkauwa

lla,

e,

lt;^all;^a

ssin

j^uonniya kke.

au Ikuiku,

au

jkaulkarro-kko,

jka

au ka jnaunkko jgauoken

(2918')

jkanna,

ssho

jkajka

H^ n

i.

ssin Iku-g ine He n-ka !;^6e,

llkowa.

(2924)

ka jkuara^wa^wa hho

Ine

e,

Hd

llwi.

0pua >auki

Iku

ha

hin

ka Iku Inaunkko
(2923)

ha,
ssin

ttdi
(

ha-g n

luerriya,

e,

Ilka

lla,

llgu-ka

ddaukko

sse

e,

ssin Ikalka ssho,

(2922) hi

Ta,

n Una tif

e,

Iki;

ha

\x^om
n

sse

llkaii.

Hd
1.

N" a

l^ka.

sse !g^ llkoe ttih Iwka;

lka.

ttin

lua sse;

Ikhwa

llkaie.

llkde

(2920) jkuara

ddaukko ywiywi. hho jkhwa.

sse

juhatten^ jkai

sse

au Iwka
l;^a

ha

hi Ike

ttdi

a, here,

he

said,

hah

!;^o^tenjj^oe

Ine

means "an

have

Ine

he

+enna
ostrich

meant "many

315

HkIbbo's intended eetuen home.

The

children for me.

rain

must

first fall,

and then,

I should be looking around, while I looked around,

seeking for (a pair of) ostriches which are wont to

seek the water along the " Har Eivier", ( ) that (2919)

they may, going along, drink the water. I must,

going round in front, descend into the " Har Kivier ".

must

(in a stooping position) steal

inside of the river bed.

my

body) in the river bed

in

the river bed.

drink the

up

to

them

in the

(on the front of

that I might shoot, lying
lie

the western ostriches do,

For,

seeking water, come back

along,

must

new

that they

may, going
(2920)

water.

waiting for the Sundays on

renaain
here,
on
which I continue to teach
which I
thee.
I do not again await another moon, for this
moon is the one about which I ( ) told thee. There- (2921)
fore, I desired that it should do thus, that it should
Therefore, I must

sit

For I have
must put on to walk

sat waiting for the boots,

return for me.

which are strong for

burning (2922)
the road.
( ) For, the sun will go along,
strongly. And then, the earth becomes hot, while
I must go together
I still am going along halfway.
For,
ground
is hot.
with the warm sun, while the
that I

a little road
it is

long.

are dry.

it

is not.

in

For,

I should reach

it is

my

a great road

place,

when

For, I shall walk, letting the flowers

dry while I

still

(2923)

the trees

become

follow the path.

*
Then, autumn will quickly be (upon) us there ;
when I am sitting at my (own) place. For, 1(2924)
( )
shall not go to other places; for, I must remain at

(own) place, the name of which I have told my

Master; he knows it; he knows, (having) put it

my

* WTien he

is sitting

at his

own

place.

(2923')

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

316

(2925) hi; han

Hin

ssho hi.
e,

ha

+enii

Ine

+kibbuj

Au

i.

ha

(2926') llhinya
Igei,

tatti

Hd

hin

ti

+kabbu au ha-ha
au ka

yaisse n,

ka

Ta,

ha.

h yauki

llkoa,

ti

e,

tatti e,

ssin

ssin

jku^e

ill

hd

Iku-g Ine hi

ttai

llkde

llnallna

yao.

I-g

hhda
Ine

^ao,

a luerriya, au jkhwe.

yao

llkaie.

Una ha,
a,

h
i

ha,
ssin

Ine hhi,

ssin Ini

llf

n,

Ikagen-

l;^a,

jkhwai.

i-g

Ine

ki

Ika'uih

Ha

kke

Ila

liirruwa;

Ta, +kabbu a ka jkoasse Iniiyo, hah

whai e

Ikii

kko'fe jkuh jkoa

llnilini

ha.

Ta, kkpin
ii

n ^auki

ti

ssin

ix

hhi h.

t;^a

au ha

i;

e,

e,

aii
a,

+ka

Ikg

au +kabbu; h^

ti

Ine

ha

au kkqin-ta ha,

a,

i.

e,

e,

+i,

ehen ya ssin kkwe

au ka

+kabbu

lie

au kof ohi

+kdbbu.

B.6

jkalka ssho hi,

Iketen ki

sse

Iketa

e,

M.

llkoa

Han

Iki

ha

llkde

ttih

^ao.

Ila,

llkde

ta Ika

a,

Ikauih jkui, au

VIII. 166.
L.

HOW

IHAN+KASS'O'S PET

LEYERET WAS

KILLED.
(Related,

in July,

of

(7206')

l;;^d,bbi-ah-an

ssa,

1878, hy Ihaii+kass'o,

"The Death
Ine

ta,

hi e

explain how the story

Ikhd ke loa-Opud, he,

Ikann Ikam ha, au ka ka hi

jka'uken;

to

of the jkhaii" was told him.)

Ikha ka

kwah

Ioa-0pu4.

h a

Ine

llgaue loa-ka

H^, ha

Ine


HOW

And

down.

WAS KILLED. 317

iHAN+KASS'o's PET LEVERET

thus

my name

is

plain (beside)

It is there that I sit waiting for the

he will send the gun

me

to

there

gnn

it.

(2925)

and then,
while he sends
;

gun in a cart that which running, takes me the

gun. While he thinks, that I have not forgotten that
my body may be quiet, as it was when I was with
him while I feel that I shoot, feeding myself. For,
starvation was that on account of which I was bound,
starvation's food,
when I starving turned back (2926')
( )
the

from following the sheep. Therefore, I lived with

him, that I might get a gun from hinf that I might
That I might myself shoot, feeding
possess it.
;

myself, while
For, I eat
For, a
it

is

do not eat
(own) game.

my

gun

is

my

companions' food.

that which takes care of an old

that with which

we

kill

man

the springbok which

we go to eat, ia the cold

with food, lie down (in
our huts) in the cold (wind).
It (the gun) is strong
It satisfies a man with food in
against the wind.
the very middle of the cold.
go through the cold (wind)
(wind).

We

do,

satisfied

VIII. 166.
L.

HOW

IHA^+KASS'O'S PET

LEVEEET WAS

KILLED.
(my) leveret for me, and I came (7206')
crying to her, because I wanted them f therefore to
seek for (other) leverets for they were those who
had killed (my) leveret for me. And she soothed
\j(abhi-an* killed

* The narrator's mother.

f i.e. his mother and his maternal grandmother ^hamni.

318

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN POLKLOEE.

ddatten n^
Ikhaii

Hd

I.

tiken

+kdkka

Ine

lia

e,

ke,

ti

e,

6a ka:

(7207')

();'Ta,
kwan tan kan

1 1

a,

Ik'au Ihin,
Igiiru-lna-ka jkao.

"Ta,

kwan

tan kan

Ik'au

lla,

Ihin,

l;^;e-!khwai-ta jkao."

(7208')

Tsatsiten

jkou^u;

han

han

ha,

He, n a

ha.

Ha

(7209') ha.

Ine

kkke

Ine ssan

jholho

ha

he,

Ine

a jkuj^e,

kan

a,

Ine

Ii;^a,

jku^e;

ha

Ha

n a jku^e

Ine

ha.

ha; he, n a Ine

Ike-i

he,

ll;^a,

Ine llgwften a;

Ike-T ha,

ha jku^e;

a Ine ssa jho ha.

Ine

He, n

lla,

ll^a,

Ike-i

ssa

Iki

ha.

ine

Ikamma loa-Opua, au
ha, au han jkauwa,

Ike-a

he,

he,

n a

ll^amki

Ine

ll^a,

lla

ha

Ike-i

Ine

ll^a,

ha,

Ike-i

jkuj^e

He, n a

n a

a Ine ssa jho

a Ine

Ine

Ine

!kti;^e

ll;^a,

n a
n a

a Ine

he,

ha; he

ssa jho ha.

Ikha ha,

loa-0pua.
Ikha ha,

au ha

Ilka

te ha.

Han ka, n ^u u
n ssin ilkd te ha.

loa-Opua; au n
ha,

n ^u u loa-0pua-ka

ka,

I;^abbi-an-an

(7210')

tatti

tt'oitt'oi,

au ha

tt'oitt'oi

he ha

Ine

lla

lla,

ssuen.

e,

Ikha

loa-Opua-ka llgwiten,

yaiiki ta

ha ^auki ywa

tt'ditt'oi

llgwften,

yaiiki ta,

lla.

han ^auki ywsi

Han

ri

Ikha

twa'iten Ilka

Iku

ttwa'iten Ilka

yua,

ha

HOW

iHAN+KASS'o's PET LEVERET "WAS KILLED. 319

me, about it. Therefore,

had formerly said
(

slie

me

told

that the lizard

"For,

(7207')

I therefore intend to go,

Passing through,
ffuru-lnd's pass.

For,
I therefore intend to go,

Passing through,
\j(e-lkhwai''s

pass."

( ) Tsdtsi* was the one who caught hold of (and) (7208')

took up a leveret on the hunting-ground; and, he

brought it (home) alive, he came (and) gave it to me.

And I played with it I set it down, it ran I also
ran after it. And I went to catch it, and, I came to
set it down.
It again ran; and I ( ) again ran to (7209')
catch it and I went catching hold of it, I came to set
it down.
Again, it ran and, I again ran after it.
And I again caught hold of it; and again, I caught
hold of it and I came to set it down.
\^dbbi-an wished that I (should) leave ofE playing
with the leveret, that I ( ) (should) kill it, that 1(7210')
;

(should) lay

it

to roast.

was not willing

She wished me

leveret.

to leave

the leveret, that I (should)

I

to roast.

was not willing

kill

it,

ofE

to kill the

playing with

that I might lay

it

to kill the leveret, because

I felt that nothing acted as prettily as

it

did,

when

was gently running, gently running along. It did

in this manner (showing the motion of its ears), while
it was gently running along, nothing acted as prettily
as it did
and it went to sit down.
it

* The narrator's maternal grandfather.

320

(7211')

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

Hd

Mil

ti

hi Ine kui,

e,

n a ka

Ikuen, ta,

n yauki 11^ llgwiten Ilkhde

H^ ti'ken e, n Ine Ikuen, i au n

antau Ihin au Ikhoa, au

jkhoa.

llnalind

llhin

(7212')

Hin

Ikha ke

Ine

au n

1;

ri

Ioa-0pu4;

(7213') hin yda ka, hi

ssin

Iku

ka,

Hin

ssan ^wa,

Ine

(7214') loa-ka jkauken,

Hin
au n

H^

ke ha.

\n6

ta,

Ind

hin Ine

ssan

Ine

Iku Ikha

i.

loa-0pua-kko

Ini

e,

kkweya ke loa-Opud.
hin kdi, n Ikuen, au
Ine Ikha ke loa-0pua, a n ( )
n ssin Iku kkweya ha, au ha

ssi

kkwe, Ikauwa,

h.6

e,

jkhoa.

lln^

hi

ka,

Ikii

Ta, hi yoa, dd<5a ddatten

ddqa

au kdken

ke ioa-Opua,

Ikha

Ine

ywa.,

He,

loa-0pua.

jho

hin

Ine Ikuen; he tfken

ta,

tfken

^auki ta

hi

llga'ueya

ta, i ^aiiki ta

ll;^a,

e,

llj^a

ke
Inl

loa-0pua-kko.

Hd

hin

ti

hi

e,

n
au ka Ikam 6a n
au

jkhaii;
hi,

hin

ddatten jke

Ine

ta,

kkwe,

ssin
ttu,

ssin

te

lla

n,

ttuiniha

au

Ikilki

kkwe, ttumma

Ikiiki hi.*

YIII. 175.

THE THUNDERSTOEM.
Kathop

{Melated, in December, 1875, in the

(5623)

kail

linaii,

o jkhwa kkau,

(7214)

Han

au a;
llkiiwa

ka,

ta,
;

llgwiten

lie

a.

jkhwa kkauwa

tten

hin

e,

ta

Ta,

ssi

hy Dfajkwlin.)
ilga,

au a;

ta,

ilnaii,

He

^auki ta llgwitgn

|oa-0pud ya'uki

Ikha ha,

llkunh.

llkelike

llha,

>'a'uki sse llgwiten

ta Ilka ttl a.
ti

ko

dialect,

Ilka tt6

ta

ya,

ttam0pua

au

ya'uki

THE THUNDERSTORM.

321

Tli^ii they told me to fetch, water; for I was (7211')

( )
one who quickly came away from the water, while
I did not go to play at the water.
Therefore, I went

when

to fetch water,

went

had

to fetch water

for me, while I

was

(my) leveret

me

tied

up the

And

leveret.

then, they killed (my) leveret

at the water.

They

killed (7212')

and then I came (and) cried,

about it because I had thought that they would let
(my) leveret alone. 'For, they must have been defor

ceiving

me

me

they told

to fetch water, while they

must have intended that they would kill (my) leveret

for me, which I ( ) had meant to let alone, so that (7213')
it might live (on) in peace.
They had killed it for
me. Therefore, I came (and) cried, on account of it.

They

said,

leveret;
for

me,

we

that

when

they

should not again get another

I wanted
said,

them

to seek

we should

some

not

leverets

again get (7214')

another leveret.
Therefore, they soothing calmed (?) me with the
(story of the) lizard while they wished that I might
;

them

quietly listen to
I

might quietly

listen to

when

had shut

my

mouth,

them.*

VIII. 175.
L.

THE THUNDERSTOEM.
When

the rain

while the rain

fell,

upon us at night, I did thus, (5623)

I lay, playing the " goura ",f like

fell

* She (my mother) said (to me), that I should not play with (7214)
meat for we do not play with meat for we lay meat to roast.
For the leveret is not a little fat therefore, we kill it, we lay
;

it

to roast, while

we do

not play with

it.

description of this musical instrument will he found on

109 of "The Native Kaces of South Africa", by the late

Mr. G. "W. Stow (London, 1905), and a picture of it in the

p.

preceding plate

(fig.

8).

322

(5625)

SPECIMENS OP BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

mama

kii-kkui-ten lkeya ke,

In8

yau llkoen,

Ikhwa Ikuii ydken bbaiten-I, i; he n llkelike

llkum; n InS ^au +en-na, ti e, llkunh e Ikui a ka
(5626) llnaii, jk'^ ya +kwaiya ha, haii ka llnau, ( ) ha
ti

e,

l^wainya
llkhda

kail

+i,

ka Ikhwa

sse

(5627) jkhwagen ka
Iwkeya,

N
L

ti e,

(5628) +gou,

i;

tten

ko

He
(5720)

(5721)

ti

kkau.

IlkunS.

mama,

ya'uki ttui

ta,

He mama

llkunh.

mamah lli^koen ti e, n ya'uki

mama. He mdma Iku tta, i; h Iku

ssi

kah

tten ko
ssi

le

ka

tchuhntchunh

Iku ddi kui ta

)

tsa;^aiten,

llga,

llnau,

ssi

le

tsa;^aiten.

He

tsa^aiten e;

o ssften

jkhe,

jkhwagen a

jkhwagen

jkhwa jkanh jhah

a jkahh jhan
ssi

llha,

jkhwa ka jkhwa bbaiten,

+i,

ddi kui ttah-ttah

6 +^i

llnau,

sslten

llnau,
Ikii

(5722) jkhwa

yauki

llha.

tsa;^aiten,

ttan

llkelike

ywah, jkhwa +^i

jkhwa

jkhwa

jkhwa Iku

amm
he

ttui

ta

sse kkau.

Iwke n,
llha,

jk'e

e,

ti

jkhwa jkhe; o

jkei llou,

jkhwa yauki

ywan h

Ikhwa

Ikhe,

a,

kkau

arnm

ko

tten

jk'e

sse

lkeya

Ine

jkhwa ka ha

mama

llnau,

Ikii

ha-g

Ik'e,

tta,

tchueh

ssi

sslten

ti

e,

ssi tsa;^aiten.

yauki jkannjkanh
e,

ssi

ssi

Ihih,

ti

He
ssi

tsa^aiten

Iku ddi kui ttan, he Ikalnya, i; he jkhwa bbaiten,

(5723)

1,

o ssi tsa^aityah ttan he

He jkhwa

jkhai

jkhwa

(5724')

Iki

Ikainya.
Ihih

lla,

o ssi; he

llnau jkau a juhi jkhe ssi llneih jkha,

bbaiten

(5724)

bbaiten

Iki

ha,

He mama
*

i.

kkiii:

An

jkhwa

"N

h n n h!"*

exclamation of sufiering or pain.

He

tdta

THE THUNDERSTORM.

Wkum*
how

And mamma

said to me,

the rain was lightening

know

323

did I not see (5625)

that I did like Wkunh

was a person who used,

if people scolded him, he used,
(when) he was (5626)
( )
angry with the people, to say to the people, about it,
that the people seemed to think that the rain would
fall
but (on the contrary) the rain would stand
still, while the rain did not fall.
The rain used ( ) (5627)
really to stop
when Wkunh had said that the rain
would not fall.

did I not

that Wkunh

When mamma
for, I lay,

mamma

rebuked me, I did not listen to her,

playing the " goura ", like Wkunh. And

became

silent

when

And

did

the rain

" goura

she saw that I did (5628)

And mamma

not seem as if I heard her.

I lay, playing the " goura ".
thus,

as

lay,

lay

down

playing the

seemed to shine into our eyes.

(when) we were thinking (5720)
the
rain
did
thus,
And
( )
that it was going to lighten and it seemed as if the
rain were closing our eyes, when it was the light ( )(5721)
",

the rain

first

that entered our eyes

while

And

we

felt as if

we

stood shutting our eyes,

darkness kept our eyes closed.

when we had not

(yet) opened our eyes, the (5722)

rain gave us things on account of which our eyes

seemed

as if they

while our eyes

And

were green

felt

and the rain lightened,

green.

(5723)

the rain, lightening, went over us

and the

rain did as follows to a stone which stood outside,

in front of our hut, the rain, lightening, shivered

And mamma

exclaimed:

father questioned

mamma,

it.

"I^nhnn!" And (5724)

as to

what was the matter

* Wkunh or "Coos Groot-Oog " was a rain sorcerer, who lived

at \khai \ku (also called " Evvicass Pits", on account of a tree

which stands by the

Pits).

324

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

mama

ttuttu

ti e,

hhouitenhliouiteii

(5725)

mama

ho

mama

e,

liike, ssi

(5726) ttin; ssf-ka ddiddi

ha, o

e,

ha liikeya

ssi,

Ssiten llkuan ka, ssi sse-g

ddda yw&ii
(5727)

llha,

ssi ttui,

llkuan

llkelike

) ti

ti

o h-ka ddiddi.

e,

n
e,

ha

lilin,

He

I.

llkuan ka, ssi sse Ikuken

ka

ya'uki

ssi

ssi

kwan

o kkumrn-Opua a +aMi.
Ine llii/koen,

6 ha liikeya

llnau,

llkunn,

llkuan a llwkoen,
ssi,

ha ttu; he tiken

ku-kkuiten

Ihumm

ha,

Ina

In8

li^keya tata a, ti

tt;^erri

ya jkhwa-ka
ha lilm ? He
liS
ttan, jkhwa Ikan'n

ts'a-dde Ino a ddl

mama

llkuan

ssi

yauki

ssi.

n
ka n

Vike n,

yaiiki

Ikhwa llkuan

a,

ttu

j(U

ttu

ka ha Ikha

THE THUNDERSTORM.

325

with her; had tbe rush of the storm* reached her,

that she exclaimed as if in pain ? And mamma told
father about it, that ( ) the thing seemed as if the (5725)
rain were tearing off her skin
therefore, she had
exclaimed with pain. And mamma said that we had
we (5726)
wished to fall dead
it was our fault that
( )
had not be^n willing to obey her when she rebuked
us about a very little thing. "We had wanted to see
(what would happen) when we did not appear to hear
when she rebuked us.
I had acted thus, when mamma told me to (5727)
( )
leave off playing the " goura ",
I
like Wkunh,
would not listen I was the one who saw that the
rain had intended to kill us, on account of my doings.
;

* The narrator compares this to the wiad from, a cannon

ball.

(5724')

A BUSHMAN

WOMAN WITH

Photographed

at Salt

DIGGING-STICK.

River

in 1884.

IX.

Customs and Superstitions.

328

SPECIMENS OP BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

IX. 97.
B.

CUTTING OFE THE TOP OF THE LITTLE

FINGEE, AND PIEECING EAES AND
NOSE.
{Given in July, 1871.)

jkwa gwa'i-Opuaken a Ikauwa ha Iwka e

(357)

laitiken a

Ikauwa ha

latti-Opua, he ti hiii

ha

lii^ka,

e,

au han

i;

(358) Ikwa gwai-Opuaken

Opua, he ti hin e,

au han

li^ka e a,

tatti

ha

e,

e,

koken, ^auki

l^ka

ha

ha Ikauwa ha

gwai, ta hi liika* au ha

llkuri

tatti e,

ha Ikauwa ha IlkM
tatti

Ikauwa ha

li/ka;

ha

laiti-ka

laiti

a.

jkwa gwaie

li/ka

li:^ka.

jkwa

a.

a,

ha

jkwa gwai-

jkwa laiti-kowakeu

yauki Ikauwa ha Iwka.

(359)

He

ti

hin

jkwa gwai Ikauwa ha llkun e

e,

a,

han Ine kokda au

ha Iwka, au han Ine jkan-na !nwd, han Ine kokoa
au ha Iwka e a, au han Ine jkan-na ihau.
!kui gwai-koken llkeinya ha jnuntu e a; han
(360)
( )
ll^am llkeinya ha jnuntu e a.
jkiii
Iaiti-k6ken
llkeinya ha Inuntii e a, au han tatti e, ha llkiiri.
hi

(361)

ka ha

li:/ka

ha

laiti

e a;

han

tatti e,

ha

"j"

he

ti

H^affl llkeinya

ha IlkM gwai

e,

ha jnuntu
e a;

e a,

au

ha ll^am llkeinya

Iniinii,

jkui laiti-koken

yauki llkeinya ha

tatti i jkui laiti-ko l^ohi;

ha

hin

Iniinii,

ha

Iniinii

au han

jkui laiti-koken a llkeinya

aki.

* This word should probahly have been written Ixa here,

f Probably \xa.

;;

329

CUTTING OFF TOP OF LITTLE FINGEE, ETC.

IX. 97.
B.

CUTTING OFF THE TOP OF THE LITTLE

FINGER, AND PIERCING EARS AND
NOSE.

boy has

little

has this hand

this

that
cut,

he

is

little

male arm,

his

hand

is

female child
a

little

of her female

The

little

for,

(357)

girl,

arm cut
boy

feels

boy, therefore, he has this hand

(358)

they shoot with this hand.

Another boy does not have

girl does

she

her female hand.

is

cut.*

cut,t because

therefore, she has the

because this

hand

hand cut

his

another

not have her hand cut.

Thus, the boy has this arm cut, with which

(359)

they intend him to shoot; therefore, he turns this

when he grasps the arrow, he

hand, when he grasps the bow.

(the right) hand,

this (the left)
(

he

Another man has

also

woman

has that (the

has this (the

feels that her female

turns

this (the right) ear pierced

ear pierced, because she

left)

arm

(360)

Another

ear pierced.

left)

here

is

(i.e.

on this side)

she also has this (the right) ear pierced,

she feels that her male arm

is

here

because

(361)

she also has her

nose pierced.

Another woman does not have her nose pierced,

because the other

who has had her

woman

* Showing the top joint

f

Showing the top

is

ugly

nose pierced,

is

the other

woman

handsome.

of the little finger of the right hand.

joint of the little finger of the left hand.

(357')

330

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMA.N FOLKLORE.

IX. 177. L.

CUTTING OFF THE TOP OF THE LITTLE

FINGER.
Second Account.
[Information given, in March, 1884, ly lx;aken-aii.)

Ha

(10404)

Iwkwaiyau,

(5a

ha

Ikam

Ika'u

Opua^ai,

Kaueten-an iMna,

Ihan

a,

Ika'u

Ikam jkabbe-tu * Iwka.

IX. 99.
B.

BUSHMAN PRESENTIMENTS.
{Given in February and Ma/rchj 1873.)

l;^am-ka-!kd-ta

(2531)

+kakken,

hin

dddrraken
(2532) llkoaken

en-en.

kkwe,

\ka,lle-tii,

hiii

Hin
han

an

hi

leleta
Iki

llvu

tatti

e,

jkei

or "

\xdken-ak, an old

llau;

ha

Willem Streep

",

a,

Hin

en-en.

dddrraken-

ssi

hi

ikuften

ha

Ilkdbbowaken a llkhwaiya, ha

Iwkammman a
*

dddrraken,

hi

ddarraken.

(10403)

!gwe,

a,

Ikii

en-en
Ikerru

l;^ara-ka-!kui ta Ini

was a son

of the informant,

Bushman woman who was with us

for a short

time in 1884.

* lx<i%w-a>J further explained that the joint is cut off with reed.
thought to make children live to grow up. It is done before
they suck at all.

(10404')

It is

The ahove

piece of

Dr. Bleek as follows

Bushman

native literature

is

"99. Bushman Presentiments.

described

They

There is
Those
they disobey

their bodies that certain events are going to happen.

a kind of beating of the flesh,

who

which

tells

them

are stupid, do not understand these teachings

them, and get into trouble,

such

as being killed

things.
;

by

feel in

by a

lion, etc.

BUSHMAN PRESENTIMENTS.

331

IX. 177.
L.

CUTTING OFF THE TOP OF THE LITTLE

FINGEE.
Second Account.

Her father, Y^kwaiymi, was the one who cut off (10404)
the upper joint of his daughter Eaueten-an' s little
finger.*

My

husband was the one who cut

joint of) [kdbbe-tu's

off (the

("Willem Streep's")

upper

finger.

IX. 99.

BUSHMAN PRESENTIMENTS.!
The Bushmen's
(the

they

move, they make

They

(the Bushmen's) bodies move.

order the others to be silent

stiU,

when he

They (2531)

letters J are in their bodies.

speak,

letters)

feels

that

(the

man

his

is

body

their

Bushmen)
altogether
is

tapping (2632)

A dream speaks falsely, it is (a thing)

which deceives.
The presentiment is that which
speaks the truth it is that by means of which the
(inside).

Bushman

gets (or perceives) meat,

The beatings

tell

those

when

it

has tapped.

who understand them, which way they

are

not to go, and which arrow they had better not use, and also warn

them, when many people are coming to the house on a wagon.

They inform people where they can find the person of whom they
are in search, i.e., which way they must go to seek him successfully."
("A Brief Account of Bushman Folk-lore and other Texts." By
W. H. I. Bleek, Ph.D. Cape Town, 1875. pp. 17 and 18.)
J

The word

letters

\ffwe

and books.

was used by the Bushmen to denote both

WMhbo explained that the beatings in their

bodies, here described, are the

Bushman's "

letters ",

and resemble

the letters which take a message or an account of what happens in

another place.

SPECIMENS OP BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

332

a a*
(2533)

au

h.a

t a dddrraka.

au ha-ha.

Iki

ssa

Iki

ssa jke-ku'iten.

jk'e,

l^am-ka-!kulten

llnati

" !goa

jkiiko,

yyii

llgaiie

Ikaukaken !g6a-i
)

+kakka ha oa

+kakka hi:
sse ii-h

ha

tta ssa

Ini,

Ta,

hin

e,

Ike

Hin

Ha

ssa;

ha ha

6aken

ssih

ssih l^kaiiima Iki ssa ha-ha

li

Ine

jkuiten ssa.

" jkui ttah Ike ssa."

ha llkuah

ssd-g Ine liwkoen; au

Ine Ike ssa.

ttdi

Ikukogen

(2536) ha-ha-ka ttwi ttss'dro-ken Ikhwaiten.

ka,

jkui

e,

ttwi ttss'6ro-ken Ikhwaiten."

"Ikoin ttah
a,

Ikoin

jkaukaken
:

ban lkamm

han tkakka jkauken:

Ikoin, ta,

tatti

en-en.

a ssa;

n Iwkanim, ha eh-en-ka

ha

ddarrakenddd,rrakftn

(2534) Iwkamm

(2535)

ttwi ttss'dro-ken,

au li^kammman

ttwi jkhwaiten,
ssi

l^am-ka-lketen liikamma,

IjJ^am-ka-jketen Ini Ini,

au

llkuah

jkei llau,

ka +nwai, h-ka Iwkamm

sse

hah

he ka

iku !kei llau."

Hah iwkamm ha jkaulkau hah +kakka

Iwkamm
) "Whai kkah tta ssa, ta h
;

(2537)

tteu Ikao J Ike jkhd,

Ilkai

Td,

ku.

(2538) jhiimm ha
(2532')

* a
)

(2537')

\
says.

one,

kkah

+ha+hain.

sse !goa-a, tikentlken-ka-

liikamm, whai-ta
"

jkauken

ka,

Iwkamm."

jkauken

ta,

Ikdkoken
(

whai

= au hLha.
= ha-ha.

ha

The Brinkkop has two names,

But, there appear to be two

and a high one.

llxa and \had, the narrator

mountains, a round-topped

BUSHMAN PRESENTIMENTS.

333

The Bushmen perceive people coining by means of it.

) The Bushmen feel a tapping (when) other people (2533)
(
are * coming.

an old wound, a Bushman feels

a tapping at the wound's place, while the tapping

With regard

man (who

feels that the

moving

to

has the old wound) walks,

The one man

his body.

feels

the other (2534)

" Look ye
around, for grandfather, for grandfather seems to be

man who comes

he says

to the children

coming this is why I feel the place

old wound." The children look around
;

man
man

perceive the

"A

coming.

They

of his body's
;

the children

say to their (2535)

coming yonder."

Their father

them " Grandfather (his own

yonder he would come to me he was

father) comes

father

says to

is

the one

whose

coming I felt at the place of his old wound. I ( ) (2536)

wanted you to see that he is really coming. For
ye contradict my presentiment, which speaks truly."

He

feels a

children

tapping (at) his ribs he says to the

" The springbok seem to be coming, (2537)
;

for I feel the black hair (on the sides of the spring-

Climb ye the Brinkkop standing yonder, that

ye may look around at all the places. For I feel the
springbok sensation." The other man agrees with
him "I think (that) the children (should) do so

bok).

* The

wten an ostrich is coming and is scratching (2533')

neck with its foot, feels the tapping in the lower
the back of his own neck; at the same place where the
Busliinaii,

the back of
part of

its

ostrich is scratching.

The springbok, when coming, scratches itself with its horns, and
its foot
then the Bushman feels the tapping.
woman who had gone away is returning to the (2534')
When
a
( )

with

house, the

man who

is

sitting there, feels

thong with which the woman's child

he feels the sensation there.

is

on his shoulders the

slung over her shoulders

;;

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

334

ka

jkuiTuka

!;^6wa;

hi

ssin

ssa

td,

jk'au-ka-ku,

lli^koen

(2539) ll^koen llndttenllnatten

whai ta

t&,

H^

li^kamm

Ta,

hi.

Ta,

(2541) whai.

au

Ibkamm

ssho ko

au h ttss'ih^u, h^

H^am
(

tta,

au ka sse Ika
linuntte

ka dderri hi; au ka

Whai Ikii Ine llnullnu ttin n

Ikukoken jhumm ha: "1 h. Ilka."t

luhaiya whai.

^u."

(2554)

H^

*****
hih

ti

e,

Ikueita,

au

Ine

Iko ssa,

tta'i

(2555) Inwd,

au

au

I Ikuei ta,

ssi

(2539')

*
j-

ii:!kam'm

tsa^aiten-ta luelue.

Iki

au tchuenya

ssa tchueh,

I-k Ine li^kamin,

whai

jnwa

Ina

au

ttss'i-

au Iwkamm-ma

sse

Inwa-

I;;forroken

l;^6rrokenl;^6rroken

lii/kamm

I Iwkamih
i

jkejke, i;

llneih.

ivi^kainm

ttai

(2556) Ihoaken

ka

liikamma

h^ wha'iya

llk^illkdi.

ii

dderri

sse

Iwkammlwkainm

llj^auken

Una.

jkuirri-

Ikuei

ll;^aiika

ll^auken;

h ka

Td,

Ikuelkueeten

Ike ta

llkallkattendde.

Ta,

ttin hi.

kk^rruwa.

llkuan

e,

kkwdh

ssin

Ikuirrilkuirriten
le

H^

llkallkattendde *

Ohoken

llkdeta

ha

wha'i ta ssa,

e,

Ikuirri

damma

ttai

Hi

i.

llkuan

jk'au.

llko

Ohdken

Ohdka Iwkwaiya.

Ta,

(2540)

Igappem

ll^koen

sse

ha

ikhe,

Ike

ll;^^au

Ohoken,

i.

lliikaii

whai

^u, au wha'i Ikittu-ka Ihoakeni

Ttoiten

tsa;^aiten,

a, i

ta

au

wha'i

Iwkamm jkam'm

Wkmi "inside", WkaWlattendak "insides".

As Section

original

IX

is

a long

one,

MS. have been omitted

tactics in hunting,

about twelve pages of the

here.

They

refer chiefly

and habits of the animals hunted.

to

^35

BUSHMAN PRESENTIMENTS.
for

the springbok come in the sun

for the

Brink- (2538)

kop standing yonder is high; they shall look down

upon the ground. And then they can see the whole

They can

ground.
trees

therefore (?) look inside ( ) the (2539)

for the springbok are wont to go hidden inside

the trees.

For the

The

numerous.

trees are

They

river beds are also there.

are those to

little

which the

springbok are wont, to come (in order) to eat in them.

For, ( ) the little river beds have become green.* (2540)
For I am wont to feel thus, I feel a sensation in the
calves of

my

legs

when the

springbok's blood

is

going

For I always feel blood, when

I am about to kill springbok.
For I sit ( ) feeling (2541)
a sensation behind my back, which the blood is wont
The
to run down, when I am carrying a springbok.
springbok hair lies behind my back." The other
" Yes, my brother."
agrees with him (saying)

to

run down them.

*****
:

Therefore,

the sensation

we
is

are

wont

like this,

to wait (quietly)

when we

when (2554)

are feeling the

things come, while the things come near the house.

We

have a sensation in our

feet,

as

we

rustling of the feet of the springbok with

feel

the

which the

We

springbok come, making the bushes rustle.

(2555)
(
feel in this manner, we have a sensation in our heads,
when we are about to chop the springbok's horns.
have a sensation in our face, on account of the
)

We

blackness of the stripe on the face of the springbok

we

feel a sensation in our (

eyes,

-f

on account of the (2556)

black marks on the eyes of the springbok. The

ostrich is one, for whom we feel the sensation of
*

i.e.,

the grass and the

little

black stripe that comes

bushes of the river bed.

down

in the centre of the forehead,

and terminates at the end of the nose.

(2540')
(2555')

SPECIMENS OP BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

836

au ha

H^
Ine

ti hih. e,

kkau

(2558) Ikagen

li/kwaiya,

hi

H^

e,

llau,

Hd

Opuoin

hin

ti

llkuonna

e,

au

Ikueitta,

Iwkainnia

tchuen

ssa

Iki

liikamm

(2561) hi; au i-g

i

Ine

Ine li^kainm,

He

hin

ti

llgaiia

(2562) ssho;

IkammSh

hi sse

(2563) +kakka

Hih

e,

line,

ti

e,

explains.

lla.

au

i-g

Ine

tta'i

ssi

I-g

He

kkan,

Iku

Hi

ti.

Ikagen,

tchuehya
hi

Ikwai, he

ti,

Hd

ssho.
ti

e,

Hi
ttai

Ine

hih

ti

e,

ti

Ikauka

"the shade

"one

llkoa

place,

au

Iki

hi;

ta-g

Ine

Ina tchueh.

hhe tif; au hi
au Ika6ken-

Ine line
jkei

e,

llkau

mmdmmu

lliikoeh

hih

llgaua-

llgaua

Ikwah

sse

tta hi;

llkallkaih-ma.

llnein llkaie-ta !k'|nn,

f Ti

au hi Ina tchueh,

i;

hi Ine jkwah.

(2564) Ikaoka Ikuei-u,

(2558')
(2563')

hi

i;

jkwan

llkau
)

au

tchuehya

Ikd ta, ssuehssueh ti kkah,

au hi kkah

ttin

Ik^ ta-g

Ikauken-Opuonni yauki tta

tchuehya ttaiya hhe

i; ta,

ttai;

au

Td.,

i.

e,

llnSh,

leta

Ikei

he ii;^auken ka ttss'amm-a

llkallkattu;

ssho

Au

Ikwalkwagen.

hi

au i-g

e,

OpuoinOpucan

li/kamm.

(2560) Ine Iwkamm, au tchuehya Ine

dddiTakenddarraken

hi

ti

Ine

au llkuonna-ka Opuoin.

tteri-a,

yauki ta

ka-g

ssa

+i,

Iku-g

i-g

e,

Opuo'm tten-a au llkuoiina-ka Opuoin.

(2559)

au

au

ttai

au hi

bin

tchuen

ka tkamOpua

Ike

Hi

i i.

ti

jnwa;

Ta,

lla.

ilnSn-ta jk'^'n *

llgaua

Ine

jlian'n

wa

llgu

bbS

Ine

tchuen

Ikau

au

li.

llnein.

lie

kkau

jkagen

tta

tchuen ka

!gwe Kho

tta'i

Ine

ya Ikueita;

lli/koin

(2557)

ttau Ikuaiiten Ikamin

tta'i

I sse arroko

of the inside of the hut."

this

place,"

the narrator

BUSHMAN PRESENTIMENTS.
a louse
is

* as

Then

walks, scratching the louse

it

when

spring,t

For, the things which

are used to

come

when we

first,

are

early go

numerous (2558)

are lying in the

we

shade of the hut; because they think that

really

) lie

But we do not

lie

down

to sleep the

noonday's sleep. (2550)

when we

sleeping at noon,

For we are used to

the things are walking when (
sensation.

feel like

feel this

this

we have

when

felt the

which blood drops,

game).

Therefore,

Therefore, the
inside the hut

that they

so

as

little

they

that place.

we

They

boys do not

lie

lie

in the shade

in the shade above yonder,

to us, when they have

when the things walk at (2562)

will beckon,

making us

see

for

are wont, sitting at a distance, to watch them,

as they sit above yonder.

)

under our knees, upon

we go along, carrying (the

we feel this sensation there. (2561)

may beckon

perceived the things,

(2560)

We

things coming, as they walk, moving their legs.

feel a sensation in the hollows

are

For

probably lying asleep in the noonday's sleep.

we

it

Therefore,

when we

early cross the things' spoor,

to hunt.

when

it is

go along, passing opposite to the hut.

we

warm.
the things go from us.
They (2557)

the sun feels thus,

that

it is

337

other,

things.

that the

Therefore,

we say

to

children appear to have

For, they beckon.

They

each
seen (2563)

point to that place,

while they point to the place towards

(?)

which the

things are walking, where the Briakkop mountains

lie thus spread out (?). ( ) So we may quickly chase (2564)

* An insect wHcli bites the ostricla, a black insect; an " ostrich

louse " as the Bushmen describe it.
j-

Whabbo explains that Wgu means " de bloem tijd ".

(2556')

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

338

bbS

tchuen, au

ttaxya
1

Tchuenya

ha.

(2565) Ihinya.

hho ha

I sse jkhe

akken au

l;^uorri

ja

tchuen,

ti

tchuen

jkhe

ha tchuenya

tchuen a ha *

ha jnaunko ttea

ati

tchuen,

sse

ha

!;^;we-lna

e,

tta

juhi-tta,

ttai

llnun

arroko

sse

ha llkam

a,

Ika'o

^auki

sse

jkhe

juhi

I;^u6rri

jkei jkhe hi.

tta'i

IX. 104.
B.

WHEN CANOPUSf

DOINGS AND PRAYERS

AND

COME

SIRIUS

OUT.

{Given in October, 1873.)

(3348)

l;^am-ka-jk^ten

(3349) jkhwa

" Inakki 0h6 Ike

jkditte,

ikarraka hi

h jkwe

Ikammenya

jkditte

ta,

ha ka ^aowa

ta,

hin +kakka

Ikuatten-jkougen,

Inf

ll;^e

jho hS,

ssan

jkditte

Ihin ssa

Ilka

ilkoin sse

IlkakdJ llkda hi jkditte tsa;i^au."

(3350)

jkdttoken Ihih ssa; jk^ten

" jkuttau kah

Ike

"U kk^

Ilka

(3351) +kdkka
* a

J It

"I

jkukko:

hi,

f Four
[kelss^;

hi

l^keya hi Ikagen:

hin +kd,kka hi

jkuttau."

Ilka

Ikagen:

Hin +kdkka

" jku ddi ^a a Ina jkuttau?"

Ikagen:

(2564')

sse

ssa;"

ka-g

hi

jkukoken

Ina

jkuttau."

au ha-ha.

names given by the Bushmen

for

Canopus are

as follows:

\kuatten-\kougm; W^koiiggu; \\xe-t&-\kuaUen-\kdugen.

is

possible

IIMll^^, here.

that

Wk&ka

should

have

been

-written

DOINGS A.ND PRA.YERS TO CERTAIN STARS.

the things at the

hill

things are walking.

which lies across, to which the

The things walk, putting them-

we

selves in front of it;*

while

it,

it still lies

339

behind

will quickly pass

away (from the

will stand nicely (ready) for

We

springbok).

the things, that

we (2565)

may not steal up abreast f of the things, (but) that

we may steal up in front of the things, at the place J
to

which the leader

goes.

IX. 104.
B.

DOINGS AND PEATEES

AND

SIEIUS

WHEN CANOPUS

COME

OUT.

The Bushmen perceive Canopus, they say

child: "Give me yonder piece of wood, ( )
I

may put

(the end of)

it

(in the fire), that I

to

that (3849)

may

mother

bm*ning (towards) grandmother, for, grandgrandmother shall

carries Bushman rice

make a

little

point

(it)

warmth

out; the sun shall

Sirius

another:

another

Sirius."

for us

warm

for she coldly comes

grandmother's eye for us."

comes out; the people ( ) call out to one (3350)

"Sirius comes yonder;" they say to one
" Ye must burn (a stick) for us (towards)
They say to one another " Who was it
:

One man says to the other "Our

brother saw Sirius." The other man says to him (3351)

who saw
(

(3348)

Sirius

"

* That
f That

is,
is,

putting their faces towards the mountain.

not at the side of the game as

it

goes along, but riglit

(2564')
(2565')

in front of its path.

\

The Bushmen

springbok to cross

men) are.
The sun

is

are at the back of the hill, waiting for the

it,

coming

a little

to the place

warm, when

where they (the Bush-

this star appears in winter.

(3349')

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

340

+Mkka

Ikiikoken

Ikdttau

llkoin

y^wa

(3352) yauki

"Hd

Opuon:

hi,

Ilka

sse

ssa kki

[kdi'tte

Ina

ka, a
hi

Iha

Ikuttau."
sse

0ho Ikwa
sse

sse

ha

+kd,kka

n jkwe

Ike,

Iko,

hi

Ilka

jkiittau

jkiikoken

sse."

Ikditte

kan

Ikailkai

Ihih

"^

ha:

+kd,kka

Ikiikoken

ka

"IS

ha:

Iho

jkukko

llkelike

llk<5a-ggu."

Ikhwan hho ssa ha Ohd jkwa, han !kwe jho

(3353)

Hail

sse

ddabba

Ikutten

hi au

jkeh

Ilka

llkelike

(3354) Igabbeten

ti

Hah kk^h
hah

hah

tta

jkeh

Ihih,

au hah

(3355) au llkoih-ta

li

hah
tatti,

llkelike

i.

Hah

ssiieh

hah

hah

line

Ikagen.

llgu-ttih jnuih.

ha ttabba kki
;

jkuttau

le

jkuttau,

ss^h

sse.

jk^-ta-lkakaken jkagen kkau liikua ll^e; hih

Ikarra tte hi

Hah

au hah ^auki ikShna

Ikarrakeulkarraken

Ikarraka ihih

hi

jkiittau

jkiitten;

jkuttau

jkiitta

ddd,bba

hi sse

Han

lli:!k(5a-ggu.

liakda-ggu,
if;

han +kakka

jkiittau*;

hf.

ttili

llgai.

* In some instances, the second syllable of the word VcMtau

was pronounced
by an

as

between au and

underneath them.

o.

These are here distinguished

;;

DOINGS AND PRAYERS TO CERTAIN STARS.

"I saw

341

Sirius." *

The otljer man says to him: "I

wish thee to burn (a stick) for us (towards) Sirius
that the sun may shining come out for us
that
;

may not coldly ( ) come out." The other man (3352)

(the one who saw Sirius) says to his son: " Bring me
the (small) piece of wood yonder, that I may put (the
end of) it (in the fire), that I may burn (it) towards
grandmother that grandmother may ascend the sky,
Sirius

'

like the other one, Canopus."

The

him

child brings

the piece of wood, he (the

father) holds (the end of)

it

in (the

fire).

He (3353)

burning towards Sirius

he says that
twinkle like Canopus. He sings
he
sings (about) Canopus, he sings (aboiit) Sirius he
points to them with fire,t that they may twinkle like
each other. He throws ( ) fire at them. He covers (3354)
himself up entirely (including his head) in (his) kaross
and lies down.
He arises, he sits down while he does not again
lie down because he feels that he has worked, putting
points (it)
Sirius

shall

Sirius into the sun's

warmth

warmly come out.

The women go out

early to seek for

so that Sirius

may

Bushman

(3355)

rice

they walk, sunning their shoulder blades.J

* W^kdd-ggu, " Canopus," and
stars,

[kuttait,

" Sirius," are both female

(3351')

Wkdlho says.

With the

stick that

down quickly.
\ They take one arm

he had held in the

fire,

moving

it

up and

out of their kaross, thereby exposing one

shoulder blade to the sun.

(3355')

SPECIMENS OE BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

342

IX. 182.
L.

THE MAKING OF CLAY

from personal

{Dictated, in 1878, by lhan+kass'6,

Ikagen llkuan ka Iku

(8054)

hhd u hi

ta,

He

(8055) e llkhde \\nL

au

ilkho hi,

Ine

hi Ine

He

Ilh6.

hho u

liken,

hf

lie,

POTS.

jk'ati

e llkau

Ihin

jk'au *

liken

i,

hi;

Ikhiii

observation.)

hi

Ine

le

hi Ine jgwi tte hi, hi Ine Iki

Ikuiten hi.

He, hi

Ine

ttiirru ike, hi

(8056)

He hi
He

He, hi

nnaiiij hi.
ki

(8057)

Ine

he hf

llwei jk'au,

nnainnaiu

Ike,

he hi

Ine

tt^rri

* jk'au llk^llkeya jkaiiokgn

(8055')

Hin

jk'au e jk'e ddi jkoa,

e,

hi Ine H^fitt-

Ike,

i,

Ine

ddi

jk'au,

tohuen

e iki

He,

hi

Ine

He

Ine IlkallkA jk'au.

jk'^, he hi

llkillkd

kui nnai-

Ik'aiten

Ik'aiten

au jk'au

llkhoe tte Ikd

hi

Ine

kui

ddi

Ik'aiten

tati

hi Ine llhih hi.

au llnSn.

hi,

hi Ine ik'aiten !k9a,t

lla

hi Ine ttdi

lla,

ttdrru Ike-ta-ttuken

Ine Iki

hi Ikditen

llnau,

kiii

akken

He, hf

i.

Ine

e llkhoa hi kakait^n.

hi Iki tchnei e llkhoa h?.

jk'au

Ine jkjya.

(8056')

jk'auii jkiya,

Ine ta:

He

ti

hin

t Ik'au
jk'au

(8058')

e,
e,

tt'aihya.

Hin
hi,

(8056')
(8057')

linSu,

au

jk'^ llelle hi,

e,

au hin

hi jne ta

tatti

jkna-ttu,

hi ddi jkoa,

e,

He,

hi

jk'au

hin ||ken||ken ho,

hi liken,

dda

Hin

i.

llkha-ttu,

i.

i.

i.

hin Iku Ilkowa

He, hi

jk'eten

hhurukgn

jne

ttorottoro

Ine

tt'a'inya,

hi

hi

jho

Iku-g Ine jk'aiten,

hhiruken
\\i,

jk'M

ttorottoro

jhin,
e

juhf

jk'au

luerri'ya.

||kho

|i^

llkuan jnhf llkhoa h! au

jki.

Ine

jki.

t jk'i'iten ddf

Ht

i;

llkuan i;

hin Ilkowa.
e

jk'^

jkoa-ttii,

kui llkh6

llkuan tabba h!

\hii hi.

hi

llkuan tabha, ddi jkoS,

I.

THE MAKING OF CLAY

343

POTS.

IX. 182
'l.

THE MAKING OF CLAY

The -women

it
it

into

it

lies

(8054)

and they only dig out the

And they scoop it

And they sling (8055)

inside there.

is

they put

away

it

earth * which

out

removing the earth whicli

dig,

above, lifting

POTS.

the bag.

earth) over their [left] shoulder, they take

(the

jiome.

And,

as they return, they go along plucking grass,

they only pluck the male grass

they bind

it

together.

And they take it to the hut.

And ( ) they pound the pot (clay),t pound (it), (8056)
making it soft.J And they pound the grass, they
also pound, making the grass soft.
And they put
the grass into the earth

And

wet.

and they make the earth

they make the earth wet, and they (8057)

make the earth very

nice indeed, and they

mould

* The earth resembles stones which contain things whicli seem (8055')
Hence, the earth of which the people make a pot

to glitter.

contains things which are like

The

particles).

The earth

to

earth

them

{i.e.,

like the said glittering

is red.

which the people

go, to dig it out, is red.

" a pot's hole", because they dig, making a

Therefore, they call it " a pot's hole ".
there.
f The earth of which they make the pot.
call it

It

And

is

earth-; it is

they

dry; the people pound

sift it, sift

out the earth which

it

(when)

soft.

And

it is

dry.

(8058')

they pour

hard [to be pounded again at another

they pour it out upon
a skin [a whole skin, which has no holes in it, a springbok skin].
(They) put it upon a skin.
(8056')
% Pound, making it like sand.
they work, making a pot of it.
(8057')
They work it

down

time].

the earth which

is

They (8056')

stick's hole,

With regard

is

to the soft earth,

344

SPECIMENS or BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

ddd jkoa jkhwi-lu, hi

hi

Ilnau,

(8058) hho +gwai, hi Ine ttdrokenttdroken

Ine

jkannjkann, tte

kiii

akken

He

!ko|.

+gwai; hi

llwei

+^ahnu

hi Ine

(8059) ha, ddi kui dkken llwei

jho

ha

h-i

akken

yaiiki

au hi
(8060)

ta,

au jkoa Ikagen

Ikaa,

au hi

sse

(8061) He, hi Ine jkauaken jho

jkoa-Opua; hi

Ine ddi kiii

jkauaken jka jho

hi

hho

Ine

llkalika hi.

(8062)

llwei

Hi
hi;

Ikoa

au jkoa

Ilk6,

akken

Ine terri hi;

hi

Ine

jho

(8063) hi

llwei ha.

Hi

jkoa

jkdrri

hi

Hi

hi.

Ine

l^ui hi, hi Ine

Igomm

t jkhoti
1,

l;^ii

llkhde llkho hi

* llkuan ka, ha sse

(8069')
(8062')

tsaxa'iten

au jk'eteu

tatti,

Hi

Ine

ilnau,

ddi jkhoii,t hi Ine

ll^amki

Ine

ha.

lla

au jkoa

he hi

he

akken

ll^amki

Ine

He, hi
Ine

hi

l^iii

Ine

ll^amki

Ine

jkoa

nnainnaih

Ine
Ilk6,

hi

Hi

hi.

Ine

kku

Ine
le

Ilk5.

llkuan

hi

kiii

ssueii.

ddf

hi

ddi jkoa-Opua-kko, jkoa-0pua a kkiya.

jkauaken jho

Iki

hi Ine t^rri kiii

lla

e,

jnaunko

Ine

jkoa;

lla

tfken

li-ttuken

+gwai-ka ti-kko

ssa,

H^

ssueii,

au jkoa jnaunko

jkoa-OpM au

lla

au

Ine Isrul Ikoa

jk'drraken.

Ilk6,

jkoa

ta,

hin Ine jkauaken

au ssueh,

jkoa

!gui

+^annu

ha,

!k9a-Opua a +enni, ha

Hi

>'auki

sse

ki llkaiten

ttferriya

ha,

+;^aunu

Ine

+^amiu

ha,

Ine ddi

Ilka ha.

jkoa

Ine

Ikak

He, hi

ha.*

lla

Ine

Hi

+gwai.

He, hi

+g-wai.

lla

jkwa

Ine jkannjkanii

Ihiii

Ihoaka; Ik'eten Ine

jkhou

iu.

ta,

jkhdu ttxl,

THE MAKING OF

345

CLA.T POTS.

And, when they have made the lower

the earth.

part of the pot, they, holding, break off the clay,

the clay between their hands.
They (8058)
( )
put the clay down (in a circle). And they smooth *
the clay very nicely indeed ; they moulding, raise

they rub

And

(the sides of) the pot.

smooth

make

they smooth

it,

smooth

very nice iadeed, they set (8059)

(
it down to dry (in the sun).t
And they make a little
pot which is small, beautiful beyond comparison. They
it,

it,

anoint the pot with

) it

while the pot

is

anoint the pot with fat, (8060)

( )
damp, when the pot has just

still

dried, the pot's inner part (the inner layers, not

the inside) being

pot to dry

And

while they wish the pot not

Therefore, they

to split.

newly

fat,

still

when

damp

because they wish the

has fat upon

it

it

and

(inside

out).

they make
make
very
they
it
nicely
indeed. (8061)
(
They set the little pot to dry (in the sun) by the side
of the large pot ; and they take the other part of the

they set the pot (in the sun) to dry

clay; they

mould

They

it

also

larger

is

pot

little

make

little pot,

").

And

they set
a

they
down. (8062)

it;
it

pot which

little

they set

it

to

dry

the pot dries, they also prepare

they pound it (between stones); they ( )(8063)

they pound, making it fine.
They take it
their hand (and) put it into the pot
and they

pound
up in

it,

* This

IX.

" grown

When

They mould

also wet.

make another

(in the sun).

gum;

it

very nicely indeed

{lit.

is

done with a piece of boas called \kau or

185, and

\au.

(See

also illustration.)

may become dry.

(8059')
"the eyes") of the "Doom Boom" are (8062')
black {i.e. " black gum "). The people call them the dung of the
" Doom Boom ", because they come out of the stem of the
f

(They) wish that

The

berries

it

(lit.

\khoii tree.

white gum, called

\gii,'i,

seems also

to

be found on this tree.

SPECIMENS or BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

346

Hi

jkhoa.

Ine Iku,

tie llkdilkdya

(8064)

He,

He

Ine

He, ha

ll^aiika Ilka,

le

ha

ll;^aTiken;

au

kku

ha

jkoa, he,

kku

Ikoa,

Ine

ll;j(;auken

le

Iki

Ine

he
lla

au

ha

li,

au jkoS

ha

Ine llnau,

ha

Ine Ikenn

au ha

Ine jho jkoa, I;

sswei.

ha Ikam

W^^,

Ine

jkhoa,

lid

Ine Iki Ihin jkoa,

ll^auka ss^

He, hd t

kku

au

!gau,

Ine j^aiia ll^a'uken; he,

ha

Ihin ll^aiiken,

\km gwai

Una,

wai

le

jkuiten

Iki

jk

Ikudii

Ine

jkui Iditi Ine

llkan.

(8066) ka,

wdi

au llnSn.

ll^aiiken

(8065)

hi

gwai

jkhou e +a+dppem,*

tatti e,

Ikwaie.

Ine llnau,

lii

Ikha wai,
jkui

au hih

ssa

jkoa,

he ha

Ine

Ine j^aaa a.

He, hi yauki llvamki Ik'diten.t au Ikoa llkah a

(8067)
(8064')

Ilka

au hi

ti

kku +a+app, au Ikoa-ka

gwaiya

t Ikui

tabba

|ku

jkui laiti Iku tterri Iki

(8066')

ha

ta,

* Hin jne derri jkoa-ka

sse

(8066')

jkhe,

i-e.

Ik'diten

yauki

sse

au

llnun,

Iki.

hiii ka,

lie

|ki

wai-ta

jnwa,

ggaiiru

(8067')

!kou a

|ki

hi.

jkwaken.

jkwa, au

ha

Iki

jkwonjkwon.

Ixain-ka-jk'eten iya, au hin tatti, hi yauki |ki jko.

ilkou jhoa

jkhou, hi

e llnun.

ti

jkou a

jkhe

JlkeY, hi Ine !k'|iten

tatti e, hi ta, hi sse

!x^^

^^t

lii

S86

a;

jk'au,

Hi

llkuaii

au hi Ine jkan-na

jk'aiten, Iki

kkwarreten ha.

jkwi; au hin

;;

THE MAKING OF CLAY

pour in water [into the new pot].

it

gum

while they feel that

boils,

is

347

POTS,

gum]

[the

It

that which adheres,*

resembles Ucwmii.

And,

springbok

if

man

are at hand, a

kills

(8064)

a springbok, they pour the springbok's blood into

stomach, and the man brings back the blood
he takes the blood home.
And the wife goes ( ) to pour the blood into the (8065)
(its)

new

And

pot.

blood

is

she boils the blood

and,

horn spoon), and she

(

the

fire,

she

cooked, she takes the pot ofE the

springbok

takes the blood out of the pot (with a

wishes

when

the blood

sets the pot

[i.e.,

down

because she

the blood remaining in the (8066)

pot] to dry.

And

she t again takes the pot, and she pours water

into (it), she boils meat.

And,
a

new

also,

pot

is

they do not strike with a stone,J when

on the

fire,

because they wish

it

not

(8067)

to split.

* They smear the pot outside [with gum taken out with the (8064')
made from springbok horn, with which they stir the gum

spoon,

which

is

boiling inside], while they wish this

gum

to adhere to

the outside of the pot.

f A man works at springbok's
A woman moulds pots.

arrows,

making them

\han:^iass'6 further stated that his wife, Ssu6bia-l\Jceh,

taught to make pots by Kkoe-ah (an elder

sister of

straight.

(8066')

had been

her mother,

\kudhha-an), and also by \xii-an (another elder female relative on

the maternal side).

The Bushmen do this because (8066 )

\ To break bones (with a stone).
they do not possess an axe. They place a bone upon a stone which
stands upon ( ) the ground, while they hold a stone which has (8067')
strike, dividing the bone
a sharp edge, they strike with it
because they intend to boil it, that they may gnaw it.
;

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLELORE.

348

IX. 184.
L.

THE

IKHU.*

{Given in January, 1878, hy Ihan+kass'o.)

Iku Ikhuken e a;

(6083)

Ikhiiken-ka

Ikhuken lukenliikaken

tsiii;j^u.

ti

e,

llkou jklie lia

Ine e a,

h^

e llken-

llken ss'o tu.

(6084)

Sr >'auki +eniia ti

In^bbaken llkuan a
Iten Iku
li'ten

Ine

a,

Ohoken

jkann

llnuai

Ilka

whal-ta

e,

llkuah

lli/ke

kauin ha-ka

Iku^rrif Inu

li

ti

a.

e.

H^
Hin

a.

e.

ti

Ine

hin

e,

iikhoii

lh(5aken.

IX. 185.
L.

!AU.
{Given in January, 1878, ly lhan+kass'5.)

jkwaken llkuan

(6082)
e

da ha.J

Han

Ikaujkau e

l^aih-ka-jkuiten Iku

Iku-g Ine tdbba ha

ban Iku

likufoni

ba, o Iguara.
Ikiiiten Iku e,

(6083')
(6084')
(6082')

Ik'^-ta

tuken kan

t Sail llkoe jkhe

%

Ha

bi bi.

llkuan ddi,

a,

Iko'uwi hi.

han Hkouta jkwa.

jk^jkaii

Ik'u,

Han

au Iguara.

Ikainya.

in!il!l

ili

n-J
1.

riaything,

made by the

\kun.

2.

The

[khu, or

Bushman Soup

Spoon,

{Nearly

lialf-she.)

cc

Length

of string in Fig. 1

of

= 48

wood about 3-4 mm.

1.

Thickness
cm., in Fig. 2 = 54 cm.
The edges are sharpened.

^ cc

Ch

*.

3-1'
k

.^..

V
Instruments similar to

\^t'in-\guih,

made by the

\kun.

[ait, used for eating certain food.

of actual size.)

shaped rib bone called

(I-

\,

1.

Arrow made by the

\kun.

2.

a.

Bushman Aitow.
{i actual size.)

{i size.)

Section showing red marks by which the arrows are recognised

by Bushmen.

1^

s^

1/

..V

>-.-'^*,

r
1.

Ix<*

ywa*. male porcupine.

2.

jxd

|a<,

female porcupine.

lAdH+ioM'd,

J\rov.

21M, 1878.

4.

\kqo, Suricata Zonick, or "

1

4,

and

2,

males

3,

Mierkat."

a female.

a jackal which chases them.

\h(M^kau'd, Oct. ind, 1878.

BUSHMAN SOUP SPOON.

349

IX. 184.
L.

THE BUSHMAN SOUP SPOON.* t

The

hair of the Proteles

here, that part of the (6083)

is

hair which

is ou the top of its back. J

The roots of
the hair are here, those which stick into the skin.

do not

know whether

it
is springbok's (
)(6084)
[which
binds
the
hair
on
the
stick].
This

is the (wood of the) "Driedoorn"; it (the " Driedoorn ") is a bush.

"We scratch the fire together with it {i.e., with

paxwax

the handle of the brush).

blackening this part of

it.

Therefore, the
It

fire

burns,

becomes black.

IX. 185.
L.

bone

THE SHAPED RIB

BONE.||

Bushman

(it) is

who makes

a knife.
" Kambro "
*

a rib (it)

He

it.^

is

that

is

works

it

which we eat (with)

Among some Bushman implements

is

he shapes

the one (6082)

it

with

it.

given to Dr. Bleek by

a friend, was the brush of which a picture appears in the illustra"

tions. Wkdhbo recognized this at once as a Bushman " soup spoon
;

with immense pleasure, in what manner the

Bushmen eat soup with it, and how well it can be u?ed to take up
the fat on the top of the soup, if rolled round in it.
are those who biml {i.e., make) them.
(6083')
f The men
and showed

us,

t Really along

its

It is in the flesh

See

back, the narrator explains.

;

it lies

npou the bone.

It

is

yellow.

(6084')

illustration.

II

*\

He

works two

ribs,

with a knife.

(6082')

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

350

IX. 190. L.

THE BUSHMAN DEUM AND DANCING

RATTLES.
{Given in January, 1878, hy Ihaii+kass'o.)

Hi

(6127)

llkuan

hi Ine llhin llkho jnui,

e,

(6128) ta !kwi, jkoa x^;^u,

o hi Inoalnoa f

ywa

Ilka

Ilka ti

S,

ssi

ywa

ti

llkau.

ti

hih

e,7

hi llkuan
i

e,

hah

llkuan

Hin

jnoa.

llkau llkhoa

jkauka,

ssi

aii

ssi

jnoa.

"llkuan

>Va

ttuken llkuan Ik'oa aken,

jk'd-ta
jk'e-ta

ywa

Hd

Ikagen

jka'uka, llkuan

ttiiken

llhihilhih

ywa aken; au hah

ttwaii,

ti

hih

e,

au hih

tatti

hi llkuan

ywa

tatti e, hi llkuan aken.

Hin Iku-g
hi

llkho hi, au jkoa ttu

Hi

aken.

||h6.

hih

Hin

a taba ttwaii, ha llkuan a taba hi.

au hih

* Whai-ta
tte-ta ttu;

Ik'^-ta

hi llkuan
3

llkhoa ssi

Ilkhda o hi Inoalnod llkuan

ttwaii,

e,

ii,

llkuan ywa, aken

jnoa.

llhin
)

Ikdriten e

tdtti e, Ikui laiti

H^

Ine

Ikagen

hin

Ine

jnujnuntuken

hin llkuan ssikenssaken,

tatti e, jkoa

aken.

Whai

Hin

ssi

llkau

llhin

aken,

ti

whai jnuntu,

whai jnuntukea

aii

f.

i.

llkhda,

au ssiten

au hih

(6132) ywa

e,

Ikeriten,

ssi

jk'6-ta

Hd

Aken.

llkau

au

ywa

jk'oa

Ine

(6128

kui

Ine +ke,

jkoa sse ^wa,

hiii ta

whai Inuntu llkuan Ikuei

e,

ssf ta

e,

llhin

(6131) jkoa a

(6127')

au

hi sse jk'oa,

aken,

llkuan

(6133)

He, tin

!.

llhinllhin llkati llkho

sslten In^ ta Ikeriten,

(6130) au

ttuken sse

!k'e-ta

) i

hi Ine jkauken jkoa.

aii

(6129)

He

jkauii llkho Mho, o jkoS ttd.*

llhifi,

jne

Ine llnau, hi
;

jnoajnoa Inalna

Mkdllka whai jxo'ux") whai

Ine Ilka, hiii Ine

he ht Ine tata jkga,

tssi.

i.

llhiii

jk'auri

BtrSHMAN DRUM AND DANCING RATTLES.

351

IX. 190.
L.

THE BUSHMAN DRUM AND DANCING"

RATTLES.*
They

putting the bag over the pot's (drum's) (6127)

Then they tie on the sinew. And they

tie,

mouth, t

pull the drum's surface tight

f or

they Tvish that (6128)

drum may sound, when they beat the drum.

The men will tie springbok ears upon their feet %

the

they will dance, while the springbok ears sound, as

(

we call (6129)
we call
when we

springbok ears are wont to do, like what

dancing

Springbok ears (they) are

rattles.

them dancing

rattles.

They sound

well,

They sound (6130)

They
well,
feet.
sound well, they rattle as we dance, when we have
tied (them) on to our feet.
The drum which the

have tied (them) on to our

feet.

when we have tied (them) on

women

beat sounds well.

dance well on account of

it,

to our

Therefore, the

men (6131)

while they feel that the

drum, which the women beat,

sounds well.

men tie ( ) upon

woman who works

The

dancing rattles which the

their feet

sound well, because a

nicely

the

one

who

worked them.

has

sound nicely, because they are

Therefore,

good.

(6132)

is

they

Therefore, (6133)

they sound nicely, because they are good.

* For a drawing of the dancing rattles see illustration.
They wet the skin of the springbok's
f A springbok's bag.

thigh

then,

when

it

is

wet, they tie

it

over the pot's

(6127')

mouth

and they try the drum.

I Their insteps.

(6128')

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

352

How
(6133)

jkui

ha

e,

THE Dancing Eattles are prepared.

laiti

llkuan ho

+umm whai

Ine

lii

whai jnuntu-ka ttu*; he

Inuntu-ka jkon, au han Ikii-g

(6134) Ine llkhg ui whai jnuntu-ka ttu

jkoiwan

(6135)

hi,

he

He

e,

e,

ha

ha

e,

Ine

Ihiii

llkdrri

(5a

bboken

llkho

le

e,

He,
i

Ine

+umm

jk'au e tt'amya,

au hin

le llkerri

hi

Ine

Ine

tsa^aiten

tsa^aiten,

llhin

llkho

lemm-ka ti-0pua,
hiii

i.

he

llhinllhiii

jhan

^auki

Ihin,

sse

hiii ine ilkeiillkeh Ikhoii llkho,

he hi Ine

Ik'e-ta

e,

jnuntu

au

ha

e,

le jk'au, i;

He

llkerri

tsa;^aiten,

Ika'uken,

ta

Iki

hi sse Iki

jkhe,

au whai jnuntu.
(6137) whai Inulnuntu,

jk'au.

au whai

Inui-Opua,
(

sse llko

He

hi.

hi Ine liken Ikuen, Iki

hi Iki

(6136) ssih

Igomm

Ine

whai jnuntu

ta,

+umm

au ha jnuntu-ka

ttiika

whai jnujnuntu, au hi

) Ikilki le,

sse

ttwattwain-

llhiiillhin

lau

llkau

jnoajnoa,.

IX. 191.
X.

THE USE OF THE jGOINlGOIN, FOLLOWED

BY AN ACCOUNT OF A BUSHMAN
DANCE.
{Given in January, 1878, by Ihan^ikass'o.)

(6108)

jk'e
jk'e,

llkuah jkauken Igoiiilgoih,

jkho'u sse

* Ti a

(6133')
(6108')

t llkhou

prepared and

filled,

Ikhou sse ttenya f

leleya jk'e kuiten a Ikwetenlkw^ten,

Iki

Ikiiken.

liikwai.

are tied, in fours or fives,

on

to the top of

foot (on the instep), letting the men's toes appear

(6108')

To become abundant.

below them.

each

\
>,
trf^f^^

^,r^^!^^-'
#'
'--"'""
i>..

''^'!is:s:?>

^.4S2"-'55|

V.

BUSHMAN DANCING-RATTLES.

//' '/

"^'lotjivti^-^

L_!.>-

Length of the

{onee-ttoisted) string

\G6tS.\G6tS.

= 405 cm.

PREPARATION OF DANCING RATTLES.

How

A
ear

353

THE Dancing Rattles are prepared.

woman takes off the skin* of the springbok's (6133)

and then, she sews the inner skin of the springwhen she has

bok's ear,

of the springbok's ear

laid aside the (hairy) skin

)

f or it is

the inner skin of (6134)

which she sews. And she sews it, and she

scoops up with her hand, putting soft earth into it.
its

ear

And

they dig, lading in earth, because they ( ) wish (6135)

may dry that they may put
in \\Mrri'\ berries when they have taken out the
earth.
And then they tie on a small piece of sinew

that the springbok ears

at the tip of the springbok ear,

while they

tie

the WMrri berries

And

ear.

and they
to tie,

which was

open, (6136)

shutting in the WMrri berries, so that

may

not come out of the springbok

they pierce through the springbok ears;

)

put in

little

threads,

which the men are (6137)

fastening the springbok ears on their feet. J

IX. 191.
L.

THE USE OF THE \G6lN\G6iN, FOLLOWED

BY AN ACCOUNT OF A BUSHMAN
DANCE.
The people beat the \gbin\goih, (in order) that the (6108)
bees may become abundant for the people, (in order)
* The hairy

skin.

being like that of

They are found
Its seeds are black, and small.
a pumpkin.
root
is roasted and
The
red.
which
is
underneath the flower,
The seeds are also eaten, unroasted
eaten by the Bushmen.
j-

The top

of

this

plant

is

described

as

(6133')
(6135'

when dry, pounded fine by the women with stones, and

mixed with " Kamhro " in order to moisten them for eating.
explains that the springbok ears, when thus (6137')
J The narrator

being,

2a

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

354

!k'e

(6109)

sse

ha

sse-g Ine

He

Ikhoii.

6 jk'dten ta

Igoihjgoin, !;

He
Ine

(6111)

Ikammain
lla

Ikdgen jkhou, 6

Ikdgen

la

jkhe

llkah,

ttiiken

Iki

ha;

llnein,

i,

i.

He
H^

i.

llnein.

Ik'e

He

Ik'e

ti

hin

e,

ti

hin

e,

IkAgen jkhoii 6 llnSh, i;

lla

hin

llkan-a

jkoa *

hi sse jk'oa, au Ik^kaken Ine jkaiienya.

(6112)

He

He

tiken

au hin

llnSn;

au hih

hi Ine jk'oa,
e,

Ikdkaken Ine
ttiiken,

jk'6-ta
)

tatti

au Ikaka
Ine

jhauwa, he

hih

tdtti,

H^

ti

hih

e,

e,

lloih

e,

tatti,
e,

* Ikagen

sse

e Ine jk'oa,

hi jkdeta jk'e-ta

jk'oa
;

lloih

o jkui

Ihih,

laiti

o jk'e-ta Ikdgen

llkuah

Ine

Ihih,

o hih jk'oa Una

He

ti

hih

tdtti e, hi llkuah jkaiienya.

Ine

hih

au

Iwkwaiya, he jk'oa.

Ikagen llkuah Ine jkauenya.

llxfui jhoa

jhoa hi jkoa

jkoa.

e Ine jk6eta jk'e-ta ttiiken

jk'e-ta ttiiken

(6115) Una, au hih

hih

Ta,

he a

jh(5a

ttukaken llkuah

a jkwai, hah Ine a jkauken jkoa

(

jhda hi

sse

tdtti hi llkah-a.

o jk'e-ta ttukaken Ine

(6114) e Iwkwaiya, hih

e,

Ikagen

ta,

Ikagen llkuah

llkuah Ine jk'oa.

(6113)

au.

ddda

Ikagen

sse

hi yauki llgwlten,

(6111')

He

i.

Ikagen

lla

la

llhollho.

aii

Iku Iki

jk'e sse

Ikuiten Ikhou 6 llnein,

ti

Ikhou

jk'e-ta

e,

Ikammain jkhou,

jk'^ten Ine

jk'e-ta

ti

jkauken

jk'e

e,

!k'e-kuiten a jkw^tenjkw^ten

leleya

jkhou; hi sse Iku jkhou

(6110)

hin

ti

aii

Hd

hih

hih

llgwita he, o Ikakaken |ne jkauenyl,

he Igoo, hi sse jgumm.

jk'oa

e,

ti

tdtti
lloih

Ikagen sse

A BUSHMAN DANCE.
that the bees
that the people

beat

the

may go into the

may eat honey.

365

other people's places,

Therefore, the people

when they

\goih\g6in,

may go into
people may cut

desire that the (6109)

people's bees

the other people's places,

so that the

honey, that they

honey away

may

put

into bags.

And

the people carry honey.

And ( ) the people, (6110)
carrying, bring the honey home.
And the people
take honey to the women at home. For, the women
are dying of hunger, at home.
( )

take honey to the

women

at

men
women (6111)
women have

Therefore, the

home

that the

may go to eat, for they feel that the

been hungry at home
while they wish that the
;

women may make* a drum

may dance, when the women

for them, so that they

are satisfied with food.

For they do not frolic when they are hungry.

And they dance, when the women have made (6112)
( )
a drum for them. Therefore, the women make a drum
for them they dance. The men are those who dance,
while the women ( ) sit down, because they clap their (6113)
hands for the men when the men are those who
dance while one woman is the one who beats the
;

drum; while many women

their

men

hands for the men

are those

who

because they feel that

clap (6114)

many

are dancing.

Then, the sun rises, while they are dancing there,

while they feel that they are satisfi.ed with food.
Then, the sun rises, while they are dancing there, (6115)
( )
while they feel that the women are satisfied with
food.

Therefore, the sun shines upon the backs of

* That the women may play for them, when the women are (6111')
with food that the women may also arrange the (game of)
1^00 for them, that they may roar.

satisfied

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

356

Ik^

Ine

(6116) Ine

Iki

+kiten+kiten o

Ikagen
ti

(6117)

hin

tdtti

yanki

hi

H^

llwii.

hin

ti

(6118)

i,

H^

hii

ti

au hin
hi

e,

he koiten Ihin he jnoalnoa,

o hin jk'oa jkhe.

(6119) Ine e

jhauwa,

Hin.

hi

Ikii

Ik'aun

Ine

koiten

hiii

!a

hi

le

o Ikakaken

ttiikaken

jk'e-ta

Hin

i.

ta,

hi jnoa-ka jk'au,

jk'oa jkhe ta

Ikii

h6

tdtti e, hi llkuah jk'oa

Ikilkf

ti

jj^u,

jk'oa,

jnoa-ka

hi

e,

juhita

Ine

Ik'auii

ttamOpua

luhltin Ikdgen ^li, i;

llwii.

ttuken Ine

Ikagen Ike jhauwa

e,

ti

6 Ikakaken

e,

jkoS-ka Ik'au Ine juhita Ikagen

e,

!k'6a

He

hm

ti

jkoa-ka

Ik'au,

Ilka

;^u,

e,

llkoullkdutenttu

jkoS-ka jk'au.

sho

Iko

Ine

jk'oa

jkhe ta.

Hd
tatti

(6120) o

hi

e,

Opuoin ki

hi Ine

hiii e,

ti

llkuan

hi Iku-g Ine Opuoin, ki

3/

llkuari

H^

(6121) hi Iku-g Ine Opuoin ki

lliiwa,

le lloiii, i,

au

dda Opuoin Una

ti

e,

hi

hin

e,7

hiii tdtti e,

o hiii dda jk'oa Una.

Ine tss'iten, 6 hiii

ti hiii e,

He

Una

Ik'oa

o hiri tatti

i;

lloih,

le

i.

o hiii ddoa Ik'oa Una.

lluwa,

hi llkuan

jkoa,

o hin

i;

Il6iri,t

ddda

hin

lliiwa,

Ikakaken Ine Ika

Ik'e-ta

le

Tiken
au

Ikii-g

hiii tatti e,

hi llkuaii lluwa, 6 hiii d6a Ik'oa Una.

H^

(6122)

ti hiii e, jgaiie Ikii a,

Ikhoa,

ywa;

ta,

jkauken

jka'uken

a,

ddoa

hi

llkuaii

Ine jkagen

jk'e-ta tiiken llkuaii e, lloin

Hin Iku-g

|ku

Ine

Opuoin au

llhiiiya hi a jkoa,

au

lloin

hi Ine Iketen jka'uken

Ikudnya

Ine

llkuaii

(6123) tiiken; hi sse ssa ^wa.

(6115')
(6119')

sse-g

lloiiiya.

He

kau ikuenya
(

Ta,

IkS Iko

hi

hi

hi,

hiii

ti

hi,

sse
e,

o jgaiie-

llkuaii

ddoa

ssin hi llkdullko'utentu.

llkuanna,

Iku Ikati

au hin
le.

tatti,

Ikagen

A BUSHMAN DANCE.
their

357

heads;* while the women get

the dust of (6116)

Then the men are covered (?) with dust,

while the dust of the drum lies upon the women's
faces, because the women are accustomed to sit down
there therefore, the dust of the drum lies upon the
women's faces. Because they (the men) do not ( )(6117)
the drum.

dance a

little,

for they dance

very much.

women's faces; because

their foot's dust covers the

they have danced strongly.

Therefore, they

up from

their foot's dust,

which

up among them,

as they stand dancing.

standing around,
sit

down,

rises

whUe

while the

Therefore,

the

men

their feet,

women

They

it rises

dance,

are those

are those

who

get (6118)

who

dance, (6119)

standing around.

Therefore they sleep, letting the sun set

t because
they are tired when they have been dancing there
while the women leave off ( ) drumming. Therefore (6120)
because they are
they sleep, letting the sun set
tired when they have been dancing there. Therefore,
they sleep, letting the sun set; because ( ) they are (6121)
The place
tired when they have been dancing there.
becomes dark, as they sleep there, because they are
tired, when they have danced there.
Therefore, morning is (the time) when ( ) they (6122)
;

send the children to the water, that the children may

dip up (water) for them, that they may drink ; for
they are thirsty. Therefore, the children go early
to dip

up (water) for them, at the break of day, so

may come to drink. ( ) For they are (6123)

that they

on the backs of whose heads the sun (6115')

"
holes above the nape of their neck ").
the
upon
shines {literally,
at noon, because the women had bound on the (6119')
sleep
They
f
drum for them, when the sun had just set.
* The

men

are those,

;;

358

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

Iloinya.

Hin

hm

ti

e,

jna'unko

lluwa.

(6124) hi llkuan e sse

hin

tatti e,

aii

hin

hih

e,

(6125)

ti

o hin

jhamm

H^

hih

ti

hi ddda Iku jna'unko

H^

ti

hin

Opuoin, kkaiya

H^
Ine

ti

Iketen

ddda

hi

e,

e,

hi yauki llkhoa,
jkhoa.

Au

Ihamm Opuom

Una

Hd

lliiwa.

ti

hi ^auki llkhda he e sse Iketen jkauken o jkhoa.

e,

hi llnau, hi Ine jkho,

au hih

Iketen jkauken o jkhoa, i;

(6126)

sse

e,

ddda Iku jnaunko

hi

tdtti e,

ta

jkaiiken 6

Iketen

H^

hi llkuaii dda lluwa.

e,

yauki llkhda hi llkuan

o jkhoa

jkaiiken
Ikii

llnau,

e,

hi.

He

(6127) ssa ywa.

koa

Ine kiii,

hih Ine

e,

tatti e, hi llkuah

hi

Ine

hi Ine Iketen jkauken 6 jkhoa,

+kakka jkauken, hih

Ika'uken

hih

ti

i,

jkho,

i.

Hih

i.

hih +kakka jkauken,

sse antau Iki ssa hi Ikhoa, hi sse ardko

Ta,

hi ddoa Iloinya.

IX. 197.
i.

PKEPAEATION OF THE FEATHEE BRUSHES

USED IN SPRINGBOK HUNTING.
{Given in December, 1878, ly Ihan+kass'o, from personal
observation.*)

Hi

(8073)

llkuah Iku jkoujkou llkho jkoaken, +kaih+kani

llkho tt6i Ikhu,

au jndbba.

Hih

llkhou Iwkwai

he

hi Ine jkau jkaoken e jkiya, hi Ine jya'uwi t jkdaken-ka

(8074)

Oh(5ken.

hi Ine jkaujkau

(8073')

He,
le,

hi Ine ddf

wai llnwaintu-ka ttd

ttuattuain,J he hi Ine Iku jkdaken.

llkuan ka ssin llwkoen,

n jkoii a jkouwi jkgaken.

t ddi llkhou jki hi.

(8074')

" Rieme " llkuan

X
llkuah ka, jya, I.

e.

Ihaujhau-ka jkanken llkuan

e.

jkuara

PREPARATION OP FEATHER BRUSHES.

They

thirsty.

359

are aware that they are tired.

fore, it does not

seem

There-

as if they will be those to send

the children to the water

for they feel at first that

they are still tired. Therefore, it does not seem as
if they will he those to send the children to the
;

Because they are still sleeping there for (6124)

because they are still tired. Therefore,
they do not seem as if they will be those to send the
water.

a while

children to

the water.

when they (6125)

water when

Therefore,

awake, they send the children to the

they feel that they have had their sleep out. Therefore, they awake.
And then ( ) they send the (6126)
children to the water.
They speak to the children,
they thus say to the children, that the children must
quickly bring them water, that they may quickly
come to drink. For ( ) they are thirsty.
(6127)
;

IX. 197.
L.

PREPAEATION OF THE FEATHEE BRUSHES

USED
speingboe: hunting.*

They

the feather brushes, binding the ostrich (8073)

feathers (the body feathers) upon the "Driedoorn"
roll

They become numerous and they (the Bushmen) pound red stones,t they paint J the feather
brush ( ) sticks. And they make ready the (dried) (8074)
stick.

skin of a springbok's chest

* I used to see
t

The red

my

they thread

little

thongs

grandfather (Tsdtsi) roll the feather brushes.

At the " Philaitd.

(8073')

stones here meant, are ||M; not

delphia Exhibition," in November,

1876, I>id[kw(nn

recognized

red hsematite as \\M.

J Paint them red.

The "children
Thongs (they) are.
The Korannas call them \ya.

of

thongs" (they)

are.

(8074')

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

360

Hi

hi

llkua'm,

like

(8075)

Ikoaken

Iku

Ine

llkua'm-ta llg6o,

lae

Ikanii

liken

llkou

hi Ine

llkuaiii,*

au

Ikoaken,

tte

au llkuam-ta llgoowa Ine kkditen

hi Ine

Ikdaken.

\6

(8083|)

Mmdi, hi

llkhde

llkho

kkwe

tsa;;^aiten

li

au

llkuain,

ddi

llkeii,t

He, hi

a.

au hi

tsa^aiten;

li

Ilkha-ttu-Opua

ta,

hi Ine

llkou

Ine

jho

llkua'mya

ssin

ramemmennin ta,
llkua'm ssan bbii le jkoaken, au liya mmemmennin,
au hi mmemmenninya, au hf Ilka.
Hi llkuan Ikarin Iko llkou llkhda, wa'i ttu, hi Ine
kkoiten, au llkuam ya'uki

!ku !h<5a jkou,

(80832

hi^

au hi

ta,

au

jkdaken-ka Ikwdlkwdgen Una

llgoowa ssin

tl e,

Ihin,

au

tt(5i

Ikhu.

rev.)

Taken from IX. 198.

THE MAEKING OF ARROWS.

(^Given in March, 1879, hy \h.a.h^asi^b,

l^am-ka-lk'e llkuan

(8289)

e,

* j^wl-kau (the name

juniper).

Ha

ttamOpua

Nan.

In6 ta llku|in,

(80885')

e,

J ^ketten

the

(8289')

He
i,

e,

of a little

jk'e ta

tiken

au !>'w|-kati

name

jk'e-ta

(which

of the

jnwa-ka-ku.

is

ti

hi Ine

I,

au hin

tatti, hi

kkgiten hi au jkoaken.

ysiuki

jk'eten

|u e leta Ik'au.

ttuken liken,

Ikweten

1.

the same in the singular and plural)

mark on

ta,

thorny plant, somewhat like

llkuain,

e, Ik'e

au

hi l^a-i wai,

Ike-i wa'i jnoa,

t !k'e-ta ttuken Iku liken au llkhaiten e ya'uki Iki

hin Iku

(8289)

liiken

observation.)

+kdttenj !nwa, au hin

(8290) hi ssin mmii tenn jnwa, au (

e jkwai.
He, hi llnau, hi Ine
(8074')

from personal

the arrows

made with \kwd^ and

is also

Ud.

MARKING OF ARROWS.

361

and they put away the feather brushes.

feather brushes; they dig up
Whuqkn* they roast (the stem of) the Wkuqin, they lay

into (it)

They put away the

WkuMs

the feather brushes over the

smoke,

while (8075)

the Wkuam^s smoke ascends into the feather brushes.

(

horn],

making a

And

it.

they dig f

First,

[with a stick pointed with (8083^)

hole
they put live coals into

little

they put Wkumn upon the live

while

coals,

may smoke quietly, and

Wkudm would set the feather
brushes on fire, if the fire were to flame up, if they
(the stems) flamed up, when roasted.
They (the Bushmen) put the springbok skin % over
(the fire)
they put a stone upon the place where the

they wish that the Wkudm

not flame up

for the

brush sticks

feather

they intend

for

are,

that(8083f')

the smoke should only go out through the ostrich

feathers.

Taken from IX.

198.
L.

THE MARKING OF AEROWS.

The Bushmen

who mark

arrows, while (8289)

recognize the arrows, when

are those

they wish that they may

they are shooting springbok at one place. And, (8290)
( )
when they are following the springbok spoor, when
*

Its

stem

does not a

brushes with
is

is

that whioli the people call \\km'tn, because it

Therefore, the people smoke the feather

(8074')

little smell.
it.

The people

call the

stem

of the \ywq-Jcau,

which

in the earth, \\kuqin.

which have no digging-stick stones(8083i')

f Men dig with sticks
(upon them) they are those with which men dig.
skin, into which the feather brushes have been
X They turn the
put, upside down, over the hole into which the live embers and
;

the Wkuqin were put.

AH the arrows.

(8289')

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

362

Ilnau,

Hin

!nwa.

"A-ka jawa kan

Ind ta:

(8291) hf-ta +k^ttea Iku Ikuii

kiii

tt."

h6 jnwa

jkukko a ha Ine

a.

llkhoa

+enn
e,

ta,

jkukko a ha

Ine

Hi

"I, A-ka !nwa kan Ike."

mmu

tau hoho !nwa, hi Ine

Ine ttdi

hi,

Ine

"l^T-ka

kiii:

hi

lla,

jnwa

Ike

Hi

Ine

ll;^a,

llkhoa Ike; ta, hi-ta tkdtten Iku Ikuei ii."

(8292)

Ikwa^*

llknaii

hi ddi +kdtten,

^,

!.

llkhoe tte tt6, he hi Ine jkaiten lli^k^ tt5,

he Ikwae

h^

Ine llkhou \k\, l;

an Ikwae;

hi +kdtten tawa,

e,

i.

The Adhesive Substance used by the Bushmen

in

MAKING Arrows,
{Given in January, 1878, hy Ihan^ikaas'o.)

(6088)

Ikwaiiten llkuan e;
llkeya

(6089)

llkudrri

>'auki
llkeya

"pompoon", han ku^rrekudrre.

han llkellkdya jkhoa. Ha ( ) llkiten
ttamOpua Ikiiita M-ta jkuitenjkuitaken llkejkhwa'iten.
Hih Ine e jgaubken.
;

he

Ssiten Iku ;^hanna jho a;

(6090) jkuh jho !goe,

ssih

!gge

i;

di

sse

ssi

kunkuh, ddi

ta

kvii

li

hiii

In^

ta

li.

He

i.

He

ssi

Ine

hi,

.Inabba

ssiten +i, ti

ssiten Ine jkahn

e,

o ssiten ka, ha
Ikwai,

hi
e,

Ik^i,

He

i.

he

ssi-g

ddi

ssiten

e,

ssi ta ssi se

kiii

Hi

ssi

Ine

6 tadbba

llki

sse

Ikii-g

Iku-g Ine

ssi

juhi
Ine

jk'aiti,

Ik'aiten

^ab

ssiten Ine ikwa,

liudrrekkudrre

ha

ddi wha'i-ta jguatten-ta

jkaiiken.

(8292')

Han llkeHa llkiten

e.

Ikuita;

ikii

(6091)

llki'ten

llkuai ka Harpi's,

I.

ADHESIVE SUBSTANCE USED IN MAKING ARROWS.

363

they are going along picking up the arrows they

arrows.
They say " Thy arrow it

recognize the

seems to he, for, their mark is like ( ) this." Another (8291)

man says: "Yes, my arrow is yonder." They again
go to pick up this arrow. The other man says:
"My arrow seems to he yonder; for their mark is
like this."

\ktvqS*

that with which they

is

make

the marks. (8292)

They put ttd into (it), and they pound the ttd together
with the \kwde and the \kwae becomes red on account
of it
then, they mark the arrows with it.
:

The Adhesive Substance used by the Bushmen

in

MAKING Arrows.
it is Wkudrri juice.
It
\kwqk t
pumpkin, it is round. Its juice is white ;

It

is

water.

Its

juice

ness resembles milk.

We
down
it

make an

is

not a

little

white;

is

like

it

is

its

a (6088)

like

white- (6089)

It is poison.

incision (?) (and) set

it

(the Wkudrri)

and then we hold a tortoise (shell) underneath

because we wish its juice to be upon the (6090)

we may make \kwqe of it. And

by the fire, making it hot and we
when it is hot. Then, we ( ) beat (?), (6091)

tortoise (sheU), that

we warm
beat(?)
cooling

(it)

it,
it.

And we

take

it

up

in this manner,^ with

stick; we do in this manner to it,

"
Driedoorn " stick, as we make it round ;
with the
while we think that we intend to make little spring-

a "Driedoorn"

bok arrows.
* They (the farmers)

call

it

" Harpis."

(Probably harpuis, (^8292')

* * * "resin.")
of this word has been followed in the
f The later spelling
translation, as probably more correct.

The narrator here imitated the manner

McwaS by means of rolling

it

upon a

stick.

of

taking

up the (6091')

;;

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

3G4

IX. 210.
L.

RID. OF THE EVIL

INFLUENCE OF BAD DREAMS.

MODE OF GETTING

{Given in August, 1875, in the Katkop

(5161')

ha

kan ka

^oa, ha

ha ka ha

llnau,

ha Ikomm

Ikau,

Iho

(5162')"jkabbi-5 Ike!" o ha
ssin llkhabbo-a Iki
li

hd

Ikwei

j^a

He

hi ha.

ti e,

h^

Ikwan, ddi,

ttai

yauki

1^

s he tta

He

tfken

e,

llk^ii

ll^e

6 ll;^eten tta Ilka

he tiken

sse Iwkua,

ha

llnau,

ha kku:

jkojko'in e,

Ta, ha

hi ha.

e, ll;^e

he kko

ttai he,

ha

ssiii

llnau,

Ilka

tfken
ti

e,

e,

ha-g

ttai,

dken

Ine ya'uki

llkhabbo-a

He

aken.

hd

sse Ilk6a-ken llkhoe

tchuen

ha Ikwei
llnau,

ha

ha ssin llkhabbo-a ha, ha ka

a,

^wa +hannuwa.
he, hiii ^auki ssin.

Ilka ti e,

e,

ttaS,

o han tta

ssiii

ha

ll;^e e,

(5164')

ha

ti

hia llkhabbo

ttai,

he, ha ka, he

ya'uki
i

Ikulkuiten,

ka tchuen

jkau,

Ikwelkwa, ha ddi, hin kfe sse

(5163') o ha +eli-na,
Ikojkoiii,

ha Ikam

if-ta

6 he ya'uki

llnallna

ha ka ha

ssin llnau,

sse ttai,

hy Dialkwain.)

dialect,

ha

ti e,

Iku llkhabbo-a lli^kdaken.

ka

yaiiki

mama

Ikwei ^o,

ykwa^^kwa ha

ll;^;eya

^wa mama

a,

i;

iku llkhabbo-a llwkdaken

i.

IX. 211.
L.

CONCERNING TWO APPARITIONS.

{Related in January, 1876, in the Kathop dialect, hy

(5810)

ggi

kkan

Inau llkho

it

Iha,

Sslten Ine llnau, o sslten

D[ajkw|m.)

6 kkuerrekkudrre-ttuken.

ka

ssi

jnau kkulten ha-ha,

AGAINST EVIL INFLUENCE OF DREAMS.

365

IX. 210.
L.

MODE OF GETTING RID OF THE EVIL

INFLUENCE OF BAD DEEAMS.

My mother used to do in this manner, when she (5161')

intended to go out to seek for food, when she was
about to

took

she

as

she

plunged the stone into the ashes of the fire,

exclaimed: " Eider (?) yonder!" while she
wished that the evil things, about which she
been dreaming, should altogether remain in
instead of going out with her.
fire
For, if
did not act in this manner, they would go

she

start,

stone;

(and)

)(5162')

had
the
she

out

which she went would

that she had ( )(5163')
dreamt of evil things which were not nice. Therebecause she was
fore, she acted in this manner
aware that, if she went out with the dream which
she had dreamt, her going out would not be
with.

That place

her.

not be nice;

to

while she

knew

fortunate.

The Bushman

which she dug would not be

because it was aware that she ( ) (5164')

rice

favourable to her,

had dreamt evil things. Therefore, the Bushman

would not be favourable to mamma; while the
Bushman rice was aware that mamma had dreamt
therefore, the Bushman rice would act
evil things
about it.
manner
in this

rice

IX. 211.
L.

CONCERNING TWO APPAEITIONS.

We

buried

my

wife in the afternoon.

had finished burying

her,

we

When we (5810)

returned to the (5811)

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

366

(5811) ssiten
e

n llka;^ai Whai-ttu-ggii llnSn,

Hin ssan jnau hi n, 6-g n Iha;

Ine Ikuiten

he 6a Ihin he.

(5812) h6

ho

ssi ttai juhi

He

lla

!uhi ss'o

ik'mL,

i.

jkhwa-Opua, o han

a llkho

lauwi tss'a

ssi

6 hail llkhda ha Ikwllkwi

jk'ou,

ta,

llkau.

6 ha jkwajkwagen.

Heii

(5813)

Whai-ttu kukkui, han

llka^ai

Ha
han
(5814) ha

ha

Iku

He,

"I,

(5815) lke:

llougen llkho,

(5817)

llkuah

wa

Ik'ou

h-ka

He

ti e,

jkei

Han

sslh Ikuei-u, i."

ha ss6 ko

siii

haii

Ti kkaii

ll^koen, ti

" [k'e Ikelkerriten

jnu jk'e

ha ka a

+eh-na,

ssi

hha ka

lluau,

Ikui luhi ssiii

ti

e,

ha

llwkoen tss'a

sse

ikui."

kaii sse

llneiii,

ssa Ini ha, o

(5819)

ha Iku Ikwai kw6kkwaii-a

a,

Una,

liike

a, hiii

llkuaii

sse a hi,

"+karnOpua!
ssa

Iha

i,

ttiiko

Ikhwa-Opud a +enni, he tiken llkuah

Iki

ssiii
Ikii

ii

(5818) Iku

Uken

ha.

Ini

e,

+kakka ke,

ssiii

a he +ni Ikui

lli/ke

ka

llkhda

han

llku-ah kukkui,

ka

kail

Ikwaiya jkui a?

Ihih he.

ssi

He

(5816)

hah

lla,

Whai-ttu kukkui,

wwe

Ilka Iha

ti e.

kukkui,

Tss'a ddih a,

a Ddiajk-wain

jkhi

ll^a-Opua

ssi ttai

llnaii,

yyu

llougen

llka;^ai

fit

ttuttu ssi:

jk-weiten-ta-llken

Ikei

juhf ss'o !k'6u?

'ke,

lliikoen

ha jkhiya,

llkho

jkhiya ha."

e,

"Ine

ttuttu ssi:
tss'a,

Han

He

jkhwa-Opua."

llkho

^a

Tss'a dde

"lliikoen yyfi!

ha
lla

ii

He k
llnaii,

a
jkui,

kukkui,

ka

sse llbkoen, ti e,

juhi

ss'o

ha

Inaii

ii

!;^uohni

\^ke:

Ikam

ii

Ino sse il^a

ssi

lau llnallna,

i,

l^keya he

a,

ii

ss'5."

he

6 llwke-ka ti-0pua.

llneiii,

He h

i.

He

kukkui,

ii

CONCERNING TWO APPARITIONS.

home

my

of

sister,

Whai-m*

whence they had come

bmy my

wife with

over

the salt pan.

And we
a

us

salt

(5812)

perceived

with

sat

it

And my

thing

upon the

its legs

which looked like

salt pan, seeming

crossed over each other.

Whai-ttu, spoke, she

sister,

Look ye
pan? It is
"

"What thing

other people,

tlie

forth.
They had come to
and we went away, crossing

child, as it sat

little

as if

me

and

367

sits

questioned (581.3)

yonder upon the

And

like a little child."

\kweiteii-

"Look

ta-Wken [another sister] spoke, she asked us:

Why

ye!

is

a person?

that this

it

thing

is

truly like (5814)

seems as if it had on the cap which

Ddid\kwqm''s wife used to wear." And my sister,
Whai-ttu, spoke, she answered: "Yes,
my younger
sister
The
thing
truly
resembles
that which (5815)
(
)
brother's wife was like."
It did thus as we went
It

along,

seemed as if it sat looking (towards) the

which we came out.

it

place from

And

"The old people (5816)

( )
me, that the angry people were wont
to act thus, at the time when they took a person
away, they used to allow the person to be in front
Ye know that
of us, (so that) we might see it.
therefore, ye (5817)
child,
she ( ) really had a very little
should allow us to look at the thing which sits
upon this salt pan; it strongly resembles a person,
Wkii-dn spoke, she said:

used to

head

its

said

my
it,

tell

is there, (

Wait

"

home,

like a person."

And

I spoke, (5818)

do thus, as I return to
whether I shall again perceive

I will

I will see,

as it sits."

And

we went

there, for a

little

to their

while.

home.

And

And we
spoke,

* W7iai-Uu means "Springbok Skin".

talked (5819)

I said to

SPECIMENS OP BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

368

he llkhda kan
(5820) iikSin
Ine

He n

le.

+i,

ti

ll^a,

ha

lliikoen, ti e,

Iku ss'o ssin

ha, 6

(5822)

ha

ti e,

ti e, (

ss'6.

e +ni

He, n

ha oa Iku

(5823) llkoaken Ine

kko ha

ha

I'ten

Iki

ttai

Ine juhi ssin

Ilka

ti

+i

(5824) llgo* jnaiinko kie li^koen

e,

!ge o

i.

He

tlken

e,

jnaunko

jhumm,

ha

llnau,

llwke

a,

he kie

lli/keten a,

sse
Ike-

han
ha
e,

sse Ini ha, 6

He
hai

Ine Ini

e,

i.

i,

0h6

e,

e.

ti'ken

tta

llkuan ^auki ka ha ttai j(U

Iki

Ino sse

ti

ha

ssin

o han ka,

ha jnaunko

e,

Ine llkuan

ke,

llnau,
a,

i
i,

Ikuei

ssiii

kah +i, ti
e, n yauki

Ine lli/koen, ti

ssin ss'o he.

i,

ssi

e,

ta

ii llkuau

llkuan Ine ttaiiko

IST

he

mama-ggu ka +kakka

Igiten

ha

ti

jkuiten;
i.

tta'uko llwkoen, tl e,

tss'a a Ij^arra,

Ta,

tta

Ine Ikditen,

Ilka,

ssin ss'o

e.

h kan

tan,

He,

ha

ha, o

Ini

llkuan

n kan
n sse

e,

Ikuan, ssa, i;

(5821)

n yau

+i,

ha,

Ini

Ilka ti

ha

i; ta,

ttii
i.

ManssegnJ Ine +kakka ssi a, ti e,

(5825) ha ha ( ) llnau, o hah jhann-a ttin, hah ha llnau,
hah ttai la, hah ha lauwi jkhwa-Qpua, o hah
hhitya 6 Oho H^a^u.
He, ha ha kukkui, hah
N-ka jkhwa ^a e ( ) ss'o ssin !ku;^e jgauka h ?
(5826) +i
ll^ai

lha,t

'

* Ha-ka

(5823')

ti

ha jnaunko

e,

liyke a Igiten Ijj^arra

Ikndn ddi,

a.

ilkellkeya

t\

Ta,
e,

Iki

4:1

mamaggu

Inu-jk'e

bin

1,

ttai ha,
Iki

ha ssan juhi ssm

e,

a,

ha ll^keten

+kakka

dda he

ke,

he ta

ti

ha

a,

e,

Ikvaiya hi

1,

1;

Ikue'i

Ikuken,
a,

tss'a

a Ixarra.

(5824')

t -^

Wx^

Ita

is,

the

IlkaxSi

la-kkumm |han

jkhwa a Iku jhammi ha.

(5825')

narrator

explains,

an

abbreviation

of

likaxai Iha.

hhika or hhitya

is,

e,

+kakka

ssi

I,

ti

e,

Han. Iku ka ha jkuxe Ihm.

Diajkwiin

sa'i/s,

hhiten ha-ha.

ha |na

CONCERNING TWO APPARITIONS.

them that they appeared

to

369

think that I did not

wish to return (home); for the sun was setting.

And I ( ) returned on account of it. I thought (5820)
that I would go in the same manner as we had
come that I might, going along, look whether I
should again perceive it, as it sat.
Going along,
I ( ) looked at the place, where it had sat; because (5821)
I thought that it might have been a bush.
I saw
that I did not perceive it, at the place where it
had sat. And I agreed that ( ) it must have been (5822)
a different kind of thing.
For my mothers used to tell me that, when the
sorcerers are those who take us away, at the time
when they intend to take us quite away, ( ) that (5823)
;

the time when our friend is in front of us, while

he desires that we may perceive him, because he
feels that he still thinks of us.
Therefore, his outer
*
skin
still looks at us, because he feels
that (5824)
( )
he does not want to go away (and) leave us; for
he insists upon coming to us. Therefore, we still
perceive him on account of it.
My sister's husband, Mdnsse,'\ told us about it,
that it had ( ) happened to him, when he was hunting (5825)
about, as he was going along, he espied a little
is

peeping at him by the side of a bush. And

Can it be my child who ( ) seems to (5826)
he thought
child,

'

* That part of him (with) which

with which he comes before us, at
that is the
are taking him away
manner. Por, my mother and the
;

(when we

die)

we

he

still

thinks of us,

when
time when he

the time

is

that

(5823')

the sorcerers
acts in this

others used to tell me, that

they

do as the \nu people do;

change

(?)

themselves into a different thing.

f

My

sister,

\a-kkumm's husband

had perceived a

child

who was

it

was who

told us,

afraid of him.

It

that he

wanted

run away.

2b

to

(5824')

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

370

Han Ine ss'o llgu jk'ui, o han ss'o ssin Igaiika

He Mansse ha kukkui, han +!, Akke n ttai

n.'

Iko

'

(5827)

lie,

Ino

e.'

sse

ilkoen jkhwi a a,

He Mansse
llir^koen, ti e,

jkhwa a
(5828)

e,

ha

Ikam

ttai

han ha

Ikhwan ha

ha

Ik'a'uru-i

ha >'wan ha ka

llkuan ttai jhin

llwkoen, ti

e,

Han

i.

tss'a

Ikhwa

6 ha;

ttai !k'a'ui'U-a

dde (no a jkhwa

He ha ha kkunnin-i
Han ha llkuan

ha.

lla,

Ihin.

!kii;^e

(5830) ya'uki In6 ka ha sse ha a; he Ikhwa Iku

ha Ihammi

jkhwa

jkhwa h| ywan

e,

tiken

han ha ^wan ha ka ha

He Mansse ha

llnau,

jkhwah ha ssneh-a llnun hho

kkdRii Ihin,

Ikhwa dde

Ikhwa, ha sse llkoen

lla

liakoen, ti

H^ ha ha

ha Iku^e Ihin.
(5829) he jkhwa ha (
Ihin;

e,

li| liakoen, ti e, jkliwa

ha jhainmi ha.

Oho

ti

lli/koen Ikhe a.

Ikhwa latti-Opua llkuan e; han ha

^wan

Ikhwa,

llwkoen, ti

e,

llwkoen,

ti

e,

ikw^ya jkui. Han llnau, tlkenhan ^auki Ikwaiya jkui; han ha

kukkiii, han +i, han iku sse ;^ii ttii jkhwa.

(5831) jkhwa Kkuan

tiken-kkuften,*
Iku-g Ine

(5832) Ta,

jkhwa a Iku

He
He

ha ha Iku

hail

ha

jkui; ta,
I

kho

ttai,

jkhwa ha llwkoen,

* Hail

(5831')

jhammi

Ik'ii

ssa,

ha,

Ikhwan
ti

e,

Ikhe
ttai

hd

Iku

a.

ko

Ik'a'uru-i.

^li

ttiii

ha;

haii ssuen.

llnau, lli:;ke-kko, o

ha

lli!koen ha,

ha Iku Ixarra-sse Ikw^ya,

Ikui, o ti-kko.

ha

tss'a

han >aiiki IkwSya

a Ixarra.

Han

llkuan

CONCERNING TWO APPAEITIONS.

have run
"while it

thought

me ?

after

have

It seems to

371

way,
Mdnsse

lost its

seems to have followed me.' And

Allow me to walk nearer, that I may'

look at this child (to see)

And Mdnsse saw

that

what child

the

acted

child

(5827)

(it) be.'

in

this

manner, whea the child saw that he was going up

to it, that he might see what child it was, he saw
The (5828)
that the child appeared as if ( ) it feared him.
child sat behind the bush; the child looked from
side to side it seemed as if it wanted to run away.
And he walked, going near to it and the child ( ) (5829)
It walked away, looking
arose, on account of it.
;

from side to side;

run away.

And Mdnsse
(

to

seemed as

him

to

come

be afraid of him.

if

why

looked (to see)

child did not wish

seemed

it

to

it

wanted

was that the

as the child stood looking at him.

child;

to

and the child

he examined the (5830)

it

And

it

He saw

he saw
( ) (5831)
In other parts* (of it) it was
not like a person; he thought that he would let the
For a child who was afraid of him
child alone.
was here. And he walked on, while the child (5832)
( )
And (as) the child
stood looking from side to side.
saw that he went away from it, it came forward
(near the bush), it sat down.

was a

that

it

was

like a person.

of it

it

was

girl;

little

* At one time, -when

for,

that the child

lie

looked at

different looking,

resembled a person.

it, it

was not like a person; (5831')

a different thing.

The other part

SPECIMENS OP BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

372

IX. 228.
L.

THE JACKAL'S HEAET NOT TO BE

EATEN.*
{Dictated, in September,

1878, Jy lhaii4:kaB3'5, from his maternal

grandfather, Tssatssi.)

Hi

(7457)

he

koro yaiiki

ka Iku jku^e

llkaueyaken

Ihammi,

He

(7459)

kdro

tiken
li,

au ha ya'uki

ha Iku

tatti e,

Ha

Iku

ssiii

he Igappem-ttii wa-g
ha

Ik^-i jkuiii,
jkuiri,

(7458') jkuiiiya
jkuiii,

Ha
koro
*

Ine

Ine l^ao

In

this

Ikuiiijkuiii

Ine

ha

a,

of
is

He,

jnoa l;^droken,

au Igappem-ttu,

He ha

jkuiii.

he ha

ha

Ine

Ine Iki ttdi

jkuin

llhiiiya

ha

ha-ha jhou, ha Ine

he,

Ikoettiika Ine

hi Ikuakken hi, hi

piece

a.

llnau,

!khou-i

Ine Ikha-i kdro.

kdro ttu

which the meaning

au kdro

jkhwa-Opua

Iku llhiiillhin jho jkuiii; he,

llkhai

yaiiki

sse.

Ine llhin jkuiii, i;

he jkuiiiya

ttuttii

ha a

Narrator.

the

au ha jkanna au jhou

Ha jhamma

t6a

au ha ya'uki jkwe

Mamma

li,

k6ro Ike ta Iku jku;^e u

Wote added ly
(7457')

ta,

Ine ddi li-ssa,

au ha Iku

Ini i;

jkii^e u,

kdro

Ihammi.

ya'uki ka-g Ine h

au

lili,

Ihia.

Ine Igauko

au iten

ta hi koro

jkhwa-Opua ka ha ha

a,

e,

Ik^ ta ddi Ikdrre,

ttamOpua jhammi,

jkhwa-Opua Ike-g

ta,

yauki

hail

li,

jkhwa-Opua

Ikhwa-Opua yauki

e,

tatti e,

hih

ti

hin
(7458)

llkuaii tatti e,

+umrQ

native literature

Ikuakken

hi.

several

words occur

not yet clear to the translator.

of

jackal's heart not to be eaten.

373

IX.228.
/,.

THE JACKAL'S HEAET NOT TO BE

EATEN".
They

(the

Bushmen)

feel that a little child is

be timid; therefore, the

to

jackals'

hearts;

is

wont (7457)

child does not eat

because the jackal

afraid; for the jackal

The leopard

little

is

not a

little

runs away.

(7458)

the one whose heart the

little

child

which is not afraid; for, a little child

becomes a coward from the jackal's heart, it fears

eats;

it

immoderately

(?).

we do not give to a little child ( ) the (7459)

heart; because we feel that the jackal is
run away, when it has not (even) seen us;

Therefore,
jackal's

used to

when

it

has only heard our foot rustle,

while

it

does not look towards (us).

Note added by

the

it

runs away,

Narrator.

He (my grandfather, Tssqtssi) had bought dogs (7457')

from \gdppem-ttu, and \gdppem-ttu gave him a dog.
And he took hold of the dog, he tied the dog up
and he took the dog away; holding the thong with
which he had tied up the dog. He at first kept
the dog tied up; and, when the dog had slipped ( )(7458')
his thong (?), he put it upon the scent (?), and the
dog killed jackals.
He (my grandfather) skinned the jackals; and

my

grandmothers dressed the jackals' skias

dressed them, they sewed them.

they

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

374

H4

Ihdbblsse,

ha jkauken kdro, hin

ha

ll'ua,

Ikilki

ssa hi, ha l^ao hi.

He, ha

au ha

Inwa

Ine

He, ha
(7459')

jnuiii,

Ine

He

Ikuiix.

Inuiii,

Ma,

Igdppem-ttu a !nuin, koro-ka

tdtti

tiken

e,

Igdppem-ttuwa

e,

ha

Ine h igappem-ttu a Inuin,

llkhi;

h^

He, h jkoinyk

Hd
(7460)

ha

kdro,

iki

ta,

lili,

ssiii

ti'ken e,

Ine Ikiiiten,

"Aken

hi kdro

lili,

au ha

ss'6 ka,

H^

Ik^ ta ddi li-ssa."

a,

Ine

kdro-ka

i.

Ikoih ta ssin llnau,

Ine ta:

ti'ken e,

he Igappem-ttii a

ll^amki a ha a jkoa, au ha luka n jkoin

Inuin.

a ha a

a,

ddk lgd.ppem-ttu a jnuih

Ine

au ha dda Igappem-ttu a jkuin

ha

kdro-ka Inuin,

ll'ua-ka Inuin, ll'ua ttu.

Iki

au ha

ddk Igdppem-ttu a

Ine

tfken

Ine j^aua

ta hi

e,

ssi

kdro

>'auki

i.

Ta, n Ikoih Ike ya'uki ssih hi kdro, hah ka ssih

Iku

!;^aiia

ha Opuohdde koro.

Taken from

IX.237.
L.

IIHAEA

AND

TTO.

{Given in August, 1878, hj Ihaii+kass'o.)

llhdra llkuah e Ikd ihdaka;

(7273')
i;

au ttogen

Ine jkiya,

he

jk'dten
jk'e

ttamm-i hi Inah,

jyaui hi &hsh.^

i,

au

hi !kau hi; hi Ine jkau hi, jkau hi, jkau hi, hi Ine
jyaui hi eixeh^

hi Ina,

Hi

i.

Ine jkau llhAra, hi Ine

au hi mail hi Ikau tt6

* The Dutoli name, used for

or

"Eoode Klip".

ttd,

* hi Ine

ttamm

ma'ii

hi

appears to be " Kooi Klip"

Koranna gave the name \nou

for

it.

IIhIea

He

again

Lalandii,

And
kaross,

lie

and

375

tto.

(?) killed (?) a jackal and an Otocyon

brought them (home), he skinned them.

he made a kaross for \gdppem-Uu, a jackals'

while he put on the Otocyon kaross, the

Otocyon skin.

And he

took the kaross to \gdppem-ttn, the jackals'

while he felt that \gdppeni-ttu was the (7459')
( )
one who had given him the dog. Therefore, he
made a kaross for \gdppem-ttu; while he made for
kaross,

\gdppem-ttu an equivalent (?) for the dog; therefore,

he gave the kaross to \gdppem-Uu, and \gdppem-Uu
also

gave him a pot,

while he

grandfather for the jackals' kaross.

rewarded (?)

And my

my

grand-

father returned home.

Then my grandfather used to act in this manner,

when he was boiling a jackal, he said: ( ) "Thou (7460)
dost seem to think that we eat jackals' hearts? for,
we become cowards (if we do so)." Therefore, we
did not eat the jackals' hearts.
For,

my

grandfather used not to eat the jackal;

he only boiled the jackal for his sons.

IX. 237.
L.

WEARA AND
Whdra *

is

fat] anoint

black

TTO.

the people [having mixed

their heads

with

it;

while

the people rub their bodies with

ttd

it

is

with (7273'
red,

when they

and
have pounded it they pound it, pound it, pound it,
they rub their bodies with it. They pound Whdra^
they anoint their heads, when they have first
it,

certain stone whioli

is

said to be bath, hard

and

soft.

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

376

\yam

au

hi enen,

(7274') hi Ine ttainm hi

llwei hi

He, hi
au hi

Ina.

au hi

Ina,

Ine jkui, i

ta,

jkii

ttamOpua

He

Ikhu wd, sse llkhoe.

tdtti,

hi ttamm-i hi Ina

jkuiten

Ine

ha

llhollho

ll;^amki

hi-ta

llhollho

au

jkukko

wa

ha

lid,

ha

e,

au jkiikko d

Ikuwa

au hi +kdkka

llhdra

au

ha

ll;^amki

llhollho;

(7276') sse jkukko,

lla,

H^

tiken

td,

Ika

sse

ssiii

jkukko

llhdra,

Ine

ssd,

Ikudkken,

au ha +kakka jkukko
Iki

ssa

ha a

llhara,

iku
a,

hin

Ha jkukko, he ha ^aiiki ssah ine

jkukko a

llhollho

ssdii Ine

au jkukkowa

ha; jkukko

lie

Iki

jkukko ka-g Ine ll;^amki

e,

jkukko

ssa

ha a

Ikiiwa

He

ha

Ikudkka

Iki

llhara.

k(5a ttd.

hiii

lid

ll^amki

jkukko koa ssah ll;^amki

ha a

sse

ll;^amki

sse

llhara,

la'iti

sse

j;^oa

jkukko a

td,

llnein

dda hi &

hi;

lla

au hi Ina ^au

jkiikko a, jkiikko sse

hi Ina sse ddi kii

llkhde,

Ihoaka.

hi

Ikiya

dkken

kiii

hi Ine jkuiten, au hi Ine Ihin jkiikko, au hi

tatti,

tt6

ttamm

Ine

i,

Ind,

hi

au hi

jkau llhdra,

Ine

yu^rriten, au Ihoakenlhoaken,

llkho

(7275') Ta,

Hi

Ikhiika sse

ta,

He, hi

tt6.

ha

lla

i;

ha

tt6.

Ine Iki

jkukko, tt6, hih llhara.

llhara

wawaiten

llkuah

I^krraken,
j^arraken.
Iniilmitatta

h^

tiken

hi

wawaiten

e,

Ina

ka

J.

au hi

H^

td-tti,

tiken

+kakken

e,

Una,

l^am-ka-jk'e

"

Ha

Ikui,

ta

ha e

hi

Ine

ka,

au

Ikdo,

au

llHAEA

pounded

AND

377

TTO.

they first rub their bodies with

ttd
they pound Whdra, they anoint their heads.
) They anoint their beads very nicely, while they (7274')
(
wish that their head's hair may descend {i.e., grow
th.e

And

ttd.

And

becomes abundant on account of it;

because they have anointed their heads, wishing that
the hair may grow downwards, that their beads may
become black with blackness, while their heads are
long).

not a

it

black.

little

And

they return, when they come away from the

other man, while they return to their home when
tbey have told the other person (the woman) about
it, that the other person shall prepare [more] Whdra
for them, as well as ttd.
For he (the man) also
goes,
(his)
to dress bags for him, (7275')
wife
will
go
( )
bags wbich he will also bring to the other man
while the other (man's wife) will also put aside
Whdra for him, when the other (man) collects Whdra.
And the other (man) comes to put aside Whdra for
him while she [the wife of the man who brought
;

away bags for the

the other (woman) that

the bags] also dresses (and) puts

other;

she has told

for,

the other must also bring her Whdra and

she has been to the

other,

ttd;

for

and she will not be

coming (soon again) to the other, ( ) for, the other (7276')

must go to her the other must go to receive the
;

bags,

when

the other takes

the other one also does so

ttd

ttd to her.

Therefore,

she takes to the other

and Whdra.

Whdra sparkles; therefore, our heads shimmer, on

account of it ; while they feel that they sparkle, they

shimmer.

when
he

is

Therefore, the

the old

women

Bushmen

are

are talking there

wont to say,
" That man,

a handsome young man, on account

of

his

SPECIMENS OP BUSHMAN FOLKLOEE.

378

ha Ina

yau akken

hi

e,

Hi

Ihdakenlhdaken."
(7277')

yaiiki

0h6
hin

akken

ilkuan

jkuiya,

ssi-ta

ssi-ta

!j^(5e,

TTO

hin kda

llbk^rri,

llkuai ka,

jk'eten

tt6 ttu Ika ss'o jkou, jk'eten Ine ta, tt6 ttu,

jk'eten

Una hi

jhammi

(jgi'ten).

jk'e hd, ka,

He
(7279)

'

hi,

au

Hin

Ine

dda

tt6 ttu,

Hd

lla

Ikiiki

au hi
tt6,

tt6,
hi

lla

jk'e

e,

H^

i.

tiken

Ike
e,

tiken

tt6,

tt6

Ikilki
;

hi

k6a

jgften Ike

tdtti e,

au hi

ttu,

Ikelkem

tt5.

Ine

tt6

Ine Ikaiten-i

sse j^e, hi sse

hi ha ka

e,

3*30

ha

jgi'ta

au hin

Ine Ikii llhara, hiii

'^^'

ta,

kkwe,* ddi
tt6,

llnein,

i.

jkau tt6, hi j^au hi, au hi Ine j^oa tt6.

(7280) '^6 jkaiten-a tt6

jk'eten tatti

'

ttu.

(7280')

hi hd,
Ine llnau, au hi
3

ddi Ikiiki

sse

^auki

hin

jkhi,

OBTAINED.

IS

Tt6 Ilkuan Una jkou, tt6 ttu;

(7276)

Inkn

Ikhi.

HOW
(7275)

Ha

"

a,

M-ta

hin Ine e

!;^(5e,

Ilkuan

jkerriten

ttamOpua Iwkwaiya, au
hin

" Ikao "

In^ ta,

he Una

0h6

llhara

hi; ta, ha Ina llkhoa jkhi."

Ilka

e,

au

hi,

Ilka

ta,

kkwe,

Henna tt6

Ikaiibken,

jgita sse

He, hi

Ine

ll^amki ddi

he hi

114

j;;^e,

lla,

llhara, "j"

hi
hi

ddi
hi

Ine jkMten.

^^ ^^?^ ttaiittan, au Igita lli^ko'en hi.

f llhara ttu Ilkuan Iku llj^aniki Ixara sse

Iku llxamki Ixara sse

ss'o.

ss'o

tto

ttuwaken

HOW
head,

-whicli

They

beautiful; for, his head

It is a tree

tree

little

it

is

OBTAINED.

which

large

is

is

with

the

"Handsome young

surpassingly (7277')
like the \kM tree."*
(

is

in our country
a great tree.

(it) is

379

beautiful

say,

"His head

him,

to

IS

surpassingly

is

Whdra's blackness."

man"

TTQ

abundant in our country

it is

the [Mi

They

are not

the W^kerri tree and

the \kM.

HOW

TTO

IS

OBTAINED.

in the mountain, the ttd mine; the people ("7275)

Ttd
say that the ttd mine is on the side of the mountain,
is

the people say

'

ttd

mine

'

to

it.

The people are afraid of it [that is, of the sorcerers

live by the mine], because ( ) the people are (7276)
aware that people are there (sorcerers). They (the
sorcerers) make a house t there.
Therefore, the
people who intend to pound ttd, rub themselves
when they (go to) collect ttd. And when they go

who

to the

ttd,

they throw stones at

when they wish the sorcerers

that they may go undisturbed

the ttd mine, (7279)

to

hide themselves,

to

work

at the ttd,

while they feel that the sorcerers dwell at the ttd

mine.
Therefore, they take up stones, they throw
stones at the ttd mine, when they ( ) wish the (7280)
sorcerers to hide themselves, that they may go in
peace J to work at the ttd. And they go to work
They also get Whdra ; they put
at the ttd, ttd, ttd.
away the Whdra and the ttd, and they return home.
* The \hM tree bears berries; and has no thorns.
their houses are small holes, like
f The narrator thinks that
mouseholes.
would be ill, if the sorcerers saw them.
X For, they

The Whdra mine

a different place; the

[literally,
ttd

mine

"mouth"
is

or

"opening"]

also in a different place.

is

in

(7276)
(7280')

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

380

IX. 240.
L.

MADE BY BUSHMEN
SHOW THE DIEECTION
THEY HAVE GONE.

IN ORDER
IN WHICH

SIGNS

TO

{Given, in April, 1879, hy Ihaii^^kass'o,

and from personal

his mother, lxabbi-an,

Hiii Iku llnau, au jku-kko ttdiya, jkukoken ^aiiki

(8374)

ha

In^ ta

hi

(8375)

from

observation.)

Ine

ha

lke,t

ha

Ine

jkuiten,

hd

Ha

Ike.

Ine

ha

Ine llwko^n llnSn,

jkd

ssa

au

hi,

Ine lli/kodn, lliiikoen,

He, ha

Ine Ini Ike Iko jkhe.

(8376) iiiiko^n

he

!koa,

lii

au Ikurujkuru, he jku-ko

jho

Ha

llnein.

jkuru,* au

Ine

Ikdikd

llnau,

jkuiten, hin

Ine

Ine

ll;t?ihki

"

Ik'e

tan

lla

Ike,

ha

Ine

Ini

Ik^

a,

ha

kail jkhe.

He, ha

Ine

(8377)

lla,

He, ha Iku-g

jkhoa-ttu e."

ha

kiii

llwkoen

llgaiie

jk'6,

llkou

Ine

hd

ssiii,

llkaiten

sse

He, ha

llneilln^i.

(8378) kan jkuJten

\yh.L

ko

ss'o

Ine

Ha

jk'e

Inu

Ine kiii:

"

llneiii

ll^koen,

Ini

jkhoa, au

Henna

lla

au

ll^koen

au hd

||

llkuaii

ddda a

l"i^i

e,

Ike

kaii

a jkhoa llnun ss'o ha.

'M

U'tenliten Ilkuan kkgiten, hf-ka ku.

li

llku|n Iku juhi

ss'o.

"

jk'aii.

au hoken.

Ine

llgaue

llneilln^iya

ss'o, i

II

ha

ij:

liya

lliikoen ss'o.

* Hi ilkuan jkuru jho hi Inoa, au

le

il^ko'en

llneilln^i,

Ine (

f Ilkuan ilkeiillken

(8377')
(8378')

e,

lla

jkhoa-ka Ikdo

lla

Ine kkqiten Ihih llnSlln^i,

(8374')

ti

Ikain

lla

ha !kh9a.

He, ha

hd

Ine

^oa Ikoa Ikam

Hd,

He

ha

GUIDING SIGNS.

381

IX. 240.
L.

MADE BY BUSHMEN IN OEDEE TO

SHOW IN WHICH DIEECTION THEY
HAYE GONE.

SIGNS

They (the Bushmen) are accustomed to act thus, (8374)

when another man has gone away (and) does not
push their foot along the ground,* if
they travel away and they place grass f near the
marks (they have made) ; and the other man ( ) (8375)
does thus, when he returns, he comes (and) misses
them at the house. He looks at the house, he
looks (and) looks, he perceives the grass standing
And he goes to the grass, he looks at the
upright.
He ( ) also perceives the grass which stands (8376)
grass.

return, they

yonder. %

" The people must have travelled

away to the water pool there." And he goes to the
water, while he goes, looking (and) seeking for the
people, (to see) wliether the people have gone to

And he

dwell at

exclaims

(8377)

that water.

goes, ascending the water's hill

And, he
upon (it), that he may,

sitting,

he

sits

look, look seeking

And he perceives the huts, as the

He ( ) sits, looking at (8378)
yonder.
white
huts stand
rises from the
them ; the (smoke of the) fire
And he exclaims: "The
huts,5[ as he sits looking.
for the huts.

||

* They push their foot along the ground.

(8374')
stick grass into the bushes.
(They)
f
+ There are four pieces of grass, at a distance from each other, (8376')
people have gone.
in the direction of the place to which the
/Qohrtrn
is.
(8377 )
(It) is a hill, behind which the water

II

All the

\ The

fire

fires
is

smoke.

outside.

(8378')

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

382

ha

Ine ui,

(8379)

He

Ik'e-kulta

ssa, ta,

llkuan

\^^

!^o llnein.

sse

Ilgwi

koa ki

>'auki

I llkuah ka

(8382)

He

jkhoa e ui.

(8383)

wa-g

lu

kail
i

Ine

Oho

Ihd

llkou

ya'uki sse ll^a

Ine llk(5aken jkoa

(8384)

He
ssa,

(8380')

tiken

ha

Ine

e,

lid,

Ine

llkug,!!

llku|n

tatti,

ssan

jkiiru

jho,
i

au Oho

leta,

Ine

ll^a,

au

tdtti

tatti,

lla

Iku-g

lla.

jko lln&ih.

liken le

tan

I Ine ka,

ta,

llnau,

Ha

Ine

"llgwi

au ha

Ine

!k'5,"

au

ha au

n ka

Iha

Ik'SS.

ssin ll^^ko'en

n Iko'mya

he,

llvi/koen,

" verdwaal."

(8382')

a, ti e, i

jkun
)

ha

Ine !koa, i."

Oho-ko; au

jho

jkd-kko ka

* Ixam-ka-lk'eten

e, i

Ikam

tan Iku sse jkoa.

au n ka

Ine

He

Una.

He,

a.

Ikii

Iki,

ssin ka,

li

+kakka ha

kkerruka

llkhollkho hi, hi Ind

ssaii

Ikof hoken.

llxam^i

Ike

!^oe-ss'o-!km

ta,

Ta,

jk'ii,

tiken

ddoa

llkuan

ssah Iku Ikuei

au h ka, n Iwke,

ha

ssih ta,

ta,

ttd'i;

e ha Iku +enna hi.

Iku sse jkoa,

jkoa

Ine Ikiiiten Ikhe

Ha koa

Ilka

Ha

ha +ehna Ikhoa.

jkhod,

Uken

"I

^ua hd

Ikuei

sse llgwi jk'u,*

(8381)

he ha

llnein,

lla

Ine kiii:

ha a ka
e,

(8380) ^^ ^^
sse

Ikam

lln^h.

lla

Ine

Iko.

jkuiten

ha

Ine

Ine

ta,

GUIDING SIGNS.

And

house must be yonder "

!

383

to the house, and, returning, arrives

And

the other people exclaim

"

he goes
at home.
(8379)

arises,

lie

Our brother must

be (the one who) comes yonder; for, he is the one

who walks in this manner; for, a man of the place
(he) is, he knows the water.
He would do thus,
when he came past (and) missed the house. ( ) He (8380)
would come to the water which he knew. For, ye
did say that he would lose his way,* when I said
that we should travel away.
Ye did say that he
would lose his way, when I wished ( ) that we (8381)
should travel away, although we had not told him
about it that we should travel away
for, the water
;

was gone.

Therefore,

we

away on account

travelled

of it."
(

We

are used

also to reverse branches. f

thus place them, their green top

is

We (8382)

underneath, while

And ( ) (8383)
we again, we go yonder to place that branch. And
we draw our foot along the ground (making a mark),
while we feel that we shall not again go to place
another branch because we altogether travel away. J
Therefore, the other man is wont to do thus,
when he ( ) returns home (and) misses the house. (8384)

the stump of the branch

is

uppermost.

* The Bushmen are those who

men

are

one's

way").

those

who

say,

say, Wffwt

"verdwaal"

{i.e.

\Jc'ii,

while the white ("8380')

verdwalen,

"to

lose

(8382

f Pierce it into the ground.

I feel that I used to see

J

my

Four tranches (and sometimes

five) are said to

be used; the

placed opposite to the house, the next about fifty yards

distant, the next a little further than that distance, the next
rather more than double the previous distance, and, then, no
first is

At the last stick, the foot is drawn along the ground in

the direction of the place to which they go, from the last stick;

more.

which leans

in the

same

grandfather reverse (branches).

direction.

(8383')

384

SPECIMENS OP BUSHMAN FOLKLOKE.

oho;

Ini

jkhoa-ttu

(8385)

e, ta,

ss'<5 hi.

ha

he,7

ha

Ikhoa,

(8386)

Ik'ai

au Ikhoa, au

Ike-i

ha

Ine

ha

hi,t

Igauoken

Ine

jnoa-ka

jk'e

Ini

ti

e jkhoa

lla,

llbkoen

hi ss'o

He, hd

au

ssiii

He, ha

jkhoa.

lla

ti e,

!;^u!xii Ihin hi."

ine jk'ai

jkhoa,

hi Iko jkhe jhda,

jkhoa,

Ikoa
y&a
3

llkuaii
a

e,

sse

hin Ine

Ik'e

hi

llffdue Ik'e Inoa,

hi,

"

kui:

Ine

Ikua*

llaii

Ikam

Ine

Ine

lla

lla

llwko'en

ha

jgudra,

Ine

jgauoken ki jke

hi,

lla

hi au llnSn.

A BUSHMAN, BECOMING FAINT FEOM

THE SUN'S HEAT WHEN EETUENING
HOME, THROWS EAETH INTO THE
THOSE AT HOME
AIE, SO THAT
MAY SEE THE DUST AND COME TO
HELP HIM.+
{Given

in

November,

ka

!kui llkuan

(7961)

(7962) au

llnSh,

ha

ta,

ha

Ine

ti

hy

1878,

Ixabbi-an, and

llkou,

ha ^auki

from Ms mother,

observation.)

ha ggaiiwa

llnau,
e,

Ihai+kass'o,

from personal

llneiii,

hd

ttan,

au ha ka,

ha

sse

llnein-ta

ilnau,

Me

Ine

sse

jk'e

Ini Ik'au.

He

jkui a,

(7963) au ha

ha

ta, ti e,

llkoih

ya

/OQgnn
/ggggn

* |!:;kua|^ku^n |ku Ixarra

f

Ik'e

r7961')
(7962')

Ikuken

I'^-'J^

ta Iku

jnoa-ka Iguara e
Ikii

e,

jkwalkwai jkhe, ha

!goa-i,

yaiiki

llwko'en, ti e,

ttamOpua

Ikuaaken |ku Ixarra,

ta

lien ssin

he

li,

ti.

lla.

jkui ta llkdu,

'^^ llkuan e;

!g6a-i,

au ha

a.

tatti e,

gwaiya yauki

jk'e-ta-kuwa Iku jkuita.

jkui'ta; ta,

SIGNALLING "WITH DUST.

He

looks (about), and

"The

exclaims:
that

little pool,

folk

385

h.e espies a branch.; and he

must have travelled away to

for, this is

why

they have reversed

pointing in the direction of the place

(a branch),

where the water

water, that I

is.

may go

I will

go down(?) to the (8385)

to look for the people's foot-

at the place to which they

have gone to make a house,* (from which)
they go to the water." And he goes to the water,
he goes down (?) to the water. And he goes to
look at ( ) the water, he espies the people's foot- (8386)
path, he takes it,t he follows it, follows it along

prints

seem

at

the water,

to

to the bouse.

A BUSHMAN,

BECOMING FAINT FROM

THE SUN'S HEAT WHEN EETUENING
HOME, THEOWS EARTH INTO THE
AIE, SO
THAT THOSE AT HOME
MAY SEE THE DUST AND COME TO
HELP HIM.J

man

when returning home, when ( )(7961)

he should not reach home, he throws (7962)
up earth (into the air), because he wishes that the
people at

And
up
not

wont,

is

he feels as

if

home may perceive the dust.

who is looking out, standing

tbe person

to look
(

outj^because she

little

hot,

she

* Seeking for food (to dig up)

"to dwell at a place."

different

is

feels that the

stands

up,

sun

she

is

looks (7963)

one thing; making a house

is

(8385')

The people's footpath is

Dying is that on account

X
(into the air).

(It) is the

that which goes along.

of

(8386')
which a person throws up earth (7961')

man's wife; while she

has not returned;

returned home.

for,

she sees that

all

feels that (her)

husband (7962')

the (other) people have

2c

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

386

ha

Ikwajkwai

Ine

ha jgoa-a

llnau,

"!kui taA

He

(7964) hi k5a:
antau

ha

li

lla,

(7965)

"Ha

!ku;i^e

ike

sse

e;

Iku

a,

Ikam

arriiko a

Hi

Ilkuan tatti

(7967) he hi
*

Ine

Hi

ssueh,

Iklie,

yau

jgaiie

hi

e,

tatti

sse arriiko

Ine

kkebbi|

lla,

hh6

Iho a ^ii

lii

Au

Inuyowa

a ka

Iku ssin jnaunko

e,

hi

e,

k'ari

ya'uki ta

Ilkomyafi tuko ^auki

Iha.
i.,

au

llk'uwa,

au n

ttai ssa,

au

ti

Ilkoin ssin Ikii Iki n."

hi tatti, hi Iwkwaiya.

llku|,ii

au ha

lln|ua wai;

II

hi |n^ ta: ttuissa I

ttuiya, hi |ne ta
6

Ikuxe M,

He, hi

jk'e-ta-

jku^e wai

" jkoeya, a

(with the raised tone) means "to

J Kilhi
look over"; Mhhi, "to pour (as water)."

!^'e

ta,

e,

tchueii,

|1

a ssin jgoa Ilga'ue

Hail Iku ta,

(7966')

e.

hi !ku;^e

e,

ta Ikhelklig, ta, Ilkoia |ku ssin Iku

(7966')
(7967')

ta,

^auki

ddi-ddi

llnau,

tatti

li^

-'^u

!kw|!kwa'i

to

ha a Ikhoa,

jk'e-ta-kwa Ike

jk'e tatti,

+kam0pua

Ine

tuken-ka ddi-ddi Iku

(7965')

sse

i.

e;

lih

an

Ilnein,

Uken

llkou,

jkm.

lla

jk'e-ta-lkagen-ka

Ine kiii:

llkoih-ta Iho Ik^ Iku ttaii Ilga.

ta,

(7963')

ha

au Ikhoa.

jkui,

He, ha

ha

ha; ha

An

jkhoa."

Ikiij^e

hd

He,

toTikenf

Ihiri

e,

Il4,

Ilkoin e Ikhi

a ha

!goa-i.

Ine Ini Ik'au,

!kti;^e

11

He,

Ine

Una!"

Ine !ku;^e,

kkuerre

(7966)

ha

[khe,

llkou

a,

!k'e

ha

jklie,

up the head

|T.

jkuxe
)

wa'i

Ixa ha.

"Wa'i

{fl. ttuftenttuften-ssa).

a ttulya,

"Wai a >"*uki

wai. Ikoujkou, a.

Igiya llkoih, hin e

llkhoe

lift

jho

hi

au

jkuxe
Ilkoin,

wa'!,

he

Ikffujkoiiiika;

wa'i

ine Iki Ihaii wai, llkai ki Ikain lla wai,

Ine

au

hi Ine

kkwakken,
llneiii.

i.

SIGNALLING WITH DUST.

And, as she stands looking around,

around.*
perceives
to

387

dust, she exclaims

tlie

"A

be throwing up earth there "

And the people run, run outf

slie

person seems

exclaiming:

"His

heart

is

the

of

house,

that on account of (7964)

which he throws up earth. Ye must run quickly,

that ye may go to give him water quickly; for,
(it) is his heart; the sun is killing him; (it) is
his heart; ye must quickly go to give him water."
While the people feel that all the people ( ) run (7965)
to the man.
They go, pouring (water), to cool the

man with
And he
his face

water.
first sits

up, J to

remove the darkness from

the sun's darkness resembles night.

for,

These are not women's doings;

for,

men's doings (7966)

they are.

They

Bushmen)

they chase things,

happens thus when ( ) (7967)
they are tired by running, the sun is killing them
(the

feel that

chase the springbok; and

it

* While she feels that the old man (her father) was the oiie
said: "My child !(?) thou art not standing up that thou
mightst look around seeking for (thy) hushand. The sun is

/"7

Q fi 3

'

who

it did scorch me as I walked hither

as
were not still morning, the sun did scorch me."
f While they feel that they are numerous.
(7965')
J He was lying down, on account of his heart.
springbok, to run after a springbok (7966')
(To) run after a (wounded)
which we have shot. A wounded springbok they call "a wounded
which is not wounded, they call: (7967')
thing(?)."
(
) A springbok,

really (?) very hot, for

if it

"a

living springbok."

who are strong to bear the sun('s heat), they are

who chase the living {i.e. unwounded) springbok they run
them through the sun, and the springbok vomit on account
People

And

those
after
of

it.

they tura the springbok, chasing, take the springbok to

the house.

(7966')

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMiKT FOLKLORE.

388

Ikuj^e,

hi Ine

au hi

li;

hi Ine

lla

Hd

la

ssiii

l;^6aken,

jhamma

ta

hin

e,

H^

hi Inaunko jkhuka.

Ine

Ilk'S-g

e.

hi Ine

e,

e,

ti

l^daken, i; au hi ya'uki Ine tan, hi sse

lla

hd tiken

(7969) llkou; llkou

ya

ll^amki

llk'u

H^

hi llk'dwa.

kkuerre, au hi

tatti,

llnein;

lie

au

Ine kkuerre.

au hi ka

i;

M, au

Ikhl

Ine

l;^;6aken,

la

he hi

Ihii,

(7968)

IlkSmya

ssuen, I; hi Ine

lla

au hi ta

llnSii-ta jk'e,

hi Ine

e,

linSii-ta jk'e

sse Ini jk'au.

IX. 253.
L.

DEATH.
(Given in January, 1876, in the Kaikop

Ikuatten

(5776)

ha
(5777)

kkan

Ikuatten
/030

a,

llii/keten
o

Ikuattaken tta Ilka

tiken

e,

ta,

tiken
a

e,} Ik'e

ka

'

Ikuatten

jkiii

Ikuatten

a?

ttatten

jkui a,

jkhe j^uonni.

Ta, Ikuatten

i.

ti e, i

ti

e,

ti

He
Iki

Ikuka.

he Ina Ikuatten,
030/ o Ikuatta
OD

" ll^koenyyii, tss'a ddin

(

(5a

sse ttu

kkumm;

Ti e yaiiki aken,

llkhoa ddi ttinya, ti e l;^arra; ta, Ikuatten

hi,

Ikiii

Ikuattaken +kakka Ik'e-

kkan

Ikiii.

ttatten

ttatten

Ikiii,

llnaii,I

li

hy Dia!kw|m.)

yam

li

+eh-na,

he kii-kku, he Iwke

Ikiii,

a,

e,

A.O

ikiiken a.

(5778) kkuiten e ^auki

(5779)

ti

1 1

Ikuatten ttatten

+en-na llwke a

He

llwke a

llnau,

dialect,

jkglkoin ddi ttiiiya,

ti

hin

+kakka

e l;^arra."

;
:

DEATH.

when they

are

tired.

Then,

cool.

they

go

staggering

The fatigue goes

along, also (from) fatigue.

and they become

389

out,

Then, they go staggering

along, while they go along

becoming

cool,

when (7968)

they were previously hot; while they feel that they

still

perspire.

Therefore, they go along staggering,

while they do not feel as

if

they should reach home

down

they throw up earth

(into the air); throw up earth for ( ) the people (7969)
at home, while they wish that the people at home

therefore, they go to sit

may

perceive the dust.

IX. 253.
L.

DEATH.
manner, at the time when (5776)
our heart falls down., that is the time when the star
also falls down; while the star feels that our heart
falls over.*
Therefore, the star falls down on (5777)
( )
For the stars know the time at which
account of it.
we die. The star tells the other people who do not
know that we have died.
(5778)
( )
Therefore, the people act thus, when they have
seen a star, when a star has fallen down, they say

The

star does in this

"Behold ye! Why is it that the star falls down?

"We ( ) shall hear news; for a star falls down. (5779)
Something which is not good appears to have
occurred at another place ; for the star tells us, that
a bad thing has happened at another place."
* As when something which has been standing upright,
over on to

its side.

falls

(5777')

390

(5780)

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

jMn, ha llnau, 6 Ikuatta ssin jkoa, ha

ha

llnaii,

llkhou

jkui?

ggjjj^

Hah

i-ka jkui Ikuka."

+en-ria,

ha

i,

he

ha

ha

e,

tfken

+eh-na

j^a

ssa

f-ta
e,

he Iwke
)

"A

kah

tt^i,

ta,

Ma
ti

(5785)

e,

Ikualkuatten

tfken
ggii

e,

a,

jkui

ta

he +en-na,

Ikuken
a,

ti

* yhkl or ydahl

a,

e,

is

ha

ti

e,

lli/keten

jkui

Ikiika.

ti

le

a,

ha ssa

i,

a,

il^ke

mdma-ggu

Ta,

the bird's cry, which

mdma-

ha ssah

a,

llnau,

it

ti

He

!.

Ta,

kkumm
jhin

jkhwa,

jkhwa,
he.

ssah

kkunim

e,

ttu

ta,

llkuah

lki-ta

+kauwa he

sse

+ka

Ikhe,

le

sse Ha

+kakka hi
(5780')

llkde

sse

he kii-kku,

jkumm

li/ke,

hd-ka kii-kkummi

yaiiki

(5786) +kakka;

jkhe,

ha

e,

he tt5a

llnau,

ssi,

e,

ha ssah +kakka, ha Iku

sse

1-ka jkui Ikuka.

+kakka ke " o mama-gguken

a,

e,

o hah ka,

i;

llneih,

ka, a sse

+eh-na,

ti

ta,

md,ma-ggu ka ssih

ti

ha ^auki ka ha

o Ihinya llkhou llkau ho Ha

Ihin,

(5784) jka

e,

6 Ikuatten

Ihin,

he Iwke, jhiu kkah

Ik'e kii-kku,

sse ssa liikeya hi a, ti

He

(5783)

llneih,

jk'e

llkerri.*

llkuah ssah +kakka hi,

ya'uki e tss'a a ddaii-ddau, ta,

(5782) sse

ha

i,

"TJken yau tda

kii-kku, he lake:

(o781)

hh(5a

llkau

ha

sse,

hah
Iki

repeats twice.

DEATH.

The hammerkop *

a star has fallen,

it

391

acts in this

comes; when

manner, when [57 80)

over us,

it flies

it

The people say: "Did ye not hear the

hammerkop, when the star fell? ( ) It came to tell (5781)
us that our person is dead." The people speak,
they say that the hammerkop is not a thing which
deceives, for it would not come to our home, if ( ) (5782)
it did not know; for, when it knows, then it comes
to our home
because it intends to come and tell
cries. t

us about

it,

namely, that our person has died.

Therefore, ( ) mother and the others used,

if they (5783)
heard a hammerkop, when it flew, going over us,
to say: "Do thou go (and) plunge in, * * ( ) *, (5784)
for I know that which thou camest to tell me "
while mother and the others said that the story,
which it came to tell, should go into the Orange

River's water, where the stars stand in

the water. (5785)

should go in.
(

That is the place where its stories

For mother and the others did not want to hear
the story which it came to tell
for they knew
;

hammerkop does ia
when a man dies, that

that the

time

comes

it

to us,

it

tells

manner

this
is

at the (5786)

the time at which

us about

it,

that the

man

For, mother and the others used to say,

has died.

* Of this bird, the Scopus umbretta, or Eammerhop, the folio-wing

is given in " The Birds of South Africa " by E. L. Layard,

description

Cape Town, 1867, p. 312.

The " Sammerlcop " (literally. Hammerhead) is found throughout
the colony, and all the way to the Zambezi, frequenting ponds,
marshes, rivers, and lakes. It is a strange, weird bird, flitting
about with great activity in the dusk of the evening, and preying
upon frogs, small fish, &c. At times, when two or three are
'

feeding in the same small pool, they will execute a singular dance,
skipping round one another, opening and closing their wings, and

performing strange
\

ydh

or

ydak

antics.'
!

is

the bird's cry, which

it

repeats twice.

(5780')

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

392

(5787) kkan Iwke, Ihin e

tss'a

llwkoen tchuen-ta-ku
e dda, i;

ti

(5788)

ha

a,

llkho

ban

He

a.

jkhwa

Iku Una

a,

tiken

ha

e,

ha

tta Ilka ti e,

a,

+efi.-iia,

Una jkhwa

Ikii

ften ll^koen tchuei-ka-kku

jk'ou,

a; tchuen e Una !g'wa;^u, iten lli/koen he, 6 jkhwa,

o

jkau

jkhwa

jkhe,

tchuen- ta-kku,

ttii

Iten

Ip^au.

Ikualkuattaken

llkho

llwkoen,

li'tenliten

llkallka jkhe.

(5789)

Iten llnau llga

(5790) iten

llkuonna

Ikiika,
(

a,

llkhou.

Ine

kkumm;

llnau,

amm

6 h^

ti

!hin

e,

ha +en-na,

(5793) Ikuatten, iten

i

ttai

Ikuattaken

ya'uki ttu

ha.

han

ssiii

mmaii,

Ini

he

Iki

Ike-kko

Ikam

lie

)
i

jkhwdgen

luaitye.

Ine Iku ddi Ikuattl.

ssi

a,

ti

e,

jkuila

Ine
(

Ine

iten

ttui

Ine ttiii

a,

he,

i.

ssi a, ti e,

Ikwai

llnau,

a,

M^am Ini
kkumm,
kkumm, i

iten

jkhwi-lkagen

jkhwi-lkakari

bbSten

Ta,

ha

o han.

i,

+kakka hi

e,

e,

i,

i-ka jkui Ikiika.

jkhwa, he jkhwa ll^auwa he; jkhwi-lkagen

(5795) ddi Ikuatten, o he

jkui a

Ina,

e,

he

he;

llkho

tiken

tkakka hi

he

+kakka

ll;^au

ha

Ikii

He

ti

jhin,

Ikuei Ikue, he ddi, o

Ta, mama-ggii

(5794) e jkhwa

a.

e,

a,

Ikii

jhaii

Ikii

e,

llkhoii

ttoa

ssin

Ine

llnaii,

he Iku

ta,

Tiken
lla

llkhwetyan kki ssan

ti

ha jkhwa, ha
lla +kakka hi

Ihin

He ko
i-g

lliykoen,
li/ke,

llnaii,

ka, ha sse

(5792)

o ha ttai Una jkhwa.

e,

+ka

o jkhwa, ha llnau,

ha

llkuonna

lldkogn

mama-ggu

e,

(5791)

llkho

Ikii

Iku

ttai

6 ha ttai llkhde hda Ikhwa.

luha, iten llwkoen ha,

Tfken

kkan

iten llnau Ikukkg

6,

Iki

Ikhi

he

Una ha
e,

jkhwa

hiii

j;^uonniya.

mama-ggu

Iki

+kakka

jkhwa ll;^auwa

ha,

Ine

Hih
ssi-

hah

DEATH.

hammerkop

that the

water in which

393

a thing which liyes at that

is

we

see all things.

Therefore, (5787)

knows what has happened; while it is aware

that it lives at the water which is like a pool, in

it

which we see
in the sky

things

all

we

We

the water's edge.

like fires
(

across,

the things which are (5788)

we stand by

see all things, the stars look

which burn.

When
we

it

is

when another man walks (5789)

he walks passing the water.
were noonday, when he walks by
night,

see him, as

It seems as if it

We

see him ( ) clearly.

The place (5790)
were midday as we see him walking
Therefore, mother and the others said, that,

the water.

seems as
along.

see in the water, while

if

it

when the hammerkop has espied in the water

a person who has died, even though it be at a
distance, ( ) when it knows that (he) is our relative, (5791)
it flies away from this water, it flies to us, because
it

intends to go to

tell

us about

it,

that our relative

the star are those who tell (5792)

( )
when we have not heard the news; for
they are those who tell us about it, and when we
have heard the hammerkop, we also perceive the
star, we afterwards ( ) hear the news, when we (5793)
have just perceived them and we hear the news,
when they have acted in this manner towards us.

has died.

us about

(It)

and

it

For, mother and the others used to tell us about

it,

that girls are those

whom

the Rain

carries

(5794)

and the girls remain at that water, to which

the Eain had taken them, girls with whom the
Eain is angry. The Eain lightens, killing them;
they become stars, while their ( ) appearance has (5795)
been changed. They become stars. For, mother and
off;

the others used to

tell

us about

it,

that

girl,

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

394

kui

(5796) ddi

Oho

llkho

Ikw^iten-ttti *

l^kagen

llkhde jklie jkhwa.

I e ya'uki +en-na, I'ten kle sse llnau, o

6 he

(5797) aken

i;

Ikuei-ii,

kail

en kii-kkm, iten

(5798) +kakka

ssi-ssi

6 ha

a,

Ikhwa

llgwi-ssin

(5799) !kweiten-ttu e
Tss'a ddih
Ikii

ti

lli^koen,

ti

(5800) ssin jkhwa, o ha

He

+i,

'n kkaii

ssin

jkhd,

tiken

he

Han

a?'

!kweiten-ttu

i +i,

'Oho

S,

he ka dde

a,

ti

e,

he llkuan

ti

ha

e,

Ikii

Ikam Ma ha;

le

Ikhwa.

mdma-ggu Iwkeya ssi a,

He Oho !kweiten-ttii (

e,

Iku

ti

ssi

Ikam

sse

Ikhe

Iku ttchdaken llkhde-

lliikoen,

llkhde

Ikam Ha ha, han Iku

ssi

iten ya'uki sse Ini ha, ta,

(5801) yauki

e,

Iten Ine ssin ka,

Ya'uki Ini

jkhe, ti e

Oho

e,

llkaie.

a,

e,

he-ka

ti

Mama-gguken

Ta, he ya'uki ttamsse aken.'

jkhwa.

ssin

it

Ili^koen,

Ikam Oho !kweiten-ttu e kfe

lla

llnau,

jkhwa, o

jkhe

llkhde

Ina he,

kkgo
e

ssi

ll^koen he, hin llkhde jkhe jkhwa, 6 ssi ki lliikoen,

hd-ka aken.
(5802)

Ta, jkhwi-lkagen e jkhwa +hauwa, he

he llkho Ohoken

e,

Ikagen

Ikii

e,

he

jkauiten-tti
ssi

Ta, ssi ll;^am llk^llke he,

He

(5803)

tiken

e,

mdma-ggti

jkhwa kkau-a ssa;

ll;^:am

Iki

jkhwa-ka

ta,

;^u

ttiii

ka jkhwa

Ikii

e,

llnau,

hd-ka

he

Iki

jhammi,

sse bbaiten Ikha he.

tss'a a

* +kammg-aii

ta,

Ikii

llnau,

he.

he dda he.

e,

l^am-ka-

hin ^auki ka he sse a he sse ttai-a

laityi,

(5804)

ti

llkoen,

Ikii

ti
)

e,

ttin,

jkhwa

Ta, jkhwa

ha kkau jkhe he

ti,

xoii labbe-ttii, han a hh| ba +kakka mdma a,

Oho jkweiten-ttu e li/kagen llkhoe jkhe jkhwa, hail Iwkeya
mama a, ti e, mama llkhoa kail +i, mama ^au sse Wxam ddt
(5796') Oho jkweiten-ttu, o ( ) mama ^auki jhammi jkhwa.

(5795')

DEATH.

395

when the Eain has

a flower *

We

carried her off, hecomes

which grows in the water.

who do

not

know

like

stand
so

in

the

beautiful;

(5796)

when

are apt (?) to do thus

we perceive them, as they

when we see that they are

water,
(

we (6797)

which are
For they are not a little
beautiful.'
Mother and the others said to us about
it, that
the flower when it saw that we went (579
( )
8)
towards it, would disappear in the water. We
should think, The flowers which ( ) were standiag (5799)
here, where are they?
Why is it that I do not
perceive them at the place where they stood, here?'
It would disappear in the water, when it ( ) saw (5800)
that we went towards it; we should not perceive it,
for it would go into the water.
Therefore, mother and the others said to us about
which (5801)
it, that we ought not to go to the flowers
( )
we see standing in the water, even if we see their
beauty.
Tor, they are girls whom the Eain has
taken away, they resemble flowers; ( ) for (they) (5802)
are the water's wives, and we look at them, leaving
them alone. For we (should) also be like them (in)
what they do.
Therefore, mother and the others do in this manner
with regard to their ( ) Bushman women, they are (5803)
not willing to allow them to walk about, when the
Eain comes; for they are afraid that the Eain also
intends, lightening, to kill them. ( ) For the Eain (5804)
think,

'

I will go (and) take the flowers

standing in the water.

'

is

a thing which does in this manner

* r^iMmmi-dn's motlier,

\ahhe-tt&,

when

it

rains

was the one who formerly

told

(5795')

mamma' about the flower which grows in the water she said to
mamma about it, that mamma seemed to think that she would not
;

also

become a

flower, if

she did not fear the Eain.

(5796')

SPECIMENS OP BUSHMAN FOLKLORE.

396

ban
(5805) o

(5806)

Ikhou

Ikii

ti

ha kkaA

e,

bb^ten

Ikhi

+kakka

ssi a,

ssi,

ssi

ti

jkwe

(5ro-ko

(5807) ssih ka, ha

jkh-wa

bbaiten,

ti

ha jkweita ki

ssi

sse

ta,

ssi

ll^koen

He

ssi

tsa^au,

lla

ha.

hah

He

hah

kah ssneh

llah

ha

ha

llkellkeya

llkou

oroko jkwe

Ikii

hho

i,

i;

tsa^aii e +^i

ha jkhai Ihih

o ha yaiiki Ikha

jk'au,

lie,

^wah ha jhammi

j^uerriten

e,

llnau,

sse

ha jkwSten;

a,

+^i

e,

Ine

Iki

tiken

ssi

sse

ssi

sse jkwe

ssi

ssi

jkhwa a

i;

Ha

ssi,

ll;^am

Ilka ti

ha

tta Ilka ti e,

He

ti

e,

e,

!gwa;^u,

ssi.

ll^arn

Iki

tta

tiken

juhi-ssih ha.

ggauwa

!;^uorLniya

Iki

tiken

ko Ikha

ssiii

tsa^au

Ha o

Iki

ssi sse llnau,

jkhwa bbaiten,

e,

j;^e-a

(6)

jkweiten.

(5809)

hhda jkhwa,

kah

Ikii

mama-ggu

e,

jkhwa kkau-a

llkh(5e

lie,

Hah

he.

he tfken

ti;

sse llnau,

ssi

e,

kkau jkhe

o he

i,

ttai

llv^koen

(5808)

l^kwal, hail Iku bbaiteu Iki iMn,

i,

i;

hah

i.

THE RELATIONS OF WIND, MOON, AND

CLOUD TO HUMAN BEINGS AFTEE
DEATH.
{Given in August, 1876, in
heard

jkhwe ttah

(5147)
ta,

(5148)

from

it

He

tiken

jk'au,
i

e Ikm,

e,

his

llnau,

i Iki

the

Ikhwe

jkhwe ka

ssih ttai-a ttih,

dialect,

hy Diajkwam, who
it

himself.)

Ikuken, 1-ka jkhwe-ten tchui;

ha ka, ha

Katkop

parents and observed

llnau,

sse

ka Ikuasen, 6

iten
(

tchu,

Ikuka.

Ikuka, jkhwe ddi

hho

ttu,

jnoa,

e,

6 iten yauki jnaunkko tte Ika,

397

DEATH.
here,

our scent,

smells

it

place -where

it

lightens

it

out

of

the

It lightens, killing us at (5805)

rains.

mother and the others told us

falls upon us (and)
we ( ) walk passing through the Rain, if we see (5806)
that the Rain lightens in the sky we must quickly
look towards the place where the Eain lightens;
the Rain, which intended ( ) to kill us by stealth. (5807)
It will do in this manner, even if its thunderbolts*
have come near us, (if) we look towards (the place
where it has lightened), we look, making its thunderfor our ( ) eye also shines (5808)
bolts turn back from us

this place; therefore,

ahout

when

that

it,

the Eain

like

fear

its

thunderbolts.

when

our eye,

towards

it

Therefore,

it.

account of

Therefore,

it;

while

it

eye which shines upon

us;

it

goes to

does not

sit

that

feels
it

feels
it.

it

also appears to

we

passes

that

it

Therefore,

quickly look
over us

on (5809)

respects our
it

goes over

on the ground yonder, while

it

kill us.

THE RELATIONS OF WIND, MOON, AND

CLOUD TO HUMAN BEINGS AFTER
DEATH.
The wind does thus when we die, our (own) wind (5147)
blows; for we, who are human beings, we possess
wind we make clouds, when we die. Therefore,
the wind does thus when ( ) we die, the wind (5148)
makes dust, because it intends to blow, taking
away our footprints, with which we had walked
;

about while

we

still

had nothing the matter with

* Black, pointed, shining stones, whicli only come from the (5807')
sky when it lightens. They disturb the ground where they fall.

They

are called \lchwa \hweiten (the Eain's thunderbolts).

SPECIMENS OF BUSHMAN FOLKLOEE.

398

(5149) he,

Inoari

e,

he ka ssan +ka

He

jk'atiwa.
1

(5150)

[noa,

tiken

!uhf-ssin
i

(5151)

Ta,

ta.

tiken

e,

e,

llkho,

ttii,

!kw| *

hin

llnau,

ikuken,

jgwa^u,

juhi-ssho

Ikain,

He tiken e, mama ka ssin llnau,

wa tten ssa, jkajkarro wa jkorro

Ta, u

lliikoen,

Ikii e,

ha jkorro

ha

ha

jkorro tta,

kkumm,

ttu
)

tiken

ha

Ikuei

Ilka ti e,

He

tiken

ya'uki e llk'auru

TJken ka,

Ikuah,

Ikuei

jk'e

ta,

sse

jkuften

tta.

a Ikuka, ha jkajkarro Ikammainya ha.

llkuah

He

o jkajkarro

Ikuka.

Ik'e

Han

i.

ti e,

e ll^kdaken-ka jkajkarro.

Ikii

Mama

jkhe.

6 han tta

tta,

ha Ikammain Ikha ha, 6

e,

jkajkarro

" jkajkarro kan Ikammaihya

Ikudn, tta, i; he

Inaunkko

jkhwe ka ha tchu, Ikam

hin

!gwa;i^u;

(5152) e Ikuka. t

(5154)

ssan

ti

ttu he,

lilio

Ikuka.

ku-kku, ha Iwke

(5153)

tch.u

lia

1.

He

Jkhwe ka

e,

llkuan ka,

ssan

ii

ttu, ti e,

kie dda,

o jkajkarro Ikuei u,"

(5155)

Ina-lkhu, hin kie

Ikwaiya Ikuagen

e,

(5150')

Mama

yauki

han. kan. 4:kakka ke,

tte ko, tta

ttan,

llkiianna

(5151') n amni
ttamsse

tta

11

e,

e,

tl

Ikuagen,

llgaua ssin,

The narrator

mother.

tta

Ikho

llgaua

ssin

i.

0ho
|mm.

sse
e,

Iten

11.

kah

llnau,

llgaua

+1,

llgaua
li,

Ikuagen

tsa;^au

Iten

tl

e,

llkuanna

ti

e,

Akke

'

yaiiki

Ikuagen,

llgaua ssin, o tiken ya'uki tta

Ta,

e.

6 tiken

ssin,

iten +T,

llk'oin

ssin.'

tchueiiyan

iten Ine tta,

ku-kkui,

Ine
ta,

He

i.

o tiken ttamsse tta

li,

ha

llnuan-aii Ihlii;

tikgn

he,

Ikuagen, o

llkho

ydken Ikuagen,

Ikiika, ti e, i Ikuei

(5156)

ssin

kwokkwan

e,

11.
i,

He
hin

i.

says that his mother heard this from her

own

DEATH.

399

us; and our footprints, -whieli

the wind intends (5149)

( )
blow away, would (otherwise still) lie plainly
visible.
For, the thing would seem as if we still
Therefore, the wind intends to blow, taking
lived.

to

away our

And, our

footprints.
gall,*

when we die,
when we are

green in the sky,

it sits

in the sky

sits

(5150)

dead.

when ( ) (5151)
moon stood
" The moon is

Therefore, mother was wont to do thus

the

moon

down came, (when)

lying

Mother spoke, she said

hollow.

who

carrying people

who

see that

who

people
hollow.

lies in this

) it

because

hollow,

are dead.

it

killing

is

This

dead.

are

For,

manner
itself

ye are those
and it lies (5152)
;

for,

it

carrying

(by)

why

is

It is not a [Ik^auru;

the

is

lies

it

moon

(5153)

of

badness (?).t Ye may (expect to) hear something,

when the moon lies in this manner.
person ( ) (5154)
is the one who has died, he whom the moon carries.
Therefore, ye may (expect to) hear what has

when

happened,
(

The

when we

hair

the

moon

when we

die,

is

like this."

our head will resemble clouds, (5155)

of

in this

manner make

clouds.

These things are those which resemble clouds ( )(5156)

and we think that (they) are clouds. We, who do
;

if

* Mother, she used

to tell me, that it (thus)

-we sit in the shade

when

when

it is

(only) moderately

the place

happens to us/g]^gQ5\

not particularly warm,

is

warm, (and) we

summer

feel that the

Allow me to sit for

"We think
a little in the shade under the bush; for ( ) the sun's eye is (5151')
(then)
not a little hot I will sit a little while in the shade
we make clouds our liver goes out from the place where we are

seems

as if it

would be

hot.

'

'

sitting in the shade, if the place is not hot.

clouds on account of

(may)

it.

For,

when

sit iu the shade.

" of threatening."
Possibly,
f

it is

Therefore,

really

we make

summer, then we

400

SPECIMENS OP BTJSHMAN FOLKLORE.

e ya'uki

Ikuagen
(5157)

e,

he

i,

ha

kkui,

mmu

+enn, Ikuagen,
i.

iten

+i

I'ten

e.

iten

) ti

e,

tta,

+i,

ti

e,

llwkoenya, ti

llnati,

+en-na,

ften

Ikuei-dddken

Ina-lkhu

Ikuei

Ikuagen,

iten

I e +en-na,

e.

Ikuei-ii,

Ikuagen
(5158)

+en-na,

ti

e,

jkui-ka
Iten

+en.-iia,

Ilka

ti

e,

e
Iki

lku|gen Ikuei ^dken,

DEATH.
not know,

we

401

who think in this manner,

We, who know, when we
this, ( ) we know that (they) (5157)

are those

that (they) are clouds.

see that they are like

are a person's clouds;

(that they) are the hair of

who know, we are those who think

thus, while we feel that we seeing recognize the
clouds, ( ) how the clouds do in this manner form (5158)
his head.

"We,

themselves.

2d

Inanni,

Tamme,

luma, and Da.

APPEN^DIX.

A FEW

IKUN TEXTS.

404

APPENDIX.

I.

\xu4.

THE DOINGS OF

AEE MANY.

IXUE

(Given 18th March, 1880, by jnanni.)

(9402')

taba

1;^^^

ta

taba

+khi;

ti

ba ba Karu

ta

me

jkod

ti

liwa Ine-d, ta tkhi;

Ikiia

l^ud

ta

taba,

l;^ud

ti +k]ii.

YARIOTJS TEANSFORMATIONS OF \XUE.

AS

ii:UE

1.

{Given in March and April,

!NA;(:ane.

1880, by Inaini, from his paternal

grandfather, Karu.)

Ikam

(9348')

l^u^

sbu,

ti

td,

ku^-ssin

ti

tsd.

dzbo

Ikam

(9382)

(9876')

Igi,

Dama,

ta

lu

ta

ta l^u^ e

shu

jmierre

* 1*^1 dzha'o

jnumma, ha

(9382')

l^ud

sbu,

ti

ta

tsa

l^ud e jni^ane

Ta

Igii

Ini,

l;^u^

ta shu.

FUETHER CHANGES OF FORM.

2.

(9381)

l^u^;

ti

l;^ue

ta

Igf,

d jkan.

ila,

l;^;u^,

l;^ue

ta

Ini,

Ikam

tanki, !iia;^aiie Inu Ine

Ikua e !kan, ta e

+na'u,

ti

Igii

ta

mm

!na;^ane; tsaba ti

ti e

Ikam

e jna^ane.

l;^ud
ti

Igi,

ti

ta

tanki,

ha

dm;*
Ikam
td,

Ine-ssin

Ikam

ta

shdo
Ikan

+na'u, ta l^ue

ta l^u^ e

Igf,

ta

Sh|o e jkan Inu +ga-n, llkellkeya jkuni.

Ikam +nau,

Ikara tanki,

Ine-ssin ti jga.

l^u^,

ha

Ine-ssin

1.

Ix|(e aB
3.

a tree by day, and himself

tx^i ddi.

\xui'i fire.

by
4.

night.
I'x^i

tcM.

2.

^xH^ tuL
'

l^ui'i hut.

1.

\xu* as \ndxani,

2.

The place

3.

at

yd Mx^m, ground

jn^xon*.

which lx went into the earth when he became

a \n&xane.
spot where water had been.
ttuumi, Stpt,, 1880.

1-

3,

4.

IXe.

Uima.
bow.

\-^ui Wnaii

lx^' little

\k'b.ru,

\nd!xane,

wood

which grew out of

his teeth.

pigeon's feathers.

quiver.
\nanni,

March Ut,

1880.

TRANSLATION OF IkUN TEXTS,

THE DOINGS OF

i;tyE

405

ARE MANY.

Tlie works of \j(u4 are many, and were not one, (9402')
but many; and my father's father, Kdru, told me
about \j(ue''s doings, for I;^m^'s works are numerous.

YAEIOUS TEANSFORMATIONS OF
1.

I;CUE

AS

\XJm.

!NA;:tANE.

(When) the sun

rose, \j(ue was \naj(ane; the birds (9348')

was
\naj(ane.
The sun set, (and)
\j(ue
The night
\j(u4 was \j(ue; and lay down and slept.
fell, and \j(_ue lay down, (he) slept; the place was
dark; and the sun rose, and \j(ue was another (kind
of) \na-)(ane, a large (kind of) \naj(ane, which is a tree.
And the night fell, (and) \j(ue was not a tree, and
was l^we, and lay down.

ate

\j(ue;

2.

FURTHER CHANGES OF FORM.

and \j(ue was a dui;* and the sun (9381)

was
an Omuhererd, and lay down;
set, and
and the sun rose, and \-xue was \j(ue, ( ) and went (9382)
into another country, and was a shqb t ^^^ the sun

The sun

rose,

\j(u4

* The flower

of the dui is light-coloured; its fruit is green;

another day, (when)

t

The shad

is

its fruit

has ripened,

(9876')

its fruit is red.

a tall tree, like the \huni (palm

?).

(9382 ')

406

ta

APPENDIX.

Goba,

l;^ue

ta

sliu

Ikam

ta

l^ue e

ta

Igf,

Ina^ane.*

as a

i;i:yE

3.

Ikam

(9392)

+na'u, ta

liwa lne-6,
ta l;^u^

ti

td,

sa'u,

ta

ta e llgui, td e

Ta, ha

(9393)

(9394)

kob

AS

i;^IJE

shuwa

'/C^ ^

m'm

ti

ta

ti

ya, ta

ti

tchin-a

(9393')
(9395')

Ta

ya jnaxane

ti

tseme, ta +klii.

Ta ha llkuwa

llg?i

liiwa

llgui

ikhu-ssiii.

llgul,

Ta ha

Hgul.J

Ta

+ne+nfebbi

e |kaii;

shiiwa

ta

gdrii,

Inaxane

ti +klii.

jnaxane Ine-ssin inu Ine

lla

Ine-ssin tseme, ta ti ||ke||keya Ikui jne-ssin, ti jga,

ti

s^

AS OTHER
FORM, HE

llkho-a.

l;^u^

Ikaii

WATER AND

Ine-ssin.

ta

tchih-a

e dzoa-dzoa, ta llkuwa lle.f

InSxane Ine-ssin dzbao.

jkaii

llguf, ta

l;^ud e dzoa-dzoa.

kue ^a, Xk

le

* liSx^ne Shu yt,; jnaxane tanki

('9382')

Igi,

Ikam tsema,

tsha

llkiia

kuanna; ta

"S^j ^^ "S^ !^^^

Ikiii

Ta Ikam

ti tsa.

THINGS.
IN HIS OWN
EUBS FIRE AND DIES.
(9404)

ya, ta ti tsa,

ta Inu, ta ssin Ikam,

ta llgul

kue

Ife

ta

jkaii.

Ta l^u^

za'u jka'uwa

4.

l;^ii^,

shiiwa yi, ta

ikaiiwa ha

lia za'u

ta Mkfe.

l^u^ e

za'u ssiii llgul,

ti gxi llgul Ind,

Ta

teee and as a fly.

iigui

jkaii.

goo, ta go jjkoa.
Djii

kue yh, ta

ti

mm

Inu

ti

||gui,

He jku e gob.
llgui

m'm luha

Ine-ssin.
llgui.

Dju Ikua

llgui

ti

yk\

l3cW

(The

\\g^\. is

is a llywi-tree.

a tree about the size of a loquat-tree, beating edible

fi-uit,

which

is

eaten raw.)
\nann\,

March

\1th, !880.

"%

VH^

\xui

\M.

i^ui

is

a l*|-tree.

\xui
\j(ui is

\^dn-ac td

a \kltn^, a

little

\kah tiima

^mm ;

ta \ku(i ^xy^-

food-bearing tree, for he

\nanm,

is

not

May

lx*f^>

\9th, 1880.

|lX'iis an elephant,
2.

His tusks.
isks.

Ma

dsai, ttih ha, ta kod,

ta t&la

b. awhil (the

name

of a certain large

food tree).

His wife sees him, and

She prepares food.
'

Ma

dsa'A.

^^-qmm ha

is afraid.

6.

hands are [kah-a fruit

^IIM tree grows out of

wife's

the

hut \gai.ru.

His wife beats him with a knobkeny.

The

her head.
7.

The

wife's long great toes.

TRANSLATION OF
set,

407

|KTJN TEXTS.

and \^u4 was a Makoba, and lay down

and \j^ii4 was a \naj(ane*

sun

rose,

3.

i;^TJE

AS A

The sun

and the

TREE AND AS A FLY.

llGUi

and lay upon (9392)

the ground, and slept, was alone, and lay upon the
ground and slept. And the sun rose, and \j(ue awoke
and
and stood up, and saw the sun, a little
sun,
and was Wgui^ and was a tree.
And his wife saw the Wgui, and ( ) went to the (9393)
II^M^, and went to take hold of a Wgui fruit, and
the Wgui vanished; and \j(ue was a fly.
And his
wife laid herself upon the earth, and cried about
And \j(ue was a fly, and settled
the Wgui, and died.
upon the grass, f And his wife lay down upon the
earth, and cried about ( ) the Wgui.X
(9394)
.

set,

and

was

\j(u6

I^m^,

WATER AND AS

AS

i;tUE

4.

THINGS.
IN
RUBS FIRE
was water

\j(ue

shadow

of

* (One kind
\naxane

is

the

tree.

OWN

HIS

AND

HE

DIES.

and the water was

And

OTHER

FORM,

the

(in)

wood pigeons

the (9404)
ate

upon the earth; another (kind of) (9382')

The \naxane are numerous. The fruit of the
The fruit of the tree [naxane is large;
yellowish.
of) \nax(ine lies

a tree.

tree \naxane

is

and the ground

Vnilxa^^ fruit is small,

and abundant.
And he settled upon the

and resembles the

\hui fruit,

is red, is small,

grass,

name of the grass is god.

People
is a tree.
X The Wgui
People do not put the
has thorns.

Wgu'i into

and the grass broke.

The (9393')

eat the llywi, the Wgu'i fruit.

a pot, but eat

it

raw.

The Wgui

(9395')

408

APPENDIX.

Ikui

(9405) +ne+nebbi
taba

ta

ssiix llgu,

Inu

11^

Ine

Ta

+ne+nfebbi.

ko

Ta ssm

lk<5ro.

kaWa

llkellk^ya

11a,

Ige

+iie+nfebbi

ta jne +ne+iifebbi

6,

ta

tne+nfebbi,

ti

yL

llgd

Ta l^ue
ka

ta

llnoa,

mm

Ta

llgii.*

gii

ta

llgii,

11^

ta +iie+nfebbi ti tchin

tsi,

ta +ne+iifebbi tanki jka u.

Ta

l;^u^

(9406) sua +iie+nfebbi

jyuf-esin,

ta

\^u6

ta

shiiwa

ta lg6 j^d

(9407)

ip^

Ta

^j

llk(5a

kam-ma
ssin

(9408)

iigo

ba.

Ta

* Ikua e llgu |nu Ine

(9405')

t 'x 6

Dama
>'aru

Ige

daba ssin Inu-^rre

lla,

ta

yL

sbusbii,

llkiiwa

ba,

jkaii,

ta e Hgii tsema,

yam
;

ta (

yi.

ta

sa'u.

Ta ba
ba,
ta

Ikiia

Dama

ba

ssin

||gu.

jne +ne4:iiebbi.

gu +ne+nebbi; ta e Ixue.

ta

ba.

ssin

Inu-^rre

(e go), ta tsema, ta

i Tsaba tsema.

kuonna, ta bd

Ta

sbu.

ta

ta

ts^ma,

(9404')

(9407')

ti

+ne+nebbi tan-a, kue da-a.

Dama

^a.

ta

l^m, ta sbiiwa

+ne+iifebbi

Dama,

sba

Ha, e llnoa, ta

llgii

+ne+nebbi, ta s'4 Dama,

jjjj^

lie

Ta

taii-a,

+ne+iifebbi,

gii

sh^u^ +ne+nfebbi

ta

^a.

sb^u^

ta

sa'u,

jyui-ssin,

Ta sau +ne+nfebbi
sail,

ta

1^11^,

He Inu Ine

TEANSLATION OF JKUN TEXTS.

the fruit of the

[/cm.

And

\)(ue

was a

lay in the dead leaves of the (km.

409
lizard,*

and

And (he) saw

And the wood

the wood pigeons, and was water, f

pigeons saw the water, and ( ) settled upon the (9405)

And

worked large grass, like

wood pigeon. And the
wood pigeons came to drink (lit. to eat) water, and
the grass J came near, and bit the wood pigeon's
bill, and the wood pigeon cried out; and the other
wood pigeons flew away.
And \j(ue was \x^e, and rose up, and took hold
of the wood pigeon, and plucked out the wood
pigeon's feathers, and put the wood pigeon's ( )(9406)
feathers in his head, and lay upon the ground.
And the water vanished, and he was l^we; and put
the wood pigeon's feathers in his head, and lay
upon the ground. And (he) put the wood pigeon's
body into the hot embers, and lay down. And
continued to lie down, and arose, and went to take
out the wood pigeon's body from the fire.
And (he) ate the wood pigeon, and heard Ovaherero,
and arose. And went to the Ovahererd, and the (9407)
( )
Ovahererd saw him. And he hid himself on the
ground. The Ovahererd came to search for him,
to search for him, (and) did not see him.
For (he)
was little, and was a \nu-erre and a little
Omuherero boy saw the [nu-erre upon a bush, and
water's

reeds,

edge.

and

it

\j(ue

took hold of a

* This lizard (called also gg6ru and hgqru by my \kuh informants /'Qnn7'\
and ihai-Qpua by \han:^Jcass'o) appears to be the common Gecko.
f (He) was not a large (piece of) water, but (?) was a little /Qin^n
water, a water hole.
f \xue was a grass which is (called) gd, and (is) small; and bit ^9405')
Large grass, which is (called) reeds, took hold
the wood pigeon.
and was Ix^^^'.
of the wood pigeon

(certain) little bird.

(9407')

410

APPENDIX.

Ddma,

Ta ha kue

ska yi).

Ta Dama sa-a;
Ikua

(9409)

ssiii

ba, ta

ba

ha

ta

"M

ba:

Ikiia

Ikiia Mke,

e l^u^, ta

t&,
!

Ta ha ba

ha Ukh.

td

tchin:

Ta

shu,

shuwa

ta

Td

Ta nd
*

Ta

ti

Ikiia

ha, ta

ha

ti

tnii

me

jkah

tahki,

djii

u me

llk^ii

ha

kk

kiie

Ine-e,

Ta ha

l^u^rri ha.

ti

ba, ta Mke

kue

ssin ha, ta

e djii tanki, ta e

\(k.b.

dzon ha

ta e g(5ru, ta

yk.

Ta ha ba
Ikiia

ssin

llkoa

" ta sha ha tdi jnudrre.

ha bd ssin ha, ta

ha

ha ba dzon ha, ta kue:

ta

"+no! +n5

Ha

sa'u.

Ta

"
!

Ta ha

ta e l;^u^, ta Mkfe.J

ha, ta

bd wooo "

sa-a ha ba.

(9408')

jnuerre, ta ssin

td,i

Mha wooo " ta ha dzon ha bd

ti.

Ye-he

yaru ha, ta

>'aru ha,

"Me
(9410)

(9411)

Ye-he

(ta ti

llgii,

h..

Inii-erre,
ssiii

Iga

jk'ii

" Y^-he

f |ka sh4 ha

ha, ta Ige

li

llkoa

ta y&rxi ha,

ha, ta jka

Ta

TA ka

ta ti tchin.*

" Tsuai

Me

Mha;

Mha

me,

ta

ta

me

Mha,

td

Ikua

ssin

me

e
ta

tsuai

ssin

tsuai

"

6,

ta

ta ssin me, ta

I;;^u^

da-a,

jnuerre,

tchin:

"

Ddma

ta

\\kh

l^u^.

Mh^,

ta

diba ssm

Inu-Grre.

Ix'ie e Inu-erre,

ta ti tchin.

Ha

Ikua e Inu-erre Ine-e; ta e

lnu-6rre +khi.

(9409')

Ha

Ikiia

e Inii-erre +khi,

ta e

Inii-erre

Ine-e,

jnuerre.
X

Ha

llkunna jnoe tsema, lou tnoo,

loii-de

Inoo.

ta u

ha

tai

;:

TRANSLATION OP JKUN TEXTS.

411

and cried out.* And (9408)

) he saw the Ovahererd,
was the Bushman's eye water and fell upon the
(

And

ground.

he said

" Y4-he

Ye- he

Ye-he

"

And

the Omuherero heard, and sought for him,

sought for him, sought for him, and did not see
him, and (he, \xue) flew away.
(

And

(he, Ij^we)

f flew, coming to his mother's (9409)

country, and saw his father, and was not a \nu-erre^

but was I^Me, and died. J And his father went to

him, and came to look at him, and he was dead.
And his father went away, and he was not deiad,
and was \j(ue, and rose up. He called to his father
"My father
" and his father called to him, and
said: "My child! 0!" and he called to his father
once, and cried out: ^'^no! ^nh!''^ and came to his
!

mother's country.

And

saw him and stealthily (9410)

approached him. And he heard his father. And
(he) saw his father, and died
and was a lizard, and
lay down, lay down upon the ground.
And his father saw him, and said: "It is my
(

his

father

child,

\^ue

for

it

is

not

another

person,

but

is

and (he) saw me, and died. And (9411)

)
(
(he) was rubbing sticks (to make) fire; and saw
me, and died
and is not another person, but is
my child, and is l^we. For, I went (?) away to my
country, and did not see my child
and to-day,
ray child;

And

(he) cried: " TsucCi ! tsucd! Uudi!"

(Two) Ovaherero (9408')
saw him for he was a \nii-erre.
He was not one \niX-erre
\xue was a \n'a-irre, and cried out.
but was many [nH-erre.
\ He was [now] not many InH-erre, but was one hiii-'Srre, and (9409')
went to his mother's country.

children

J He carried over his shoulder a little bag, the

antelope, a female antelope's skin.

skin of an

412

APPENDIX.

(9412) Ikam

na

e,

me

ssin

ti

da-a, jkan ts^ma da-a

me, ta
e

(9413)

Na

lyiie.
A.

Na

na

(9414) da-a,

td

na e

ta

nd

ka

Inudrre

Ta sb^u^
In^

ba
(9416)

ti

( )

tanki;

+ne+nfebbi \ywi; ta

jnu^rre,

me

Mtia,

da-a,

ta

me

me, ta

td

u me

ti

l^^ii

Ta Ikam

me

Inudrre,

n a

me

ssin

me

Mba.

me

Mha ssin me,

!'^"

jnu^rre

ha

llxnn-a jkan tanki kue

lie

ti

gu

na

kod

ti

jniidrre

Ta ha

\\L

Ikii
ti

me

lln9a

llha,

da-a,

ha

lie

ti

llnoa.
;

ha

jkafi
ti

tanki

+nuru

dshu da-a.

ta e

u ha jnuerre.

In'au-lkumm; ta e jkan sa; da-a

ti

ha

e,

ta

jnu^rre."

tsema ta n+gaan, llkellkeya

ta,

lia

Nkfe;

kue +ne+nebbi \ywi, +ne+nfebbi j^wi +kM,

jnum, !num Inu Ine

*

+nu

ta

l;^ue ssin

Na

llha.

Hha e dju

Ta u ha

(9412')

ta

Ikan ts^ma

tabba da-a,

me Mha

e +ne+nfebbi sa.

me

ssin

ti

llkfe.

+^a,

jnudrre

na

e,

ti

e +^a.

"Tame

(9415)

me

llha

ta

tchin, ta ssin me, ta jjke;

ti

ta

koa me

ti

ti

tshana,

l;^^-lln'u,

me

ta

ta

Ta Ikamma

kwi, ta ha

llga'iissin

ta

m'm

ti

e djii taiiki,

Ikiia

jmidrre, Ikiia ssin

l^ue, ta

[!ha

me

jnu^rre +;^a.

me

ta

ti

ta

+nu

\\h& ti

\\h& ti +iiti, ta ssiii

llha,
me 7

koa3

ti

me

me

ta

* ta

l^ue

u me Imidrre

ti

llnue +khi,

me

Ta

Mkfe,

\\h&,

ti

jkaii

+gaan;

shu ya; ta ha

da-a, da-a ti 4=nauwa

413

TRANSLATION OF JKUN TEXTS.

I

my

saw

sticks'

little

saw me, and

And

died.

person, but

my

my
my

and
fire;* and

child,

is

l^we.

is

am

was rubbing fire, (9412)

child rubbed fire, and
\j(^ue
and is not another
child

my

afraid of

child,

for

child is dead.

and my country is far (9413)

away, and (during) many moons I go to my country,

"I go

my

to

country;

(and) do not see

my

country

my

country

is

far

And, to-day, I see my child, for my child

is l;^Me, and makes fire, little sticks' fire, and eats
tshdna,^ ( ) and rubs fire, and his hands hurt (him), (9414)
and he cries, and sees me, and dies
for I am
\j(^e-\\n'u,
and my child, l^we, sees me, and dies
and I am afraid of my child. I go away to my
distant.

my
"And my
child.
And
country,

feathers

child

is

is

far distant.

another person;

I see

my (9415)

wear in my head wood pigeons'

and my child saw me, my head with wood

pigeons'

country that(?)
(I)

feathers,

many wood pigeon

feathers,

for

were two wood pigeons. And, to-day, I am

afraid of my child, ( ) and (I) go to my (own) (9416)

they

(?)

country."

And
of

his

(he)

mountain.

(own) country; the name

is a mountain, a large
he went away to his (own) country.

went

country

And

is

to his

Wnqd

it

* The tree's name was \n' au-\kumm and (he had) two sticks; (9412')
fire stick {i.e., the one which he held in his hands) was long,
The other (fire) stick lay on the
small, and long, like a reed.
ground for he had laid (it) the other stick upon grass he ruhhed
and he took up the fire {i.e., the
fire, the fire fell upon the grass
;

the

grass),

he blew the

f Tshana is the
of it is eaten raw.

fire.

name

of a tall fruit-bearing tree.

The

fruit

(9406')

!!
!!

414

APPENDIX.

Moon.

II.

PEAYEE TO THE YOUNG MOON.*

{Oiven in June, 1880, hy jnanni, who heard

it

from

his father,

ya-llne.)

Ikajkaruslie

(9436)

H4i jkajkarushd
Hai tai,
'

jkajkaruslid

o^wf mi

jkajkdruslie

Hai

hai,

IkajkAruslie

O^wf me kue
Hai
(9436')

( )

Ma

ti

tsM.

hai

Ikam

ti

Ma

ti

Na

ti

Nd,

ti

Igi,

oywi mi,

uinm tshf.
oywi mi kue tshi tsdma,

H4i

umm.

hai,

jkajkarushe

(9450')

*
llgo

ti

ssiii

llnuai,

ti

o^wi

jkajkarrishe,

ti

dzon.

|o'u

jkhu.

llnuai tsema, e ti

oywi

jkajkarrishe

zaii ti

oywi

jkajkarribe.

!!

415

TRANSLATION OF iKUN TEXTS.

PRATER TO THE TOTJNG MOON.*

Young Moon!
Hail, Young Moon

(9436)

Hail, hail,

Young Moon
Young Moon speak to me
!

Hail, hail.

Young Moon
Tell

me

of something.

Hail, hail

When

the sun rises,

Thou must speak

(9436')

me.

to

That I may eat something.

must
speak to me about a little thing,
Thou
That I may eat.
Hail, hail.

Young Moon
*

When

(?)

we

say \ha\lcarrishe

We

call the

\ka\lcarribe.

see the

moon

we sound
small

[\nanni elsewhere explained],

we/'9450')

the male antelope's horn.

moon

\ka\karrishe

(but)

women

call

(it)

416

APPENDIX.

Customs and Superstitions.

IX.

THE TEEATMENT OF THIEVES.

Mb

{Given in 1881, hy jnanni, from

zau

jkuii

(9848)
e

gu

ti

+khi
(9849) e

ha, e

ti

ti

kue

!ka,

Ta,

tchd.
(

ka

n a

Id

me

Ta me zau tchd

me

jkuh

Ikiii

Ta

a;

oywi

ti

(9850)

(9850')

gii ha,

ti

"Me

me

za'u

kue ha ba sa ha

tai.

e,

dzhd ka e."

ti

"N-ii; n a Ikui sa-a

Una:
ta

"N-n; jkun

Una:

ta ti

me

zau to

ii,

ta igeya

+^a; ta luwa ha jnuerre, ta n

za'u."

e ti

oywi

ti

sa-a

dzhii taiiki:

ta e j^a ti

"M

me za'u, ( ) jkuh me +kumm,

jkuh me tt;^uh-llgamma."

(9850') n a jkuh
liiisau;

ta ssin

dzhii tanki:

dzha ka

dzhii tanki ti tchih, ta e

kwf, ta e

ha ba;

tcha-tshi,

tshi

za'u

za'u;

tai; ta

me

ti

sa-a,

ti

sa

tai,

kuonna,

tdi Ikiia

tanki, jka Id dzhii tanki.

Ta

tshi

ti sa-a,

Ikui jkuh

ta

ha ba sa ha
a

taiiki

Ta, e

a za'u."

Ha

dzhu

la

ti

tshf

Ta dzhu

i,

dzhii tanki tshf.

zau tchd

(9849')

ha kue ha

Id

ti

ssin jnuerre.

11,

ha bd sa ha

tcha,

ti

paternal grandfather, Karu.)

ii,

jkuh

Ige,

me

ikaiQ Ine-e za'u giiwa tshi, e ti ssin tshi, e ti

gii tshi.

Za'u

dzhd ka

e,

ti

o^wi

e:

tcha." *

* jkua-de

"Me
Ta
Ikiii

jkao,
e

koa.

saa

ssin
;

ta

me
e

tshf

kue

TRANSLATION OF

iKtiff

417

TEXTS.

THE TEEATMENT OE THIEVES.

woman

If a \kun

being

we

there,

(still)

to her

her father and her mother (9848)

take hold of her, we give her

steals,

mother and her father

from their

Her

place.

we

and they

stolen thing,

we

all

go away

take

it,

we

the other person, run to give (9849)

(
And
to the other person the other person's thing.
wife stole your
we say to the other person:
run,

give

(it) to

"My

thing which

And

stole.

your nice thing here, my wife

I have given (back) my wife to her

is

here

father and her mother.

Eor,

my

wife stole the (9849')

nice thing here."

And the other person hears, and objects (saying)

No kill thy wife." And, we hear, (and) object
(saying): "No; I do not listen to you, and will not
"

my

my

gone away, has

gone to her father and her mother; and is far away;
and has gone to her country and I will not kiU

kill

wife;

for,

wife has

my

wife."

And

the others cry, and we hear; and our hearts

and we go away we say to the other people
"We go away; come, that I may kill my wife, ( )(9850')

ache,

my father-in-law,
my ..." *

kill

we

On

my

kill

woman

the day that the

see the thing,

says to us:

"My

here, which I

we

mother-in-law, kill

take the thing.

husband, look at

stole."

took the thing, (9850)

And we

my

The woman
nice thing,

hear; and

we

say:

* Another relation.
f

\kuh

woman

is

not afraid.

(9850')

2e

;;

418

(9851)

APPENDIX.

"Me
ta

ha

ta

ha

me

ti

na

ti

h a

la

(9854) ha

ti

ti

j^a

Ikam

ma

ha

ti,

dzhii

ha

ta

ti

o^wi

ti

a jkuh

Me

N-h

ti

jkao! na

me

zau,

me

jkuh

Me

tshf.

ta

zau,

shuara me."

tshf,

ha

debbi ha

ti

ha j^a

tshf,

jkao,

kwi, ta

ti

jkun ara ha zau.*

ha:

Una:

ti

"JST-h;

"N-h; h

me

zau

jkuh

te
llnd,

Ine te

ara

tehd; ta

o^wf me

koa me."

td'i

ti

geya dzhu tanki

diire

ti

dzhu tanki

ha

(9856) dzhii tanki, dzhii

(9854')

md

dzhu tanki

Zaii-d^ba, zau

(9855)

"

diire

ssih

Una

ti

dure kue dzhu

Ta, ha

kwf

ye-he

dure

tanki

a zau."

e ti gu, ta liiwa e jnue

tshi,

Ta dzhuara ha;

ta dzhii

sa-a a

jkuh ha;

Dzhii

me

Ta,

Ikui sa-a a, ta

ha !kao

Ta

"Na me
!

dzhii

ssiii."

la e.

ye-hi "

Zaia ti tchd

(9853)

ti

tchih:

Iktii

n a

tshi

gu, ta

ti

tshi,

(9852) n a

na a

zau,

lu

llkfe,

tchii.

ssih
)

zau daba e daba

Ikani taiiki,

tchu

tanki

ti

ti

gii

ha

ha,

ti

ti

Ine-e,

tcha,
14

jkuh ara ha, ta

* ilkou ha tx^ jkun ha zau; ha txa jkun. ha zau kue Iniibho.

ha
ti

TRANSLATION OF \KVN TEXTS.

*'

My

(at it)."
(it)

and gives

(it)

me
my

me

give

-wife,

And

thing,

tliy

And

may

that I
;

bag; and she cries (sayiag): "Give

my thing, oh dear My husband give me
thing, oh dear!" And we refuse (saying):
into our

"No, my
the

wife,

will

not listen to thee;

other person would kill

me; and

will not listen

persuade

If a

me

to

thee,

for

for,

(9852)

I will give

the other person the other person's thing.

I

look

and she takes (9851)

we take (it), and put

(we) persuade her

(it) to us.

419

My

wife

thou dost (try to)

(in vain)." *

woman

steals

another person's thing, (and) (9853)

returns to her husband, (and) her husband sees the

other person's thing, his heart aches, and he kills

he altogether kills his wife.f

(9854)
( )
Another man (i.e., his father) says to him " No
do not quite kill thy wife." J And, he objects
(saying): "No; I object to stealing; and my heart
aches; and I will kill my wife; leave ofi talking
to me
to-day ye must fear me."

her;

female child, if her mother is dead and the (9855)

female child is an only child, goes to another person's
hut.
into

Another day, if she steals, the other person

whose hut she went (to live) takes her, (and)

gives her to the other person, the other

(from (9856)

* Should the father be dead, and the mother alive, the woman, fQQi^O^\
And, should
stole, is still taken and given back to the latter.
she be an old ofiender, the mother is said to give her, through
a son, to another person, to be burned to death.
killing his wife; he shoots, killing /'9854')
f He shoots with an arrow,
his wife with a \nublo (a particular kind of arrow).

who

\ Meaning, that he

may

beat her.

420

APPENDIX.

luwa

ha

o>wf

ti

zaWa

he tcha, sa

!kun

zaii

(9858) !kui

za'u.

taiki

dzbii,

kue

zau e * doa
ta e \yk

ta

Ikiii

ti

ti

"

kue

lln^ i;

ta,

ku-u
kii-ii

Ta, dzhu

zaii."

Una; ta

ti

ta e Ikdi llnd i; ta e

zau kue tchu, ta

Ikiii

jkun, d

ti

ti

tcha,

jkuh-a

ij(k

ti

kue

ta ti Ikuii ara

sa-a,

llkou,t

llkoii.

Zau

luwa da-a.

kii-u

ti kii-ii,

Daba

(9860)

oywi

kue

ssin

la

dzha."

liiwa da-a;

Ine-^,

IkaWa

tchd

ti

llgob ti tchd,,

(9859)

liiwa

Una: "N-fi; e

ti

he

i,

jkiin za'u, sa ti

da-a,

In^ t6

d^bbi tebu.

ti

dzM

ya kue da-a, ta

like

kxi-u,

ti

dzhu tanki

ta

llk^ ara,

ti

Ta

(9857)

kue tcM, ta

lia

Wni

luhd

jkah,

daba

ti

daba %

'

ta

Ikui

jkuii daba.

Ikam tanki, daba

(9861) e
sa

ti

(9858')

E
ti

(9860')

^
ti

la

dzhu dure

tcha, i ti Una,

ti

kue daba,

ta

!kun ^ra ha.

^9^ ha Iku,
koa dzhu e,

t llkoii

(9859')

daba;

jkuii

ti

ti

ta Ikiii

+1^H Ikua

oywi ha Iku

e jkun,

kue ha

e llko'u Ine-e;

o^wf |uha

ha.

llgan-a.

dzhu +khi

llko'u;

dzhii 4:khi

t^a ha.
X

Ta
Ta

6 jkun

ti

koa daha tsema tcha.

ti

koi ha

Sra,

ti

jku,

ko^

ta ti

ssin jku

o^wi ha
;

jkii

kue ddba.

e ti Ikiii o>'wi ssin Iku.

Dzhu

e,

421

TRANSLATION OF |KUN TEXTS.

whom

she stole), the other people

kill

her altogether

(they) put her into a hut, and burn, killing her with

and she dies altogether; and the other people

fire;

return home.

They say to the people, ( ) to the people who gave (9857)

them the girl who stole, they (who) killed the girl,
they say: "We have burning, killed the girl with
fire, put the girl into a hut, and burning killed
the girl.
Leave off reproaching ( ) ns about the (9858)

And

girl."

we

are not scolding you; for,

for this* girl stole;

we

man

If a

fire

object (to stealing);

for,

steals,

we

kill (him),

we

shoot, killing (9859)

(with) arrows, f and do not put him into the

It is only
but, kill him altogether with arrows.

woman (whom) we

we

and we do not scold you;

hear, and our hearts are glad."

him

the

"No;

the other people object (saying):

burn, burn, putting (her) into

fire.

If a child steals,

do not

kill

we merely

scold the child

J and (9860)

the child.

Another day, when the child has grown up, if it

steals, we object, we kiU the child give ( ) the (9861)
child to other persons, and they kill it altogether.
;

* "We fear her name, and do not utter her name; (but) merely
C9858')
mention her.
Ve fear the people whom we kill, on account of their spirits.
f Many arrows, not a single arrow; the arrows of many persons; ('9859')

many

persons shoot at him.

we

I For,

we

respect the stealing of a little child.

We fear its
kill

call it " child".

Those persons whom

altogether, we fear their names; we do not utter their
name, and

(9860')

422

APPENDIX.

Zau

tanki,

e Tiinm,

(9862)

gu ba

ti

tanki

daba

lia

umm,

ti

kue

dzbu sa kue da-a."

Ta

(9863) e Una tcbd."

"E

Ta

ta e ti gd.

ko4 tcbd

ta

(9864)

kue

ti

Ta

ti

la

la

ssin

la

ti

Ine-e

Ta

tcbi sa."

te

sa-a,

ti

Ta

^."

line

"Em
Ta,

ku-ii

llko-a

kue:

"N;

sd

ku^

[yi ti dzba,+
Ilka

sa

Una tcba,
sa-a,

ti

ta

ta

umm

ti

ta sd ti

ara, ta ssin

d^bbi

ssin

"I d^bbi

tcbii,

kue gomi

tebi

sa-a,

ssin

umm

Ine te la e

ti

sa "wa-+na;

Ine-e,

li

Ta Goba

Goba.

la

ti

ta

ine-e
ti

Ine-^

ta e

ti

e llnd

umm

zan; ta sa ddbbi

tcbu.

Ta, 6 uinm ara gomi; ta sa o^wi e:

(9861 ')
(9863')

ti

ilgdo tsa'u, ta sa ti

!;^(5

llg6o

Ikui

sa

dzbu

) sa,

"E

+gumm.t

oywi dzba

kue wa-taa

tcbi

ssiii

E
(

ka

kue gomi

ta ^ ti jkun

ba, ta

||

ssiii

ssin tcbii, ta 6
la

oywl 6:

Ikui tcba."

ta

gu

d ti

tanki* kue

o-^wi ssin:

ti

" N."

ssiii

ti

Ta, Ikam tanki, sa

tcbii.

(9865)

ti

dzbu sa;

ku-ii

e ti

tcha 6 teM,

ti

da-a, ta ti ku-ii, ku-ii llko-a

kue da-u; d^bbi

sd,

daba

ta ti la dzbii

tai,

liiwa sa

ti

h.a

lu e tcka,

ti

"I

umm

ti

zin, ta

* ^^^^ s dzhu dure, ta e e dzhu tanki.

t 11^"^ 6 ^
J

+kM,

ta e e Ine-e, ta

o^wi

ka.

ta

dzhu

+klii jya-ssin ti dzha.

'

Ssin +khi.

(9864')

II

Dzhu

tanki +khi

kue: "N."

ti

sa4

Ihrifya,

\ne-6

;:

TRANSLATION OF JKUN TEXTS.

woman comes

If another

into

423

our hut (and) her

child steals a thing of ours, (if) her child eats our

take it, and we take its

them
to other people,* (and) (9862)
( )
the other people put them into the fire, and hurn,
burn, killing them with fire
(and) return (and)
say to us: " We have, burning, killed the two people
with fire." We hear; we say: "Yes; we object to

(and)

food,

mother,

we

we

see,

we

give

And

(we) are ( ) silent-t And' they (9863)

have burnt the two persons; ye must
not scold (us)."
Our hearts are glad, | and we
sing.
And (we) say to them: "We
object to
stealing; and fear stealing; and do not steal." And
those (who killed the woman) hear; and ( ) (one) (9864)
stealing."

"We

say:

says

"Yes."

And we

||

give them a male elephant's tusk; and

they go away to their home. And, another day,

they give (it) to the Makoba. And the Makoba

with Indian Hemp and they

) and eat (it) up; and (9865)
(
they return to their home and we speak nicely to
them (saying): "Eetum ye to your dwelling; give
us Indian Hemp
do not give us the bull alone
we object to one thing (only) we do not eat one
thing; for, we eat two things." And they hear,
and assent (to us) and they return to their home.
And we eat up the bull and they say to us
give

them one

bull,

give to us; and

we

kill,

* (They) are not strangers, but, are our other people (of the/'9861')

same

place).

f It is not many of us, but,

(to the other person).

II

one of ns (who) speaks to him

(9863')

other people listen, displeased; and one person assents,

(9864')

Our many hearts are

They (are) many.

Many

and says: "Yes."

glad.

424

APPENDIX,

(9866) gomi;
e

l^a

Ta
(9867) e

ti

Ig^

kue

Id

!;^(5

Ikam

dzlia.

o^wi dzhu

mm:

oywf

Ta dzhd tanki

ta i

Igf,

ti

g^ya e

tanki, e

"

Ta, i

tsa'u."

dzhu

j^d

sa-4;

ti

ta

d^bbi i toM.*

dzbuwa,

tchii, e

dzbu kue

la

sa4;

ti

ta

tsa'ti."

ssiii

1^

ti

kue wa-+na.

THE

IXU.f

{Given in Aitgust, 1880, hy jnanni, from his paternal grandfather,

Kari, and from personal

!kun

6,

Ikui

gii.

jkun daba tsema e za'u-ma

Ikiii

gii

(9573)

zaii

ti

Ta ha

(9574) koa.

Ikxia

ha ba kue

(9866')
e

(9576')

ha

^ Vtnm

ti

sa-d,

tshi,

ti

koa

ti

gii

tshi,

tslif

ti

ta

e;

a koa

6,

tshf

gii.

ti

ti

daba

ta

terme, tenne

llnin-aj

ti

u.

tshi

Ta ha bd

kue ya,
ti

toa gomi, ta lu ssin tchu,

Una:

ta

Ikui

"Urn

yaru wa-tna;

ssin

ba."
ta sa la

kue wa-+na.
t !^*^

Ine-^, e ti

(9574')
(9575')

ti

koa

o^wf ha: " Tshi

llg6o

tshf.

Ta ha ba
tshf,

tsbisi

tdi ti

Ta daba

tdi."

llgo-ma

(9575)

kod

observation.)

l'^^'

tdba

tshi.

!^'^

X Tshf Ine-e

na

ti

**

oyvri

umin jkha;

llniii;

Ikiia

tshi 4:khi

Dzua'iya ha llha, ta ha llha e llgo-ma.

na

|kan |uM.

ti

o^wi

|kan

llnii-a.


TRANSLATION OF JKUN TEXTS.

425

"Ye

have eaten up the bull; give us an elephant's

And we hear and our hearts are glad. (9866)
( )
The sun arises, and we return to our dwelling.*
tusk."

And

come, telling the other people who are at our

dwelUng our people we say to them: "Give ye

an elephant's

And

tusk to the people."

who are our

Indian Hemp.

others,

people, hear

the (9867)

and we give them

THE FOUR PIECES OF WOOD CALLED \XV;-f

USED FOR DIVINING PURPOSES.
The

women

\kuh

respect these things, (they) do (9573)

Men take hold (of them).

not take hold (of them).

small \kun child,

who

take hold of this thing

is

little

does not

girl,

for (she) respects

(it).

For,

" This thing, thou must

her mother says to her
And the child listens, (9574)
respect, ( ) my mother."
but a little male child
(and) respects the thing
:

not fear the thing,

does

(and) takes hold of the

thing, (and) carries, carries the thing to his father.

And his father puts down J the thing upon the

ground, and (the child) does not see (or look at)
For his father objects (9575)
the thing, he goes ( ) away.
* "When

we have

to seek Indian

The

|;^ii

"female".

is
(

a set of four pieces of wood,

)

Spoons are

The narrator
The name of the

tree.

eaten up the bull, (we) go to their dwelling, ('Qggg'N

they give us Indian Hemp.

Hemp and

described

it

tree is \ke;

a mere tree. (It is) one

{i.e., the set of Ix^i).

By

also

the Makoba, the Ix"

tree,

is

two "male" and two /ngj^Y')

of the same /qkoaja

made from the wood

as follows

and

(it) is

a food tree;

(from) which

called \nu\num.

we make

(it) is

'

not/'g5'7g5\

the thing

Their name for the

fruit of the \he tree is hamud'i.

say Wnin;
X ("When putting down) one thing, I
several things, I say \\nin-a.

down)

(when putting ("9574')

" "

426

APPENDIX.

Daba
''M
"

Ta daba

llgii."

ba kue

tai +e (

ta

bd kue

llgu.

Ta

llgii

sM

Ta

ha.

ha
e

ti

"

llherri

ba,

M,

(9579)

ha
ssin

ti

ha

Ha

llkau
\\h&

ba

tai:

lihS,

me

llha,

Ige

gii

kue ha

ha zau kue

(9580) tchin; ta ha lui-sau

*

lliua e

"^^

ta

llDi,

ha

ligii

gii

o^wf

llha

) llherri

ha

gii

yehe

llha,

bd,

te

me, yehe

"

tai,

tai,

me

ta nj^a

llkau,

dzhu

jk'o'u.

ta

"(

ti

ha

tchih, ta

tchin.;

sa,

yehe

Igd

tai

llkau;

Ta ha zau

ssiri,

jkiiru,

ba

Ige

Td ha

me,

yehe

llna'u

la

jkah tsema, ta llherri

\j(^i

me

tai,

jkd

ha, ta

ba, te

ha

ha

ta

tenne ha

ti

ilgii,

sha ehe

sa-a

llherri

td e ll^i-t

(9578')
(9579')

like

llgu

ha,

gii

y^he

llha,

Ikao

bd,

um'm Indo

ta sha yk; ta

+iia'u,

me, y^he

llherri

Ta dzhu *

me

llha

+neaihm

te

+neamm me, yehe

ha

jno

ta jkaii tsema e shana.

llha;

"M
Ta ha

ehe!"

tai

lia

o^wi ha

Ige

jka

kue

llgii

llgii;

tchm:

oywi

tai,

llgii."

kue

ti

ha

Igeya

u,

llha

ta

(9578)

jka

na

tai,

Ta ha
ha

(9577)

ta

sf,

la

(9576)

:!

llkau e
jne

tdi,

ha

za'u.

luwa

Ta ha
Iniibbo,

llka?5.

ta e za'u-ssin.
ssin llha

ta

me

Ta

ti

+kura

:
!
:!

TRANSLATION OF JKUN TEXTS.

427

and says): "Go, my father!"*

and runs ofE, goes to his mother,
(and) says to his mother " My mother giye water."
For the child ran, coming (and) saying to his mother
" Give my father water."
And his mother took ( ) water (from the pot) with (9576)
a gourd (?), the skin of food; and gave her child
water; and her child carried the (vessel of) water

(to his looking on,

The

child laughs,

in his hands, carried water to his father.

And the
water (vessel) fell, and (the water) poured upon
the ground
and he (the boy) saw, and cried out
" My father
the water pours down, oh dear
My father the water pours down, oh dear "
And his father heard him, and ran, coming ( ) to (9577)
And (he) beat his child, broke
take hold of him.
and the little
off a little stick, and beat his child
;

And his

was a shana.

stick

"My
father

son's speech

father! leave off beatiag

!

leave ofE beating

leave off

striking

me

me!

was

this (?)

My

me! oh dear!

oh dear
oh dear!
!

My
My

father
father

(9578)

oh dear "
And the people f took hold of him, his mother
came to take hold of him (saying): "My mother!
My mother my child oh
my child oh dear

leave off striking

me

my

My mother
oh dear "
His (the child's) father came and took (his) (9579)
( )
quiver, and drew out an arrow, and put his arrow
upon his bow; and the people (i.e., the women)
Tor, he took aim at his wife with (two)
called out.
arrows; for his arrows were a \nubbo, and a llx-+
dear

my

husband

is

striking

child,

* (He) caressed (?) his child; for his child was a little boy.
hut were women.
t (They) were not men,
his wife with two arrows (one after the other).
aimed
at
He
J

(9575')
(9578')
(9579')

428

APPENDIX.

me

ssin llM

sM

ta

le,

kue' llkau sa, yehe

^j(jd

yi, ta

tcMn;

ti

"

dzhu

ta

Ige

Ta jkauwa
gd ha, ta

o^wi ha: "Una tchin."

Ta ha
kue

sd

llkau

"

llnd:

n
!

yehe

me +kum

Ta

"

me +^^

ssin llha

gu wa

dzhii

ha

ta

dzhu, ta Una.

Ikiia sa-a

+KAO
{Given hy

!ku

(9298)

"

(9299)

ba

o^wi: "tnaiiwa

ti

tkaowa

tdi ti
!

+nauwa

ti

tkabwa

llgu

+kabwa jnum

Za'u

ya.

yi,.

M ba tai

ta

tohi ti tnaiiwa llgu.

Ikiia

ti

jnum

Hd

yk.

Ta

llgg

1880.)

+ka'owa jnum kud yi.

ti

!num ku^
llgu

yk.
Tamme in

tai

tai

Tamme

Ine

Inii

e ii-llna.
e

ti

ba e

tai

Ikaro-lln'i.

Tamme

tsema

ba ba ba

ti

lli.

AND A CEETAIN SMALL

ANTELOPE, WHEN SEEN NEAR GEAVES,

SNAKES, LIZAEDS,

TO BE EESPECTED.
{Given 25th October, 1881, iy jnanni, /roi

Ms

paternal grand-

father, Karil.)

(9957)

ttumma

+iii-a e

taiki,

llgaii-a.

Zaii

zau e

ti

ti

like,

!x6 Ikuii ha,

Ikiia 6 4:ih-a

za'u

luha,

taiiki

ta

ti

tanki

kuonna

like

ha

like,

ha

ti

ha

4:in-a;

ta

Inii-i,

koa.

ti

ha +in-a

ti

+in-a jne zau, zaii

like,

llgah-a e llgah-a luha.

llgaii-a

ha jyd

Ikuii;

ta

e 4=in-a.

luha,

llgah-a luha ti

+ih-a InS-e
ta

Ikiii

4:ii-'-

ha

jkun, ta e e

Ikiii

ha

like,

ha

jne ha,

Zau

tumma ha yi

ha

llgoo,

luha,

like
4=in-a.

"99

(9958')

+m-a

Ta, e

llkdya +in-a.*

like,

(9957')

!k6ro,

ti

ha tanki

ti

ta ti e 4:ne-ko, ta ti

kwi.

:}:in.-a;

li.

dzho

ta

TEAISTSLATION OF JKUN TEXTS.

And

429

and avoided the arrow. And

and his wife's mother cried: ( ) "My (9580)
mother! my son-in-law takes aim at my daughter
with two arrows, oh dear!" And (she) fell down,
and lay upon the ground, and cried ; aud the people
(many other women) came (and) took hold of her,
and said to her: "Do not cry!" And she refused
his wife cried,

(she) cried;

No my son-in-law aims at my daughter

with two arrows, oh dear " And the people took
hold of her and she would not listen to the people,
and refused.
(saying)

"

TO BEAT THE GEOUND (WITH A STONE).

The

beat a stone upon the ground.

My (9298)
mother beat a stone upon the ground. She
" Fall into the water
Fall into the water "
\kun

father's

said

And

the thing (the lightning

A
A

man
woman

the water.
does not beat a stone upon the ground.
beats a stone upon the ground.
_
?) fell into

My

(Tamme's) father's mother was iV'-llwa. (9299)

My mother's father was Little Tamme; and my
mother's mother was [karo-Wn^d.
My father's father's
father was Great Tamme.
(

AND A CEETAIN SMALL

ANTELOPE, WHEN SEEN NEAE GEAYES,

SNAKES, LIZAEDS,

TO BE RESPECTED.

A
for,

snake which
(it)

is

is

near a grave,

we do not

kill,

our other person, our dead person, the

(9957)

;;

430

APPENDIX.

(9958) Ta Ikam +kM, i

ti

ha, e

ssiii

Ikdii

jkufi.,

ssin

ta ti Una.

Ikam

Igdya e tanki ^a, e

d,

ssin lou,

he e tanki

Ha

luha.

ts;^an,

lo'u

tuinma

loii

llkeya, e ti

llkumm

Iku'i

jkun ts^an,

e tanki Inudrre, jnu^rre

koa

Ta

lo'u.

ta lou Ikiia e lou

lo'u;

ha

tsema,

llkoa

ti

llkeya, td e llgaii-a

koa

ti

Una ts;^an.

ti

(9959)

ts^an, e jnabba ts^aii, ts;^an

e ssin

tanki,

ti

loii

dzhu

llg^o

ta ikiia

de.

A CERTAIN SNAKE, WHICH, BY LYING

UPON ITS BACK, ANNOUNCES A DEATH
IN THE FAMILY; AND WHICH MUST
NOT, UNDER THESE CIRCUMSTANCES,
BE KILLED.
{Given

24:th October,

1881,

luanni,

bi/

from

his paternal grandfather,

Kara, and from personal observation.)

(9952)

e jnu^rre

llhin,

ha
*

(9957')

!gii,

ti

and his snake

is

+in-a.

+ne-ainm ha, ha

kue ha Ig^
",

(who)

ti

koa ha, ta

a man, dies, he becomes (?)

snake bites him, he dies, he

is

a spirit.

i.

ti

a snake.

Whea
bites

woman

just dies, the

woman merely dies,

When a man dies, his

a snake

near his

eartli

an elephant kills
(he) is a :^ni-ko, and is
If

for, his

woman

woman, (and) the woman

If a

(9958')

la

(When) our " other one

a snake
is

ha

lie

heart aches.

her spirit

is

dies,

has no snake.
the

a mere

woman

If a snake
is

a snake.

spirit.

a mere spirit; his " other" is

and
his mere spirit goes away.
?)
him, (he) becomes (?) one (kind of) snake
black he is not a different kind of snake
" other"

(grave

is


TRANSLATION OF

dead person's snake.*

(we) respect it. And
see

it,

we

do not

IKIIN TEXTS.

And we

do not

during)

(if,

431

kill (it); for

many

days,

looking (at

kill (it);

it),

we

(we) (9958)

let it alone.

Another day,
lizard's spoor

(if)
(if)

we

see a lizard,

we

(grave?) of our other person,

(we) do not

we

for,

it is

and

the antelope

seem (?)

Its legs (?)

died,

respect the lizard,

(we) let the lizard alone.

an
see
antelope,t an antelope (9959)

where our other person has

;

tlie

near our other person's place, that place

is)

antelope

follow

kill the lizard,

(When)
(which

we

the lizard has gone to the earth

is

small,

died,

is
it

a spirit antelope.

we

respect the

not a mere antelope.

is

the person

It is a

who has

male antelope

not a female antelope.

A CERTAIN SNAKE, WHICH, BY LYING

UPON ITS BACK, ANNOUNCES A DEATH
IN THE FAMILY; AND WHICH MUST
NOT, UNDER THESE CIRCUMSTANCES,
BE KILLED.
The

we

Whin J (is) a serpent of our country. (If, when) (9952)

it, it does in this manner with its belly, it

strike

At the Cape Town Museum, a very small kind of buck (9301')

name of which the Curator did not know) was recognized
the \ou by my informants. It had been, I believe, brought from

f
(the
as

Damaraland or

its

neighbourhood.

above belief, it may also be mentioned that,

on one occasion, I saw a snake close to the coping of a burial place
and showed it to \nanni, expecting him to destroy it. He merely
looked at it in rather a strange way, and allowed it to depart
uninjured saying something about its b^ing near a grave which,
Ed.
at the time, I did not clearly understand.

With regard

to the

A long,

That

is,

light-coloured snake,

which does not bite, and

its body upwards.

turns the under side of

is

timid.

(9952')

(9952)


APPENDIX.

432

ti

ta

il,

debbi tcM, ka

ti

Una; ta ba

ha

!gti,

Ikam

+ne-amm

ti

ha

ha

ssih

t'umma

dwa

6,

ha, e +in e shin

ha

llgu,

(9955) ya, e

ssin

ti

e ti she, d ti

ll^un

ti

Ige,

ta

ha

ha

ta

ii,

ti

ha

e,

ha,

shd J ta

ti

* Ta

ti

ha !gu kue

oywi dzhu

e,

6,

sa-a,

'^^

ha

ti

Ikam

Ha

ti

koa; ta

ti

+a
*

ha

tan-a,

ha

la

ha

ta ti shu

llgii,

ti

llgii,!

!gii

kue

kudrra +nd, ta

ti

shuwa ha

ti
ti

[gti

kue

ha.

ll;^ui

sa-d ssih +nua,J e ssih

ti

kod

llhih, ta ti tchih.
ti

kue:

"N

me kue ha

llhii.

Una, ta la

llhiii,

ta jka u."

Ta

a ssin

jgu; ta

zaussin +khi

ti

tchin.

ha shu dzha,

taiiki,

llkha, ta ti like

ha

he geya tchiiwa, ta

llhm, ta Ikua jkun

n a koa

jkan

6 ssin

zau ssin ha, ta

llhm, ta +iie-aium llhm, ta

(9955')

ti

Ine-e ti shu.

Ta zau ti Iknii ha, ( )

Dzhu tanki ti llk^, e Ikiia

llhih, ti Id

ligii,

shako u

ti

(9956) ya.

(9953')

ta

ha,

e koa, e Ikiia jkun

llgti,

+ne-amm

tin e

) ti

Ta zau

(9952')

e kue,

ha, e ti \k& u.

6,

la

Ikiii

Timm).t

Ikam tanki, e ssin ha, ha 6wa

e

ti

e sha ha, sha ha, sha ha,

kue ha jgu

la

ha

Ta

ha.

ara.

ha, 6 ti jkuh ara

Ikiia like (Ikiia

taiiki,

Igeya ha

(9954)

tanki, e ssii ha,

ara,

ll;^tii

ti sbu, sbii, sbu, tsau,

Ta Ikam

(9953)

jkui*

Ikiiii

ha Inoo

ssin zau,
za'u ti

ha

ti

la

ha

e ti

sh^o ha, ta

Goba kue ha

tabba +no kue

jgu.
Ina'i

Ha

ti

jnu-arra

ti

Inoo.
ssin

zau +n6, ha

+khi; ta llkhu dzha; ka

4:gaan.

who

" I saw
are at home, and say
and the \\Mn objected, and gave me
and I was afraid of the Whin, and did not kill the WMn,
its belly
but ran away." And many women hear, (and) cry.
(9953') t -^'1'^' another day, (when) it lies nicely [not turning up its
belly at us, in a hollow manner, while it lies on its back], we skin

(9952')

-'^^'1

i'^^)

^^^ ^^ people

a \\Mn, and struck the

;

WMn

1.

iiffui.

which
2.

Uffi'i

small tree bearing edible fruit,

is

\k&,

eaten raw.

edible fruit,
S.

Hollow

4,

Mouths

plant or small bush, with

which

in the tree

is

eaten raw.

where rain-water has

collected.

of ditto,

5. Pieces of grass

used for drinking out the

water from the hollow of the

Inofiiit,

tree.

June 25lh, 1880,

be

\gm

\gahni

l;. iv.l>i

\
I

Found

m the

" Beaza " country,

boiled and eaten. )

('Thfl fruit is

inanni, Ver.

Uth, 1879.


-^

13

tJE

'5s

r-j

a;

o
40

CO


TRANSLATION OF JKUN TEXTS.

we

433

and go away, and return

home; while (we) do not kill* it. For (we) let (it)
alone
and it lies, lies, lies arises, (and) goes away
gives US its belly,

fear

it,

altogether.

And, another day,

not give us

and throw

its belly,

see

beat

it,

away

altogether

(it)

we

(if)

we

it

we

(and)

does (9953)

) it

kill it altogether,

(we) do not keep

(it)

[do not eat it^.f

Another day, (when)

approach

it,

gives us

it

approach

it,

its

we

belly,

we approach

sees us, (as)

it

(and) reach

it,

it,

(and)

we do not

are afraid,

kill

it, we run away.

(9954>
Another day, we see it, (when) it is in the water
tree water J
we are near it, we think that we will
drink water, we see its body, (when) it is in the

water,

(and)

that

we

we

And

(if)

it

upon the ground.

will strike

turn back,

quickly (?) goes out of

think (9955)
( )
(and) it gives us its belly,

sees us,

it

the water, and lies

it,

we go away, and it
woman comes (and)

We

alone lies (there).

the

woman

sees

it,

and (gently) lays

and lays its belly upon
the woman kills it, and ( ) throws (9956

(she) unloosens (her) skin necklace,

(it)

down; and

the earth.

it

And

turns,

away.

it

(If)

another person

his news,|| (and)

we

we have not heard

WMn turning its belly

(and)

dies,

see the

towards us, we are afraid of the Whm, and cry.

it,

and throw away

its flesh

and keep

its

Makoba

skin ; give the

its skin.

Namely, that which

is

woman,

it

It sees the

woman's skin necklace,

in the hollow of a

does thus with

it is

afraid

the necklace with plenty of fat

for the

and

(it)

woman

It sees the

(9954)
(9965')

has worked

smells good

its

scent

"long", i.e., reaching a long way).

The words Wnuikm and + both mean "news", " tidings".

being powerful
II

ti-ee.

its belly.

{lit.

2f

(9956')

appendix.

434

regarding Photographs
December 23,
Government
SENT TO England by

Dr. Bleek's Eeport,

etc.,

1871.*

Notes to accompany the Photographs.

Of the ten Natives photographed by Messrs. Lawrence

and Selkirk, in conformity with Professor Huxley's
instructions, five are Bushmen, two Damaras, one
a Koranna, one a Colonial Hottentot, and one a Kafir.
In

this

of

set

photographs there

are,

represented the three distinct races of

therefore,

men

(and

families of language) extant in South Africa;

the

Bantu

(in

the

Kafir

and

viz.,

the Damara),

the

and the Bushman. It is to be regretted

that no Betshu&na (Basuto, Barolong, Mahaua, &c.)
were within our reach, as, in that case, the three
nations of the B&ntu race which live nearest to the
Cape Colony would have been represented. The
Betshu^na are a nation quite distinct from the Kafirs,
although nearer akin to them than the Kafirs are to
the Damara (Ovahererd) or other more northern
nations.
Whilst the Kafirs and Damaras, like the
Hottentot,

Hottentots, live in bee-hive shaped huts, the dwellings

more pretentious character

and, upon the whole, the Betshu^na have reached
of the

Betshu&na are

of a

a higher degree of aboriginal civilization than their

neighbours and next cousins, the Kafirs.

To

characterize the three native

races

of

South

Africa shortly

The Bantu

(Kafirs,

Betshu^na, Damara, and

all

other negroes dwelling to the South of the Equator)

are

agricultural

and pastoral

polygamists,

mostly

living under hereditary chiefs, addicted to ancestor

[* Copied from

DraugM

Eeport.]

REPORT REGARDING PHOTOGRAPHS.

435

worship, speaking euphonious polysyllabic Prefixpronominal languages, eminently prosaic in their

ideas
of

and

and possessing a decimal system

however very clumsy in its

literature,

counting which

is

application.

The
as

Hottentots or

well

as

many

Khoi khoi (Namaqua, Koranna,

other

tribes

now

extinct)

are

polygamous, ruled
worshipping in former days
the moon, speaking a clicking monosyllabic Sexdenoting language, poetical in their ideas, with
a traditionary literature full of myths and fables,
and with a decimal system of counting which is of
a

pastoral

occasionally

nation,

by hereditary

chiefs,

easier application

The Bushmen

than the B^ntu one.

are a hunting race, strictly mono-

gamous, without chiefs, worshipping moon, sun, and

stars, speaking a most harsh clicking and guttural
monosyllabic language (which is not now but may
possibly once have been Sex-denoting), poetical in

an extensive mythological traditionary

and with a binal system of counting, which
has however no names for numbers beyond the third.
It is possible that the Bushmen and Hottentots
were originally one race, and that their languages are
but in any case they must have
of common descent
had a separate existence for many thousands of years
and until their relationship has been proved (which is
not yet the case) it will be most in accordance with
scientific principles to consider them as distinct races,
with languages which have no traceable relationship

their ideas, with

literature,

with each other.

That in physical appearance both Bushmen and
Hottentots are nearer akin to each other than either
of them is to the Kafir and Negro, is well known.

APPENDIX.

436

As regards the

difierence

Hottentots and Bushmen,

is

so

marked

appearance

in

I will only

bet-ween

remark that

it

in rare instances only, to leave one

as,

in doubt regarding the nationality of an individual of

either nation.

The Bushman

notice in this respect.

ear deserves particular

Its smallness

absence of an outer lobe distinguish

it

and the almost

very strikingly

from that of the Koranna, at all events, the only

Hottentot tribe which is represented by many
individuals at the Breakwater Convict Station.
Once
middle
of
standing in the
a group of Korannas,
I mustered them for the purpose of selecting
a suitable subject to be photographed,
I remarked
Bushman
one with a
ear, and with a conformation
of head unlike that of the Korannas.
I said at once
" Ton are no Koranna ? you are a Bushman."
"Yes," he answered, "but I was brought up among

the Korannas since I was a

little

The Bushmen represented

child."

here, belong mostly to

the Strontbergen (Lat. 30 South, Long. 22 East of

Greenwich) and

to the near

neighbourhood

mountains, or to the country

of these

intervening between

them and Kenhart, particularly to the Hartebeest

River.
A few only had been living at greater
distances to the "West of the Strontbergen.
Those
from other localities may be somewhat different in
their physical appearance

able to ascertain, all real

but, as far as I have been

Bushmen * speak

the same

language with dialectical variations.

* There are some so-called Bushmen,
individuals

of

other

nations

who are merelyimpoverished

Betshuana, &c.) who

(Koranna,

having lost their cattle have entered on the life of Bushmen.

These, of course, do neither physically, nor in language, and ideas,,
belong to the Bushman nation.

REPOKT EEGAKDIKG PHOTOGRAPHS.

To

the anthropologist

it

will

437

be of interest

to

know

exactly the kind of relationship or blood sanguinity

which exists between the different Bushmen here

photographed.

added as

full

To

illustrate

tables of

this

clearly,

have

their

ancestors as I could
genealogical tables have been

These
tested, and I have no doubt that in almost every
instance they are reliable.
Their very existence will,
no doubt, help to set aside many eiToneous ideas
ascertain.*

entertained

regarding

this

nation,

relations, or rather its alleged

want

and

its

social

of regular social

relations.

Bushmen photographed according

Huxley's directions, by Messrs. Lawrence
and Selkirk, an excellent photograph has been taken
by them of a group of ten Bushmen at the Breakwater.
Amongst these a very old man is particularly worthy
Besides the five

to Professor

of attention (fig. 3

Bushman

Oud

Toontje)

who

is

the father

No. 5-10 Coos Toontje) whose

photograph was used as a sample enclosed in the
circular, and who is himself again represented in
fig.
9 of the Group.
Also fig. 1 of the Group
pictures one of the young Bushmen who has also
been photographed according to Professor Huxley's
directions, vis. (Y. No. 19-22), Marcus.
In this way
a standard of measurement is supplied to the Group,
of which several other members stand in some
relationship to one or another of the Bushmen
The same remark
photographed.
individually
applies to three other Bushmen photographed by
Mr. Barnard, which although not in complete
of the

(II.

[* It

is

much to be

regretted that the genealogical tables, together

with the whole of the photographs here referred to by Dr. Bleek,

could not be reproduced with this Keport.]


APPENDIX,

438

accordance with Professor Huxley's directions (they

were partly done before their receipt) are yet
suflBciently

near

to

help

in

illustrating

the

remarkable race. For most of

the remarks on the mental and bodily characteristics
of the Natives represented in the Group I am
indebted to the kindness of the Rev. G. H. R. Fisk,
characteristics of this

Chaplain at the Breakwater Convict Station.

On the suggestion of His Excellency Sir Henry
a few measurements (round the
have been added, where they stiU could
These measurements had not been
be supplied.
mentioned in Professor Huxley's circular letter, and
This will explain
so had not been taken at first.
their being wanting in several instances.
Regarding the pronunciation of the unusual signs
which had to be employed in writing the Bushman
names, the following remarks will be sufficient

Barkly,

K.C.B.,

chest, &c.)

T
+
!

indicates the dental click

,,

,,

,,
,,

palatal click

cerebral click

II

,,

,,

lateral click

,,

labial click

y^

,,

,,

,,

an aspirated guttural, like German ch

a strong croaking sound in the throat
a gentle croaking sound in the throat

,,

the nasal pronunciation of a syllable.

It is to be regretted that no females could as yet

be photographed; as without them the collection is
But
for anthropological purposes very incomplete.
upon the whole the photographs here given must
only be considered as a first attempt which will

shew what can be done here. A complete collection

would not only require that females and children

UNDATED MANUSCRIPT FRAGMENT.

439

should be inoluded; but also that several of the

nations as yet wholly unrepresented, as Betshufi-na,
Fingus, Zulus, Namaqua, should be added ; and some

whom only one individual is represented

here (as Koranna and Kafir) should be portrayed in
others of

several individuals of different ages

An

and sexes.

undated manuscript fragment found among

Dr. Bleek's papers, apparently written
BETWEEN 1870 AND 1873.
I

If

am

to

state

in

a few words

impressions regarding the affinity of

Hottentot,

my

present

Bushman and

that they stand to each other pretty

it is

much in the same relation as French and German.

As these two languages which are both descendants
of the common Aryan stock, have become quite
each other in almost every feature, thus
Hottentot and Bushman, though at a remote

unlike
also

period of some thousands of years branched off from

a

common

stock.

Cape op Good Hope.

Eeport of Dr. Bleek concerning his Eesearches
into the Bushman Language and Customs,
presented to the Honourable the House of
Assembly by command of His Excellency the
Governor.
Printed by Order of the House of Assembly,
May, 1873.

Mowbray, 15th April, 1873.

The Honourable the Secretary for Native Affairs.
Sir,

you,

I have the honour herewith to lay before

for

the

information

of

His Excellency the

APPENDIX.

440

Governor and the Legislature, a report concerning

the progress of the

Prom

Bushman

studies.

be seen that special

been afforded by the Colonial
Government for an inquiry into the only kind of
South African language as yet unexplored. And
I have gladly given my time and strength for an
object which appeared to me of sufficient importance
report

this

facilities

it

will

have

me

to render

willing

my

to

main

delay on

work,

its

prosecution

of

Grammar

South African Languages.

of

the

account the
Comparative

The expenses which

up
last

I had incurred in this inquiry,

end of the year 1871, were repaid to me
year by a Parliamentary Grant of 100.
I had

to the

then estimated the expenditure to be incurred by

me on this account, in 1872, at 100 more. But
from the non-arrival of the wives of the Bushmen
(whom I was then expecting), the expenditure for

1872 was about 35 less than I had calculated

that it would be, namely, 64 18s.
To this sum
is to be added 16 for expenses already incurred
during the present year, to the 51st of March,
making in all about 80 18s. for expenses incurred
by me from 1st January, 1872, to 31st March, 1873.
I respectfully solicit you to recommend that His
Excellency the Governor may be pleased to allow
this further

sum

to

be refunded to me, or to make

some provision for its repayment.

At the same time I beg to draw your attention to
the existence, in the collection under my charge in
the Library, of a

number

of

manuscripts containing

Native Literature in different South African languages.

The publication of these documents, most of which
are accompanied by a translation, would throw much

BUSHMAN REPORT OF
light

upon the workings

different

May

1873.

of the native

nations living in

441

mind

in the

or near to the Colony.

recommend this subject to the gracious

consideration of Her Majesty's Government, and
I

mention, in

connection with it, that in the small

Colony of Natal the sum of 200 per annum was
granted for several years to the Rev. H. Callaway,
M.B., towards the expenses of printing the Zulu
native literature which had been collected by himself.
But your own well-known interest in, and knowledge
of, the native races * renders it quite unnecessary for

me

to say anything further to

you regarding the

importance of this subject.

I have, &c.,

W. H.
Eeport

Bushman

concerning

W.

H.

I.

I.

Bleek, Ph.D.

Researches,

by

Bleek, Ph.D.

The oldest, and until late years, the only, materials

knowledge of the Bushman Language, were the
short vocabularies and few sentences published by
These were,
the traveller, Dr. H. Lichtenstein.

for a

mainly obtained from those missionaries

who at the beginning of this century were working
among the Bushmen, some of them in connection
with the London Missionary Society, and others sent
In the original edition of
out by a Dutch Society.
probably,

Lichtenstein's book of Travels, these vocabularies stand

by the side of his.Koranna Hottentot vocabularies

and phrases, on about eight pages octavo.

vocabulary, by
2. In 1857, I tested Lichtenstein's
for
[* Mr. C. Brownlee, M.L.A., was at that time Secretary
IS'ative Aflfairs.]

442

APPENDIX.

examining a few Bushmen and Bushwomen from th.e

neighbourhoods of Colesberg and Burghersdorp, who
were at that time at Robben Island, and in the
Cape Town Gaol and House of Correction. The
result of this examination was the discovery that
the different

Bushman

spoken within this

Colony vary very little from each other, and that
one language, quite different from Hottentot, is
spoken by all these Bushmen.
The words thus
ascertained
were incorporated in a Manuscript
Comparative "Vocabulary of the Dialects of the
Hottentots and Bushmen ", forming ^o. 36 of
Sir George Grey's Library.
3. In 1858, the Rev. C. F. Wuras presented to
Sir George Grey a short Manuscript Grammar of the
Bushman language, on eight pages quarto. Sir George
took this manuscript with him to England in 1859,
but it did not return with him ia 1860, nor did it
arrive here with the main bulk of his library in
1863. It is probably now at Kauwau, 'New Zealand
but Sir George has promised to send us either the
manuscript itself, or a copy of it.
4. In 1861, the Rev. G. Krbnlein sent a few words
and sentences of another (Transgariepian) dialect of
The MS., of seven pages
the Bushman language.
octavo, is in the Grey Library
and this material has
out
been worked
by me in an exhaustive Concordance
of sixty-five pages folio.
dialects

5.

About

five years later (in 1866),

an opportunity

was afforded me of examining two Bushman prisoners

from the Achterveld, who were transferred for this
purpose, by the order of His Excellency Sir P. E.
Wodehouse, from the Breakwater to the Town Prison.
The words and sentences then collected (mainly from

BUSHMAN EEPORT OP

1873.

443

the lips of the elder of these two men)

fill

about

sixty-six pages quarto;

whilst an English index to

these phrases occupies forty-eight pages folio, and
an alphabetical vocabulary of those Bushman words,

which contain no
pages

click,

is

on twenty-five further

Some remarks upon the language, based

folio.

upon these materials, are to be found in my paper

on " The Bushman Language," pp. 269-284 of " The
Cape and its People," Cape Town, 1869.
6. In 1870, the presence of twenty-eight Bushmen
at the Breakwater afforded an unprecedentedly rare
opportunity of obtaining good instructors in the
language.
On the recommendation of the Rev. G.
Fisk, the best-behaved Bushman boy was selected,
and in August of that year, he was placed with
me for this purpose by Her Majesty's Colonial
Government. This experiment was found to answer
but it was taken into consideration that one yoimg
Bushman alone, would soon lose a good deal of
accuracy in speaking his mother-tongue, and, further,
that the
of

boy in question could

the numerous tales and

any
which are met

relate hardly

fables

with in the traditionary literature of this nation.

On these grounds His Excellency Sir Henry Barkly

was pleased
of the old

to direct that one of the

Bushmen should

most intelligent
Both are

join the other.

Their term of penal servitude expired

1871 and they have since
remained of their own free will. In order to achieve
the object of these inquiries (a thorough knowledge
of the Bushman language and literature), the presence
still

with me.

in the middle of the year

of

these

men

several years

(or other

Bushmen)

at least four

have already expired.

is

two and a

And

necessary for
half of

which

soon after the arrival

444

APPENDIX.

Bushman, I took

of the elder

steps to ascertain the

whereabouts of their wives, in order to induce them

to join their husbands.
But although inquiries have
been made in many different directions, they have
as yet led to no result,
and I therefore fear that ere
long one or both of the Bushmen will leave me.

7.

What

Bushmen,

has been written

consists of

down from

the lips of the

more than four thousand columns

(half pages quarto) of text, besides a dozen genealogical

and

tables,

other

genealogical,

astrological, &o., notices.

geographical,

The following

is

a general

analysis of the texts which have been collected,

regard to which

under the

letter

and those under

*

it is

B
L

to

with
be remarked that the pages

refer to texts collected

to collections

and

made

for

by myself,
me.*
*

8. The above texts are, to a great extent, already

accompanied by as literal an English translation as

could

yet

translation

be

achieved.

will

be

The further process of

facilitated by the

materially

dictionaries in course of preparation.

An

English-

Bushman Vocabulary

of 142 pages, and a BushmanEuglish one of 600 pages folio contain the results

which are now being greatly

by our better knowledge of
the language.
Of the texts, more than a dozen
stories are as yet unfinished, and in the course of
dictation, although some of them already extend over
more than some hundreds of pages.
9. The main importance of this Bushman literature
of the earlier studies,

modified and corrected

[* The
report,
is,

list of

was

later

by Dr. Bleek in the above

embodied by him in one sent in in 1875, and

texts collected, given

therefore, for reasons of space, omitted here.]


BUSHMAN REPORT OF
lies in

1873.

446

the mythological character of the stories under

in which animals and heavenly objects are

I.-III.,

In this characteristic the Bushman

literature shows a marked difference from that of
the BSatu nations (Kafirs, BetsuS,na, Damara, &c.)
who have legends, but, strictly speaking, no
mythologies.
The Bushman literature most nearly
resembles that of their neighbours the Hottentots,
and also tbat of the most primitive mythological
personified.

stages

of

other

languages

either

branched

ofE

more
are

northern

whose
may have

nations,

sex-denoting,

or

from the Sex-denoting languages, losing

the sex-denoting characteristics.

To

this latter class

languages the Bushman also seems to belong,

and (in contradistinction to the Hottentot, in which
of

the gender of the nouns is everywhere clearly

marked
by the endings and maintained by the concord), it
has no genders which have any reference to the
distinctions of sex.
If it ever were sex-denoting,
it has now lost those signs of
gender which so
clearly mark the grammatical gender in Hottentot.
Instead of eight different forms for each pronoun, as
in Hottentot (masculine singular, feminine singular,

common singular, masculine plural, feminine plural,

common plural, masculine dual, and common dual),
the Bushman has only two forms, one which is
only used in the

singular

[ha

" he,

she,

it,"

a,

"which, who, that") and another which is mainly

used for the plural {hi " they," e, " which, who,
that").
I say purposely "mainly used for the
plural," for, curiously enough, the plural form is
frequently employed in Bushman, where we should
use the singular, and where,
is

in fact,

the singular

indicated by the Bushman himself, by the addition

446

APPENDIX.

of the first numeral, or

some other

clearly singular

be that there are in

form.
The
Bushman two classes of nouns in the singular, viz.,
one which has the forms ha and a, &c., for its
corresponding pronouns, and the other with the
whilst the plural of both classes
forms hi and e
has only the one form for each pronoun,
this being
time
at the same
one which outwardly agrees with
the second form of the singular.*
Again, in the formation of the plural of nouns
in the Hottentot, great regularity prevails, and the
endings of nouns in the singular number (indicating
at the same time their gender) are exchanged, in
the plural and dual, for other corresponding endings.
Thus Hottentot nouns terminating in -b or -p (masc.
sing.) generally have in the plural the ending -xu
(masc. plur.), and in the dual the ending -kha
(masc. dual).
Likewise nouns ending in -s (fem.
sing.) usually exchange this in the plural for the
termination -ti (fem. plur.), and in the dual for -ea
(comm. dual). The common singular termiaation -i
fact

similarly

seems

to

gives place in the plural to the ending

or -IN (comm. plur.), and in the dual to the

ending -ra (comm. dual). There are few exceptions
to the regularity of these grammatical changes in
Hottentot. In Bushman, on the contrary, the greatest
irregularity prevails with regard to the forms of the
plural of the nouns, and from fifty to sixty different
ways of forming the plural occur, at the least, in
this language.
It seems as if the most original form

-N

here

were a reduplication

* This

is

nouns into

of

the noun,

and that

the only trace as yet found of that division of the

classes

which

is

effected

hy the concord.

BUSHMAN REPORT OP

1873.

447

this reduplication

(more or less abbreviated), together

with the use of certain other particles or variations
of the stem of the noun, has given rise to the great
multiplicity of the forms.

With

these striking grammatical differences, both

languages possess

many

The vocative

is

obvious traits in common.

formed in Bushman with the
ending -we, and in Hottentot by a terminal -e added
to the pronoun of the second person.
The exclusive form of the prefixed pronoun of the
first person plural ("we," i.e.., "I and he, she, it, or
they," excluding the person addressed) is identical in
Hottentot and Bushman.
The relative form of the verb (corresponding to the
Xafir one in -eld) is in Hottentot formed by the sufiix
-5, and in Bushman by the suffix -a.
The reduplication of the stem of a verb, in
Hottentot, as well as in Bushman, can be used to
give the verb a causative or transitive meaning.
There are many other similarities in structure, and
there are also a good many words which appear to
be of common origin. Of these, however, a number
at once appear to be only foreign words in one
of these languages, introduced from the other in
consequence of the contiguity of the two nations.
Such, for example, are the numerous abstract terms
which the Bushman has evidently adopted from the
Hottentot, as the verbs " to learn," " to teach,"
e.g.

There remains, however, a large number of other words, which probably

have not been taken over from one language to the
other, but have descended from a common source.
But, as the principles of correspondence between
the sounds of the two languages have not yet been
"to know," "to write," &c.

448

APPENDIX.

ascertained, no safe comparison on a firm scientific

basis can at present be established.

On

the whole,

we may

Bushman language

is

the Hottentot than

e.g.

the Latin

but

it

safely conclude that the

certainly not nearer akin to

the English language is to

may be

Bushman and Hottentot

that the distance between

is

indeed far greater than

between the two above-mentioned languages.

;;;;;

INDEX
A.

with perspiration, 27
compared with rubbing, 197
with fat, 345
with WMra, 375 to 379.

About: 160-42.
ABTJNrANCE: 81, 83, 233.
Account or, on: 148-19.
Accusative cask, examples of 144
and 145-lc. and 5., 146-6.
Adjectives, plukal of: 153-87.
Adventures with animals 255 to

Ants' eggs {see Bushman rice)

Appaeitions, Conceening two

Aem

269.

Aempit

Again, do: 152-65.

Agama, lizakd of the genus: 215,
217, 319 {see illustrations).
Aim, the missing of one's
83,
277, 281.

Abound: 151-53.
Aeeow, aeeows {see
wound, 5, 13

149-35 and 36.

Altaie 79.
Alteeative case,

examples

of

Japajstesb,

illustrations)

heads, 227;

83
Dawn's-Heart Star, 97
declension of, 152-72

to sharpen an,

145-lc. and 5.

Mtthologt of

of

280.

Ancient Eace, The Young Man of

the, who was caeeied off bt
A Lion, when asleep in the
Field: 175 to 191 {see also
Early Race, and, First Bushmen).
And: 146-11.
Angee: 91, 149-40, 167, 169, 199,

Mason "Wasp, 171

grow out of spring, 203, 205
influenced by various things,
79,273,277;
of

springbok have magic, 277

poisoned, 5, 283
noise of, 287

77,

used by WMbbo, 295

bag for, 313
held in right hand, 329
made by men, 347

213, 308.

Angst people 367.

Animal Fables: 121 to 172.
Animals and theie Habits
:

243

used

substance

adhesive

255;

making, 363

adventures witt them, 255 to 269.

:

79.

of Mantis, 25

Anklet

perspiration of, 27, 85

of sun, 45 to 51, 55.

to

Gamma

13,15, 83, 291, 293, 299, 303;

Ancient

declension of, 150-50;

male and female, 329.

Afternoon 365.
Aftebwaeds: 152-65.

98.

365

fending with the, 115;

Decayed, 125

152-65.

Along

to 371.

AauiLAE, Alpha and

Advekbs with the foem of veebs

in

of, 361 and 363.

149-32.

The Marking

87.

Ascend, to

Anointing
with a person's scent, 35
with the contents of the stomach,
95;
:

Ashes

The \kun

texts

stars

made

of,

73 to 77

of fire, 365.

in
and Dr. Bleek's papers, given in the Appendix, are not included
,

this Index.

2g

450

INBEX

Assegai: 93, 97, 98, 189, 308.

AUTTTMN 315.
AuxiMAEr VERB 160-43., 152-64.,
155-94.
AwAEB, be: 150-44.
Away: 146-9., 148-22., 162-66.
:

Axe: 347.

Baboon, baboons
Mantis,

his

son,

\guunu;

255 to

Beauty: 395.
Because: 148-19, 151-66.
Become, to 160-46.
Bed: 227;
of river, 11, 13,
315, 335.

tsa^au, and the, 17 to 37

speech of, 17
songs of, 17 to 23;
a root eaten by, 76
and Wxdhhiten WxdihUen, The,

name
Back

Beat, to: 153-86.

Beating of THE flesh: 330 and 331.
Beatjfoet (West)
293.

B.

the

Beast of PEEr: 67, 87, 239, 247.

259;

of leader, 257.

107, 217, 293,

Bees 363, 356.

Belly: 153-79.
Beegbushmen 144-1 a.
Beeey: 226, 227, 346, 363.
Big: 154-87.
:

Bigness 257.
Bill: 213.
Biltong flesh: 60, 61, 163.
BiEDS
:

the blue crane, 85, 224, 225, 227

of mantis as hartebeest, 5, 9, 13,

15;

{see illustrations)

the black crow, 85

the bustard or knorhaan, 153-86,
233, 311 {see illustrations)
the ostrich, 53, 87, 127 to 137,
137 to 145, 145-3, 147-18,
149-30, 161-60, 163-76, 213,
261, 276 to 279, 286, 307,
314, 315, 333 to 337, 359,
;

declension of, 151-63

of head, hollow at the, 11, 177,
;

357;
top of the, 349
of neck, 281, 333;
kaross of, 209, 211;
sensation in, before killing springbok, 335.
;

Backbone 51, 53.

Bag: 27, 29, 31, 207, 209, 226, 281,
:

311, 313, 343, 351, 365, 377.

Ball
game
:

played by baboons, 23
to 29, 33, 257
of,

by the son

rolled

of the "Wind,

101, 103;
used as an adjective, 154-87.
Bank, of waiee 31, 139, 151-63.
:

Baeeow

293.

361;
the
the
the
the
the

vulture, 155 to 163

Saxicola Castor, 256
\kuerre\lmerre, 109

^kagara, 113;
^nerru, 207 to 216

tration)

{see illus-

the wind is a, 107, 109;

209, 213, 266
the Hammerkop, 391, 393.
"Birds op South Apeica," 391.
BiTiEEPiTs
299.
Black
161-69, 299, 335, 337,
117, 213, 375 to 379;
little,

BaAtee: 376, 377.

Bask in the sun, to: 150-52.
Bastaaeds: 109 to 113, 307.
Bat and the Poecupine, Habits
op the: 247 to 253.
Be awaee of, 150-44
equal to, identical, 151-57
in, 152-74.
;

Crow, the, 85.

Blauwputs 307.
Blood: 115, 137,
:

148-21,

335, 337, 347.

Blossoms (?): 163-83.

Blow, to 148-29.
:

279,

; ;

INDEX.
Blub Cbane, the

85,

224,

225,

227 {see illustrations).

Boby: 15, 148-26., 153-86., 157,
171, 305, 309, 313, 317, 331,
333, 375, 377.
Bone, bones: 139, 141, 149-40.,
161, 309, 347;

The Treatment

of,

275 to 285

used for smoking, 293

The Shaped Eib-, 345, 349.

Books: 331.
Boot {see also Shoe) 315.

451
house

of,

55

screen of, 103,

185, 283.

105,

109,

111,

BusHMAif, Bushmen
parsing of name for, 144-la.
difierent kinds of, 9, 54, 55, 57,
128, 129,
144-la., 146-8.,
227, 301;
of Early Eace (First), 37, 54, 55,
57, 73,89, 155, 163, 175, 193,
205, 207, 215, 224, 239
language, 9, 113, 144-la., 301
letters, 331;
"Folk-lore and other Texts,
A Brief Account of," 96, 331
A Glimpse into the Mythology
of theMaluti," 19;
names of places, 109, 307, 323,
:

Bow

{for shooting)
171, 273, 329.

19, 27, 79, 97,

Bor: 133, 277, 329, 337.

Beacelet: 87, 93.

'

'

Bkanch: 383, 385.

Bkeak, to

149-40.

Beeakwateb Convict Station, The

293.

Beeast: 139, 153-79, 171.

Breastbone: 139, 141, 153-80.,
274 to 279.

Bkeath: 193, 269.

Bkinkkop
Bushmen, 146-8.
mountain, 332 to 337.
Beoken Steino, The: 237.
Beothee: 9, 49, 150-41., 205,
:

307, 335, 339, 367, 383.

113-117,233.
Betjsh, Betjshes
27, 285, 287
used in Springbok Hunting,
Beothee-in-law

Preparation of the Feather,

369, 361.
Buchtj: 117, 195, 197.
Buib: 231.
Bull, a Woman oe the Eaelt
193 to
Eace and the Eain
199.
BuLLEOAEEE {see \goih\goih) 353,
355.
BUEDENS 5, 113.
BuEiAi, MENTION OF: 308, 365, 367.
:

BcsH, bushes:
65,

3, 5, 11,
67, 139, 153-83.

19,

53,

and

85.,

165, 215, 245, 251, 263, 275,

279, 285, 311, 335, 349, 369,
371, 381, 399;

332;
ownership of land, 307

mode

275 to

of treating hones,

285;
implements
349;

227, 345, 347,

of, 3,

beds of, 227, 259

musical instruments
325, 351 to 357;
;

321 to

of,

Women, A Song sung by

\gaunu

and by, 231;

Presentiments, 331 to 339;
Soup Spoon, The, 349
illustration)

{see

Dance, An Account of a, 353 to

359;
Guiding Signs of, 381 to 385
Dust signals of, 385 to 389.
;

Bushman

eice
dried by the sun, 45, 47, 51
:

resemblance to \halcen, 85
eaten by Lynx, 98
sought for and dug out, 199, 201
207 to 211, 341;
preserved in ostrich eggshell,
261;
carried by Canopus, 339
influenced by dreams, 365.
BusTAED {knorhaan) 153-86., 311
The Song of the, 233
BuTCHEE-BiED, THE 113.
;

;;

452

INDEX.

Caama Fox, The Sons of the

of the ostrich, 145.

Ddi-xirreten, the Lioness,

223, 225.
Calf: 199.

the,
tion)

prayer

who

83
;

The:

295.

" Cape
Monthly
Magazine,"
Aeticle in the
19.
Cape Town, WMhho's Captttre and
JouKNET TO 291 to 297.
Caeet, to: 146-8.
Caet {see also Wagon) 317.
Cases pound in Bushman: 145-1(!.
and 6., 146-6.
:

The Saxicola, and the

Wild cat 255.
The Saxieola Castor and the
Wild: 256.

Castor,

Cat's Song,

The: 221, 223.

carrying,

eaten by \nii\numma\kwiten: 239, 241;' ,"

of the baboons, 257 ;
a, saves sleeping parents from a
lion, 259, 261
not to play on springbok skin,
cry,

277;
WMhlo, 306 to 309
sent to fetch water and
of

sticks,

17 to 23, 313, 339, 341, 367,

359;
sent to look out, 333, 337 ;
have their little fingers cut, 329,

331;
apparitions

may not

of,

367

to 371

eat the jackal's heart,

373, 375.
Classification op nouns: 147-15.
Claw: 141.

Clay Pots
The Making
:

Causative VEEBs 151-61., 152-71.,

153-76. and 78., 156-93.
Cate, The Man who found a Lion
IN A 261 to 269.
Certain
Hunting
Observances
galled \Mnna-ssS 271 to 286.
Chain, Bushmen fastened to a
:

293.
9,

to lion,

to,

and Sirius (sonff), 231, 233

names for, 338
and Sirius come out, Doings and
Prayers when, 339, 341.
Cap: 367.

Chest:

holding,

of springbok, 245.

Canopus

and

illustra-

{see

187 to 191
and laying
down a, 193, 195, 295, 333;
of the Water, 199 to 203;
of the springbok, 235

129
of bustard, 233
of ostrich,

Cape,

163 to 169

thrown

Call:

Cat,

129, 153-79., 165, 291,

359.

of,

343 to 347

use of, as drums, 351.

Cliffs
265, 259.
:

Clouds: 113 to 119, 201;

The

Relations

Beings

after

to

Human

Death,

397 to

of,

401.
Coals, live: 361.
Cold: 317, 339, 341.

Colours mentioned by Bushmen

47, 75 to 77, 117, 151-59.,
:

Child, Childeen
and Mantis, 3 to 1 7
of the Moon, 39, 51, 63;
The Sun and the, 45 to 65
" Hartebeest's," 29
of Dawn's Heart, 85 to 98
feeding of, 127, 277 to 281
used as diminutive, 148-27
similar words to, 149-40, 16386;
:

198, 213, 227, 239, 281, 287,

299, 307, 323, 335, 337, 343,
369, 363.

Come, to: 148-28, 149-36. and 38.,

155-94.
Companion, Comrade 49, 101, 103,
:

119, 135.

Conjunctions: 146-11.,
151-55., 152-69.

148-19.,

INDEX.
Conscious, be:

Consonants,
TicLEs:

150-44.

CoNSOKT, a: 146-12.
Contents oe the stomach 95, 279.
Cooking, mention of: 61, 85, 123,
133, 155, 157, 185, 201, 225,
295, 311, 321, 347, 375.
Cough 245.
CouNTET OF Bushmen 55, 379.
Cousin: 307.
covee of fingee 283.
Cowaed: 375.
Ceane, the BLUE
85, 224, 225,
:

227

Ceow, THE black

by hyena, 123

to

127;
of ostrich, killed
of ostrich, killed

by lion, 135;
by a Bushman,

137;

Mason Wasp's Wife, 172

feigned to deceive a lion, 175 to
of the

179;

young man and lion, 191

of the Lizard, 215 to 217, 316
of the hyena, 229
of a Rain-sorcerer, 236
of jackal, killed by leopard,
of

245;

{see illustrations).

Ceossee of THE SpooE

Vhmnu, 117

of lion, killed

453
of

change of, in pae144-lJ. and e., 152-67.

by a child, 261
man's escape from, 267
caused by magic arrows of springbok, 279
of Whdhlo's relations, 307 to 309
of hares from heat, 311, 313
of a pet leveret, 319 to 321
beliefs concerning, 389 to 397
Relations of Wind, Moon, and
Cloud to Human Beings after,
397 to 401.
of lion, burnt

223.

85.

CufiSiNG, 9, 155, 161, 169.

Customs and Supeestitions

327

to

401.
Cuttdts off the top op the little
FINGEE 329, 331.
:

D.

Dances

the \kil, 91, 93;

the \g66 or ^gehhi-gu, 129, 131,

355."

An Account

of a

Bushman

355

Dancing Battles:

351,

353

{see

Daek, baekness: 51, 75, 143,263,

273, 323, 357, 387.

Daughtee: 15,203,211,213,291,
295, 307, 331.
81.

Dawn's-Heaei Siae, Jupitbe,

g\numtdra, "Wife of the:

\Jc6-

86

Dat:

51, 69, 265, 267, 269, 271,

273, 295, 297.
:

hands in the neck

tortoise, 37 to 41

of

the

of the ostrich's nail,"129, 135.

:

125.

Declension, examples of
of nouns: 144-ltf., 145-3. and
5., 146-10. and 12., 147-14.,
148-26. and 27., 149-40.,
150-48. and 50., 151-60., 62.
and 63., 152-72., 153-79. 80.
and 85., 154-88.;
of pronouns, 146-6.;
of adjectives, 153-87.
:

Deee: 280.

to 98.

Datbeeak
Death

of

"Decayed Aem "

to 359.

Dawn:

Decay

73, 357.

Desteuction: 169,277;
Dialects of
Bergbushmen, 144-la.
Brinkkop Bushmen, 146-8
Mat-Bushmen, 9, 144-lfl., 146-8
:

feigned by the Mantis, 3, 13, 15;

of the Mantis' son, 23
The Origin of (Hare and Moon),
57 to 65

Katkop Bushmen, native

litera-

ture in the dialect of the, 36 to

40, 56 to 68, 78, 80, 126 to 136,

454

INDEX.
174 to 190, 198 to 204, 230,
236, 246 to 252, 254 to 274,
320 to 324, 364 to 370, 388
to 400.

Did\Jcwqm

{see illustrations)

relations of:

66, 79, 126, 174,

230, 236, 246, 254, 260, 270,
365, 367, 369, 398;
native literature given by, 56 to
68, 78 to 80, 126 to 136, 174
to 190, 230, 236, 246 to 253,
264 to 258, 260 to 274, 320
to 324, 364 to 370, 388 to
400.

Digging

of

\Jcuissi,

of

Bushman

27

woman,

of a

87, 93, 195, 209,

213, 341, 367.
Deiedooen 349, 359, 363.
Drum, the: 351, 365, 367.
:

Dbt, to: 151-61.

Dual: 147-12., 314.

Dung: 346.
Dust: 25, 105, 109, 111, 161-54.,
367, 385 to 389, 397,
386.

Dying

E.
{see illustrations);
;

Eice, 207, 209

231

of bulbs,

The Man who ordered

205

his

Wife

Piercing of the, 329.

of clay, 343.

385.
Dish 275, 277.
Distance
265,
337, 393.

Early eace of people

57,

273,

275,

301,

Divination by means oi? shouldee

BLADE 280.
Ddt-xi^reten, the Lioness and the
163 to 169 {see
Children
:

Dog, 69, 81, 223, 225, 281, 283,

285, 373, 375.
66, 325, 387
of the Springbok, 245, 247
and Prayers, when Canopus and
Sirius come out, 339, 341.
DooE, DooEVTAT
76, 195, 229,
275.
DooiiNBooM 345.
:

149-38.
:

89,

73,

155,

37, 54, 55,

163, 175,

193, 205, 207, 215, 224, 227,

239.

Earring

Earth

87.

51 to 57, 73, 75, 143, 207,

209, 279, 293, 316, 343, 345,
353, 385 to 389.
East, the: 119.
Eat, to
148-26., 162-64.
Edge of water: 139, 393.
Egg, Eggs: 145-5., 239;
of ostrich, 137, 141, 145;
shell, 261, 313.
:

Elbow

47.

Enter, to 149-39., 150-45.

Entrails: 209 to 213.
Entrance of hut {see also Door)
:

276, 277, 279.

Europeans, the {see also White

men)
109.
Evil Influence of Bad Debams,
Mode of getting eid of the
:

25
as name of a man, 54, 285
speaks falsely, 331
of Mantis,

Ear, Eaes: 96, 97, 196, 253, 303,

306, 361, 363;
to cut off his,

Diminutives: 148-27., 149-30.,

151-60.
Direction: 163, 181, 183, 253,

366.

Mode

of Mantis,

361
185

-stick, ^97,

Down:
Deeam

of cl

of \haken, 85

Doings

Dress

of getting rid of the evil

influence of bad, 365.

Exclamations:

7, 9, 29, 31, 57,

159, 163, 169, 172, 211, 323,
365.

Eye, Eyes:

7, 9, 13,

15,

23 to 37,

INDEX.
83, 97, 101, 123, 177,
179, 187, 251, 323, 335, 339,
345, 397, 399.
Eyelashes: 179.
81,

455

141, 148-26., 152201, 245, 271, 273, 277,

279, 295, 297
beating of the, foretells events,
330, 331.
Flour 255.
125, 137,

64.,

P.

Flowers: 175, 231, 315, 395.

Fog: 193.

Tables, Animal: 121 to 172.

Face: 57, 275, 299, 335, 357.
Fall, to
149-34, 36. and 38.
Famine 235.
Fat: 37, 39, 345, 375.

Folk op house:

Father:

11,

13,

17,

35,

77,

96, 331.
79,

91, 103,

105, 107, 203, 251,

253, 257, 305 to 309, 323,
325, 331, 333, 341, 387.
Father-in-law: 285, 307.
Fatigue: 15, 17, 225, 303, 313,
389.
Fault 325.
Fear: 311.
Feather: 137 to 141, 147-14.,
149-30.,
150-48., 151-58.,
213, 227;
brush, 27
brushes,
used
in
springbok
hunting, 285, 287, 359 to
361.
Female: 141, 143, 329.
Fighting: 23, 29, 115 to 119, 131,
135, 145.
:

Finger: 283;
Cutting of the Top of the Little,
329, 331.
93, 97, 98, 233, 261,
5,
267, 295, 349, 361 to 365,

Fire:

393
for cooking:
123, 125, 185,
347;
people found by their, 165, 167,
267, 309, 381
-wagon (train), 295, 299
339, 341
pointed towards stars
First Bushmen {see also Early
;

Race)
55, 57, 205, 227.
Fists: 23, 29, 59, 115.
Flat Bushmen 9, 54, 57, 144-10.,
:

146-8., 301.

Flesh: 5

to

15,

60,

185, 385.

Folk-lore and other Texts, A

Brief Account of Bushman

61, 63, 123,

Food:

81, 111 to 113, 123, 125,

127, 155, 157, 163, 213, 245,

301, 309, 317;

eaten by Bushmen:

3,

53,

76,

135, 185,
225, 291, 295, 311, 313, 319,
321, 347, 355, 375
eaten by new maidens, 77, 79,
77,

85,

98,

133,

199;
not to be eaten, 61, 77, 271,
273, 277, 373
the seeking of, 85, 193, 199,
201, 207, 209, 211, 229, 247,
;

365, 385;
abundance of, 81, 83, 233.
Fool: 41.
Foolish things oe doings: 205,

223.
Foot, Feet: 105, 139, 145, 15272., 295, 303, 313, 333, 335,
351, 353, 357, 381, 383.
Footpath: 385.
Footstep
(see
also
Footprint,
Spoor)
75, 183, 385, 397,
399.
For: 151-55., 152-69.
Forehead 195, 255.
Fork legs, 281, 283.
Forepart: 217.
Form of hare 313.
Fox, The Song op the Caama
223, 225.
Friend 369.
:

Frog:

9,

195.

Frogs' Story, The Girl's Story;

the: 199 to 205.
Fungus: 199.

466

INDEX.
Geebn: 198, 323, 335, 383, 399.
Geound {see also Earth, and Bust)

G.

Gall: 149-40., 399.

Gambeoo {see Kamhro):

Game

3,

313.

7, 11, 39,

45, 47, 75, 97, 143,

144-la., 161-54. and 63., 153-

hunted in summer, 53, 55

when
at,

shot,

Moon

86., 209, 213, 215, 233, 313,

not to be looked

315, 335, 381, 383, 397.

Geow, to: 156-93.

67, 69

young men not eaten by

maidens, 77, 79
cutting up of, 3, 227
respect shown to, 271 to 283
of

Gum

345, 347.
117, 259, 317.

Gun:

pitfaUs for, 307

eating of, 309, 317;
mode of carrying, 335, 337.

Gambs

109.

Habits
Animals and their, 243 to 265
of the Bat and the Porcupine,
247 to 253.
Haematite, bed 369.
Haie: 13, 96, 97, 147-14., 149:

23 to 29, 101 to 105

the \ku, 91, 93;
the Igoo OT :^gebhi-ggu 129,355.
Gemsbok: 53, 163, 271, 273, 275
of ball,

{see illustrations).

Genitive paeticle: 144-1 J., 145\o., 3. and 5., 146-6. and 10.,
147-12. and 14., 1 48-27., 14940., 150-41., 151-60. 62. and
63., 152-72., 153-79. and 80.,
154-88.
Get, to: 150-47.
Giel: 5, 95, 169, 189, 277, 371;
of the Early Kace, who made
Stars, The, 73 to 79;
's Story ; the Frog's Story, The,
199 to 205
has her left hand cut, 329, 331
changed by Rain into stars and
;

flowers, 393, 395.

Go, to:

H.

Ha aefontein

148-22., 149-36. and 39.,

30., 150-43., 205, 261, 265,

269, 335, 349, 377, 399, 401.
Hammeekop: 391, 393.

Hand, Hands:

3, 7, 37 to 41, 77,
79, 123, 157, 196, 273, 279,

286, 345, 363;

clapping of, 91, 129, 355;
cutting of, 329, 331.
Handbaeeow 293.
Haeden, to : 153-78.
:

Hake, the
and the Moon, Origin
:

of Death,
67 to 65
part of the flesh not to be eaten,
61, 63;
hunting of, 171, 309 to 313
treatment of bones of, 275
death of the leveret, 317 to
;

150-51.
Goats: 95, 227.
GouRA, the: 321 to 325.

Haem:

Geandfathee:

Hae

31, 33, 51, 81, 133,

136, 239, 261, 283, 305, 307,

333, 359, 373, 375, 383.
Geandmothee: 51, 119, 207, 231,
339, 341, 373.
Geandson 31, 33.
Geass: 31, 216, 259,261,335,343,
:

381;

Bushmen, 9, 129, 227.

Geeat: 154-87.

321.

249, 253.

Riviee: 315.

Haetebbest {see illustration)

The Mantis assumes the form

of

3 to 17;
's Children, 29
declension of, 149-40
skins used to hide a youth in,
183, 185, 191.
Haetus Kloof: 109.
Have, to: 148-20.
a,

INDEX.
Hawaiian veebs compaekd with
Bushman 146-9.
:

He: 146-6.
Head 5 to

457

Human

157,
339.

Heap of bones: 275

to 279, 285.

17, 81, 83, 185, 191, 387,

389;
Dawn's-, 85 to 98

not to be eaten, 373,

Jackal's,

375.
Heat: 125, 127, 175, 311, 313.

in

13, 16, 113, 175, 179, 183,

185, 187, 217, 339, 381.
Hinder paht: 217.
His: 146-6., 147-12.
HiSTOBr, Pbbsonal: 289 to 325.

Hither: 146-9.
Hole: 107, 109, 207, 247, 249,
253, 343, 361, 379.
:

back

of the head,

177,

357:
under knees, 337.
Home, Wkdhbo's Intended Eettjkn
299 to 317.

Honey: 67, 355.

HoEN, HoENs: 3,

309 to 313,

summer, 53, 65, 387

Animals
and
their
Habits,
Adventures with them and,
243 to 287
;

Observances called [nanna-ssS,

271 to 286;
Tactics in Springbok, 285 to 287
Preparation of Feather Brushes
used in Springbok, 359 to 361.
;

and

199,

her, 165 to

163;

The ^nerru and her, 207 to

Hut: 37, 76, 77, 117, 185,

213.
187,
189, 193, 201, 205, 213, 229,
241, 301, 306, 323, 336, 337,
343, 381
shelter of, 103, 106, 109, 187;
opening of the, 196, 229, 275 to
;

279;
heap of bones of, 276 to 279
bones hidden in the, 281, 283.
;

Hyena, the: 85,87,91,93,97,98;

carries off the old woman, 127,
's

13,

176,

leopard, 126

Hill:

at the

171,

49, 73, 87, 89, 96, 116,

117, 146-12., 171, 195, 291,
295, 331, 369, 385, 387;
The Vultures, their Elder Sister,

13, 17 to 21, 303.

Heb: 146-6., 147-12.

High: 153-87.

Hollow

235.

ground, 81, 85, 167, 203, 319;

Husband

Heaven: 149-33.
Heels:

HuxNting: 67, 69, 87, 89, 107, 155,

15, 23, 39, 47, 65, 91,

117, 123 to 127, 151-62. and
63., 163, 167, 169, 177, 179,
181, 205, 227, 233, 257, 287,
335, 357, 367, 375 to 379, 399,
401.

Heart:

beings: 397.

Hunger for Tobacco

229;
Revenge, 123 to 127.

333,

335, 347.

Hottentot

I: 152-64.

144-1 J.,
and 91.,

similarities in language,

151-61.,

154-90.

165-93;
food eaten by, 225.

House:

13,

35,

54,

55,

169, 186, 201, 209, 211, 269,

291, 295, 297, 301, 333, 335,
379 to 387.
Household woek 301.
:

Illness: 193, 199, 277, 308, 309,

313, 379.
Imperative mood 146-7.
In, into: 149-39., 160-40. 42.
and 45., 152-74.
Indicative mood: 146-7.
Insects: 65, 76, 101, 171, 337.
Inside: 141, 147-17., 334, 336.
Insteps: 351.
:

115,
123, 125, 131, 137 to 143,
146-10., 147-15., 159, 165 to
11,

Ichneumon, the young: 31, 35.

Intelligence: 199.

458

INDEX.
Kbaal

Invalid: 165.
It: 146-6., 152-72.

111.
225, 257, 259.

Kribboom

Kudu:
Jackai, the

85, 87, 97, 98, 143,

145, 309;
and, 245 ;
not to be eaten, 373,

of,

375.
Jail
291, 293, 297.
:

299.
3,

Juice

28;

of baboons, 17, 18, 20,

of

Japanese, "The Mtthologt and

Keligious "Wokship op the
Ancient," 280.
Joint of little mngeu cut orr
329, 331.
JOITHNBY
to Cape Town, WMhho's Capture
and, 291 to 297.
in the Railway Train, WMhho's,

Joy:

Lamb: 295.
Land 144-1 .
Language
:

The Leopard
Heart

53.

of

Mantis,

6,

Bushmen,

9,

113,

144-lfl.,

301.

Large: 154-87.
Larvae 85, 98.
" The Birds of South
Lataed
Africa" 391.
Leader of springbok herd 339.
Leather, the moon is a piece of
:

38.

Left-handed, 11.
Leg: 137 to 141,

149-40., 281,
283, 291, 297, 313, 335, 337,
367.
Legends 173 to 217.

67, 63.

363.

K.

Lbglet 87.
Leopard
Heart of, may be eaten, 373
the Hunting, 1 25
:

Kafik,

Kafirs

291,

295,

297,

308.

Kambeo, Gambeoo, oe Gambeo

3,

313, 349, 353.

Kaeoss:

15,

27,

31,

87,

171,

3,

11,

15,

38,

51,

227,

349.

Knoehaan oe Bustard

233, 311.

Kotze, Jacob

109, 113.

153-86.,

The Story

Tortoise,
35,

193, 195, 209 to 213, 341,

375.
Katkop dialect, native literature
IN the: 36 to 40, 56 to 68,
78, 80, 126 to 136, 174 to
190, 198 to 204, 230, 236,
246 to 252, 254 to 274, 320
to 324, 364 to 370, 388 to
400.
Kenhaedt 197.
Kid 245, 247.
Kill, to: 145-2., 148-20.
Korannas 225, 291 to 297, 359.
Knee: 107, 141, 337.

Knife:

of the,

37

41;

to

and the Jackal, The, 245.

Letters 331.
:

Leveret was killed. How \hah^kass'o's Pet: 317 to 321.

Lihellula, Palpares and
171.
Lie, to: 150-45., 151-55., 162:

74.,

153-77.

Lift, to: 147-13., 148-29., 154-89.

Light 323.
:

Lightning

323, 325, 393 to 397

^Icqgara and \haunu, who fought
each other with, 113 to 119.

Lion, the

150-41.

The Hyena's Revenge upon

the,

123 to 127;
jealous of the Voice
Ostrich, 127 to 137;

of

The Young Man who was

off by a, 175 to 191

carried

the

; :

INDEX.
Lion, the {continued)
's Story, 269 to 261
in a Cave, The Man

459

The Young,

of the

316 to 321

to 217,

mortality

of,

215

arrows

a springbok

275

to

eat, 77,

277

of, 91,

of,

387;
have their ears pierced, 329
signal with dust, when faint, 385
;

to 389.

Mantis, the

{see illustrations)

to 37

the Wife of the Dawn's-TIeart

stories about,

98
derides the cat, 221 to 223.

Assumes the Form

The Son

M.
213.

is

Magician [see Sorcerer).

Magistrate: 291 to 297 {compare

new

343

Male: 151-60., 247, 283, 329, 343.

Maluti Bushmen, A Glimpse into
THE MtIHOLOGT OF THE: 19.
247, 249, 323, 325, 365,

395.

Man,
of

Men

155, 157, 163, 175, 193,

205, 207, 215, 224, 227, 239;
89,

Sun, Moon, Star,

Wind and Eain

38, 54, 57,

195, 298

by the Great

Tortoise,

of,

found among Maluti

Moon

is

a shoe of the, 38,

63.

363

Marks:

91, 107, 113,

361,

{see illustrations).

335, 381, 383.

Marriage

of animals, 125, 233 ;

of Whdblo and his children, 307.

279, 281.

Marrt, to 147-12.
Mason Wasp and his Wife, The
:

171, 172.
Master: 109, 111, 225, 303, 315.
Mat: 103, 109, 183, 185, 203,

205.
;

were, 59 to 63, 127

to 135, 171, 216, 224, 233;

animals

a story

Marrow:

145-lc.

Early Race, 37, 54 to 57, 73,

as,

of, 6, 8,

Mabeing of Arrows, The

to 347.

Harte-

36;

the

76 to 79, 199.

Making op Clat Pots, the

Mamma

to 37;
tricked

of a

and the Baboons, 17

of,

Bushmen, 19

also Master).

Maidens,

beest, 3 to 17

pronunciation

things

by what
;

129, 351 to 357

231, 281, 301, 303,
306, 347, 349, 355, 361, 377,

Pouch,

Mad

when

influenced

of,

women
work

Star, 85 to

dances
:

cursed, 9, 161, 169;

white, 255, 269, 296 to 299
black, 299

(see illustra-

Locusis
76, 101.
Loss OF Whahho's Tobacco
The 235, 237.
LoirsE, the
337.
Love, to
169.
Lungs 129 to 135.

Lynx, the

330
59 to 65

flesh of, 5,

by a Lion,

shooting, 27

The Death

LizAKn,

carried off

175 to 191

399.

young, 51, 77, 79, 309;

must not touch

finger, 329, 331.

Liter

Qrandfather)

{see also

who found
261 to 269
sorcerer in form of a, 187, 236.
Lioness: 98, 125
and the Children DdJ-xerreten,
the, 163 to 169.
Little: 148-27., 151-60., 15387;
a,

387

old, 13, 19, 21, 29, 49, 317,

who

Mate: 9,
Meat {see

39, 151-60.,
also Flesh)

159.
3,

53, 60 to

460

INDEX.
63, 137, 148-26., 157,
163, 225, 239, 271 to

73,

My:

147-12.

Mythology

Mantis, 3 to 41

297, 321, 331, 347.

Middle, Midst: 159, 161,
177, 197, 317.
Milk: 363.

MiLKz Wat, The:

161,
277,
171,

Sun and Moon, 43

Stars

251,

75,

253.

73 to 98

69

Wind, etc^ 101 to 119:

of thsMalutiBushmen, AGlimpse
into the, 19

Mines: 379.
Mist: 193.

to

and Religious "Worship of the

Ancient Japanese, 280.

Mode

op getting kid of the infltjence of bad dreams

365.
Moods op teeb
145-2., 146-7.,

N.

148-25., 149-40.

Moon

Name:

Sun aad, 43

69
is a shoe of the Mantis, 38, 53
is cut by the Sun, 38, 39, 51, 53
prayer to, 57, 59
and Hare, story of the Origin of
Death, 57 to 65
not to be looked at when Game
has been shot, 67, 69
turning back of, 299, 303, 305,
315;
names of, 298, 57 {see 365)
Relations of, to Human Beings
after Death, 397 to 399.
to

Moening:

87, 189, 263, 267, 293,

857, 387.

Mothee:
69,

Nail: 129, 135.

45, 47, 55, 59 to 63, 67,

91, 101 to 105,

73, 77,

111, 113, 187, 191, 199, 201,

203, 211, 213, 245, 247, 251,
261, 309, 365, 369, 391 to
399.
Motion, vebbs of
146-9.
Moottain
107, 109, 119, 197,
215, 217, 305, 332, 337, 379.

79, 101 to 105, 113, 205,

225, 247, 305, 315, 317.
Nape op neck: 11 and 12, 357.
Neck: 5, 9, 15, 37, 39, 41, 197,
281, 333.
Neighbourhood: 313.
Nests: 215.
Net: 117, 137, 147-18.
News {see also Story) 389, 393.
Night: 51, 53, 75, 93, 237, 251,
271, 273, 283, 295, 297, 321,
387, 393.
Noise: 33, 211, 237, 245, 253,
267, 287.
Nominative case, examples of
144-lc., 145-5.. 146-6., 14714., 149-40., 150-41. and 50.,
151-54. and 62., 152-72.,
:

153-79. 80. and

85.,

154-88.

Noon: 23,175,185,251,295,311,
337, 357, 393.

Nose: 113, 265.

Nosteil: 115, 253.

Mounted, be

Mouth:

59,

5.,

147-12.

and 15.

151-53.

123, 127 to
131, 157, 207, 239, 275, 299,
321, 351.
MowBEAT 299.
Mucus: 113.
MUBDBE OF WMllo's BEOTHEE 308.
25,

Not: 164-87.
Nouns: 145-1. and

83,

NUMEEALS

one, l50-40., 155, 308, 209, 225;

two, 165, 167;

three, 166, 167, 291.

0.

Musical insteuments 321 to 325,

351 to 357 {see illustrations').
Musi: 152-64., 155-94.
:

Observances,

Certain
285.

called

Hunting

[ndnna-ssi,
:

271

to

INDEX.
Old:
man, 13,19, 21,
387

Particle
29, 49, 77,317,

Grandfather)
people, 227, 273, 367 ;
woman, 45, 47, 49, 127;
woman's Song, The, 229.
One: 150-40., 155, 209, 225, 308.
Opening of hut: 195, 229, 275 to
279.
Okange Rivee: 391.
Oeigin op Death, The 57 to 65.
(see also

Obnaments: 87, 93.

Oepbn, Me. J. M.
19.
Ostrich, the: 145-3., 151-60.,
153-75., 314 {see illustrations);
hunting and trapping of, 53, 307,
:

315;
parts

of,

eaten,

125,

123,

133,

135;
eggs and eggshells of, 141 to
145, 261, 313;
feathers of, 147-14., 149-30.,
213, 285, 359, 361;
sinew of, l47-I8.
breastbone of, used as dish, 275
;

to 279;
coming of,
to 337

The

461
:

genitive, 144-1*., 147-12.,

152-67.
omission of genitive,

148-

27.,

and

147-12.

14.

verbal for indicative and imperative, 146-7.;

verbal for past perfect or pluperfect, 147-16., 152-67.;
verbal for auxiliaries, 160-43.,
155-94.
Pass, the: 215, 319.
Past, particle indicating: 147-16.
Path: 53, 303, 315.
Paxwax: 349.
Peace: 249, 379.
People: 17 to 21, 53, 55, 95, 97,
159, 161, 165, 183 to 191,
237, 263, 267 to 273, 301,
339, 367, 369, 375 to 391.
Perfect Tense, THE 145-2., 147:

148-25. and 28., 149-37.

and 40., 152-67., 154-89.,
155-92.
Peespieaiion ov armpits, 27, 85.
Petticoat 87.
Pice: up, to: 147-13., 154-89.
Piece: 157, 257, 277, 339, 341.
Piercing eaes and nose 329.
Pit of water: 195, 305, 323.
Pitfall: 307.
Place, the
151-55., 154-91.,
155-92.
Place, to: 148-24.
153-85.
Plant, the
Plenty, connected with staes
16.,

felt

by Bushmen, 333

lion jealous of the voice of,

127 to 137;
The Resurrection
145.
Otoeyon Lalandii, the
Out 149-36., 347.
Ox: 193.

of,

137

to

375.

81, 83, 233.

Pain: 117.
discotekt
KiEGHiz: 280.

Pallas'

Plumage: 213.
the

among

Palpares and Lilellula:

Pan, the salt 367.

Pluperfect, THE

Plueal
171.

Papa: 11.
Paeents:

13, 41, 101, 107, 113,

257, 259, 261.
The
op
paet
Parsing
of
Resueeection of the Osteich'
144 to 155.
Part: 217, 345, 369, 371.

147-16.

ofnouns, 144-1., 145-lc., 146-5.

and 10., 147-12. and 14., 14821. 26. and 27., 149-40., 15041. 48. and 60., 161-58. 60.
and 62., 152-72., 153-79. 80.
85. and 86.,

'

164-87;

pronouns, 146-6., 147-15.,

149-30., 151-57.
of diminutive, 148-27., 151-60.;
of

462

INDEX.
Eailwat Teain,

Plueal
of verb 'to be

',151-57

of adjectives, 151-59.,

IN THE

Eain

153-87.

[see alto

Wkdbbo's Jouenei

299.

Water) 149-40
323;
;

PoETEx: 219 to 241.

sorcerers, 113, 236, 237,

Poison: 67, 85, 98, 101, 271, 283,

falls,

363.
Pool: 217, 381, 385, 393.
PoHCtrPINE, THE
time for returning home of, 81
food of, 76, 101;
Habits of the Bat and, 247 to
:

253;
bones of, 275.
148-20.
Possess, TO
Pot, Pots: 123 to 127, 149-40.,
156, 311, 351, 375;
The Making of Clay, 343 to
:

347.
pottch foe tobacco

Peatee

235, 237.

to the

397

to

Bull,

A Woman

Eace and
changes
stars,

Eattles,

the Early

of

the, 193 to 199

into

girls

flowers

or

393, 395.

The Bushman Dancing

351, 353 [see illustrations).

Eavine: 165, 167.
Eed: 343, 359, 281, 287, 76, 13.
Eeduplication, examples op
in nouns, 146-10., 148-26. and
27., 149-40., 150-50., 15162., 152-72., 153-79. and 80
in verbs, 149-37., 150-47. and
49., 151-61., 152-68. and 71.,
:

Young Moon,

59

57,

to a Star, 81, 83;

and Doings, when Canopus and

Sirius come out, 339, 341.
Peepakation of Eeathee Beushes
USED IN SpEINGBOK HuNTING,
:

331 to

339.

81.,

155-

95, 98,

205,

153-76. 77. 78. and

93;
in pronouns, 146-6
in adjectives, 153-87.
;

Eeeds: 87,

359, 361.

Peesentiments, Bushman

Peison

143, 261, 263, 293, 315,

321, 323;
brings lightning, 323, 325, 393

89,

91,

330.

Eelative PEONOUNS 147-15., 15040., 151-55. and 57., 154-91.,

:

295.
Peonouns
146-6., 147-12. and
15., 150-40., 151-55. and 57.,
152-64. 65. and 72., 154-91.,
155-94., 163.
Peoteles
349.
Pumpkin: 363.
Put, to
148-24., 150-49.
:

Eesin: 363.
Eespect shown to animals

183,

271, 277.

Eesueeection

of the Mantis' son, 31 to 37

of the Ostrich, 137 to 145
of man, 59 to 65

Q.

QuASOA, the: 87, 123, 125.

Qoaetz 227.
Quill: 141.

of game, 67.

Quivee: 25, 27,

155-92., 314.

Eelisious Woeship OF the Ancient

Japanese
280.

Eeiuen Home,

Whdhlo^s Intended
299 to 317.
Eevenge, The Hyena's: 123 to

31, 171, 187.

127.

E.

Eace of Men, the Eaelt

55,

EiB Bone, The Shaped

:

37, 54,

73, 89, 155, 163,

193, 205, 207, 215, 224.

175,

345, 349

(e illustrations).

EiBs: 11, 141, 333.

EiCE,

Bushman:

45, 47, 51,

85,

INDEX.
Shoulder
343;

98, 199, 201, 207 to 211, 261,

339, 341, 365.

lliCHEs {see Abundance).

Eider: 365, 67.

River bed: 11, 13, 107, 217, 293,
315, 335.

River, Orange: 391.

Eivier, The Har 315.
Road: 291 to 295, 303, 305, 315.
Rock: 229, 307.
Roots: 75 to 77, 97, 185, 215,
349.
Round: 160-42., 164-87.
Rush of the storm 325.
RtrsTLiNG OP eeet: 335, 373.
:

S.

Sack: 147-18., 209.

Saliva
79.
Salt pan: 367.
Sand: 11, 217, 343.
Saxieola Castor and the "Wild Cat,
:

The:

463

255.

Scar: 69, 135.

Scent: 27, 35, 85, 193, 199, 249,
265,
269, 273, 276,
373,
397.
155-92., 333, 337.
Scratch, to
Screen of bushes: 103, 185, 283.
Seasons, names of the
51, 53, 55,
83, 311, 315, 337, 339.
Sensation 333 to 337.
Sex: 147-12., 151-60., 329.
Shade: 225, 311, 336, 337, 399.
:

She: 146-6.
Sheep: 111, 280, 291, 293, 297.
Shell: 261, 313, 363.

3,

5,

225, 227,

333,

blade, 9, 11, 277 to 285, 341.

Side OP Hill: 165,167,217,379.
Signs made by Bushmen
to show in which direction they
have gone, 381 to 385
to call for help, 385 to 389.
:

Sinew: 147-18., 351, 353.

SiBius AND Canopus: 231,

233,

339, 341.
Sister
:

elder,

3,

5,

7,

39,

89,

91,

95,

155 to 163, 201, 211, 367,

369;
younger, 6, 85 to 91, 95 to 98,
113 to 117, 159, 367;
-in-law, 87, 91 to 95, 157.
Sit: 147-17., 151-53.
Skin 3, 87, 98, 107, 147-16., 153:

76., 155, 167, 163, 183,

185,
191, 205, 209, 213, 227, 277,
281, 283, 287, 326, 343, 349 to
353,359, 361, 369, 373, 375.
Sky 27, 45, 47, 53 to 57, 67, 73
to 77, 137, 149-33., 159, 161,
341, 393, 399.
Slate: 307.
Sleep: 175, 197, 249, 337, 357,
359.
:

Small: 153-87.
Smell {see Scent).
Smoke, Smoking: 235, 237, 293
to 297, 301, 303, 361,

381;

Smoke's Man: 109, 285.

Sneezing: 115.
Sole of foot: 13.
Son: 341, 375;

and the Baboons,

The, 17 to 37;
of the Wind, The, 101 to 107;
of WMbho, 109, 285, 291, 295,
307.
Songs
of baboons, 17 to 23;
of the ^nerru, 211
of the Lizard, 215, 319;
of the Mantis,

for hut, 103, 106, 109, 111, 185

for shooting, 283.

Shepherd

111.

Shining 67.
Shoes: 11, 13, 38, 63, 87, 139.
Shooting: 17 to 21, 53, 67, 73,
83, 171, 172, 187 to 191, 277,
:

283, 287, 311, 315, 317, 329,

361, 387.

Short: 153-87.

The

Cat's, 221,

of the

223;

Caama Fox, 223, 225

464

INDEX.

Songs (continued)
of tie Blue Crane, 225, 227
The Old Woman's, 229
Sung by the Star \g!mnU and by
Bushmen Women, 231
Sirius and Canopus, 231, 233;
of the Bustard, 233
of the SJ)ringbok Mothers, 235
Wkdlbo^s, on the Loss of his
Tobacco Pouch, 235
The Broken String, 237
;

SoRCEHEEs:

113, 187, 189,

237, 323, 369, 379.

236,

Spliniee: 15, 227.

Spoon 347, 349.

Spooe: 183, 223, 225, 265, 269,
:

337, 361.
SpKiNff {the season)
337.
Spring {of water) 197, 201 to 205.
:

shooting, 53, 55, 109, 283, 317,

335, 339, 361, 363, 387;
Hunting, Tactics in, 285 to 287
superstitions connected -with, 77
to 83, 271 to 285, 333, 335;
Doings of the, 245, 247, 117,
107, 273, 311;

155, 157,
245, 291, 295 ;
of,

161,

163,

Mothers, Song of the, 235

skin of, 209, 213, 227, 277, 281,
343, 351, 353, 359, 361;
other parts of, used by Bushmen,
279, 313, 347 to 353.
SlAFFOEDSHIRE, BeLIEF FOITND IN
280.
Star, Stars: 71 to 98.
The Girl of the Early Eace who
;

made, 73 to 79
\gwunu,

who

named

the,

79, 81;

and porcupine, 81, 251, 263

What they say, and a Prayer
a, 81, 83;
;

\k6-g\nuintdra,

wife

Starvation: 317.
Sticks: 17 to 23, 123, 127, 160-41.,
177, 179, 229, 256, 257, 279,
281 to 286, 339, 341, 359,
361, 363;
for digging, 77, 97, 207, 343,
361.
SilLl, tet: 151-56.
Stocks: 291, 297.
Stomach: 63, 63, 83, 279, 347;
contents of the, 95, 279 ;
used to fetch water in, 163, 313.
Stone, Stones: 109, 153-86., 163,
291, 323, 346, 347, 353, 359,
361, 365, 379;
knives, 3, 11, 15, 227, 347;
of digging-sticks, 361.

Storm, description of a

of

to

the

321 to

325.

Story: 47, 57, 65, 127, 225, 301,

303, 309, 391
;

The

Girl's

Story;

the Frog's,

199 to 205;
A Lion's, 259 to 261.
Stout: 154-87.
Stow, Native Eaces of South
Africa: 321.
Stranger: 305.
Strap: 213.
Strengthen, TO 152-71., 153-76.
String: 171, 283
The Broken, 237.
Stripe on the face op the Spring:

singing

Song sung by \gaunU and by

Bushman women, 231
Sirius and Canopus, 231, 233
abundance attributed to, 81, 83,
233;
Doingsand Prayers when Canopus
and Sirius come out, 339, 341
fall at death of a person, 389 to

Stem: 161, 177, 197, 345, 361.

Sound: 237, 241, 247.

Soup: 123 to 127, 311, 349.
Spine: 9, 163.

eating

86

(Jupiter),

to 98
identification of certain, 79

393.

of \nu\nmnma-\lcwiten, 239.

Springbok

Dawn's-Heart

bok

336.

Strong, to be
Stuff: 107.

162-71.

INDEX.

465

Stump: 383.

Thoen:

SnBJUNCiivE mood:

Thorn. Bush

145-2., 14825. and 28., 149-40., 152-67.

Sdmmbr: 51 to 55, 83, 311, 313,
399.

Sun:

13, 33, 35, 139, 150-52., 183,

293, 301, 311 to 315, 335 to
341, 385, 387, 399;
and Moon, myths of, 43 to 69
cuts Moon-, 38, 39, 51, 53;
into the Sky, The Children are
sent to throw the Sleeping,
45 to 57
;

and Stars, 73, 75

269, 273, 355;

107, 111, 191, 273,

rises, 51, 93,

51,

sets,

357;
other

175.

275.

Theead: 147-18., 353.

Theee: 165, 167, 291.
Theoat: 123, 129.
Thunder: 117.
Thunderbolt: 397.
Thundeestoem, The 321 to 325.
Thy: 147-12,
Time: 159, 181, 191, 249 to 253,
:

265, 357, 367, 369, 371, 389,

391.

TiNDERBOx- Owner 13.

Tip OF ear: 353.
Tobacco 235, 237, 293.
:

Tooth {see Teeth).

Top
165, 167,

179, 183, 187,

349, 383.
Tortoise 279, 363
The Story of the Leopard, 37
:

name

of,

298, 301.

SuKSEi 89.
SUHFACE 351.
:

AND

SUPEBSTITIONS, CuSTOMS
to 401.
SwAnow, TO 153-84.

327

to 41.

Towards: 146-9.
Train 295, 299.
Transeoemation
:

Mantis

of

T.

3 to 17

in Speingbok Hunting
285 to 287 {see illustrations).
Tail: 131, 193, 281.
Take, to: 146-8., 147-13., 14820., 149-31. and 32.
Tall: 153-87.
Tapping op the Flesh
333.
Teaes: 25, 177, 187, 189.
Tactics

148-25. and 28., 149-37. and

Thigh:

152-64.,

351.
Think, to: 150-44., 152-73,, 1545, 9,

90.

Thinking-stsings
87, 89.
Thiest: 69, 175, 313.
This: 146-11., 154-91.
Thithee: 146-9.
:

Thong:

7, 9,

13, 333, 359, 373.

harteteest,

Dawn's-Heart's wife into

a lynx, 87 to 98
of a lizard into two mountains,
;

217;
of a
of

man

girls

233

into a bustard,
into vultures,

155

to

163;
of people into frogs,

203, 205

girls into

of

195,

199,

stars

and flowers,

393, 395.

Teansitite veebs

40.

That, in okdee that,

154-91., 155-94.
Thet: 146-6.

of the

Tee'ih: 169, 225.

145-2., 147-16.,
Tenses of Verb

into

151-61.

Teeatment op bones,

etc.

275 to

285.

Tebe

65, 153-85,, 161, 175, 177,

195, 197, 225, 257, 259, 305,
315, 335, 345, 349, 379.
Teices: 277.
Truth: 331.
:

Tsdtsi: 81, 91, 238, 283, 319, 359,

'
373, 375.
Tto: 281, 359, 375 to 379.
Two: 165, 167.

2h

466

INDEX.

Water

u.

{see also

Rain)

149-40

resurrection of life in, 31 to 37,

Uncle: 255.
Undbecut 163.
Unbbestanding 307.

137, 139;

Moon, 67
bank of, 151-63;

of

152-68.
Unsiitfen, to
Upon: 161-53.
:

bringing, 359

dipping up of, 163, 165, 313,

321. 357, 359;
drinking of, 176, 177, 179, 311,

V.

Vbset ABLE 153-85.

Velbschobn: 139, 153-75.
Vbkbs
moods and tenses of, 145-2.,
:

313, 316, 387;

pan, pit, 195,

pool,

217,

305,

147-16.,
148-25.,
149-37. and 40., 154-89;
of motion, endings of, 146-9;
joining of, 146-8., 148-22. and
29., 149-32. and 36
respective form of, 148-28., 15592;
auxiliary,
150-43.,
152-64.,
146-7.,

16.5-94;
adverbs with form

of,

152-65

reduplication in, 149-37., 15047. and 49., 161-61., 162-68.

and

Vermin

71.,

VicioEiA.

153-76. 77. 78. and 81.

65.

West

Which, relative pronoun

147-

161-55. and 57., 162-72.,

154-91., 166-92.
Whirlwind: 137, 139, 148-27.,
201, 203.
White: 47, 76, 227, 239, 363.
White men: 255,. 259, 296, 297,
15.,

causative or transitive, 151-61.,

152-71., 153-76. and 78.,

165-93

307, 311, 381 to 385;

children of the, 199 to 203;
in river bed, 293
in clay pot, 347
stars and flowers stand in, 391
to 395.
Wat, to lose the: 371, 383.
Wet, to be: 150-41.
Wheel: 293.

291.

Viscera: 275.
VisiTiNS: 53, 301, 303.
Vlei: 105, 217.
Vocative case: 146-1., 166, 167.
Voice op the Ostrich, The Lion
JEALOUS OF the: 127 to 137.
VoWBLS AFFECT CONSONANTS 14415., 146-6.

299.
115, 127, 137 to 143, 14612., 151-60., 157, 185, 209,
211, 213, 277, 281, 283, 291,
296, 307, 308, 309, 365, 367,
377, 385, 395
of the Dawn's-Heart Star, The,

Wife:

85 to 98

The Mason Wasp and

his, 171,

172;

THEIE ElDBE SiSTER,

AND HBR Husband, The: 155

VuLTUEES,

to 163.

W.
"Waoon: 111, 291,293, 295, 299.

Walk,

War:

his, to cut
Ears, 205.
Wild Cat, The: 266.
Wildebeest: 87.
Wind, the: 13, 139, 154-88., 253,
301, 303, 317;
noise of, 211, 325;
ofi his

The Son

to: 150-61., 153-81.

21.

Warmth:
Wasp and

The Man who ordered

of the, 101 to 107

a bird, 107, 109;
Relation of, to Human Beings
after Death, 397, 399.
Wing: 137, 141, 143, 150-50.
is

55, 339, 341.

his Wife,

171, 172.

The Mason

INDEX.
WlITBBEG

308.

Women

"Woman,

467

147-12

Zebra
199.
zwaet-stoem tree! 175,
:

The Old, and the Hyena, 1 27, 229;

The Song of the Old, 229
Song sung hy [ffounu and by
Bushman, 231

177.

Early Eace and the Rain

Bull, 193 to 199
old, talk to children, 45 to 49,
67, 377;
old,
admire handsome young
man, 377 and 379
is sister to the vultures, 155
the A^nerru was a, 207
dress of, 87, 93, 341
dance or game of, 91, 129, 131,
355;
burn horns to pacify the Rain,
199;
seek food, 199, 201, 225;
of the

must avoid

certain things, 277,

395, 397;

Work done

by, 277, 281, 301,

303, 343 to 347, 351 to 355,

\a\kunta, native literature given

by: 136 to 144. 228.

IAw+Aass'6 {see illustration)

170, 192, 204, 206, 207, 214,

231, 234, 238, 282, 285, 307,
317, 319, 347, 359, 372 to
375.
native literature given by, 16 to
36, 80 to 96, 100 to 118, 154
to

372

the

347, 363.

Vxdken-an, account given by

333;
have ears and nose pierced, 329.
Wood [see also Tree, and Bush):
15, 73, 75, 77, 153-85., 185,
229, 297, 339, 341.
Wokk: 165, 301, 303.
Wound: 3, 5, 13, 31, 283, 333,
387.
Weist: 93.

240,
286,

Mantis: 33, 35.

91, 295,

330

{see ill

\gaunu

The great Star, which singing

named the Stars, 79, 81
;

Song sung by, and also by

Bushman women, 231
tsa-^u (the son of the Mantis),
the Baboons, and the Mantis,
;

17 to 37.

Tbt: 151-56.
TouNG

\gi'in,-\giirt,,

151-58
Ancient Race cari-ied off
by a Lion, 176 to 191
men, 49, 51, 77, 79, 309, 377,
379;
woman courted by the Rain

feathers,

Man

192 to 198, 204 to

170,

216, 230 to 234, 238 to

244 to 246, 254, 274 to
316 to 320, 342 to 362,
to 388.
\kuamman-a, son-in-law of
\kwaie or Mcw^e

377;
nurse and carry children, 87 to

relations of, 16, 81, 84, 91, 100,

109, 111, 112, 113, 154, 162,

of

The

use of the: 353,

355, and illustration.

\haunu, ^Mffdra and, who fought

EACH OTHER WITH LiGHTNING

Bull, 193 to 199.

TOUNGEE BEOTHEE OR
85 to 91,
309, 367.

95,

SISTKE

97,

98,

5,

205,

113 to 119.
75 to 77, 85.
\huin {a root)
:

\MhM-d:

,57, 364.

\Tc6-g\nuin-tara (the lynx mother),

85 to 98.
STORT OF
:

^kuisst or [hiiisse (a root)

185.

76, 97,

468

INDEX.

\kwetten ta When {see illustration)

relations of, 36, 198, 258, 367
stories

hj: 36

268

to 260.

\nanna-ss&

Certain
called,

Part II.

198 to 204,

to 40,

's

182;
Observances

271 to 275
Treatment of Bones,
;

275 to 285.
239, 241.

299;
Intended Return Home, 299
to 317
;

Hunting

\nii.\nurnina-\hwUen,
'

Whdhlo {continued)
'b Journey in the Eailway Train,

The Song

of:

native literature contributed by,

here given, 2 to 16, 44 to
66, 72 to 78, 122 to 126, 220
to 226, 244, 290 to 316, 328,
330 to 340.
\\xdlhiten\\x<ibbiten,

AKD

255

The Baboons

to''259.

Whdra: 281, 375 to 379.

Wlcdhho {see illustrations):

who fought
EACH OTHEE WITH LiGHTNING

J^hdgdra and Vhaunu,

relations of, 72, 109, 291, 295,

305, 307, 309;

names of, 147-12., 303;
's
Song on the Loss of
Tobacco Pouch, 235, 237
's

his
;

Capture and Journey to Cape

Town, 291 to 297
;

113 to 119.
:^nerru, The, and hee Htjsband
207 to 213; as a bird, 213
to 215.

The Native Races

A

of South Africa

History of the Intrusion of the Hottentots and Basutu into

the Hunting Grounds of the Bushmen, the Aborigines of
the Country, with numerous Illustrations. By Gboege
W. Stow, F.G.S., P.E.G.S. Edited by George McCall

Theal,

Litt.D.,

of South Africa.

LL.D., Author of Eight Volumes History

Eoyal 8vo. 21s. net.

" In. collecting and arranging the native traditions of the migrations he
has established beyond question what has been generally accepted for some
time. It is in his exhaustive and sympathetic study of the Bushmen that
the chief value of the book lies. The common fallacies that they are
naturally a race of untamable savages, incapable of friendliness or gratitude,
prone to acts of incredible cruelty, living a bestial life without social order or
any form of government, and utterly incapable of improvement, were, as he
shows, drawn only from the Bushmen who had been driven to despair
by iU-treatment. In their natural state they were a gay little people, fond
of music and ceremonial dancing, passionately attached to their ancestral
caves, which they decorated with commemorative paintings, not unfriendly
to strangers who did not poach upon the hunting grounds which had been
their undisputed property from the distant past."
Times.

We

can only recommend the work highly to all interested in ethnological

In the descriptions of the social condition of the Bushmen we find
things that remind us of French life as depicted by a Parisian journalist.
What is said concerning the dances is of special interest to students of
primitive culture. To such indeed there is scarcely a page without a message.
'

'

points.

reproductions of the Bushmen paintings are marvellously interesting,

illustrations of stone implements, Basutu wall decorations, musical
instruments, weapons, pipes, and copper castings add greatly to the value of
a work of singular interest." Notes and Queries.

The

and the

is of uncommon interest to students of ethnology, and its

greatly enhanced not merely by explicit statements of old tribal
relationships and manners, but by illustrations which vividly pourtray not
a little that is typical of races of men who seem destined to go to the wall in
consequence of the inevitable march of modern progress." Standard.
'

'

The book

value

is

" This valuable work deals historically rather than descriptively with the
native races, Bushmen, Hottentots, and Basutu, but for all that there is
much information for the anthropologist, especially with regard to the
Bushmen. An especially valuable feature is the map showing Mr. Stow's
conclusions as to lines of tribal migration which, if critioizable in detail,
For the get-up of the work it is
is none the less of the highest importance.
impossible to find anything but praise. Both print and illustrations are
not only so, but in
excellent and there is an index of over fifty pages
contrast with anthropological works issued by some firms the index has been
prepared by some one who knew what was wanted." Folk Lore.
" A volume, portly in size, well-printed and effectively illustrated, which,
though not ideal in arrangement, must be of singular interest to anthroThe most remarkable race the Bushmen, their
pologists and folk-lorists.
habits and weapons, social customs, beliefs, superstitions, methods of
hunting, etc., are described and must be regarded as a contribution to
;

anthropology of permanent value. The remainder of the book, which deals

with the intrusions of the Hottentots and Basutu, is of somewhat less
importance, although like the earlier part of the volume, it abounds with
new matter, most useful both to historical and anthropological students.
Fresh Ught is thrown upon, among other things, problems connected with
The many illustrations add greatly to the usefulness
the mixture of races.
Antiquary.
of the book."

"In 1848 Mr. Stow set to work to gather together reliable information
regarding the manners and customs and the early history of the various
The results of his researches are most
tribes inhabiting the country.
ably set forth in this work, which is the most valuable and complete, so far
as the Native races of South Africa are concerned, which has yet appeared.
The illustrations of Bushman art add considerably to the general value and
Journal of Boyal Colonial Institute.
utility of the work."

"The work

is of

great value.

Bushmen.

Nearly half of

The second

Hottentot and Basutu encroachments

the latter, scarcely
information for all

its

560 bulky pages deal

more dealing with the

But for aU that
less than the earlier chapters, abound in new and useful
who will take the pains to search it out." Athenaum.

exclusively with the

half or

is less satisfactory.

" Mr. Stow's work is valuable and interesting although it is by no means

a complete history, or even an attempt at such, of the whole Basutu race.
It glances at every phase of his
It is a sufficient apology for the Bushmen.
tribal life. It reproduces in excellently printed chromolithographs specimens
of the various cave paintings to be met with where Bushmen have wandered,
reproductions which one ventures to think are more representative of
Bushman art than the copies presented by Dr. Bleek to the British Museum.
It gives examples of Khoi Khoi folk tales
some of them new, others again
extracts from the works of older writers, from whom Mr. Stow had borrowed
wisely.
Speaker.
;

' '

" Mr. Stow's work will live. It wiU be as a fruitful vineyard for those
follow, for it is packed with good things that were acquired with infinite
patience in the course of his 36 years of residence in the country."
Yorkshire Fast.
" There can be no two opinions as to the value of the contents. It
represents the results of many years of minute observation and laborious
research into a world which is rapidly vanishing.
The book is a storehouse
of information on which every future student of South Africa will draw.
A special word of praise must be given to the excellent index."- Manchester
Guardian.
" Mr. Stow's work is a monument of patient and careful research made at
a time when primitive customs had scarcely been touched by contact with
the white man, and when the ti'acks of the great race movements were
s(ill comparatively clear.
It is therefore one of the most valuable of recent
additions to the study of ethnography."
Glasgow Herald.

who

By far the most complete work hitherto put before the public on this
subject, the book is at the same time, and in spite of its bulk, of absorbing
interest from cover to cover. The work will for all time be referred to as
one of authority on its subject." British South African Gazette'

'

'

This is a very important work which in some portions will probably rank
as a classic on African ethnology.
No such admirable picture has ever been
drawn before of the Bushmen's mode of life, his physical structure, beliefs,
'

and surroundings. The book is one to which it is impossible to do full

justice in a review.
Would that there were more Stows in the African
world to produce such splendid studies of vanishing and altering peoples."
Sir H. H. Johnston in Geographical Journal.

History of South Africa

BY

GEORGE McCALL THEAL,

Litt.D.,

LL.D.

of the above work has now been re-arranged, and will

be issued, with important additions to each volume, as follows

The whole

History and Ethnography of South Africa,

1505

to

1795

In three volumes, price 7s. 6d. each

Vol.

I.

Vol. n.
Vol. III.

Description of the Bushmen, Hottentots, and Bantu, an account

of the voyages round the Cape of Good Hope of the Portuguese,
the French, the English, and the Dutch, and a history of the
Portuguese in South Africa in early times.
Foundation of the Cape Colony by the Dutch.
Account of the Dutch, Portuguese, Hottentot, and Bantu.

History of South Africa since 1795

In
Vol.

I.

five

volumes, price 7s. 6d. each

Cape Colony from 1795

the formation of

Vol.

n.

Vol. ni.

Vol. IV.
Vol. V.

to 1828, the

Zulu wars

of devastation

and

new Bantu communities.

to 1846, Natal from 1824 to 1845, and

proceedings of the emigrant farmers in the territory between
the Orange and Limpopo Elvers from 1836 to 1847.
Cape Colony from 1846 to 1860, Natal from 1845 to 1857, British
Kafiraria from 1847 to 1860, and the Orange Eiver Sovereignty
and the Transvaal Republic from 1847 to 1854.
The Orange Free State, the South African Kepublic, Zululand,
Basutoland,Betshuanaland, and Matabeleland froml854 to 1872.
Cape Colony and Natal to 1872, Griqualand West to 1880, Great
Tembuland, and
Transkei,
Damaraland,
Namaqualand,
Griqualand East to 1885, Pondoland and the Portuguese
Territory to 1894.

Cape Colony from 1828

Some Opinions

of the Press on

The History and Ethnography of South

1505 to 1795

Africa,

" Dr Theal's works are always full of the information required by the
and forming an idea of
student in piecing together the threads of history
cover most of the historical
the people who made it. His several volumes
records exist, and it is only
periods relating to South Africa of which any
these records and given them to
bv penetrating zeal that he has unearthed
the
in this volume centres
us in a connected form. The chief interest
upon the ethnography of the
collected light which the author throws
the Bushmen and Hottentots, for
aboriginal races, more especiaUy upon

assumed that the Bushmen migrated

Of their pursuits, conditions, customs,
and characteristics much of interest will be found in the book. They were
incapable of civilisation, yet possessed the singular faculty of mimicry and
the power, inherited by no other tribe, of animal painting, of which remains
SimOarly the author
are to be found on cave walls in most of the Colonies.

they are practically dead races. It

at a remote period to South Africa.

is

imaginative, musical, happy

traces the characteristics of the Hottentots
people, who were unable to rise beyond a low level and were doomed to be
submerged in the flood of immigration by a higher caste. Concerning the
Bantu Dr. Theal has much to say which other contemporary writers confirm
from different aspects. He contributes, however, some entertaining features

about the Ovaherero, of

whom

little is

known."

Times.

impossible in a brief notice to give but a faint idea of the wealth

Dr. Theal has devoted his life to the collection of
of matter in this book.
material for his various South African histories, and presents the results
of years of research work in a well-ordered narrative.
To the antiquary,
the anthropologist, and the folk-lorist, the earlier chapters of the volume
before us offer a wealth of material.
The later chapters, being more purely
historical, have a more limited interest
but those which deal with the life,
weapons,
implements,
and lore and practice of every
the customs, games,
kind, of the aboriginal Bushmen, of the Hottentots, and of the various tribes
of the Bantu, who are supposed to have migrated from the north, are of
great and lasting scientific importance.
The five chapters, especially, which
treat of the Bantu race, of the movements of their tribes, of their religious
ideas, traditional law, witchcraft, chants and musical instruments, marriage
and other customs some very horrible folk-lore, industries, manufactures
they were workers in various metals ^games, manners, and so forth, are
Such work as Dr. Theal's must be for the
all of extraordinary interest.
most part its own reward, but it earns the grateful thanks of scholars and
students, and of all who can appreciate the value of such unselfish and
unremitting labour and research as must have gone to the making of the
volume before us." Antiquary.

"It

is

" The book is of fascinating interest, not only to the historical

student, but to anyone interested in the early stages of human development and thought. The book is one which should be included in the
library of every South African, and everyone interested in South Africa."
African World.
This volume deals especially with the Portuguese in South Africa before
the close of the seventeenth century from the year 1505 to 1700.
The first
chapters deal exclusively with the original inhabitants of Southern Africa,
'

'

and a great deal

original

of valuable information is rendered accessible regarding the

occupied the greater part of South Africa until

Bushmen who

a century or two before the discovery of the Cape of Good Hope by

Europeans, when they were deprived of a considerable portion of it by the
people, known to us as Hottentots and Bantu, who came down from the
North.
Journal of the Boyal Colonial Institiite.
' '

" Dr. Theal's great work on South Africa is well known. It is, indeed,
in many aspects, a standard authority on the subject.
The present volume
gives an elaborate and scholarly account of the native races Bushmen,
Hottentots, Bantu
together with the Arab and Persian settlements in
The author's profound and extensive learning is beyond
S.E. Africa.
question, and in these earlier volumes of the history of Africa, at least,
there need be no doubt as to the historian's impartiality."
Standard.
" Of both Hottentots and Bushmen Dr. Theal gives an account which is
hardly less valuable, though rather shorter, than those contained in that
monumental work by the late Mr. G. W. Stow, which Dr. Theal himself so
ably edited a few years since. Regarding the Bantu, the author commits

himself little beyond accepting their own statement that they came from the
Far North, of whioh, indeed, there is abundant historic evidence. Of the
various tribes, however, he gives a good account, and upon tribal customs

and

much

light is thrown by the relation of numerous incidents and

South Africa.
"Dr. Theal's fairness and accuracy as a historian have long been
recognized, and in the present volume he makes acknowledgment of the
encouragement and assistance which he received from prominent men at
the Cape."
Westminster Gazette.
beliefs

superstitions."

"This scholarly record of the settlement of South Africa prior to the

British conquest should prove invaluable to the student and, we would add,
to the writer of fiction who uses South African backgrounds."
Natal
Witness.
'

The story of the foundation of the Dutch power in South Africa has
never before been told in so accessible and readable a form. Dr. Theal
knows the subject as few men know it, and has produced a most interesting
narrative."
2 ''
'

"Dr. Theal's

histories of South Africa are of course classic, and this

admirably appointed in every way." Qlasgoio Herald.
" AH that need be said of the book is that it is fully worthy of the
knowledge and industry of Dr. Theal." Man.
" The impending union of South Africa gives added value and interest to
these annals of the past, which must always rank as of leading authority on
this subject."
Scotsman.
There is a great charm as well as exceptional utOity about all
Dr. Theal's work as an historiographer.
Those who have been privileged
to see Dr. Theal in his habit as he works, and to note his penetrative
methods, will be the more appreciative of the finished product, as in such
annals it reveals itself." African World.
" It presents a narrative of events in great detail, and every page provides
series is

'

'

evidences of painstaking and diligent research and that indefatigable

industry which characterizes the author, who, as Colonial historiographer
and a former Keeper of the Archives of Cape Colony, has had every
facOity at hand for compiling an authoritative and notable work."
Notts

Guardian.

Some Opinions

The History

of the Press on

of South Africa since 1795,

Vol.

" There

collected
is no gainsaying the care with which Dr. Theal has
and stated his facts or the fair-minded spirit in which he has sought to
draw his conclusions. A valuable feature of the present work is the list of
printed books and pamphlets containing information on South Africa in
recent times, and a chronological list of events brought down to 1860,
which between them occupy thirty pages." Scoismmi.

extraordinarily interesting.
great deal of what Dr. Theal narrates is
chronicling
chapters which are the most attractive are the first seven
the domestic events of Cape Colony." Times.

"A

The

" Probably it will become recognized that the author's standpoint is really
the South African one, and this being the case, his works are assured of
a permanent and ever-growing appreciation in the country with which they
deal, and where, despite Dr. Theal's international reputation, they should
South Africa.
be most read."

Extract from the Appendix to Vol. Ill of

History and Ethnography of South Africa

Notes on Books
Records of South-Eastern Africa, nine demy octavo volumes, each of
These
over five hundred pages, published in London from 1898 to 1903.
may be seen in the great libraries of Europe and Canada, as well as in South
Africa.
They contain a large number of Portuguese records copied from the
originals, extracts from old Portuguese histories, the whole of the African
portion of the Ethiopia Oriental of Dos Santos, and much more, together
with English translations of them all, and a number of documents and
extracts from ancient books in French, Dutch, and English, with a copious
index of the whole. These volumes had their origin in the following

manner
The Bight Honourable

Cecil

John Ehodes was Prime Minister of the

for native affairs.
I was chief clerk in

Cape Colony, and as such secretary

the native affairs department, a portion of my duty consisting in preparing

documents, condensing masses of correspondence, etc., etc., for the use of
my head. One morning he asked me if I knew anything about Francisco
Barreto's expedition into South Africa.
I told him all that I knew of it,
which was very little more than the short account given by De Couto. After
a few questions on other subjects, he said I could be much more usefuUy
employed in collecting information upon the past than in doing mere routine
work in the office, and at once he issued instructions that I was to be
detached for special duty. He asked me to go out to Groot Schuur that
afternoon, when he would tell me what he wanted and would show me some
books he had just received from England.
That afternoon I went to Groot Schuur, when Mr. Ehodes told me he
wanted me first to get out a history of South Africa in Dutch, as he had
promised some Members of Parliament to have that done. Next he wanted
me to collect all the information that could be got upon Francisco Barreto's
expedition, and lastly I was to try to find out something about the early
movements of the Bantu tribes. I said that would take me to Europe,
possibly to Cau-o, and probably to Goa and East Africa.
He merely replied,
"well, there are plenty of steamers." Further instructions I had none.
I asked him for them some days later, when he said
do the work, and do
it as well as it can be done, that is all ".
'

'

Before I could leave South Africa Sir Gordon Sprigg succeeded Mr. Ehodes
as Prime Minister of the Cape Colony.
He desired me to carry out the
instructions I had received, and as I began to be afraid that I might not find
anything, in which case people might say I was doing nothing for my
salary, at my request he gave me the copying and publication of the early
English colonial records in London. This then was the work that I relied
upon to show that I was doing something, but the other was the real object
of

my

mission to Europe.

The Yellow and Dark-skinned People

of Africa,

South of the Zambesi

A

Description of the Bushmen, the Hottentots (and particularly

the Bantu).
With fifteen plates and numerous Folk-lore
tales of these different people. By Gbokge McCall Theal,
Litt.D.,

LL.D.

8vo.

10s. Qd.

"The re-issue of Dr. Theal's history being now completed, he has brought
together in a compact and handy form the ethnographical information
previously scattered through his eight volumes.
While doing this he has
added so much as to make virtually a new book, for which all students will
be grateful. Dr. Theal's industry, patience, and fairness are beyond all
The conceptions of agriculture, not as a drudgery imposed on
praise.
women, but as their prerogative by virtue of discovery, and of a supposed
mysterious connexion between their nature and the productiveness of the
earth, focusses the facts in an entirely new light."
Athenceum.
" Although his account of the fast vanishing Bushmen and Hottentots
clearly and brightly written, he does not seem to have much that is
new to say of them. In dealing with the various Bantu stocks, Dr. Theal
possesses the great advantage of many years' personal acquaintance with
them. This lends great vividness to his description of their manners, and
allows him to speak as a first-hand authority in discussing the character of
their minds."
Westminster Qazette.
is

"The subject is highly interesting, and a perusal of the work, which

illustrated throughout, is to be recommended to all who desire to become
few have
acquainted with the habits and peculiarities of peoples about
is

whom

African Journal of Commerce.

"By using all the information at command. Dr. Theal has constructed
a consecutive history of the changing peoples that have successively swept
The object of his work is to examine the
over the face of the country.
evidence, to discuss the peculiarities of these several branches which in
South Africa are represented by the Bushmen, the Hottentots, and the
The
Bantu, of whom the last are incomparably tlie most important.
description of this race, the account of their folk-lore, the military
organization, the amusements and occupations, make an interesting story.
Protestant Evangelical Mission Record.

more than a vague knowledge."

' '

"Dr. Theal's book is an exceedingly useful addition to the surprisingly

United Empire.
small collection of literature on this important subject."
grateful
for the labour
be
will
students
folk-lore
"Ethnographical and
which has thus collected and arranged so much valuable material. It is a
storehouse of ethnographical and folk-lore detaU. The book may be regarded
as mainly a monograph on the Bantu people, such a monograph as only
Dr. Theal could have written." Antiquary.
" The thanks of ethnologists and those who are interested in the manners,
customs, beUefs, and history of the races of South Africa are due to
Dr. Theal for culling the chapters on ethnography from his monumental
additional matter
History of South Africa, and presenting them with the
This book is the best general account of the Bushmen,
in a handy volume.
Mormng Post.
Hottentots, and Southern Bantu that we possess."
" First of all it is a most agreeable book to read. Dr. Theal has quite the
Next it is a book packed with reliable mformation,
gift of descriptive writing.
equipment
Theal scarcely yields to Mr. Sidney Hartland in scientific
for

Dr

Bantu, and then all the facts are so admirably arranged,

so exhaustive, that its facts can be used for the larger
can imagine the joy with which
study of religion in a moment.
Dr. J. G. Frazer wUl receive it. For many a day it will remain the standard
authority on the South African natives." Expository Times.

for the study of the

and the index

is

We

" Dr. Theal has written a book of absorbing interest. It is no exaggeration

Theal has written a book which will for long contain the last
word on the South African native races." Academy.
" The time of publication is opportune since the Union of British South
Africa has vested in one Government the responsibihty for administering the
This volume is a storehouse of facts.
native races of the sub-continent.
Dr. Theal is an authority on Bantu folk-lore and gives specimens of this and
Saturday Review.
of Hottentot and Bushman stories."
to say that Dr.

"As

a general view of the native races, their migrations, customs, and

may be commended as forming an excellent introduction
to more detailed study ".PoZft Lore,

mental

activities, it

London

GEORGE ALLEN

&

COMPANY,

Ltd.,

44 & 45 Eathbone Place, Oxfoed Street, W.